7, 2018 May Ketchikan Gateway Borough International Airport Remodel and Roof Renovation PROJECT MANUAL Bid Set
522 W 10th Street Juneau, AK 99801 (907)586‐1070 TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 0 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 00 1000 - Table of Contents ...... 1 00 2000 - Invitation to Bid ...... 1 00 3000- Instructions to Bidders ...... 7 00 4000 – Bid Documentation Forms ...... 8 00 5000 - Bid Bond ...... 4 00 6000 - Owner Contractor Agreement ...... 5 00 7000 - Performance and Payment Bond ...... 7 00 8000 - General Conditions ...... 48 00 9000 - Special Conditions ...... 1
DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 1000 – Summary ...... 5 01 2300 – Alternates ...... 5 01 3100 – Project Management and Coordination ...... 7 01 3200 – Construction Progress Documentation ...... 6 01 5000 – Temporary Facilities and Controls ...... 6 01 7000 – Execution Requirements ...... 6 01 7310 – Cutting and Patching ...... 4 01 7320 – Selective Demolition ...... 5 01 7700 – Closeout Procedures ...... 3 01 7810 – Project Record Documents ...... 3
DIVISION 2 – EXISTING CONDTIONS 02 8213 – Asbestos Abatement ...... 10
DIVISION 6 – WOOD AND PLASTIC 06 1053 – Rough Carpentry ...... 5
DIVISION 7 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 4200 – Solid Phenolic Architectural Panels ...... 5 07 5419 – Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Roofing ...... 13 07 5910 – Preparation for Re-Roofing ...... 5 07 6200 – Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim ...... 8 07 7100 – Roof Specialties ...... 8
DIVISION 9 – FINISHES 09 2500 – Gypsum Board ...... 6 09 3013 – Ceramic Tiling ...... 5 09 3023 – Glass Mosaic Tiling ...... 7 09 5113 – Acoustical Panel Ceilings ...... 8 09 5114 – Acoustical Metal Pan Ceilings ...... 8 09 6513 – Resilient Base and Accessories ...... 5 09 6513 – Resilient Tile Flooring ...... 5 09 6813 – Tile Carpeting ...... 6 09 7200 – Wall Coverings ...... 4 09 9200 – Interior Painting ...... 6
DIVISION 21 – FIRE SUPPRESSION
Ketchikan Gateway Borough TABLE OF CONTENTS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 1000 - 1 21 0500 – Common Work Results for Fire Suppression ...... 5 21 1300 – Fire Suppression Sprinklers ...... 8
DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING 22 0510 – General Mechanical - Plumbing ...... 8 22 0519 – Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping ...... 3 22 0553 – Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment ...... 3 22 0719 – Plumbing Piping Insulation ...... 4 22 1005 – Plumbing Piping ...... 10 22 1006 – Plumbing Piping Specialties ...... 5 22 3000 – Plumbing Equipment...... 3 22 4000 – Plumbing Fixtures ...... 3
DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC) 22 0510 – General Mechanical - HVAC ...... 8 23 0519 – Meters and Gages for HVAC ...... 4 23 0553 – Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment ...... 3 23 0593 – Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC ...... 10 23 0713 – Duct Insulation ...... 4 23 0719 – HVAC Piping Insulation ...... 5 23 0926 – Building Automation System and Automatic Controls ...... 29 23 2113 – Hydronic Piping ...... 9 23 2114 – Hydronic Specialties ...... 5 23 2116 – Refrigerant Piping ...... 7 23 2123 – Pumps ...... 5 23 2500 – HVAC Water Treatment ...... 2 23 3100 – HVAC Ducts and Casings...... 7 23 3300 – Air Duct Accessories ...... 6 23 3423 – Fans ...... 4 23 3700 – Air Outlets and Inlets ...... 4 23 6675 – Air Cooled Condenser Units ...... 10 23 7313 – Air Handling Units ...... 12 23 8101 – Terminal Heat Transfer Units ...... 5
DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL 26 0519 – Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables ...... 4 26 0526 – Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems ...... 3 26 0529 – Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems ...... 4 26 0529 – Identification for Electrical Systems ...... 5 26 0923 – Lighting Control Devices ...... 6 26 2416 – Panelboards ...... 7 26 2726 – Wiring Devices ...... 6 26 5119 – LED Interior Lighting ...... 5
Ketchikan Gateway Borough TABLE OF CONTENTS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 1000 - 2
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
DEADLINE All Bids must be received by the Borough no later than the date outlined in this IFB.
SUBMITTALS One copy of the bid documents, including the price proposal, must be submitted in a sealed envelope or box clearly marked on the outside with the project name, and must be delivered to the address outline, and in the required format, on or before the deadline.
Each price-proposal component must be signed and dated by the person who prepares it. If that person is not authorized to bind the bidder, the price-proposal component must also be signed by a person who is authorized to bind the bidder.
Bidder’s failure to submit its bid prior to the deadline will cause the bid to be disqualified. Late bids or amendments will not be opened or accepted for evaluation. Bids submitted by fax will not be accepted.
BID DOCUMENTATION FORMS To be considered, bidders must complete, sign, and include the bid Documentation Forms provided in the IFB with submitted bids.
REQUIRED SIGNATURES NOTE: The price-bid component forms must be signed and dated by a person who is authorized to bind the bidder.
In addition to the price-bid component, the bid itself must also be signed by a person who is authorized to bind the bidder. Specifically:
A. A bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name by the president, vice-president, or other corporate officer. Evidence of authority to sign must also be provided. Such evidence may be in the form of a copy of the corporate bylaws, articles of incorporation, resolution of the board, corporate certificate, or other reliable evidence.
B. A bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner (whose title must appear under the signature), accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. Evidence of authority to sign may be in the form of a copy of the partnership agreement or other reliable evidence.
C. A bid by a limited liability company shall be executed in the name of the firm by a member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. Such evidence may be in the form of a copy of the corporate bylaws, articles of incorporation, resolution of the board, corporate certificate, or other reliable evidence.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BID DOCUMENTATION FORMS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 3000 - 1
D. A bid by an individual shall show the bidder’s name and business address.
Failure to provide evidence of authority to sign on behalf of the bidder will not be grounds for rejection if the Borough is able to confirm the authority of the signer to bind the bidder.
INQUIRY DEADLINE Questions, objections, or protests relating to defects, errors, omissions regarding the project or this IFB should be submitted in writing no later than the date and time specified in this IFB. Substantive issues will be addressed in a written addendum to the IFB. Address questions to:
Borough Procurement Officer Amy Briggs Telephone: 907-228-6637 Fax: 907-228-6684 E-mail: [email protected]
DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS Bids must be received by the Borough Clerk by the deadline specified in this IFB.
Be aware that Ketchikan is considered a remote location and, as such, mail and special deliveries by couriers to Ketchikan are commonly delayed beyond the advertised guaranteed arrival of carriers and couriers.
Bids must be delivered to:
Borough Clerk Kacie Paxton Ketchikan Gateway Borough 1900 First Avenue, Suite 115 Ketchikan, Alaska 99901
INSURANCE AND LEGAL REQUIREMENTS
INSURANCE Before execution of a contract, and during the entire period of the project, the contractor shall provide the types of insurance listed below. All policies shall have a mandatory 30- day cancellation clause. The Borough shall be named as additional insured on all insurance policies except professional liability policies. Insurance certificates will be required to be submitted for review by the Borough’s Risk Manager before the Borough will issue a notice to proceed. The following insurances are required:
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BID DOCUMENTATION FORMS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 3000 - 2
Workers’ compensation as required by law and employer’s liability coverage at a minimum of $1,000,000. The Workers’ compensation policy shall include a Waiver of Subrogation in favor of the Ketchikan Gateway Borough.
Commercial general liability insurance, not excluding explosion, contractual liability or product/completed operation liability insurance - $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 aggregate.
Comprehensive automobile liability, bodily injury and property damage, including all owned, hired and non-owned, automobile - $1,000,000 per each accident.
Builder’s all risk (course of construction) in the amount of 100% of the total contract amount, including change orders, as well as materials in place and/or stored at the site, whether or not partial payment has been made by the Borough. Deductible to be no more than 10% of the total contract amount.
SURETY REQUIREMENTS All projects $25,000 and over are subject to surety requirements as outlined below.
BID BOND: Bidder shall submit with their bid or price bid component, a bid bond accompanied by Power of Attorney, or cashier’s check. Bids or price bids between $25,000 and $100,000 require a surety of 10% of the total bid or price bid. Bids or price bids greater than $100,000 require a surety of 5% of the bid or price bid.
PERFORMANCE BOND: Performance Bonds are required on any and all contracts over $100,000. All Performance Bonds will be in the amount of 100% of the contract.
PAYMENT BOND: Payment Bonds are required all construction contracts involving the use of subcontractors, where the total amount of the contract is $100,000 or more. Payment Bonds shall be in the amount of 100% of the contract amount.
BONDING INSURANCE: The Bidder whose bid is accepted shall execute the Contract and furnish the required bonding insurance within ten working days after Notice of Award of the Contract is issued. The Contract shall be considered executed by the successful bidder when two copies of the Contract, signed by an authorized representative of the Contractor, the bond and required insurance are received by the Purchasing Officer. Failure or neglect of the Contractor to execute the Contract within the time specified may result in a forfeiture of the bid Guarantee and award of the Contract to the next lowest prosper.
LABOR AND WAGE RATES
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BID DOCUMENTATION FORMS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 3000 - 3
Bidders must comply with all State of Alaska Department of Labor and Workforce Development Labor Laws and Wage Rates as specified in AS 36.05.010 and AS 36.10 as applicable. LICENSES AND REGISTRATION Before execution of a contract, the successful bidder must have a current State of Alaska business license; must have a current sales tax registration on file with the Borough, and must be in good standing in terms of sales tax, property tax, and all other taxes, fees, and monies due to the Borough.
COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS The Contractor shall observe and abide by all applicable laws, regulations, ordinances and other rules of the State of Alaska and/or any political subdivisions thereof, or any other duly constituted public authority wherein work is done or services performed, and further agrees to indemnify and save the Borough harmless from any and all liability or penalty which may be imposed or asserted by reason of the Contractor’s failure or alleged failure to observe and abide thereby.
BIDDER CERTIFIES The bidder certifies that any and all prices which may be charged under the terms of this bid request do not and will not violate any existing federal, state, or municipal laws or regulations concerning price discrimination and/or price fixing. The bidder agrees to indemnify, exonerate, and hold harmless the Borough from liability for such violation now and throughout the term of the contract.
BIDDER RESPONSIBLE It is the responsibility of the Bidder to investigate and acquaint themselves with the conditions relating to the work and labor, including (if required) site visits, soil sampling, or other tests.
REJECTION OF BIDS The Ketchikan Gateway Borough (Borough) reserves the right to reject any or all bids. The Borough also reserves the right to reject any bid which is non-responsive, incomplete, obscure or irregular; any bid which omits any one or more items on which the bids are required; any bid in which unit prices are unbalanced in the opinion of the Borough; and any bidder who previously failed to perform properly or to complete on time contracts of any nature.
ADDENDA ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Addenda must be acknowledged in order for the bid to be deemed responsive. Addenda may also be acknowledged by written or facsimile notice to (907) 228-6697, provided such notice is received two (2) hours prior to the date and time set for receipt of bids, and, provided further, a written confirmation of the acknowledgment is mailed or shipped via overnight services to the Borough prior to the bid closing time.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BID DOCUMENTATION FORMS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 3000 - 4
WRITTEN WORDS In the case of a difference between written words and figures, the amount stated in written words shall govern. In the case of a difference between a unit price and the extended price, the unit price shall govern.
MODIFICATIONS Bids may be modified by written or facsimile notice to (907) 228-6697, provided such modifications are received prior to the date and time set for receipt of bids, and, provided further, a written confirmation of the modification is mailed or shipped via overnight service to the Borough prior to the bid closing time. The modification should not reveal the proposal price, but should provide the addition or subtraction (or other modification) so that the final price or terms will not be known to the Borough until the sealed price documentation is opened.
WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS Bids may be withdrawn only by written or facsimile notice to (907) 228-6697, provided such notice is received prior to the date and time set for receipt of bids, and, provided further, a written confirmation of the withdrawal is mailed or shipped via overnight service to the Borough prior to the bid closing time. Notice of withdrawals received after the bid opening will not be considered.
BID CANCELLATION The Borough reserves the right to cancel the procurement, IFB, or award without liability to the Bidder, except return of the bid security, at any time before the Agreement has been fully signed by all parties, including the Borough.
BID PROTEST An aggrieved bidder may file a bid protest within ten (10) calendar days after the Notice of Intent to Award the contract is mailed.
Per 4 AAC 31.080(d), local bidder preference does not apply.
PROJECT OVERVIEW
PROJECT: Ketchikan Airport Remodel and Roof Renovation
PROJECT SITE: Ketchikan International Airport, 1000 Terminal Way, Gravina Island, Ketchikan, Alaska
PROJECT SCHEDULE Note: the project schedule may be modified after the closing date.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BID DOCUMENTATION FORMS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 3000 - 5
IFB Issued: May 7, 2018 Deadline for questions, objections, or protests relating to defects, errors, omissions regarding the project or this IFB Noon / May 18, 2018 IFB closing date: 2:00p.m. May 30, 2018 Notice of Intent to Award: May 30, 2018 Deadline for Appeal of Proposed Award (10 working days): June 11, 2018 Approval of Contract Award by Assembly (subject to no appeal): June 4, 2018
SCOPE OF WORK
The project consists of an interior remodel and roof renovation of an existing airport terminal building.
The roof project will be a comprehensive demolition and replacement of approximately 18,000sf roofing over the main portion of the building and canopies. The airport tower roof is not included in the project. The new roof will be a PVC membrane over rigid insulation with associated coverboards fascias and accessories. Roof drains and scuppers will be replaced or added, and mechanical and electrical equipment will be installed or reinstalled.
The remodel consists of an HVAC replacement with associated equipment, ducting and piping. The majority of the lay-in ceilings throughout the 36,000 first two floors of the building will be removed and replaced with new lightings and replaced or reinstalled electrical and mechanical equipment. Some interior finishes including carpet and ceramic tile will be replaced. A few doors and interior folding grilles will be replaced.
The airport will be occupied and fully operational during the project. The project will be phased so that interior work does not begin until after the end of the summer tourist season, although exterior work can begin immediately.
Bids are to include all work described in the Ketchikan Gateway Borough Ketchikan International Airport Remodel and Roof Renovation Project Manual dated April 17, 2018 and Ketchikan Gateway Borough Ketchikan International Airport Remodel and Roof Renovation Project Manual drawing bid set dated April 17, 2018.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BID DOCUMENTATION FORMS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 3000 - 6
BID CHECKLIST
This BID Checklist is a summary of the forms and materials required as part of your firm’s bid. Bidders are urged to thoroughly read the entire bid. It may be helpful to use this checklist to help ensure compliance with the submission requirements. Place a check mark () in the box next to each qualification when completed.
PROCEDURAL QUALIFICATIONS Bidders must be registered (company name, address, telephone number, and fax number) with the Borough Procurement Officer as indicated in this solicitation.
Bids must be received in the Office of the Borough Clerk no later than the date and time indicated in solicitation. FORM AND CONTENT OF BIDS Bids must be in a sealed envelope or box clearly marked with the name of the project on the outside of the envelope or box in order to be considered responsive. Bidders must list and acknowledge receipt of any Addenda issued on the Bid Documentation form by signing in the space provided.
Bidders must fill out the Subcontractors List included in the Bid Documentation indicating the name(s) of any anticipated subcontractors for the proposed project. Use multiple pages if necessary. For portions of the work where a subcontractor will be selected by competitive bids at a later date enter the type of Work to be subcontracted followed by “To be Determined”. For example: “Electrical – To Be Determined”. If the use of subcontractors is not anticipated, N/A or NONE is to be written on the form.
The Bid Documentation Forms must be signed by an individual authorized to bind the bidder. All bidders, other than individuals, must include evidence of authorization to sign on behalf of the corporation, partnership, limited liability Company, or other organization. Failure to provide evidence of authority to sign on behalf of the bidder will not be grounds for rejection if the Borough is able to confirm the authority of the signer to bind the bidder.
Completion of this checklist does not guarantee that a bid will be considered to be responsive. The checklist is provided strictly as a courtesy to bidders.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BID DOCUMENTATION FORMS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 3000 - 7
BID DOCUMENTATION FORMS
GENERAL ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
KETCHIKAN AIRPORT REMODEL AND ROOF RENOVATION
Award of Project. The Borough shall have the right to reject this bid and such bid shall remain open and may not be withdrawn for a period of sixty (60) days after the date prescribed for its closing.
Notice of Acceptance. Notice of acceptance and award of the project or requests for additional information may be addressed to the undersigned bidder at the business address set forth in this bid.
Minimum Standards. The required work and/or specifications attached herein shall be considered as the minimum standards acceptable to the Borough.
Bidder’s Certification. By signature on this bid documentation, the undersigned bidder certifies that: A. The will comply will all insurance requirements in this IFB; B. The bidder will comply with all applicable local, state, and federal laws, including but not limited to, wage and hour laws and non-discrimination laws; C. The bidder will comply with all terms and conditions set out in this IFB; D. The bidder’s bid was independently arrived at, without collusion, under penalty of perjury; and E. The bid will remain open and valid for at least 60 days from the closing date of the IFB.
Receipt of Addenda. Receipt of the following Addenda to the IFB Documents is hereby acknowledged.
ADDENDA DATE OF RECEIPT SIGNED NO. OF ADDENDA ACKNOWLEDGMENT
1 ______
2. ______
3. ______
4. ______
(Note: Failure to acknowledge receipt of any addenda will be considered an irregularity and will result in rejection of the bid.)
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BID DOCUMENTATION FORMS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 4000 - 1
BIDDER:
By: ______
Title: ______
Alaska Business License No. ______
Company/Firm Name ______
Telephone ______
Fax No. ______
Mobile No. ______
Business Address ______
Email ______
Pursuant to and in compliance with the Invitation for Bids, the undersigned bidder, being fully familiarized with all the terms of the specifications hereby proposes and agrees to deliver, within the time and in the manner stipulated in the bid for the following:
______Signature of Individual Authorized to Bind the Bidder
______Printed Name and Title of Individual Authorized to Bind the Bidder
______Date
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BID DOCUMENTATION FORMS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 4000 - 2
PRICE PROPOSAL FORM
KETCHIKAN AIRPORT REMODEL AND ROOF RENOVATION
Basis of Award shall be based upon the lowest base bid price. The Owner reserves the right to award any or all portion of this contract as determined to be in the best interest of the Borough.
PRICE PROPOSAL FORM
BASE BID:
______$______Total in Written Words Total in Dollars
ADDITIVE ALTERNATE No. 1: Additional Insulation BID:
______$______Total in Written Words Total in Dollars
ADDITIVE ALTERNATE No. 2: Interior Finishes BID:
______$______Total in Written Words Total in Dollars
ADDITIVE ALTERNATE No. 3: 3rd, 4th, and 5th Floor BID:
______$______Total in Written Words Total in Dollars
Company Date
Signature and Title Printed Name
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BID DOCUMENTATION FORMS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 4000 - 3
SUBCONTRACTOR LIST
SUBCONTRACTORS: The bidder may not subcontract greater than fifty percent of this project without prior written approval of the Borough. List all subcontractors who will be providing greater than 5 percent of the project work and an approximate percentage of their individual participation by discipline. Use additional copies of this form as needed.
SUBCONTRACTORS:
Company/Firm Name ______
Estimated percentage of subcontractor’s participation by discipline ______
Telephone ______
Fax No. ______
Business Address______
Company/Firm Name ______
Estimated percentage of subcontractor’s participation by discipline ______
Telephone ______
Fax No. ______
Business Address______
Company/Firm Name ______
Estimated percentage of subcontractor’s participation by discipline ______
Telephone ______
Fax No. ______
Business Address______Ketchikan Gateway Borough BID DOCUMENTATION FORMS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 4000 - 4
CORPORATE CERTIFICATE
(if applicable)
I, , certify that I am the Secretary of the Corporation named as Bidder in the foregoing instrument; that , who signed this bid on behalf of the corporation, was then of said Corporation; that the bid was duly signed for and on behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body or other authority and is within the scope of its corporate powers.
______Signature
CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
STATE OF ) ) ss. FIRST JUDICIAL DISTRICT )
THIS IS TO CERTIFY that on this day of , 2018, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of , duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared and known to be the and of , the corporation which executed the above and foregoing instrument, and who on oath stated they were duly authorized to execute said instrument and acknowledged that they signed the same freely and voluntarily on behalf of said corporation for the purposes therein mentioned.
WITNESS my hand and official seal the day and year in this certificate above written.
NOTARY PUBLIC FOR My Commission Expires: ______(Seal)
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BID DOCUMENTATION FORMS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 4000 - 5
PARTNERSHIP ACKNOWLEDGMENT (if applicable)
STATE OF ) ) ss. FIRST JUDICIAL DISTRICT )
On this day of , 2018, before me appeared and to me personally known, who, being by me duly sworn, did say that they are the Partners of , a (State) Partnership and that said instrument was signed on behalf of said Partnership and said partner acknowledged said instrument to be the free act and deed of said Partnership.
NOTARY PUBLIC FOR My Commission Expires: ______(Seal)
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BID DOCUMENTATION FORMS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 4000 - 6
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY (LLC) ACKNOWLEDGMENT (If applicable)
STATE OF ) ) ss. FIRST JUDICIAL DISTRICT )
On this day of , 2018, before me appeared , to me personally known, who, being by me duly sworn, did say that he/she is the Member of a (State) Limited Liability Company and that said instrument was signed on behalf of said (State) Limited Liability Company and said officer acknowledged said instrument to be the free act and deed of said Limited Liability Company.
NOTARY PUBLIC FOR My Commission Expires: ______(Seal)
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BID DOCUMENTATION FORMS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 4000 - 7
INDIVIDUAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT (If applicable)
STATE OF ) ) ss. FIRST JUDICIAL DISTRICT )
THIS IS TO CERTIFY that on this day of , 2018, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of , duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared to me known to be the person(s) described in and who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she/they signed the same freely and voluntarily for the uses and purposes therein mentioned.
WITNESS my hand and official seal the day and year in this certificate above written.
NOTARY PUBLIC FOR My Commission Expires: ______(Seal)
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BID DOCUMENTATION FORMS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 4000 - 8
BID BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,
That we
(Bidder) as PRINCIPAL, and
(Bonding Company) as SURETY, a corporation incorporated in the State of ______and authorized to do business in the State of Alaska, are held and firmly bound unto the Ketchikan Gateway Borough, a municipal corporation, hereinafter called the OWNER, as Obligee, in the penal sum of Dollars ($______), for the payment of which sum in lawful money of the United States, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS the PRINCIPAL has, by written proposal, submitted a bid to the said OWNER on that certain contract for the performance of the work, services, and materials for which bids are to be opened on ______, 20___, at ______p.m. for:
KETCHIKAN AIRPORT TOWER ROOF REPLACEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT if the aforesaid PRINCIPAL shall not withdraw said bid within the period specified therein after the opening of the same, or, if no period be specified, within sixty (60) days after said opening, and, if awarded the Contract, shall within the period specified therefore, or such additional time as is allowed by the OWNER, or, if no period be specified, within ten (10) days after the prescribed forms are presented to said PRINCIPAL for signature, enter into a written contract with the OWNER in the prescribed form, in accordance with the bid as accepted, and delivers to the OWNER good and sufficient performance and payment bonds on the forms and as required to guarantee the faithful performance of the terms and conditions of the Contract, and the required certificates or policies of insurance, and other instruments as called for by the Contract Documents, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands and seals on this ______day of ______, 20___.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BID BOND Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 5000 - 1 ______PRINCIPAL
By: ______
Title: ______
ATTEST: (If Corporation)
By: ______
Title: ______Corporate Seal
______SURETY
By: ______
Title: ______
______(Address)
Corporate Seal
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BID BOND Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 5000 - 2
ATTORNEY-IN-FACT ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SURETY
STATE OF ALASKA ) ) ss. FIRST JUDICIAL DISTRICT) )
On this _____ day of ______, 20___, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said district and State personally appeared ______known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument as the attorney-in-fact of, ______, the corporation named as Surety in said instrument, and acknowledged to me that he subscribed the name of said corporation thereto as Surety, and his own name as attorney-in-fact.
______NOTARY PUBLIC FOR ALASKA My Commission Expires: ______
NOTE: (a) Signatures of those executing for Surety must be properly acknow- ledged.
(b) The Attorney-in-Fact must attach a certified copy of the Power of Attorney.
INSTRUCTIONS
l. This form shall be used whenever a bid bond is required.
2. The surety on the bond may be any corporation or partnership authorized to do business in Alaska as an insurer under AS 21.09. In lieu of furnishing a bid bond, the bidder may submit a certified check, cashier's check or money order payable to the OWNER in the amount of the bid bond required.
3. The name, including full Christian name, and business or residence address of each individual party to the bond shall be inserted in the space provided therefor, and each party shall sign the bond with his usual signature on the line opposite the scroll seal.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BID BOND Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 5000 - 3 4. If the principals are partners, their individual names shall appear in the space provided therefor, with the recital that they are partners composing a firm, naming it, and all members of the firm shall execute the bond as individuals.
5. If the principal or surety is a corporation, the name of the State in which incorporated shall be inserted in the space provided therefor, and said instrument shall be executed and attested under the corporate seal as indicated in the form. If the corporation has no corporate seal the fact shall be stated, in which case a scroll or adhesive seal shall appear following the corporate name.
6. The official character and authority of the person or persons executing the bond for the principal, if a corporation, shall be certified by the secretary or assistant secretary, according to the form herein provided. In lieu of such certificate there may be attached to the bond copies of so much of the records of the corporation as will show the official character and authority of the officer signing, duly certified by the secretary or assistant secretary, under the corporate seal, to be true copies.
7. The date of this bond must not be prior to the date of the instrument in connection with which it is given.
8. Individual Surety will not be accepted as bid security.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BID BOND Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 5000 - 4 AGREEMENT
FOR
KETCHIKAN AIRPORT REMODEL AND ROOF RENOVATION
THIS AGREEMENT made and entered into this day of , 2018, by and between the KETCHIKAN GATEWAY BOROUGH, a municipal corporation, 1900 First Avenue, Suite 210, Ketchikan, Alaska 99901, hereinafter called "OWNER," and CONTRACTOR NAME, whose address is Contractor’s Address and is licensed and qualified to do business within the State of Alaska, hereinafter called "CONTRACTOR."
NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the terms, covenants, conditions, and provisions contained herein, and attached and incorporated herein and made a part hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Section 1: Scope of Work. The CONTRACTOR shall perform and provide, within the time stipulated, the Contract as herein defined, of which this Agreement is a component part, and everything required to be performed including the providing of all work, labor, services, materials, utility, transportation and other acts necessary to perform the Contract in a workmanlike manner (hereinafter referred to as "Construction"), in connection with:
KETCHIKAN AIRPORT REMODEL AND ROOF RENOVATION and in strict conformity with the Contract Drawings and Engineering Specifications, including any and all Addenda issued by the OWNER, and with all of the other Contract Documents enumerated in Section 4 hereof, hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Contract."
Section 2: Construction Time.
(a) The CONTRACTOR agrees to complete all work and construction called for and as defined in the Contract Documents, to the satisfaction of the OWNER within the time for completion as specified in these Contract Documents.
Section 3: Contract Amount. As and for full payment, and in consideration of the timely and proper performance of all construction and work called for by the Contract, as defined herein, and performance of all the terms and conditions thereof, the OWNER shall pay the CONTRACTOR in currency of the United States, as follows:
Based upon the lump sum base bid price of $XX and additive alternate no. XX price of $XX set forth in the CONTRACTOR'S Bid Proposal, to be paid monthly upon CONTRACTOR’S progress; the total contract amount shall not exceed $XX. Any increases beyond this amount must be approved through a written change
Ketchikan Gateway Borough OWNER CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 6000 - 1 order signed by the authorized representatives of both parties.
It is further agreed that the CONTRACTOR shall start all work and construction within ten (10) days after delivery of the OWNER'S Notice to Proceed, unless otherwise specified in such Notice to Proceed, and shall complete all work and construction in accordance with the construction schedule and time for completion as provided in the Contract Documents.
Section 4: Contract Documents. The Contract, and the component parts of this Contract, entered into by the acceptance of the CONTRACTOR'S Bid Proposal and the signing of this Agreement, consist of the following documents, all of which are component parts of said Contract and are as fully a part thereof as if herein set forth in full, and if not attached, as if attached hereto:
This Agreement with the following Exhibits:
Exhibit A Notice to Contractors Inviting Bids; Exhibit B Invitation to Bid (Includes General Conditions, Special Conditions, Grandstand and Media Both Details, Architectural Details dated January 15, 2018, and As-built Survey Dudley Field ADA Improvements 2017); Exhibit C Notice of Award; Exhibit D Bid Proposal as accepted; Exhibit E Contract Forms: Change Orders; Request for Payment; Release, Waiver, and Discharge of all Claims and Liens; Exhibit F Performance and Payment Bond (will be added after execution; Exhibit G Certificate of Insurance (will be added after execution); Exhibit H State of Alaska, Department of Labor, Schedule of Laborer's and Mechanic's Minimum Rates of Pay, dated April 2018 as hereafter amended from time to time, and available at: http://labor.state.ak.us/lss/forms/pamp600-040118.pdf
Ketchikan Gateway Borough OWNER CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 6000 - 2 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this agreement the day and year first above written.
OWNER:
KETCHIKAN GATEWAY BOROUGH
Date:______By: ______Ruben Duran Borough Manager
Attest:
By:______Kacie Paxton Borough Clerk
Approved as to Form:
By: ______Glenn Brown Borough Attorney
Certified Funds Available:
By: ______Cynna Gubatayao Finance Director Account No. XXX-XX-XXX-XXXX
CONTRACTOR NAME:
Date:______By: ______(Signature of authorized officer)
______(Title of person signing)
Ketchikan Gateway Borough OWNER CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 6000 - 3
BOROUGH ACKNOWLEDGMENT
STATE OF ALASKA ) ) ss. FIRST JUDICIAL DISTRICT )
THIS IS TO CERTIFY that on this _____ day of ______, 2018, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of Alaska, duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared RUBEN DURAN to me known to be the BOROUGH MANAGER of the KETCHIKAN GATEWAY BOROUGH, a first class BOROUGH, the entity which executed the above and foregoing instrument; who on oath stated that he was duly authorized to execute said instrument; who acknowledged to me that he signed the same freely and voluntarily on behalf of said entity for the uses and purposes therein mentioned.
WITNESS my hand and official seal the day and year in the certificate first above written. ______NOTARY PUBLIC FOR ALASKA (Seal) My Commission Expires:______
STATE OF ALASKA ) ) ss. FIRST JUDICIAL DISTRICT )
THIS IS TO CERTIFY that on this _____ day of ______, 2018, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of Alaska, duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared KACIE PAXTON to me known to be the CLERK of the KETCHIKAN GATEWAY BOROUGH, a first class BOROUGH, the entity which executed the above and foregoing instrument; who on oath stated that she was duly authorized to execute said instrument on behalf of said entity; who acknowledged to me that she signed the same freely and voluntarily on behalf of said entity for the uses and purposes therein mentioned.
WITNESS my hand and official seal the day and year in the certificate first above written.
______NOTARY PUBLIC FOR ALASKA (Seal) My Commission Expires:______
Ketchikan Gateway Borough OWNER CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 6000 - 4 CORPORATE CERTIFICATE
I, certify that I am the Secretary of the Corporation named in the foregoing instrument; that , who signed said instrument on behalf of said Corporation, was then President of said corporation; that said instrument was duly signed for in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body and is within the scope of its corporate powers.
(Corporate Seal) (Signature)
CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT (if applicable)
STATE OF ALASKA ) ) ss. FIRST JUDICIAL DISTRICT )
THIS IS TO CERTIFY that on this ____ day of ______, 2018, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of Alaska, duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared (Name) and ______(Name) known to be the Job Title of Contractor Name, a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Alaska, the corporation which executed the above and foregoing instrument, and who on oath stated he(she)(they) were duly authorized to execute said instrument and affix the corporate seal thereto on behalf of said corporation, and that the seal affixed thereto is the corporate seal thereof, and acknowledged that he(she)(they) signed the same freely and voluntarily on behalf of said corporation for the purposes therein mentioned.
WITNESS my hand and official seal the day and year in this certificate above written.
NOTARY PUBLIC FOR ALASKA My Commission Expires:
Ketchikan Gateway Borough OWNER CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 6000 - 5
PAYMENT BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
WHEREAS, the Assembly of the Ketchikan Gateway Borough, Alaska, by motion passed ______, has awarded to ______, (hereinafter designated as the PRINCIPAL), a contract for the work described as follows: KETCHIKAN AIRPORT REMODEL AND ROOF RENOVATION
WHEREAS, under the terms of said contract, PRINCIPAL is required before entering upon the performance of the work, to file a good and sufficient payment bond with the Ketchikan Gateway Borough (hereinafter referred to as Borough to secure the payment of the claims to which reference is made in Title 36, Chapter 25, commencing at Section 36.25.010, Statutes of the State of Alaska.
NOW THEREFORE, we, the PRINCIPAL and , as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto the Borough and any and all persons, companies or corporations furnishing materials, provisions, provender, or other supplies, used in, upon, or about the performance of the work contracted to be executed or performed under the herein above mentioned contract, and all persons, companies, or corporations renting or hiring implements or machinery, for or contributing to said work to be done, and all persons performing work or labor done upon the same, and all persons supplying both work and labor as aforesaid, and as referred to in said Chapter 25, Title 36, Statutes of the State of Alaska, in the penal sum of Dollars ($ ) lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT if said PRINCIPAL, their sub-Suppliers, heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, shall pay any and all persons, companies or corporations furnishing materials, provisions, provender, or other supplies, used in, upon, or about the performance of the work contracted to be executed or performed under the herein above mentioned contract, and all persons, companies, or corporations renting or hiring implements or machinery, for or contributing to said work to be done, and all persons performing work or labor done upon the same, and all persons supplying both work and labor as aforesaid, and as referred to in said Chapter 25, Title 36, Statutes of the State of Alaska, and shall indemnify and save the Borough harmless from all cost, expense, and damage by reason of PRINCIPAL’S default or failure to do so, and shall pay any local sales or use taxes, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise said bond shall remain in full force and effect and SURETY and shall indemnify and save the Borough harmless from all costs, expense, and damage by reason of PRINCIPAL’S default or failure to do so, and shall pay any local sales or use taxes, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise said bond shall remain in full force and effect and SURETY on this bond shall pay the same.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 7000 - 1
It is expressly agreed and understood that in addition to Borough, this bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all of the persons named in Alaska Statutes, Title 36, Chapter 25, Sections 36.25.010, 36.25.020, and AS 23.20.265, et seq., so as to give a right of action to such persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond.
It is further stipulated and agreed that the SURETY on this bond shall not be exonerated or released from the obligation of this bond by any change, extension of time for performance, addition, alteration or modification in, to, or of any contract, plans, specifications, or agreement pertaining or relating to any scheme or work of improvement herein above described or pertaining or relating to the furnishings of labor, materials, or equipment thereof, nor by any change or modification of any terms of payment or extension of the time for any payment pertaining or relating to any scheme or work of improvement herein above described, nor by any rescission or attempted recession of the contract, agreement or bond, nor by any conditions precedent or subsequent in the bond attempting to limit the right of recovery of claimants otherwise entitled to recover under any such contract or agreement or under the bond, nor by any fraud practiced by any person other than the claimant seeking to recover on the bond and that this bond be construed most strongly against the SURETY and in favor of all persons for whose benefit such bond is given, and under no circumstances shall SURETY be released from liability to those for whose benefit such bond has been given by reason of any breach of contract between the Borough and the PRINCIPAL or on the part of any obligee named in such bond, but the sole conditions of recovery shall be that claimant is a person described herein and/or in Alaska Statutes Title 36, Chapter 25, Section 36.25.010, 36.25.020, et seq., and has not been paid the full amount of his claim and that SURETY does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, addition, alteration or modification herein mentioned.
As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified therefore, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred by Borough or other person entitled to bring suit thereon in enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 7000 - 2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and Surety above named, on the day of , 2018.
______PRINCIPAL
By: ______
Title: ______
TWO WITNESSES:
______By: ______
______Title: ______
Corporate Seal
______SURETY
By: ______
Title: ______
______ADDRESS
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 7000 - 3
ATTORNEY-IN-FACT ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SURETY
STATE OF ______) )ss. FIRST JUDICIAL DISTRICT )
On this day of , 2018, before me, , a notary public in and for said district and State, personally appeared known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument as the attorney-in-fact of the , the corporation named as Surety in said instrument, and acknowledged to me that he subscribed the name of said corporation thereto as Surety, and his own name as attorney-in-fact.
______NOTARY PUBLIC FOR ______My Commission Expires: ______
NOTE: (a) Signature of those executing for Surety must be properly acknowledged.
(b) The Attorney-in-fact must attach a certified copy of the Power of Attorney.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 7000 - 4
PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
WHEREAS, the Assembly of the Ketchikan Gateway Borough, Alaska, by motion passed ______, has awarded to______, hereinafter designated as the PRINCIPAL, a contract for:
KETCHIKAN AIRPORT REMODEL AND ROOF RENOVATION
WHEREAS, said PRINCIPAL is required under the terms of said contract to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of said contract,
NOW, THEREFORE, we, the PRINCIPAL and , as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto Ketchikan Gateway Borough, hereinafter called the Borough, in the penal sum of Dollars ($ ) lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT if the above bounden PRINCIPAL, or their heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall deliver, provide and perform all work, services, and materials, and in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions and agreements in the said contract, and any alteration thereof made as therein provided, on their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, including any warranty, or guarantee, and during the period thereof, as provided for therein, and in all respects according to their intent and meaning, and shall indemnify and save harmless the Borough, its officers and agents, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect.
And the said SURETY, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or contract documents, or the work to be performed thereunder, or the specifications accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and said SURETY does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration, modifications, or additions to the terms of the contract or contract documents, or to the work or to the specifications.
As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified therefore, there shall be included costs, expenses and fees, including attorney’s fees, incurred by Borough in enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 7000 - 5
IN WITNESS WHEREOF identical counterparts of this instrument, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original thereof, have been duly executed by the PRINCIPAL and SURETY above named, on the day of , 2018.
______PRINCIPAL
By: ______
Title: ______
TWO WITNESSES:
______By: ______
______Title: ______
Corporate Seal
______SURETY
By: ______
Title: ______
______ADDRESS
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 7000 - 6
ATTORNEY-IN-FACT ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SURETY
STATE OF ______) )ss. JUDICIAL DISTRICT )
On this day of , 2018, before me, , a notary public in and for said district and State personally appeared known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument as the attorney-in-fact of, , the corporation named as Surety in said instrument, and acknowledged to me that he subscribed the name of said corporation thereto as Surety, and his own name as attorney-in-fact.
______NOTARY PUBLIC FOR ______My Commission Expires: ______
(Seal)
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 7000 - 7 GENERAL CONDITIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Definitions ...... 1
Referenced Specifications and Abbreviations ...... 3
Subcontracts ...... 5
Performance and Payment Bonds ...... 6
Emergency Construction ...... 6
Contractor's Default ...... 7
Liquidated Damages ...... 7
Contractor's Claims Prior to Substantial Completion ...... 8
Contractor's Claims After Termination, Substantial Completion or Declaration of Contractor's Default ...... 9
Assignment of Contract ...... 9
Waiver or Modification ...... 10
Severability and Headings ...... 10
Intent of Contract Documents ...... 10
Discrepancies in Contract Documents ...... 10
Drawings, Specifications and Instructions ...... 11
Shop Drawings ...... 12
Contractor's Copies of Drawings ...... 13
Materials and Equipment ...... 13
Workmanship ...... 13
Compliance with Contract Documents ...... 14
Page 1 of 4 *************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS – TABLE OF CONTENTS Value Engineering ...... 14
Soil and/or Subsurface Conditions ...... 15
Storage of Materials and Equipment ...... 15
Manufacturer's Instructions ...... 15
Defective Materials and Workmanship ...... 16
Warranties ...... 16
Patents and Royalties ...... 17
Laws and Regulations ...... 18
Permits ...... 18
Hold Harmless and Indemnity ...... 18
Insurance ...... 19
Wage Rates ...... 2 2
Affirmative Action ...... 2 3
Employment of Local Residents ...... 25
Notice to Proceed ...... 25
Time...... 25
Construction Time ...... 25
Construction Schedule...... 25
Changes in Construction ...... 26
Extension of Time ...... 27
Borough's Use of Construction ...... 28
Payment of The Contract Amount ...... 29
Payment for Changes ...... 29
Page 2 of 4 *************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS – TABLE OF CONTENTS Payment For Uncorrected Construction ...... 32
Progress Payments ...... 32
Payments Withheld ...... 33
Termination for Convenience ...... 34
Acceptance and Final Payment ...... 37
Construction Furnished Prior to Notice to Proceed ...... 39
Sales and Similar Taxes ...... 39
Credit ...... 39
Borough's Operations ...... 39
Overtime Inspection ...... 39
Borough's Construction ...... 39
Other Contracts ...... 39
Lands by Borough ...... 40
Lands by Contractor ...... 40
Employees ...... 41
Project Safety ...... 41
Instrument Surveys ...... 42
Protection of Property ...... 42
Cutting and Patching ...... 43
Cleanup ...... 44
Sanitary Provisions ...... 44
Index of Accounts ...... 44
Existing Utilities and Improvements ...... 44
Page 3 of 4 *************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS – TABLE OF CONTENTS Independent Contractor; No Authority to Bind Borough ...... 45
No Third Party Beneficiaries ...... 45
Contractor Qualified ...... 45
Entire Agreement ...... 46
Law Applicable ...... 46
Remedies ...... 46
Page 4 of 4 *************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS – TABLE OF CONTENTS GENERAL CONDITIONS
Section 1: Definitions.
(a) Act of god shall mean an earthquake, flood, cyclone or other cataclysmic phenomenon of nature. A rain, windstorm, high water or other natural phenomenon of unusual intensity for a specific locality, but which might reasonably have been anticipated from historical records of the general locality, shall not be construed as an Act of God.
(b) Addenda shall mean written modifications of the Contract Documents which may be issued by the Owner to holders of Contract Documents prior to opening Proposals.
(c) Bidder shall mean any person, partnership, firm or corporation that submits a Bid Proposal and Bid Bond, if required, to the Owner.
(d) Change Order shall mean a written supplemental agreement executed by the Owner and the Contractor to modify the Contract at the time of or after its execution.
(e) Construction shall mean:
(1) All management, superintendence, labor, materials, use of equipment and tools, transportation and other facilities or services necessary to complete the Contract.
(2) If the Contract includes the furnishing of manufactured equipment, "Construction" shall also include all management, superintendence, labor, materials, equipment components, tools, inspection, testing transportation and other facilities and services necessary to design, manufacture, fabricate, assemble, deliver and install equipment and complete the Contract.
(3) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, "Construction" shall also include delivery to the location of the job site all management, superintendence, labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation and other facilities and services necessary to complete the Contract.
(f) Contract shall mean the whole understanding between the Owner and the Contractor covering the furnishing of the construction and payment therefore and described or encompassed in the Contract Documents, including any addenda or change orders.
(g) Contract documents shall mean the documents enumerated in the agreement which form the Contract.
(h) Contract drawing shall mean a diagrammatic or pictorial description of the
Page 1 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS construction to be furnished, or copies thereof, which is included as a part of the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda and Change Orders to the Contract. Contract Drawings shall include Proposal Drawings issued to Bidders to delineate the scope of the construction and Construction Drawings issued to the Contractor during construction to further describe the details of the Project design.
(i) Contractor shall mean the person, partnership or corporation whose Bid Proposal has been accepted by the Owner and who has furnished suitable Performance Bond and Payment Bond, Insurance Certificate or Insurance Policies, Lump Sum Bid Breakdown and executed the Agreement.
(j) Engineer shall mean an engineer, architect or other consultant contracted to the Owner and authorized to perform the engineering or architectural functions contemplated herein.
(k) Engineering specifications shall mean written descriptions, including performance, of the construction to be furnished which is part of the Contract Documents.
(l) Engineer's instruction shall mean a written interpretation of the Contract issued by the Engineer for the guidance of the Contractor.
(m) Or Equal shall mean construction items or materials substantially equal to that specified in the Contract Documents. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the quality and suitability of proposed substitutions.
(n) Owner shall mean the KETCHIKAN GATEWAY BOROUGH, whose address is 1900 First Avenue, Ketchikan, Alaska 99901.
(o) Performance and payment bonds shall mean the form of Performance Bond and the form of Payment Bond included in the Contract Documents which shall be furnished by the Contractor and its Surety as assurance to the Owner that the Contractor will furnish, pay for, and warrant the construction and perform all the requirements of the Contract.
(p) Project shall mean the improvements and/or facility to be completed in whole or in part through the performance of the Contract.
(q) Project Manager shall mean the duly authorized employee of the Owner authorized to perform the contract administration functions contemplated herein.
(r) Bid proposal shall mean a Bidder's offer to the Owner to contract for and undertake furnishing the construction for one (l) or more Bid Schedules.
(s) Shop Drawing shall mean a diagrammatic, pictorial or written description of the details of proposed materials, equipment components, construction, adjustment
Page 2 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS or operation, except drawings containing proprietary information, prepared by the Contractor or a Subcontractor and submitted for the review of the Engineer to demonstrate that the construction when completed will meet the requirements of the Contract.
(t) Subcontractor shall mean an independent person, partnership or corporation, other than an employee of the Contractor, supplying to and under agreement with the Contractor or any Subcontractor of the Contractor, any construction or equipment in connection with the Contract.
(u) Substantial completion shall mean that degree of completion of the construction necessary for the Project to function and operate at its intended location and for its intended use.
(v) Surety shall mean a corporation executing a Bid Bond, Performance Bond, Payment Bond or other bond payable to the Owner.
(w) Units of construction.
(1) "Basic Unit of Construction" shall mean an elementary part of the total construction which includes like materials and labor, is repetitive in nature, and is readily and economically measurable, i.e., "cu. yd. of concrete in place," "lin. ft. of pipe installed," or "lb. of reinforcing steel furnished."
(2) "Integrated Unit of Construction" shall mean a part of the total construction which combines various quantities of unlike materials, equipment and labor into a separate piece of construction where the component materials, equipment and labor are not in themselves readily and economically measurable, i.e., "road bridge complete" includes excavation, concrete, bridge work, backfill, etc.
(x) Unit price shall mean the amount bid by the Contractor for furnishing one (1) unit of construction, the quantities being subject to adjustment within the limits specified in the Contract Documents.
(y) Written notice shall mean a handwritten or typewritten communication delivered in person, or sent to the individual, or to a partner of the partnership, or to an officer of the corporation, which is the Contractor, at the address set forth in the Con- tractor's Bid Proposal or, if to the Owner, addressed to the Borough Manager, 1900 First Avenue, Suite 210, Ketchikan, Alaska 99901, or such other address as may be specified for such purpose in writing by the Contractor or Owner.
Page 3 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS Section 2: Referenced Specifications and Abbreviations.
(a) Any material specified by reference to number, symbol or title of a specific standard such as a code, commercial standard, Federal Specification, trade association standard, or other similar standard, shall comply with the requirements of the issue in effect on the date of the Notice to Contractors Inviting Bids unless a specific issue is indicated in the special conditions or Engineering Specifications.
(b) Those applicable provisions of and such specifications which are referred to as provided in (a) above, except as modified in the Engineering Specifications, shall have full force and effect as though included in the Engineering Specifications.
(c) The following is a general list of abbreviations which may appear on the Contract Drawings or in the Engineering Specifications.
AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association AAN American Association of Nurserymen AAR Association of American Railroads AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute AEIC Associated Edison Illuminating Companies AGC Associated General Contractors of America AFBMA Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers' Association AGA American Gas Association AGMA American Gear Manufacturers' Association AIA American Institute of Architects AIEE American Institute of Electrical Engineers AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Construction AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association ANSI American National Standards Institute APA American Plywood Association API American Petroleum Institute APWA American Public Works Association ARA American Railway Association AREA American Railway Engineering Association ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASE Code American Standard Safety Code for Elevators, Dumwaiters and Escalators ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers ASLA American Society of Landscape Architects ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWPA American Wood Preservers' Association AWS American Welding Society
Page 4 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS AWWA American Water Works Association
CSI Construction Specification Institute
DCDMA Diamond Core Drill Manufacturers' Association DEMA Diesel Engine Manufacturers' Association
EEI Edison Electric Institute EIA Electronic Industries Association EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers' Association
FHWA Federal Highway Administration Fed. Spec. Federal Specifications FSS Federal Specifications and Standards General Services Administration F.S. Std. Specs. Forest Service Standard Specifications for Construction of Roads and Bridges, E,-7720-100, 1979, Forest Service U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. 20013
ICC Interstate Commerce Commission IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IES Illuminating Engineering Society ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers' Association JIC Joint Industrial Council
NBS National Bureau of Standards NEC National Electrical Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers' Association NESC National Electrical Safety Code NFPA National Fire Protection Association
PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute
SAE Society of Automotive Engineers SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, Inc. SPR Simplified Practice Recommendation SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council
TCA Tile Council of America TEMA Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers' Association
UBC Uniform Building Code UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
Page 5 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS USASI United States of America Standards Institute WCLA West Coast Lumbermen's Association WWPA Western Wood Products Association
Section 3: Subcontracts.
(a) The Contractor shall perform with its own organization not less than one- third (1/3) of the total monetary amount of the Contract and shall not sublet to any one (1) Subcontractor more than one-half (1/2) of the total monetary amount of the Contract without the previous written consent of the Owner. After execution of the Contract and prior to the beginning of operations on a subcontract, the Contractor may, if approved by the Owner through execution of a Change Order, employ a different Subcontractor than was offered in the Contractor's Bid Proposal. In this event the Total Contract Amount shall be reduced by an amount equal to the reduction, if any, in the cost to the Contractor as a result of the change of Subcontractor. The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner the detailed bids of both Subcontractors before execution of the Change Order.
(b) The Contractor shall be fully responsible to the Owner for the acts, errors and omissions of Subcontractors and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them. The Contractor shall include all applicable provisions of these Contract Documents in all subcontracts for construction to be performed under this Contract.
(c) Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between any Subcontractor and the Owner. The Owner's consent to or approval of any Subcontractor under the Contract shall not relieve the Contractor of its obligations under the Contract and no such consent or approval shall be deemed to waive or modify any provisions of the Contract.
Section 4: Performance and Payment Bonds
(a) Within ten (10) days after the Contractor receives the Notice of Award, and prior to the execution of the Contract by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond and also a Labor and Materials Payment Bond, on the forms included in the Contract Documents, with a corporate Surety satisfactory to the Owner, which bonds shall insure the full and faithful performance of the Contract, including payment of all obligations arising thereunder, and each bond shall be in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the total contract amount unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions.
(b) The Surety on such Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond shall be a duly licensed surety corporation authorized to do business in the State of Alaska and shall be named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff Bureau of Accounts, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be
Page 6 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS accompanied by a certified copy of the authority to act.
(c) Failure to timely provide the bonds on the required bond forms and as required herein shall be grounds for the Owner rescinding the award and awarding to another bidder or rejecting all bids. The Contractor in such event forfeits the Contractor's bid security.
Section 5: Emergency construction. If, in the opinion of the Owner, and the Contractor is so advised, certain emergency construction must be done immediately to safeguard life or property or to protect completed construction, or the building or site where work is to be performed, the Contractor shall proceed at once with such emergency construction. The omission or failure of the Owner to form such an opinion or to advise the Contractor shall not excuse the Contractor from any obligation to safeguard life or property or to protect completed construction, or the buildings or site where work is to be performed. If such emergency construction is within the scope of the Contract, or is to protect completed construction, and is not caused by the negligence or acts or omissions of the Contractor, its employees, agents, representatives or subcontractors, the Contractor shall be paid as provided in the Contract. If such emergency construction is outside the scope of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit a written proposal within ten (10) days after commencement of the emergency construction and the construction shall be paid for as a change in construction; provided, however, the Owner shall have no obligation to compensate the Contractor for emergency construction required because of the Contractor's negligence or acts or omissions of the Contractor, its employees, agents, representatives, subcontractors, or other persons for whose acts the Contractor is liable or responsible. Failure to submit such a proposal within the specified time shall constitute waiver of any claim based upon such emergency construction.
Section 6: Contractor's default.
(a) If the Contractor becomes insolvent, is adjudged bankrupt or makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or if a receiver, assignee or other liquidating officer is appointed for the Contractor, or if the Contractor fails to prosecute the work according to the Construction Schedule, or otherwise, or persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply satisfactory superintendence, satisfactory numbers of properly skilled workmen or satisfactory construction or fails to make payment to employees or Subcontractors or payment for materials or equipment when due, or violates any law, ordinance, rule or regulation of any governmental authority having jurisdiction, or otherwise is in violation of any provisions of the Contract, the Contractor shall be in default under the Contract, and if such default continues for a period of ten (10) days after written notice thereof is served by the Owner upon the Contractor, the Owner, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, including termination, may declare the Contractor to be in default under the Contract by written notice thereof served upon the Contractor and its Surety.
(b) In the event of such declaration of default, the Surety shall have the
Page 7 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS obligation immediately to remedy the default or to undertake performance of the Contractor's obligations under the Contract; provided, however, that if the Surety does not remedy the default or does not undertake such performance within fifteen (15) days from the date of service of such declaration of default, the Owner may, but shall not be required to take possession of the construction and of all the Contractor's equipment, tools and materials used in connection therewith and complete the construction by whatever method the Owner may deem expedient. In such event, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the construction is completed. If the unpaid balance of the total contract amount exceeds the cost to the Owner of completing the Contract, including reasonable compensation for additional administrative, engineering and legal costs of the Owner, and any damages incurred by the Owner by reason of such default, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If the cost to the Owner of completing the Contract, including reasonable compensation for additional administrative, engineering and legal costs of the Owner, exceeds such unpaid balance, the Contractor shall immediately pay the excess to the Owner. The foregoing provisions are in addition to and not in limitation of any other rights or remedies available to the Owner, including termination for default.
Section 7: Liquidated damages.
(a) For each and every calendar day that any portion of the work and construction is not completed after the Construction Time fixed for completion in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay the Owner, not as a penalty but as liquidated damages, such amount per calendar day as is specified in the Special Conditions.
(b) Because the difficulty in computing the actual damages which will result from failure to complete the construction on time, the said amount of liquidated damages is hereby estimated, agreed upon and determined in advance by the parties hereto as a reasonable evaluation of the actual damages which the Owner will suffer for each and every day during which the completion of the construction is delayed beyond the Construction Time herein fixed.
(c) Such monies due the Contractor, or to become due the Contractor at or after the Construction Time fixed in the Contract Documents, for all or any part of the construction, as may be necessary to pay said liquidated damages, may be retained by the Owner, and if such amounts are not sufficient to pay such liquidated damages, the Contractor shall immediately pay the deficiency to the Owner. Such deductions or amounts retained by the Owner shall not in any degree release the Contractor from further obligation and liability with respect to fulfilling the entire Contract.
(d) Nothing herein shall be construed to preclude claims by the Owner for damages caused by Contractor errors, omissions, or negligence unrelated to time delay in completing the construction on time.
Page 8 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS Section 8: Contractor's claims prior to substantial completion.
(a) Written notice of any condition or event for which a claim is subsequently to be made by the Contractor shall be made to the Owner in writing within two (2) days after the first observance of such condition or event. A written claim for damages or additional compensation setting forth in full detail the labor, material and other costs and the total amount of the claim and the reasons therefore, shall be given to the Owner by the Contractor, with a copy to the Engineer, within fifteen (15) days after the first notice of such condition or event and if such condition or event continues, a similar written claim shall be presented every thirty (30) days thereafter. The Contractor expressly agrees that failure to give such notice of such condition or event and to present such detailed claims within the times specified shall constitute a binding waiver of any claim based upon such condition or event. Knowledge of the condition or event on the part of the Owner shall not affect the requirements for such written notice and written claims within the specified times.
(b) The Contractor shall not cause a delay of construction during any dispute. If the Owner orders a modification of the Contract by issuing a Change Order which becomes a subject of dispute or if any interpretation of the Contract Documents, or Engineer's Instructions, becomes a subject of dispute, the Contractor, upon written notice from the Owner, shall proceed with the construction as modified by the disputed Change Order during the period required to resolve the dispute.
(c) Claims for additional payment for delay in the construction caused by any act or omission of the Owner shall be limited to damages, if any, sustained during the time reasonably required for the Contractor to discharge its employees and to move equipment to another construction project location which, in the opinion of the Engineer, is suitable for operations by such equipment. In no event shall such time exceed two (2) weeks for each such occurrence.
Section 9: Contractor's claims after termination, substantial completion or declaration of contractor's default.
(a) When in the opinion of the Engineer the Contract is substantially completed, the Owner will send to the Contractor, by registered or certified United States mail, a written Opinion of Substantial Completion. Within thirty (30) days after delivery of such Opinion of Substantial Completion, and also in the event of a declared default of the Contractor or termination of the Contract before substantial completion, the Contractor shall give the Owner written notice of any claim it intends to make against the Owner arising out of or in relation to the Contract; provided, that written notice of a claim based upon an event which occurs after receipt by the Contractor of the Opinion of Substantial Completion may be so given within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of the event upon which the claim is based but in no event later than thirty (30) days after Owner has given Notice of Acceptance of the Construction. The notice of claim shall state the amount claimed and shall specify in detail the nature, grounds and manner of computation of the amount of the claim. The fact that the Contractor has given any notice or presented any claim required by any other provision of the Contract Page 9 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS shall not relieve it from giving the notice required by this section of the Contract nor shall giving the notice required by this section relieve the Contractor from the effect of failure to give any notice or present any claim as required by any other paragraph or section of the Contract.
(b) Within sixty (60) days after receipt of such notice of claim, the Owner will give the Contractor written notice that the claim is allowed or rejected or allowed in part and rejected in part. Any claim or part thereof so allowed shall constitute an acknowledged obligation of the Owner under the Contract payable in due course. Failure to give such written notice of allowance or rejection within sixty (60) days after the Owner receives the notice of claim shall constitute rejection thereof in full. The Contractor shall not start suit on any claim until the Owner has rejected the claim in whole or in part or has been accorded sixty (60) days in which to allow or reject the claim as above provided.
(c) The parties hereto expressly agree that the Contractor shall have thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice that the claim has been rejected in whole or in part, or ninety (90) days after the notice of claim is received by the Owner in case no notice of rejection is given, to bring suit against the Owner in the appropriate court sitting in the City of Ketchikan, First Judicial District, State of Alaska, and that otherwise, the claim, except the portion thereof allowed by the Owner, shall be forever barred. No suit shall be brought against the Owner on any claim arising out of or in connection with the Contract unless the requirements of this section applicable to the Contractor have been strictly complied with.
Section 10: Assignment of contract. The Contractor shall not assign, transfer, convey, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of or encumber this Contract, or any rights thereunder, without the prior written consent of the Owner. Any such attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition shall be null and void and of no force or effect. No assignment of the Contract or funds due under the Contract by the Contractor with the consent of the Owner shall be valid unless it contains a provision that the funds to be paid to the assignee under the assignment are subject to all the Contractor's obligations under the Contract.
Section 11: Waiver or modification. The failure of either party to the Contract to insist upon strict performance of any of the terms or provisions of the Contract Documents shall not constitute a waiver or relinquishment of any such terms or provisions, but the same shall be and remain in full force and effect. The making of any payment by the Owner to the Contractor, with or without knowledge of any default or breach of the Contract, shall not be deemed to be a waiver as to any default or breach of any term or provision of the Contract Documents. No waiver or modification of any term or provision of the Contract Documents shall be claimed by the Contractor unless the same is made by Change Order, and no such waiver or modification shall constitute a waiver or modification of any other term or provision.
Section 12: Severability and headings.
(a) If any part of the Contract Documents, including, but not limited to, any
Page 10 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS provision, paragraph, clause, phrase or words, is found to be in conflict with applicable law, such part shall be inoperative, null and void insofar as it is in conflict with said law, but the remainder shall be given full force and effect.
(b) The descriptive headings of the various parts, sections, paragraphs, and other portions of the Contract Documents have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms and provisions of the Contract Documents.
Section 13: Intent of contract documents.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in the Special Conditions, the intent of the Contract Documents is to include all plant, materials, equipment, tools, supplies, management, superintendence, Contractor's design and detailing, work, labor, transportation, fuel, power, water and all other utilities and services necessary for furnishing all of the construction required for the proper performance of the Contract.
(b) Except as may be otherwise provided in the Special Conditions, the intent of the Contract Documents is to specify and set forth a complete and operating unit or system ready for use regardless of whether or not every detail has been set forth in the Contract Documents. Any omission of details from the Contract Documents shall not be construed to mean that they are to be omitted by the Contractor or to affect in any way the completeness of the construction. The cost of such details shall be included in the prices in the Bid Proposal.
Section 14: Discrepancies in contract documents.
(a) If at any time the Contractor discovers that there is possible error, omission or discrepancy in any of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. The Engineer shall promptly review the alleged error, omission or discrepancy and issue an Engineer's Instruction or the Owner may issue a Change Order. Any work done after such discovery and until receipt of an Engineer's Instruction or execution of a Change Order shall be at the Contractor's expense.
(b) To avoid any disputes which might arise as to the meaning of any engineering requirements in the Contract Documents or to any alleged error, omission or discrepancy therein, the Engineer's opinion as to the true intent and meaning, and the Engineer's interpretation thereof, shall be first obtained before any legal action is taken. All dimensions shall be taken from numerical figures on the Contract Drawings and no dimensions scaled from such drawings are valid. If dimensions are apparently missing from the Contract Drawings, work shall be suspended on that portion of the construction until the Owner has been notified and has made the necessary dimensions available via an Engineer's Instruction or on a Contract Drawing.
(c) Should any discrepancies or conflicting provisions among the various
Page 11 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract Documents be discovered, precedence is hereby established in the following order:
1. Change Orders 2. Agreement 3. Addenda 4. Special Conditions 5. General Conditions 6. Engineering Specifications 7. Contract Drawings 8. Construction Schedule 9. Notice to Contractors Inviting Bids 10. Information for Bidders 11. Performance and Payment Bonds 12. Bid Proposal as Accepted.
Section 15: Drawings, Specifications and Instructions.
(a) The Owner has prepared designs and Contract Documents and may from time to time issue additional information during the term of the Contract, by means of Engineer's Instructions, Construction Drawings or otherwise, to add detail to the Contract Documents. All such Instructions, Drawings and additional information shall be consistent with the Contract Documents and shall be developments thereof.
(b) All construction shall be furnished in accordance with the Contract Documents and to the dimensions fixed thereby. The Owner reserves the right to make reasonable revisions in dimensions and relocations of construction; provided, however, that such revisions or relocations are made prior to construction of any item to be revised or relocated. If such revisions and relocations result in no additional cost to the Contractor, such revisions or relocations shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner.
Section 16: Shop drawings.
(a) The Contractor shall prepare or secure, and submit to the Owner for review, not as a check of details but for the purpose of determining whether or not the general method of fabrication, quality of materials and equipment and detailing are in accordance with the Contract Documents, are suitable for instruction of operating personnel and for maintenance, such nonproprietary Shop Drawings as are necessary in the opinion of the Engineer for such purposes. Such Shop Drawings shall include, but not be limited to, general arrangement, outline, connection and external detail drawings and instruction, operation and maintenance booklets. Two reproducible prints and one contact print of each Shop Drawing shall be submitted to the Owner. Four (4) copies of all catalog cuts serving as Shop Drawings shall be submitted to the Owner over and above the number of copies the Contractor wants returned following Owner's review.
Page 12 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS
(b) The review of Shop Drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility which it has under the Contract Documents, including but not limited to quality, quantity, performance characteristics, dimensions, adequate details, schedules and satisfactory coordination of all materials and equipment components. The Contractor shall submit such Shop Drawings with such promptness as to cause no delay in its own operations or that of its Subcontractors. Shop Drawings shall be checked by the Contractor to determine that they do not deviate from the Contract Documents, and if they do, such Shop Drawings shall be accompanied by a written notice to the Engineer stating in detail the nature of and the reasons for any proposed deviations. Shop Drawings shall be submitted in such sequence as is necessary in the opinion of the Engineer to give them adequate review.
(c) The Engineer's review will be completed within a reasonable time after receipt by the Engineer of each Shop Drawing in proper sequence with markings as follows:
(1) Reviewed. Indicates Shop Drawing has been reviewed and appears to conform with the intent of the design concept. The Contractor shall make further distribution of the Shop Drawing and may proceed with fabrication shown on the Shop Drawing.
(2) Resubmit. Indicates Shop Drawing or part thereof does not appear to conform with the design concept. The Owner's comments will be noted on the Shop Drawing or in a separate letter. The Contractor shall recheck, make necessary revisions and resubmit for Owner's review.
(3) Reference. Indicates Shop Drawing gives information that is incidental to construction described in the Contract Documents and is for general information only.
(d) All Shop Drawings and data shall be concise and legible. Detailed information about the various components involved shall be clearly identified with the component designation. Shop Drawings shall include, as applicable, equipment outlines and dimensions, foundation requirements and wiring diagrams giving complete information for the installation and erection, maintenance and repair, or for identification of parts for ordering replacements on each item to be furnished under the Contract.
(e) The Contractor shall submit to the Owner three (3) sets of final Shop Drawings, showing all changes and revisions and shall furnish one (1) full-size black-on- white positive mylar transparency to the Owner.
Section 17: Contractor's copies of drawings. The Contractor will be supplied by the Owner without charge, not more than three (3) sets of Contract Drawings. Additional copies of Contract Drawings, if desired by the Contractor, will be furnished by the Owner at cost. The Contractor shall keep at least one (1) record copy of all Contract Documents, including Plans, Shop Drawings, Modifications, etc., at the construction site in good condition in a weather-tight enclosure to show all changes,
Page 13 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS revisions, and "as-built" notations made during the construction process. These are to be available to the Engineer and shall be delivered to him for the Owner upon completion of the project.
Section 18: Materials and Equipment.
(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions, the Contractor shall furnish and fully pay for all construction prior to acceptance by the Owner. All materials and equipment incorporated in the completed construction shall be new and not previously used. If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall provide satisfactory evidence of the kind and quality of materials and equipment to be furnished and that such have been paid for.
(b) If materials or equipment are specified in the Special Conditions to be furnished by the Owner, they shall be conclusively deemed acceptable for the purpose designed if received in satisfactory condition. The Contractor may continue to use such materials or equipment until otherwise directed; provided, however, that if the Contractor discovers any defect in materials or equipment furnished by the Owner, it shall immediately notify the Owner and the Engineer in writing and shall cease to use such defective items pending receipt of written instructions from the Owner or the Engineer.
(c) If materials or equipment are specified in the Special Conditions to be furnished by the Owner, they shall be received by the Contractor f.o.b. the point of delivery specified in the Special Conditions, and in the absence of such specification, receipt by the Contractor shall be f.o.b. the plant of the supplier of the materials or equipment to be so furnished. The Contractor shall receive, load and unload, transport, store and properly protect from damage or loss all such materials or equipment and the Contractor shall be responsible for loss or damage after receipt of materials or equipment and until final acceptance of the construction by the Owner. The Contractor shall immediately report to the Owner and the Engineer in writing in the form and manner prescribed by the Engineer the receipt of Owner-furnished materials and equipment.
Section 19: Workmanship. All construction shall be such that its several component parts function as a workable system, with all accessories necessary for its proper operation, and the construction shall be furnished with all components tested, properly adjusted, and in operation. The construction shall be furnished in conformance with the normally accepted standard practice of the trade so as to contribute to maximum efficiency of operation, accessibility and appearance and minimum cost of operation, maintenance and construction of future alterations and additions. It shall also be so furnished that the completed construction will conform and adjust to and operate in a coordinated manner with the existing installation, if any.
Section 20: Compliance with contract documents.
(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions, whenever in the Page 14 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract Documents any material, equipment, method or process is indicated or specified without reservation, by patent or proprietary name, by name of the manufacturer or by catalog number, such specification shall be deemed to be used for the purpose of establishing a standard of quality and for facilitating the description of the material, equipment, method or process desired, and shall be deemed to be followed by the words "or equal." In such event the Contractor may offer to furnish another material, equipment, method or process which shall be substantially equal in every respect to that so indicated or specified. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the equality of such material, equipment, method or process offered in substitution.
(b) Offers of substitution for items described in the Contract Documents will be considered only upon the written request of the Contractor, and no requests for such substitutions will be acknowledged or considered from suppliers, distributors, manu- facturers or subcontractors or any other source. Requests for approval of a substitution shall be by submitting Shop Drawings, where applicable, and shall be accompanied by documentary evidence of equality in the form of descriptive literature, samples, records of performance, certified copies of tests by independent recognized laboratories, and differences in prices and delivery, if any, in the form of certified quotations from suppliers of both the specified material, equipment, method or process and the proposed substitute.
(c) Such offers of substitution of materials or equipment shall include data to substantiate that the "or equal" product meets the following criteria applicable to the item submitted:
(1) The change is adaptable to the design, (2) the functional performance will be equal to or better than the item specified, (3) where the appearance affects the end product, the appearance of the item will be as good as or better than the item specified, (4) the maintenance cost for the product or item will be equal to or less than the item specified, (5) the quality of materials used and the level of construction of the item will be as good or better than the item specified, (6) the net price of the item will be within the same price range as the item specified and (7) installation cost of the item specified will be equal to or less than that of the item specified.
Section 21: Value Engineering.
(a) The Contractor may submit alternate construction details for consideration where these will result in reduced project cost without loss of essential function. Such alternates shall be in the form of written value engineering proposals indicating the nature of recommended revisions and the Contractor's proposed credit to the Owner.
(b) A value engineering proposal shall constitute a binding offer by and on the Contractor and may not be withdrawn. However, if not accepted within the time limits described in (c) below, the proposal shall become void. The terms and credits of the proposal may be changed by mutual agreement between the Owner and Contractor, or
Page 15 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS may be accepted without further modification by the Owner.
(c) The value engineering proposal shall be in sufficient detail to permit a reasonably complete evaluation of the costs and technical changes involved. Proposals shall be addressed to the Owner's Engineer, who shall respond within fourteen (14) cal- endar days after receipt regarding functional acceptability or completeness of the proposal. In the event no response is made within this time period, the proposal shall be considered rejected. The judgment of the Owner's engineer shall be final regarding acceptability of Contractor's proposal.
(d) If a proposal is accepted, the Contract shall be amended by Change Order to reflect the modifications and the Contract amount shall be decreased by negotiated or offered credit amount.
Section 22: Soil And/or Subsurface Conditions. Any data regarding soil and/or subsurface conditions which may be shown in the Construction Drawings, Engineering Specifications, or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, is not to be taken as a repre- sentation, but is based on limited information and is at best only an opinion; consequently, such data cannot and shall not be considered precise or complete and there is no guarantee or representation as to its completeness, accuracy, or precision and the Owner shall not be liable therefore. All Bidders and/or Contractors shall thoroughly familiarize themselves with the site and subsurface conditions at all locations on this project by their own independent investigation, including soils or other tests, and the nature of such condition shall be determined and ascertained by Bidders and Contractors on their own by independent investigations and to their own satisfaction.
Section 23: Storage of Materials and Equipment. If any materials or equipment are stored, they shall be stored so as to ensure the preservation of their quality and fitness. Materials and equipment shall be placed on platforms or other hard, clean surfaces, and not on the ground, and shall be placed under cover and heated adequately to prevent condensation or freezing. Stored materials and equipment shall be located so as to facilitate observation. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to or loss of the materials or equipment that occurs until written acceptance by the Owner.
Section 24: Manufacturer's Instructions. All instructions and directions of the manufacturer of material and equipment furnished to the Contractor shall be followed unless specified to the contrary. The Contractor shall obtain and furnish to the Engineer prior to use of materials or installation of equipment five (5) copies of all instructions and directions of the manufacturer of such materials and equipment.
Section 25: Defective Materials and Workmanship.
(a) The Contractor shall promptly remove from the premises all materials and equipment and correct all construction which in the opinion of the Engineer is defective in workmanship or materials or fails to conform to the Contract, or the manufacturer's specifications or technical data, whether incorporated in the work or not, and the
Page 16 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS Contractor shall promptly replace and re-execute its own construction in accordance with the Contract and without cost or expense to the Owner, and shall bear the expense of making good all construction of other contractors or the Owner's building or site, destroyed or damaged by such removal and replacement.
(b) If the Contractor does not remove construction which in the opinion of the Engineer is defective or fails to conform to the Contract, within a reasonable time, which shall be fixed by written notice from the Owner, the Owner may remove and store the materials and cause the correction of such construction at the expense of the Contractor. If the Contractor does not pay the expense of such removal and storage within ten (10) days after delivery of a notice of the cost of such removal and storage, the Owner may give written notice to the Contractor and ten (10) days after such notice the Owner may dispose of the material. Costs arising from such removal, storage or disposal of materials and correction of the construction shall be paid by the Contractor and may be deducted from any payment due the Contractor. The provisions of this section shall not impose any duty or responsibility on the Owner or Engineer to advise or inform Contractor of any materials or work considered to be defective and failure to do so shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of defective materials or work by the Engineer or by the Owner.
(c) All work such as pipes, wires, conduits, insulation and any other items designated by the Engineer shall be inspected prior to the work being covered.
All work requiring inspection that is covered prior to inspection by the Engineer shall be uncovered for inspection as requested by the Engineer and recovered at no cost to the Owner.
Section 26: Warranties.
(a) The Contractor warrants to the Owner that the construction to be provided under the Contract shall be fit for the purpose specified when operated in accordance with generally accepted operating practices; shall be new and free from any defects in material, workmanship, and title; shall meet all specifications, including those relating to performance, contained or incorporated by reference in the Contract; and that the technical direction of installation will be performed in a competent, diligent manner in accordance with generally accepted professional standards.
(b) The foregoing warranties (except as to title) shall apply to defects or deficiencies occurring within a period of one (1) year from final acceptance of the Project by the Owner. If, however, during the above one (1) year warranty period the construction is not available for operation due to a failure to meet such warranties, such time of unavailability shall not be counted as part of the warranty period. The conditions of any field tests shall be mutually agreed upon, and the Contractor shall be notified of and may be represented at all tests that may be made.
(c) If the construction furnished does not meet the warranties specified above, assuming normal and proper use and maintenance, the Owner shall promptly notify the
Page 17 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS Contractor and make the construction available for correction. The Contractor shall thereupon correct all defects, including nonconformance with the Engineering Specifica- tions, at its expense, either by repairing or replacing any defective or damaged parts of the construction furnished under the Contract. All of the costs of labor, materials and equipment associated with such repair or replacement of the construction, including removal, loading and unloading, transportation to and from the repair site and reinstalla- tion, shall be borne by the Contractor.
(d) Any repaired or replacement construction furnished under the aforesaid warranty shall also carry warranties for one (1) year on the same terms as set forth above from the date of its repair or replacement.
(e) The Contractor shall obtain written warranties from its Subcontractors and suppliers of material and equipment where such warranties are specifically required by the Special Conditions and shall deliver the original warranties to the Owner.
(f) Neither the final payment, nor any other provision of the Contract, nor partial or entire use of the construction by the Owner shall relieve the Contractor of liability with respect to the warranties referred to in the Contract or any other warranties express or implied.
(g) In the event the Contractor fails to accomplish the warranty work as required herein, the Owner may proceed to accomplish the same and the Contractor, and its Surety, shall be jointly and severally liable to the Owner for all costs and expenses in relation thereto.
Section 27: Patents and Royalties.
(a) The Contractor shall pay the costs of all royalties, permits, licenses or other fees necessary for the performance of the Contract.
(b) The Contractor warrants that the construction furnished hereunder, and any part thereof, shall be delivered free of any rightful claim of any third party for infringement of any patent. If notified promptly in writing and given authority and information, the Contractor shall appear and defend or may settle, at its expense, any suit or proceeding against the Owner so far as it is based on a claimed patent infringement which would result in a breach of this warranty and the Contractor shall pay all damages and costs awarded therein against the Owner due to such breach. In the event the construction or any part thereof is held to constitute such an infringement and the use of said construction or part is enjoined, the Contractor shall, at its expense and option, either procure for the Owner the right to continue using said construction or part, or replace same with non-infringing construction, or part, or modify same so it becomes non-infringing.
(c) The preceding subparagraph shall not apply to any construction or part manufactured to the Owner's design, or to the use of any construction furnished hereunder in conjunction with any other product in a combination not furnished by the
Page 18 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS Contractor pursuant to the Contract. As to any such construction, part, or use of such combination, the Contractor shall have no liability for patent infringement.
Section 28: Laws and Regulations.
(a) The Contractor shall give all notices required by law and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations relating to the conduct of the construction. The Contractor shall be liable for all violations of the law in connection with construction furnished by the Contractor.
(b) If the Contractor observes that the Contract Documents are at a variance with any law, ordinance, rule or regulation the Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner in writing and all necessary changes shall be made by Engineer's Instructions or Change Order. If the Contractor performs any work knowing or that the Contractor should have known to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without giving such notice to the Owner, the Contractor shall bear all costs of required changes and be liable to the Owner for all damages arising therefrom.
Section 29: Permits.
(a) Permits, licenses and easements of a temporary nature which are necessary only for and during the construction, shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor, except those permits, licenses or easements of a temporary nature which are stated in the Special Conditions to be provided by the Owner.
(b) Permits, licenses, and easements of a permanent nature, which are necessary to be maintained after acceptance of construction, shall be secured and paid for by the Owner unless otherwise specified in the Special Conditions.
Section 30: Hold Harmless And Indemnity. The Contractor specifically obligates itself to the Owner in the following respects, to-wit:
(a) To indemnify and appear and defend and hold harmless the Owner, its elected and appointed officials and employees, from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees and expenses incurred, whether or not suit is filed, and for injuries to or theft of property, including loss of use, injuries to persons, including death, and from any and all other claims, suits or liability, caused in whole or in part by any act or omission of the Contractor, or any of its officers, agents, employees, representatives, servants or subcontractors, or anyone employed by them, or for whose acts Contractor may be liable, in the performance or nonperformance of the work or construction, or of any of the terms and/or conditions of the Contract, or caused by or resulting from any act or omission of Contractor, or any of Contractor's employees, agents, representatives, licensees, contractors or representatives.
(b) To appear, defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its officers,
Page 19 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS agents, and employees from and against any and all claims, judgments, liens, loss, damage, cost, charge or expense, including defense costs, court costs and attorneys' fees, whether direct or indirect, by reason of casualties to the construction whether completed or not, including loss of use thereof.
Section 31: Insurance.
(a) Contractor shall not commence work under this Contract until all of the insurance required under this section has been obtained and Contractor has filed the certificates of insurance and copies of insurance policies with the Owner as required by the Contract Documents, and the Owner has approved the same, nor shall Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until the insurance required has been so obtained.
(b) General Liability Insurance.
(1) Coverage. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain General Liability Insurance covering bodily injuries, including death at any time resulting therefrom, sustained by any person or persons, and covering damages to property, including loss of use thereof, arising out of or in consequence of the performance of the Contract or the work or construction, whether such injuries to persons or damages to property are due or are claimed to be due to operations of the Contractor, its subcontractors, or any of their officers, employees, servants, partners, agents or representatives. The Owner shall be named as an additional insured on all such policies.
(2) Insurance Amounts. Such General Liability Insurance shall be in the amounts set forth on the form of Certificate of Insurance included in the Contract Documents and required herein to be filed with the Owner.
(3) Insurance Period. Such General Liability Insurance shall be maintained in effect at all times until final acceptance by the Owner of all of the completed construction, and products liability and completed operations liability for at least two (2) years thereafter.
(4) Insurance Form. Such General Liability Insurance shall indemnify and defend the Contractor, its subcontractors and the Owner, as an additional named insured, and all of their officers, employees, servants, partners, agents and representatives from and against any and all claims, judgments, liens, loss, damage, cost, charge or expense, including defense costs, court costs and attor- neys' fees, whether direct or indirect, by reason of liability imposed by law or by contract upon said parties, including Operations/Premises Liability, Independent Contractor's Protective Liability/Owner's Protective Liability, Completed Operations and Products Liability, Broad Form Blanket Contractual Liability, Owner, Non-owned, and Hired Vehicles and Equipment, and Broad Form Property Damage, including explosion, collapse and underground damage and
Page 20 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS loss of use. Such General Liability Insurance shall be provided on a comprehensive bodily injury and property damage liability form satisfactory to the Owner and shall name the Owner as an additional insured and shall cover and include Contractor's contractual indemnity of Owner. The coverage shall not include an unfunded self-insured retention. A Certificate of Insurance certifying such insurance policies have been issued to the Contractor shall be filed with the Owner in the amount and form and as required herein.
(c) Worker's Compensation.
(1) Insurance Requirements. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall purchase and maintain industrial accident or worker's compensation insurance issued by an insurance company authorized to write such insurance in the State of Alaska covering bodily injuries, including death at any time resulting therefrom, suffered or alleged to have been suffered by any employee of the Contractor or its subcontractors by reason of or in the course of operations under the Contract.
(2) Insurance Amount. The amount and type of such industrial accident or worker's compensation insurance shall be that required by law for all employees employed under the Contract who may come within the protection of such laws, and as required by the Certificate of Insurance required under (e) below.
(3) Insurance Period. Such industrial accident and worker's compensation insurance shall be maintained in effect until final acceptance of the completed work and construction.
(4) Failure to Maintain Worker's Compensation Insurance. The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that in the event it fails to maintain proper worker's compensation insurance coverage, the State and the Owner may pursue any remedies provided by AS 23.30.045, terminate the Contract without liability, and/or take or pursue any other remedies otherwise provided by law.
(d) Builder's All Risk.
(1) Insurance Requirement. Contractor shall purchase and maintain All Risk Builder's Risk (course of construction) insurance covering any and all loss, casualty or otherwise, of all or any part of the work or construction, and all work and materials in place and materials stored at the building site and at remote storage sites, which insurance shall include, but not be limited to, loss by fire, earthquake, landslide or flood damage. The Contractor and the Owner shall each be named as insured as their interests may appear and each shall be named in the policy or policies as insureds and the deductible shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the total amount of insurance that is required in (2) below without prior approval of the Owner. Contractor shall furnish coverage at all
Page 21 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS times for the full replacement value of all completed work and construction, including approved Change Orders, as well as materials in place and/or stored at the site, whether or not partial payment has been paid by the Owner. The Contractor shall maintain this insurance until all of the work and construction under the Contract has been fully completed and finally accepted by the Owner. Contractor shall submit to the Owner a complete copy of the All Risk Builder's Risk (course of construction) insurance policy hereinabove required.
(2) Insurance Amount. Such All Risk Builder's Risk insurance shall be equal to the Total Contract Amount.
(3) Insurance Period. Such Builder's All Risk insurance shall be maintained in effect until final acceptance of all of the completed work, construction and the Project.
(e) Certificates of Insurance. Contractor shall deposit with the Owner not later than submittal of the signed Agreement and required bonds, Certificates of Insurance from its insurance companies certifying to the coverage of all of the insurance required in this section in the form, and in the amounts set forth on the form of Certificate of Insurance set forth in the Contract Documents, and as required herein, and shall furnish copies of all insurance policies at any time upon request of the Owner.
(f) Cancellation of Insurance.
(1) The Contractor shall not cause any insurance policy to be canceled or permit any policy to lapse or reduce the amount of such insurance during the period of the Contract. All insurance policies shall include a provision to the effect that the insurance policy shall not be subject to cancellation, lapse, or to a reduction in the amount of insurance until written notice has been first delivered to the Owner by the insuring company stating the date that such cancellation, lapse, or reduction shall be effective, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days after the delivery of such notice to the Owner.
(2) When a renewal of the policy is approaching, Contractor shall deposit evidence of renewal not less than twenty (20) days before expiration of the term of the policy.
(3) The Owner shall have the right to require Contractor provide verification, including the right to inspect Contractor's records at reasonable times, to confirm the insurance called for herein is in force. If the Contractor fails to provide verification of full coverage of all the insurance required by the Contract Documents, at all times, Owner may, without liability, direct the Contractor cease any further operations, and remove all personnel and equipment from the project site until all such insurance is verified as being in full force and effect, or may, without liability, deem such failure to verify full coverage as a material breach and default and terminate the Contract without liability.
Page 22 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS
(g) Waiver of Subrogation. Each of the policies of insurance required herein shall contain a clause or endorsement pursuant to which the insurance companies waive subrogation or consent to a waiver of right to recovery against the Owner.
(h) Insurance Companies. Unless such requirement is waived by the Owner in writing, all insurance companies issuing any insurance required in this section shall be member insurers included and covered under the Alaska Insurance Guarantee Association Act (Alaska Statutes, Section 21.80.010, et seq.).
Section 32: Wage Rates.
(a) Contractor shall pay not less than the minimum wage per hour for each classification of laborers, workers, or mechanics as set forth in the State of Alaska, Department of Labor, Wage and Hour Division, pamphlet entitled "Laborers' and Mechanics' Minimum Rates of Pay," in accordance with the memorandum from the Alaska Department of Labor dated April 1, 2014 which states:
(b) All projects with a final bid date April 1, 2014, or later must pay the prevailing wage rates contained in this pamphlet. As the law now provides, these rates will be stable for a two-year period or the life of the project, whichever is shorter. If a higher federal rate is required due to partial federal funding or other federal participation, the higher rate must be paid.
(c) Upon expiration of the initial 24-month period, if new wage rates have been issued by the Department, the latest wage rates issued shall become effective for the subsequent 24-month period or until the original contract is completed, whichever occurs first. This process shall be repeated until the original contract is completed.
(d) The term "original contract" as used above means the signed contract that resulted from the original bid and any amendments including change of work scope, additions, extension, change orders, etc. agreed to by the parties that have not been subject open bid procedures.
(e) In the event the rates are amended at any time during the period of this Contract, Contractor shall adjust, at no additional cost to the Owner, the rates paid in such manner as to at all times be not less than the then current prevailing wage rate schedule issued by the State of Alaska. Contractor shall in addition thereto comply with all other applicable provisions of Alaska Statutes, Title 36, Chapter 5 [Wages and Hours of Labor]. Contractor further expressly acknowledges and agrees that prior to bidding on this Contract and the Project, and at the time of submitting its bid and entering into the Contract, it has obtained and fully informed itself of the current wage rate schedule and Contractor by entering into this Contract, assumes full and sole responsibility to keep itself fully informed as to any changes made in the current wage scale required to be paid and will, at no additional cost to the Owner, adjust and pay the prevailing wage rates, as such are modified from time to time, at all times during the performance of the
Page 23 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract.
(f) The Contractor shall submit to the State of Alaska, Department of Labor, a certified payroll on a form suitable to the Department of Labor each week as required by law, with copies thereof to the Owner if requested, and submit to the Owner an executed Minimum Wage Affidavit with each pay request and at the end of the project. The affidavit shall be in the form included in the Contract documents.
(g) Contractor agrees:
(1) that the Contractor, and his subcontractors, shall pay all employees unconditionally and not less than once a week;
(2) that wages shall not be less than those stated in the most current Minimum Wage Schedule published by the State Department of Labor regardless of the contractual relationship between the Contractor or subcontractors and laborers, mechanics, or field surveyors;
(3) that the scale of wages to be paid shall be posted by the Contractor in a prominent and easily accessible place at the site of the work;
(4) that the Owner is authorized to withhold so much of the accrued payments as is necessary to pay to laborers, mechanics, or field surveyors employed by the Contractor or subcontractors the difference between:
(a) the rates of wages required by the Contract to be paid laborers, mechanics, or field surveyors on the work,
(b) the rates of wages in fact received by laborers, mechanics or field surveyors, and
(c) if it is found that a laborer, mechanic, or field surveyor employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor has been or is being paid a rate of wages less than the rate of wages required by the Contract to be paid, the Owner may, by written notice to the Contractor, terminate the Contractor's right to proceed with the work or the part of the work for which there is a failure to pay the required wages and to prosecute the work to completion by contract or otherwise, and the Contractor and his sureties shall be liable to the Owner for all costs and expense incurred thereby and for any excess costs in completing the work. (AS 36.05.070).
Section 33: Affirmative Action.
(a) Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure the applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex or national
Page 24 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the provisions of this subsection.
(b) Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin.
(c) Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers and with which it has a collective-bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice advising the said labor union or worker's representative of Contractor commit- ments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment.
(d) Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended by Executive Order No. 11375 of October 13, 1967, and the rules, regulations and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor.
(e) Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and by the rules, regulations and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to its books, records and accounts by the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations and orders.
(f) The Contractor will include the provisions paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section in every contract, and will require the inclusion of these provisions in every subcontract entered into by any of its subcontractors, so that such provisions will be binding upon each Subcontractor, as the case may be. For the purpose of including such provisions in any construction, maintenance, or service contract or subcontract, as required hereby, the term "Contractor" and the term "Subcontractor" may be changed to reflect appropriately the name or designation of the parties of such contract or subcontract.
(g) The Contractor agrees that he will fully cooperate with the office or agency of the State of Alaska which seeks to deal with the problem of unlawful or invidious discrimination, and with all other State efforts to guarantee fair employment practices under this Contract, and said Contractor will comply promptly with all requests and directions from the State Commission of Human Rights or any of its officers or against relating to prevention of discriminatory employment practice.
(h) Full cooperation as expressed in the foregoing clause (g) shall include, but not be limited to, being a witness in any proceeding involving questions of unlawful or invidious discrimination if such is deemed necessary by any official or agency of the State of Alaska, permitting employees of said Contractor to be witnesses or
Page 25 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS complainants in any proceeding involving questions of unlawful or invidious discrimination, if such is deemed necessary by any official or agency of the State of Alaska, or the Owner, participating in meetings, submitting periodic reports on the equal employment aspects of present and future employment, assisting in inspection of relevant facilities, and promptly complying with all State directives deemed essential by any office or agency of the State of Alaska, or the Owner, to insure compliance with all Federal and State laws, regulations, and policies pertaining to the prevention of discriminatory employment practices.
(i) Failure to perform any of the above agreements pertaining to equal employment opportunities shall be deemed a material breach of the Contract and sufficient grounds for termination thereof for cause.
Section 34: Employment of Local Residents.
Contractor shall, to the extent required by law, comply with the employment preference provisions of Alaska Statutes 36.10.010 et seq.
Section 35: Notice to Proceed.
Within ten (l0) days after submittal by the Contractor of all required documents, and the execution of the Contract by the Owner, written Notice to Proceed will be given by the Owner to the Contractor. Unless otherwise specified in the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall begin construction immediately upon receipt of the Notice to Proceed and shall continue regularly thereafter, unless otherwise directed in writing by the Owner, with such work force, materials and equipment as to assure construction progress in accordance with the construction schedule, if any, and that construction is complete within the construction time stated in the Contract Documents.
Section 36: Time.
All times and time limits stated in the Contract Documents shall be of the essence of the Contract. All references to days shall mean calendar days and the time within which acts are to be done shall be computed by excluding the first and including the last day, and if the last day is a Sunday or legal holiday where the act is to be performed, the act shall be completed on the next business day.
Section 37: Construction Time.
The Contractor agrees to complete the construction called for in the Contract within the number of days, or by the date specified, for completion of Construction set forth in the Agreement, or in the event that the time for completion is extended by Change Order as provided herein, then within the additional days by which the time is so extended. All changes in Construction Time shall be made only by Change Orders to the Contract.
Page 26 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS Section 38: Construction Schedule.
(a) A Construction Schedule, if required, shall be as required by the Special Conditions in the form of either a time bar diagram showing certain of the various operations necessary to complete the construction, including the starting and completion date of each operation shown, or the Construction Schedule shall be prepared by the critical path method and shall set forth a network analysis, which shall consist of an arrow diagram, tabulation of activities, estimated time and starting and completion date of each activity and an indication of the critical path.
(b) In the event progress payments are provided for and authorized in the Special Conditions, the Contractor's Requests for Payment will be considered and payments will be approved by the Owner on the basis of the Contractor's actual progress in relation to the dates shown in the Construction Schedule for completion of various parts of the operations. If the actual progress fails to meet the Construction Schedule, the Contractor shall increase its work force and equipment at its own expense as required to bring the actual progress of the operations into conformance with the Construction Schedule.
(c) During the course of construction the Contractor shall enter on the Construction Schedule its estimate of progress at the end of each calendar month, or at such more frequent intervals as directed by the Engineer, and shall deliver to the Owner two (2) copies thereof with each submittal of the Contractor's Request for Payment. All changes of Construction Schedule shall be made as Change Orders to the Contract.
Section 39: Changes in construction.
(a) If the Contractor claims that the Engineer's Instructions or additional requirements of the Owner, by drawings or otherwise, entitle the Contractor to additional payment or extension of time under the Contract, or both, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a written proposal of changes in Total Contract Amount and Construction Time within ten (l0) days after the receipt of such instructions or requirements and before proceeding to execute the changes. Failure of the Contractor to deliver such a proposal shall constitute a waiver by the Contractor of any claim for additional payment or extension of time. If the Owner and the Contractor are in agreement as to changes in Total Contract Amount and Construction Time, a Change Order to the Contract will be issued for approval and execution by the Owner and Contractor.
(b) By proper action of its governing body and without invalidating the Contract, the Owner may order changes in the Contract Documents requiring changes in the construction, order changes in the quantities of the unit price items or make other changes in the Contract provided such changes are within the general scope of the Contract. No official, employee, agent or representative of the Owner, with the exception of the governing body empowered to accept and authorize execution of the Contract, shall have power to authorize any change in the Contract. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, before proceeding with any change, except a change which is an emergency in the opinion of the Owner, to determine that the execution of a Page 27 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS Change Order has been properly authorized on behalf of the Owner by its governing body.
(c) When a change in construction is ordered by the Owner, a Change Order shall be executed by the Owner and the Contractor; except that the Contractor hereby agrees that changes in the construction for which the Special Conditions or other provisions of the Contract provides that the Contractor is to be reimbursed on the basis of cost plus certain allowances may be made by the Owner, and the Contractor hereby accepts such Change Orders.
(d) When a change in quantities is ordered by the Owner, a Change Order shall be executed by the Owner and the Contractor; except that the Contractor hereby agrees to (1) increases of quantities of unit price items of basic units of construction not exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of the bid quantities unless otherwise specified in the Special Conditions, (2) increases in quantities of unit price items of integrated units of construction in the aggregate not exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of the Total Contract Amount, (3) changes in work or quantities for which the Contract provides that the Contractor is to be reimbursed on the basis of cost plus certain allowances, and (4) reductions of quantities of unit price items of basic or integrated units of construction of any amount may be made by the Owner, and the Contractor hereby accepts such Change Orders.
(e) The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in advance of the exact time of commencing any change in the construction or change in quantities where payment is on the basis of cost plus certain allowances and shall keep the Engineer fully informed at all times of the progress of said change and the materials, equipment, and labor involved. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a written report of the progress and costs incident to such change on the day following the day during which said change was being carried on. Failure to do so shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims for additional compensation for such changes by the Contractor.
Section 40: Extension of Time.
(a) Should the completion of the construction required under the Contract be delayed beyond the time herein specified for completion, the Owner may grant the Contractor additional time for completion by executing a Change Order modifying the Construction Time and Construction Schedule. If the failure of the Contractor to complete the construction within said specified time results from unavoidable delay as hereinafter defined, the Construction Time shall be extended by the number of days lost as a result of the unavoidable delay, provided, however, that the Constructor shall make a claim to the Owner in writing for such extension of time as herein provided. In considering applications for extension of time, the Engineer will classify delays according to the following definitions:
(1) Unavoidable delays in the prosecution or completion of the construction shall include all delays which result from causes beyond the control
Page 28 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS of the Contractor and which could not have been avoided by the exercise of reasonable care, prudence, foresight and diligence on the part of the Contractor or its Subcontractors. Delay in completion due to contract modifications ordered by the Owner, unforeseeable delays in the completion of the construction of other contractors employed by the Owner, floods, fire, labor strikes, war, the public enemy and Acts of God will be considered unavoidable delays, insofar as they necessarily interfere with the Contractor's completion of the construction. DELAY DUE TO ADVERSE WEATHER CONDITIONS, WILL NOT BE REGARDED AS UNAVOIDABLE DELAYS AS THE CONTRACTOR MUST PLAN ITS CONSTRUCTION WITH PRUDENT ALLOWANCE FOR SUCH CONDITIONS AND IN PARTICULAR, AS SUCH CONDITIONS EXIST IN KETCHIKAN, ALASKA, AND ENVIRONS.
(2) Avoidable delays in the prosecution or completion of the construction shall include all delays which in the opinion of the Engineer could have been avoided by the exercise of care, prudence, foresight and diligence on the part of the Contractor or its Subcontractors. Delays in the prosecution of parts of the construction which may in themselves be unavoidable but do not necessarily prevent or delay the prosecution of other parts of the construction nor the completion of the whole construction within the time herein specified; reasonable loss of time resulting from the necessity of submitting Shop Drawings to the Owner for review and from the making of surveys, measurements, and observations; and such interruptions as may occur in the prosecution of the work on account of the reasonable interference of other contractors employed by the Owner which do not necessarily prevent the completion of the whole construction within the time agreed upon and delays due to adverse weather conditions, shall constitute avoidable delays within the meaning of the Contract.
(b) Claims for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Owner no later than five (5) days after occurrence of the event causing the delay. In the event of continuing cause of delay, only one (l) claim shall be necessary. Contractor agrees that failure to make such claim within the time specified shall constitute a binding waiver of such claim.
(c) No claim for delay shall be allowed on account of failure to furnish Construction Drawings until ten (l0) days after written request for such drawings has been made by the Contractor to the Owner. There may be some Construction Drawings which cannot be made until certain work has been done by the Contractor. Request for such Construction Drawings shall not be effective, so as to start the running of the ten (l0) day period, until the Contractor's work has advanced to the point which will enable and require such Construction Drawings to be made.
Section 41: Owner's Use of Construction.
(a) The Owner shall have the right to take possession of, use and collect revenues from any completed, partially completed, satisfactory or unsatisfactory
Page 29 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS portions of the construction after the time for completion of the entire construction has expired, but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any construction not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents.
(b) The Contractor shall not be entitled to any extra compensation for or extension of time due to costs to the Contractor arising from the use of any portion of the construction by the Owner.
Section 42: Payment of The Contract Amount.
(a) The Owner hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor as full compensation for the timely, proper and complete performance of the Contract a sum of money as follows:
(1) Total of Lump Sum Prices. If the Total Contract Amount is a lump sum price, or the total of lump sum prices, such amounts; or
(2) Total of Unit Prices. If the Total Contract Amount is computed from the actual measured quantities in the completed construction at the unit prices for construction listed in the Bid Schedule of the Contractor's Bid Proposal, such amounts; or
(3) Total of Lump Sum Plus Unit Prices. If the Total Contract Amount is a combination of (1) and (2) above, the total of such amounts; provided, said sum of money is further properly adjusted in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Contract.
(b) The making of any payment to the Contractor under the Contract shall not relieve the Contractor of any obligations thereunder. The Contractor is obligated to complete the Contract in its entirety and to deliver to the Owner such completed con- struction as is specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall be obligated to repair, replace, restore, or rebuild any fully or partially completed construction required to be provided under the Contract until the Contract is fully performed and the Owner gives final acceptance in writing of the work, except that the Contractor's warranty and bonds shall remain in force for the period provided herein and the Contract Documents.
Section 43: Payment For Changes.
(a) Payment for increases of quantities of unit price items of integrated units of construction which in the aggregate do not exceed twenty-five (25%) percent of the Total Contract Amount, and for increases of quantities of unit price items of basic units of construction which do not exceed twenty-five (25%) percent of the bid quantities, and for all quantities of basic and integrated units of construction less that the bid quantities, unless otherwise specified in the Special Conditions, shall be made at the unit prices in the Bid Schedule in the Contractor's Bid Proposal.
Page 30 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS (b) Payment for all changes in lump sum items and for that part of the changes in quantities which are increases of quantities of unit price items in excess of twenty-five percent (25%) of the bid quantities for basic units of construction or in excess of twenty-five percent (25%) of the Total Contract Amount for integrated units of construction shall, at the option of the Owner, be determined in one of the following ways:
(1) by Contractor's proposal and Owner's acceptance of reasonable unit prices, or
(2) by Contractor's proposal and Owner's acceptance of reasonable lump sum prices, or
(3) by payment to the Contractor on a cost basis plus certain allowances as follows: Percentage Allowance for Items for which payment will be Overhead and profit in Made on a cost plus basis addition to net
Labor 20% Materials and equipment 10% Use of Equipment 15%
The net costs of items for which payment shall be made on a cost plus basis shall be computed as follows:
(c) Labor. For all labor, including such foreman supervision as may be necessary, the Contractor shall be paid the payroll cost of such labor and supervision, but not exceeding the current prevailing rates of wages in the locality where the work is performed, applicable health and welfare benefits, social security, unemployment compensation, and other occupational taxes, for each hour that labor and foreman supervision are actually engaged upon such construction, plus that portion of the cost prorated on the basis of time worked, of travel time, subsistence, and other labor benefits which are an obligation of the Contractor under the contractor-union labor agreement, if any, applicable to the Project.
(d) Materials and Equipment. For all materials and equipment incorporated in the completed construction, the Contractor shall be paid its actual invoice cost, including actual freight and express charges, less all offered or available discounts, regardless of whether or not they may have been taken.
The Contractor shall furnish as evidence of all charges for materials and equipment, valid copies of vendor's invoices, including freight and express bills. For such materials as may be furnished from the Contractor's stocks for which an invoice is not available, the Contractor shall furnish an affidavit certifying to its actual cost of such materials. Page 31 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS
In the event that the Contractor's cost of such materials and equipment furnished is excessive in the opinion of the Engineer, or if the Contractor does not furnish satisfactory evidence of its costs, the Owner reserves the right to establish the cost of all or a part of such materials delivered to the location of the Project at the lowest current wholesale prices less all applicable discounts at which said materials and equipment are available to the Contractor in the quantities required.
The Owner reserves the right to furnish such materials and equipment as it deems advisable, and the Contractor shall receive no payment for costs or allowances on such materials.
(e) Use of Equipment.
(1) Contractor-Owned Equipment. For Contractor-owned equipment, including machine-power tools, which is necessary or desirable for the construction in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor shall receive the rental rates in the current edition and appropriate volume of the "Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment" published by Dataquest, Inc., 1980 Ridder Park Drive, San Jose, California 95131, (hereinafter referred to as "Blue Book") and as modified by the Special Conditions, for the time that said equipment is in use on such construction, excluding therefrom all time that such equipment is inoperative because of malfunction or breakdown. Such rates shall be the monthly, weekly, daily or hourly rates applicable to the total period the equipment is in use, whichever is lowest and results in the least total amount.
For equipment not listed in the Blue Book, the contractor shall receive a rental rate as agreed upon before such work is begun. If agreement cannot be reached, the Owner reserves the right to establish a rate based on similar equipment in the Blue Book on prevailing commercial rates in the area.
When Contractor-owned equipment is ordered by the Owner to be held at standby, the equipment rental will be paid at one-half (1/2) of the said rate; except, no percentage allowance shall be paid for equipment on ordered standby.
The said equipment rental rates are the maximum rates allowable for equipment of modern design in good working condition and shall include and be full compensation for depreciation, investment costs, and furnishing all fuel, oil, lubrication, repairs, maintenance, insurance and incidental expenses, and all other costs except labor for operation thereof. Individual pieces of equipment having a purchase price of Six Hundred Dollars ($600.00) or less will be considered to be tools or small equipment, and no rental will be allowed on such tools or small equipment.
In the event the equipment is not at the Project site and the Engineer determines that such equipment would not have been required other than for the Page 32 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS changed construction, and it is necessary to obtain such equipment exclusively for such changed construction, the actual costs of moving such equipment to and from the Project site will be paid to the Contractor from the nearest point such equipment is available, plus rental time during movement of the equipment at fifty percent (50%) of said rental rates.
(2) Equipment Furnished by Others. If Contractor-owned equipment is not available and equipment is rented from outside sources, payment will be made on the basis of actual invoice cost, except that when the equipment is ordered standby no percentage allowances will be made. Use of non-owned equipment at rates higher than those established by the "Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment," and as modified by the Special Conditions will not be allowed, except upon prior written approval of the Owner.
(f) Payment in Full. The compensation as herein provided, including the percentage allowance, shall be payment in full for all construction furnished hereunder and all expenses of every nature, kind and description, including, but not limited to, social security, unemployment compensation, occupational taxes and any other federal, state or local taxes, premiums on public liability and property damage insurance, use of small tools and equipment for which no separate payment is allowed, overhead expense and profit.
When construction is furnished by a Subcontractor to the Contractor, the percentage allowances shall be allowed only on the costs to the Subcontractors of labor, material and use of equipment.
The Contractor's cost records pertaining to work paid for hereunder shall be open to inspection and audit by representatives of the Owner during the period of the Contract and for not less than one (1) year after the acceptance of all construction. Where payment for labor, materials or use of equipment is based on the cost thereof to a Subcontractor or material supplier to the Contractor, the Contractor expressly warrants that the cost records of such Subcontractor or material supplier shall be open to inspection and audit by representatives of the Owner on the same terms and conditions as the cost records of the Contractor. If an audit is to be started more than sixty (60) days after the acceptance of all construction under the Contract, the Contractor will be given reasonable notice of the time when such audit is to begin.
(g) List of Construction Equipment. Within fifteen (15) days after Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer a list of construction equipment to be used in the Construction together with applicable Blue Book rental rates. For construction equipment for which Blue Book rental rates are not available, the Contractor shall provide its fully documented and established rental rates for such equipment under similar usage. Such rental rates shall become effective when approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish copies of fuel, oil, lubrication and normal maintenance of construction equipment applicable to the project location.
Section 44: Payment For Uncorrected Construction. If, in the opinion of the
Page 33 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS Engineer, it is inexpedient, impractical or otherwise not in the best interests of the Owner, to correct construction which has been damaged, which is faulty, or which has not been furnished in accordance with the Contract, the Owner shall have the right in its sole discretion, to accept such work and an equitable reduction in the Total Contract Amount shall be made.
Section 45: Progress payments.
(a) Partial payments of the Total Contract Amount, if such progress payments are to be allowed or made, will be made as specified in the Special Conditions. No progress payment will be allowed unless provided for in the Special Conditions.
(b) In the event progress payments are provided for in the Special Conditions, the Contractor may, unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions, submit to the Engineer, not later than the tenth (10th) day of each calendar month, two (2) copies of a Contractor's Request for Payment for construction completed during the previous calendar month. Such Contractor's Request for Payment shall be in the form provided in the Special Conditions. With each Contractor's Request for Payment, the Contractor shall, if required, submit satisfactory evidence of payment for materials and labor, including payments to Subcontractors, made during the previous month. Each Contractor's Request for Payment shall be computed from construction completed on all items listed in the Bid Proposal less the amounts retained as provided in the Special Conditions or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, including any claims or offsets asserted against the Contractor, including any asserted by the Owner, and less all previously approved Contractor's Requests for Payment. Partial payment may be made for partially completed construction to the extent completed in the opinion of the Engineer.
(c) Partial payments on account of changes in construction may be made periodically in the same manner as partial payments on the Total Contract Amount.
(d) Within fifteen (15) days after proper submission of Contractor's Request for Payment by the Contractor, the Engineer will:
(1) recommend approval of the Contractor's Request for Payment submitted, or
(2) recommend approval of such other amount, if any, as is due the Contractor, in the opinion of the Engineer, informing the Contractor of the amount recommended, if any.
(e) The recommended Contractor's Request for Payment will be submitted to the Owner by the Engineer, and the Owner may authorize a partial payment to the Contractor, on the basis of the recommended Contractor's Request for Payment, but the Owner will withhold a retained amount as specified in the Special Conditions and such other amounts as are recommended by the Engineer or allowed to be retained by the
Page 34 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS Owner, including any claims or offsets asserted against the Contractor.
Section 46: Payments Withheld.
(a) In addition to the amount retained as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may withhold such amounts from any payment as may be necessary in the opinion of the Engineer or Owner for protection from loss on account of
(1) defective work not remedied;
(2) claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims;
(3) failure of the Contractor to make proper and full payments promptly to its own employees or to the Subcontractors for materials or labor within a reasonable time after the Contractor has received the material or labor for incorporation into the construction;
(4) a reasonable doubt that the Contract can be completed by another contractor for the balance then unpaid;
(5) damage to the Owner, its buildings, structures, or property, to another contractor or subcontractor, or any other person, caused or contributed to by the Contractor, its officers, employees, agents, representatives, subcontractors, or persons for whom Contractor is responsible;
(6) bankruptcy, receivership or insolvency of, or the pendency of such proceedings against the Contractor;
(7) costs of the Owner for engineering tests, inspection costs, or other work, costs or expenses, to be reimbursed to the Owner by the Contractor as provided in the Contract Documents;
(8) unsatisfactory prosecution of the work, or failure of the Contractor to complete any part of the construction in accordance with the Construction Schedule or the Contract;
(9) credits refused by the Contractor for construction deleted; or
(10) errors in previous partial payments, or claims by the Owner against the Contractor.
Section 47: Termination For Convenience.
(a) The performance of work under this Contract may be terminated by the Owner in accordance with this clause in whole, or from time to time in part, whenever
Page 35 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS the Owner shall determine that such termination is in the best interest of the Owner. Any such termination shall be effected by delivery to the Contractor of a Notice of Termination specifying the extent to which performance of work under the Contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination becomes effective.
(b) After receipt of a Notice of Termination, and except as otherwise directed by the Owner, the Contractor shall:
(1) Stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified in the Notice of Termination;
(2) Place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services, or facilities except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the work under the Contract as is not terminated;
(3) Terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of work terminated by the Notice of Termination;
(4) Assign to the Owner, in the manner, at the times, and to the extent directed by the Owner, all of the right, title, and interest of the Contractor under the orders and subcontracts so terminated. In which case the Owner shall have the right, in its discretion, to settle or pay any or all claims arising out of the termination of such orders and subcontracts;
(5) Settle in good faith all outstanding liabilities and all claims arising out of such termination of orders and subcontracts, with the approval or ratification of the Owner to the extent Owner may require, which approval or ratification shall be final for all the purposes of this clause;
(6) Transfer title to the Owner, and deliver in the manner, at the times, and to the extent, if any, directed by the Owner, (i) the fabricated or un-fabricated parts, work in process, completed work, supplies, and other material produced as a part of, or acquired in connection with the performance of, the work terminated by the Notice of Termination, and (ii) the completed or partially completed plans, drawings, information, and other property which, if the Contract had been completed, would have been required to be furnished to the Owner;
(7) Use his best efforts to sell, in the manner, at the times, to the extent, and at the price or prices directed or authorized by the Owner, any property of the types referred to in (6) above: Provided, however, that the Contractor (i) shall not be required to extend credit to any purchaser, and (ii) may acquire any such property under the conditions prescribed and at a price or prices approved by the Owner; and provided further, that the proceeds of any such transfer of disposition shall be applied in reduction of any payments to be made by the Owner to the Contractor under this Contract or shall otherwise be credited to the price or cost of the work covered by this Contract or paid in such
Page 36 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS other manner as the Owner may direct;
(8) Complete performance of such part of the work as shall not have been terminated by the Notice of Termination; and
(9) Take such action as may be necessary, or as the Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation of the property related to this Contract which is in the possession of the Contractor and in which the Owner has or may acquire an interest.
(c) After receipt of a Notice of Termination, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner his termination claim, in the form and with the certification prescribed by the Owner. Such claim shall be submitted promptly but in no event later than sixty (60) days from the effective date of termination, unless one or more extensions in writing are granted by the Owner upon request of the Contractor made in writing within such sixty (60) day period or authorized extension thereof. However, if the Owner determines that the facts justify such action, he may receive and act upon any such termination claim at any time after such sixty (60) day period or extension thereof. Upon failure of the Contractor to submit his termination claim within the time allowed, the Owner may determine, on the basis of information available to the Owner, the amount, if any, due to the Contractor by reason of the termination and shall thereupon pay to the Contractor the amount so determined.
(d) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (c), the Contractor and the Owner may agree upon the whole or any part of the amount or amounts to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the total or partial termination of work pursuant to this clause, which amount or amounts may include a reasonable allowance for profit on work done: Provided, that such agreed amount or amounts, exclusive of settlement costs, shall not exceed the total contract price as reduced by the amount of payments otherwise made and as further reduced by the contract price of work not terminated, and any claims or offsets against the Contractor pursuant to the Contract, or otherwise, by the Owner or other persons. The Contract shall be amended accordingly, and the Contractor shall be paid the agreed amount. Nothing in paragraph (e) of this clause, prescribing the amount to be paid to the Contractor in the event of failure of the Contractor and the Owner to agree upon the whole amount to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the termination of work pursuant to this section, shall be deemed to limit, restrict, or otherwise determine or affect the amount or amounts which may be agreed upon to be paid to the Contractor pursuant to paragraph (d).
(e) In the event of the failure of the Contractor and the Owner to agree as provided in paragraph (d) upon the whole amount to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the termination of work pursuant to this section, the Owner shall determine, on the basis of information available to it, the amount, if any, due to the Contractor by reason of the termination and shall pay to the Contractor the amounts determined as follows:
(1) With respect to all contract work performed prior to the effective date of the Notice of Termination, the total (without duplication of any items) of:
Page 37 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS (i) The cost of such work;
(ii) The cost of settling and paying claims arising out of the termination of work under subcontracts or orders as provided in paragraph (b) (5) above, exclusive of the amounts paid or payable on account of supplies or materials delivered or services furnished by the Subcontractor prior to the effective date of the Notice of Termination of work under this Contract, which amounts shall be included in the cost on account of which payment is made under (i) above; and
(iii) A sum, as profit on (i) above, determined by the Owner to be fair and reasonable: Provided, however, that if it appears that the Contractor would have sustained a loss on the entire Contract had it been completed, no profit shall be included or allowed under this subdivision (iii) and appropriate adjustment shall be made reducing the amount of the settlement to reflect the indicated rate of loss; and
(2) The reasonable cost of the preservation and protection of property incurred pursuant to paragraph (b)(9); and any other reasonable cost incidental to termination of work under this contract, including expense incidental to the determination of the amount due to the Contractor as the result of the termination of work under this contract.
The total sum to be paid to the Contractor under (1) above shall not exceed the total contract price as reduced by the amount of payments otherwise made and as further reduced by the contract price of work not terminated, and any claims or offsets by the Owner. Except for normal spoilage, and except to the extent that the Owner shall have otherwise expressly assumed the risk of loss, there shall be excluded from the amounts payable to the Contractor under (1) above, the fair value, as determined by the Owner, of property which is destroyed, lost, stolen, or damaged so as to become undeliverable to the Owner, or to a buyer pursuant to paragraph (b) (7).
(f) The Contractor shall have the right to dispute under Section 72 [Remedies] from any determination made by the Owner under paragraphs (c) or (e) above, except that, if the Contractor has failed to submit his claim within the time provided in paragraph (c) above and has failed to request extension of such time, he shall have no such right of appeal. In any case where the Owner has made a determination of the amount due under paragraphs (c) or (e) above, the Owner shall pay to the Contractor the following: (1) if there is no right of appeal hereunder or if no timely appeal has been taken, the amount so determined by the Owner or (2) if a proceeding is initiated under Section 72 [Remedies], the amount finally determined in such proceeding.
(g) In arriving at the amount due the Contractor under this clause there shall be deducted (1) all un-liquidated advance or other payments on account theretofore Page 38 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS made to the Contractor, applicable to the terminated portion of this contract, (2) any claim which the Owner may have against the Contractor in connection with this contract, and (3) the agreed price for, or the proceeds of sale of any materials, supplies, or other things kept by the Contractor or sold, pursuant to the provisions of this clause, and not otherwise recovered by or credited to the Owner.
(h) If the termination hereunder be partial, prior to the settlement of the terminated portion of this contract, the Contractor may file with the Owner a request in writing for an equitable adjustment of the price or prices specified in the Contract relating to the continued portion of the Contract (the portion not terminated by the Notice of Termination), and such equitable adjustment as may be agreed upon shall be made in such price or prices; however, nothing contained herein shall limit the right of the Owner and the Contractor to agree upon the amount or amounts to be paid to the Contractor for the completion of the continued portion of the Contract when said Contract does not contain an established contract price for such continued portion.
Section 48: Acceptance And Final Payment.
(a) When the Contractor has completed the construction in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents and all construction has operated satisfactorily for not less than fifteen (15) days after completion, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a Contractor's Final Request for Payment; Statement Concerning Claims; Release, Waiver and Discharge of Claims and Liens on the forms included in the Contract Documents; and such other completed documents as may be required by the Owner for the release of any monies held.
(b) The Contractor's Final Request for Payment shall be prepared on the basis of the Contract, including all authorized Change Orders, but not inclusive of proposals or claims of the Contractor which have not been accepted by executed Change Order. The Contractor's Final Request for Payment shall constitute a complete waiver and release of any and all claims by the Contractor except for unsettled claims that have been properly and timely filed as provided in the Contract and as are expressly and specifically stated and set forth in the Contractor's Statement Concerning Claims on the form for such included in the Special Conditions.
(c) The Statement Concerning Claims shall warrant that the Contractor has fully completed the performance of the Contract and the construction included in the Contract and has fully paid for all labor, materials, equipment, services, taxes and all other costs and expenses of every nature and kind whatsoever resulting from the Contract, except for any itemized payments due but not yet made as set forth in the statement of claims. If any dispute exists between the Contractor and any person, firm or corporation to which the Contractor might be obligated in connection with the Contract, the Contractor shall state the name of claimant and amount and general nature of the claim against the Contractor. Such Statement Concerning Claims shall also state the amount and nature of all present and future claims that the Contractor may have against the Owner relative to the Contract in addition to the Contractor's Final
Page 39 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS Request for Payment.
(d) After receipt of a properly completed Statement Concerning Claims and Contractor's Final Request for Payment, the Engineer will, within a reasonable time, make a recommendation to the Owner relative to acceptance of the construction. Such a recommendation shall not constitute a recommendation of acceptance of construction not furnished in accordance with the Contract. The Contractor's Final Request for Payment will be reviewed in the same manner as any other Contractor's Request for Payment.
(e) Upon receipt of the Statement Concerning Claims, and a Release and Waiver of Claims and Liens, in the form included in the Contract Documents, recom- mended Contractor's Final Request for Payment, any other documents necessary for the release of monies held, and the Engineer's recommendation relative to acceptance of the construction, the Owner will, within a reasonable time, take action on the Contractor's Final Request for Payment and on acceptance of the construction. Such action shall be subject to the conditions of the Performance Bond and Payment Bond, legal and contractual rights of the Owner, required warranties, and correction of faulty construction after final payment. The Owner shall have the right to retain from any payment then due the Contractor, so long as any bills or claims remain unsettled and outstanding, including any asserted by the Owner, a sum sufficient, in the opinion of the Owner to provide for the payment of the same. It is also understood and agreed that, in case of any breach by the Contractor of the provisions hereof, the Owner may retain from any payment or payments, which may become due hereunder, a sum sufficient, in the opinion of the Owner, to compensate for all damages occasioned by such breach, including in such damages any damages arising out of delay on the part of the Contractor.
(f) The acceptance of construction will be evidenced by a Notice of Acceptance of Construction in writing signed by a duly authorized official of the Owner in the manner provided for written notices. No other act of the Owner shall constitute acceptance of the construction.
(g) Thirty (30) days after the Owner has accepted the construction, as above provided, the Contractor may submit a Request for Payment of the Retained Amount; provided, however, that the Owner may also retain such additional amounts and for such lengths of time as may be required by law or by the Special Conditions. If any liens remain unsatisfied after Payment of the Retained Amount is made, the Contractor shall immediately reimburse the Owner such amounts as the Owner may have been compelled to pay in discharging such liens including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees.
Section 49: Construction Furnished Prior to Notice to proceed. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Contract, the Owner shall not be obligated to accept or to pay for any construction furnished by the Contractor, prior to delivery of a written Notice to Proceed whether or not the Owner has knowledge of the furnishing of such
Page 40 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS construction.
Section 50: Sales And Similar Taxes. The Contractor shall timely pay all federal, state, and local sales, excise or other taxes or assessments incurred or required to be collected or paid by the Contractor.
Section 51: Credit. In the event construction is deleted or modified or specified material, equipment, method or process substituted so as to effect a reduction in cost, the Owner shall be entitled to a credit in an equitable amount.
Section 52: Owner's Operations. The Contractor shall schedule all construction so as not to interfere with the operations of the Owner. Where such interference is essential to prosecution of the construction special arrangements shall be made and the written consent of the Owner as to time and method obtained forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the construction.
Section 53: Overtime Inspection. In the event the Contractor elects to work on a Saturday, Sunday, a holiday, or longer than an eight-hour work shift on a regular working day, such work shall be considered as overtime work. On all such overtime work an Inspector, and a survey crew, if required, will be present, unless determined not necessary by the Owner. The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the full amount of the straight time plus overtime costs to the Owner for employees of the Owner required to work overtime hours.
The Contractor authorizes the Owner to deduct all such costs from any amounts due, or to become due the Contractor.
Overtime due to special construction problems, such as concrete finishing, asphalt rolling, making live sewer hookups, alleviating traffic problems, etc., will not be charged if the Engineer determines that the waiver of reimbursement of overtime charges is justified and deemed to be in the best interests of the Borough.
Section 54: Owner's Construction. The Owner reserves the right to furnish in connection with the Project, construction which is not included in the Contract either by the Owner's forces or by the forces of other contractors.
Section 55: Other Contracts.
(a) The Contractor shall ascertain to its own satisfaction the scope of the Project and the nature of any other contracts that have been or may be entered into by the Owner in the prosecution of the Project, to the end that the Contractor may perform the Contract in coordination with such other contracts, if any. Nothing herein contained shall be interpreted as granting to the Contractor exclusive occupancy of the Project site. The Contractor shall not cause any unreasonable hindrance or delay to any other contractor working on the Project. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the performance of the Contract is likely to be interfered with by the simultaneous performance of some
Page 41 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS other contract or contracts to which the Owner is a party or by the Owner's own forces, the Owner may, but is not obligated to, decide which contractors shall cease a part of or all of their construction temporarily and which contractor shall continue, or whether the construction under all contracts can be coordinated so that all contractors may proceed simultaneously. The Owner shall not be responsible for any delays or damages suffered or extra costs incurred by the Contractor resulting directly or indirectly from the performance, failure to perform or attempted performance by any other contractor of any other contract.
(b) The Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of their construction at the Project site and shall properly connect and coordinate its construction with theirs. If another contractor or contractors are working in the same area, with equal rights and privileges, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to make whatever arrangements with said other contractors as are necessary for the proper execution and coordination of the construction.
(c) If any part of the Contractor's construction depends upon the construction of any other contractor for proper execution or results, the Contractor shall inspect the other contractor's construction and, at least ten (l0) days prior to the time the Contractor begins construction on such part, report to the Engineer in writing any defects in such other contractor's construction that renders it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure on the part of the Contractor to so inspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the other contractor's construction as fit and proper for the reception of the Contractor's construction, except as to defects which may subsequently develop in the other contractor's construction.
(d) The Contractor agrees to save the Owner and the Engineer harmless from any claim, suit or demand of any other contractor by reason of the failure of the Contractor to conform with the Construction Schedule or construction time.
Section 56: Lands by Owner. Unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions, the Owner will provide the lands upon which the construction under the Contract is to be furnished, together with the right-of-access to such lands. The Contractor shall confine its equipment, storage of materials, and construction operations to such limits as may be directed by the Owner, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with its materials; provided, however, such discretion by the Owner shall not impose upon the Owner any duty or responsibility for the safety or loss or damage to any equipment, materials, other property or project safety, all of such to remain the responsibility of Contractor.
Section 57: Lands by Contractor. The Contractor shall provide at its own expense and with no cost or liability to the Owner, any additional land and access thereto, not shown or described in the Contract Documents as provided by the Owner that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials. The Contractor shall confine its equipment, storage of materials and operation of its
Page 42 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS workmen to those areas described in the Contract Documents and such additional areas as it provides at its own expense.
Section 58: Employees. The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among its employees and shall not employ or continue to employ on the Project anyone not skilled in the work assigned to it or any person unsatisfactory to the Owner. All employees who perform any work shall be properly licensed, and shall be the holders of all certificates of fitness, and permits as may be required by law.
Section 59: Project Safety.
(a) The Contractor shall exercise all precautions for the safety of its employees and of the general public and of the Owner's employees and property, and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state, and municipal safety laws, building and construction codes, and the safety rules and other regulations of the Owner, including, but not limited to, the requirements of the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) or applicable State statutes in lieu thereof. The Contractor shall also comply with the recommendations in the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction of the Associated General Contractors of America" insofar as applicable, unless such recommendations are incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. Monthly reports of all lost-time accidents shall be promptly submitted to and shall include such data as are requested by the Owner.
(b) The Contractor shall enforce all instructions of the Owner regarding signs, advertising, fires, danger signals, barricades, and smoking, and shall require all persons employed in the construction to comply with all building, post or institutional regulations while on the premises. The Contractor shall require all employees to be familiar with and comply with the Owner's safety regulations. The Contractor shall not permit any part of any structure to be loaded with a weight exceeding its maximum allowable loading or that will otherwise jeopardize its safety.
(c) Existing traffic and street name signs which will interfere with construction shall be removed by the Contractor and stored in a safe place. These signs shall not be removed until the Engineer has so directed and until the necessary measures have been taken to safeguard traffic after the signs have been removed. Preservation and maintenance of the signs shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor will reset all such signs in their permanent location at no cost to the Owner.
(d) The Contractor shall provide adequate signs, barricades, signal lights and watchmen and take all necessary precautions for the protection of the construction and the safety of the public. All barricades and obstructions shall be protected at night by satisfactory signal lights which shall be kept lighted from sunset to sunrise. Barricades shall be constructed, painted, and placed in accordance with the manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, published by the United States Department of Transportation.
Page 43 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS (e) The Contractor shall at all times so conduct its work as to ensure the least possible obstruction to traffic and inconvenience to the general public and the residents in the vicinity of the Project, and to ensure the protection of persons and property in a manner satisfactory to the Owner. No road or street shall be closed to the public except with the permission of the Owner and the proper governmental authority. Emergency traffic such as police, fire and disaster units, shall be provided reasonable access at all times. The Contractor shall be liable for any damages which may result from his failure to provide such reasonable access.
(f) When work is being performed below the standards required herein, or other applicable standards, or when the Engineer or Owner believes the condition endangers the safety of the general public, employees of the Project, or any property, including the buildings or property of the Owner, the Engineer may immediately issue a written stop-work order describing the substandard work and deliver the same to the Contractor. The Contractor shall cease work and not resume work on the stopped portion of the project until acceptable remedial action has been taken. Such protective measures shall not be construed as releasing the Contractor of any obligation or liability arising under the Contract and shall be at no cost, expense, or liability, for stopping the work of otherwise, to the Owner.
Section 60: Instrument Surveys.
(a) The Owner will furnish the instrument surveys necessary to establish certain bench marks, base lines and property boundaries specifically noted on the Contract Drawings and such construction surveys, if any, as are specifically required to be provided by the Owner in the Special Conditions. From the information provided by the Owner, the Contractor shall develop and make such additional detailed surveys as are needed for construction, such as slope stakes, batter boards, stakes for pile locations and other working points, lines and elevations.
(b) All bench marks, base lines, and property boundaries, as originally established by the Owner, shall thereafter be maintained by the Contractor who shall be responsible for keeping their accuracy and who shall pay to the Owner the reasonable cost to the Owner of re-establishing them if they are disturbed. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing at least ten (l0) days in advance of the time the Contractor will commence work on any parts of the construction requiring surveys to be furnished by the Owner.
(c) The Contractor shall provide reasonable and necessary opportunities and facilities to the Engineer for setting points and making measurements during construction.
Section 61: Protection of Property.
(a) The Contractor shall continuously maintain full and adequate protection of all its construction, the Owner's buildings and other property and the adjacent public and
Page 44 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS private property from damage, injury, or loss arising from, or in relation to, the construction. The Contractor shall promptly pay for any damage, injury or loss resulting from the act or omission of Contractor or the lack of adequate protection, and upon the failure to do so the Owner shall be entitled to withhold and pay from any amounts otherwise due the Contractor, or from any retainage, any such claim for damages or pursue any other remedy, including suspension or termination of the Contract without liability.
(b) The Contractor shall not enter upon public or private property for any purpose without obtaining permission from the proper public authority or private property owner. In the event of construction on state highways, city or public roads, or any public right-of-way, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the authority having jurisdiction thereover before beginning construction and to ascertain that the schedule of operations proposed is satisfactory to the authority.
(c) Wherever construction under the Contract is undertaken on easements or rights-of-way over private property, or public easements, rights-of-way, or franchise, all construction operations shall be confined to the limits of such easement, right-of-way or franchise and be completed so as to cause the least amount of disturbance and a minimum amount of damage.
(d) Construction across public or private property shall be carried out in one (l) continuous operation with immediate restoration and cleanup of the construction area. If the Contractor should fail to perform such construction, restoration and cleanup continuously, the Owner may give the Contractor a written notice to do so. In the event of failure by the Contractor to complete such construction, restoration and cleanup within five (5) days after receipt of such notice, the Owner may complete the same to the extent the Owner deems advisable. The cost of all labor, material, supervision and other expenses incurred by the Owner in so doing shall be paid by the Contractor to the Owner and may be deducted from any payments due the Contractor under the Contract.
(e) The Contractor shall protect and maintain all underground or above- ground utilities and structures affected by the construction and all lawns, shrubs, trees, fences, and other improvements on property crossed by or adjacent to its operations, and all damage shall be repaired and restored by the Contractor at its expense in a satisfactory manner. The Contractor will be responsible for all damage caused by its construction to roads, highways, ditches, walls, bridges, culverts, utilities, barricades, lights or other property, whether such damage be at the Project site or elsewhere and the Contractor shall repair or replace at its own expense all such damage in a satisfactory manner.
(f) It is expressly understood that the Contractor shall restore, at Contractor's sole cost and expense, all property, whether public or private, the use of which is obtained by easement, permit or right-of-way, to a condition at least equal to its original condition. Before beginning construction the Contractor shall file with the Engineer
Page 45 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS properly identified and dated photographs of such property as may be designated on the Contract Drawings or described in the Special Conditions.
Section 62: Cutting And Patching. The Contractor shall at its own expense do all necessary cutting and patching of its construction that may be required in order to properly receive the construction of other contractors on the project or as required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall restore all such cut or patched construction to a condition satisfactory to the Owner. The cost resulting from replacement of defective cutting and patching construction shall be borne by the Contractor.
Section 63: Cleanup. At the time of termination or suspension for an extended period of all or any portion of the construction, or at completion but before final acceptance by the Owner, the Contractor at its own expense shall remove from the Owner's property and from all public and private property, all of its equipment and such unused materials as the Owner has made no payment for, temporary structures, rubbish and waste materials resulting from its operations and leave the Project site in a neat and orderly fashion satisfactory to the Owner. The Contractor shall at all times during the progress of the construction maintain the site in as neat and orderly a condition as construction operations will permit. In the event the Contractor fails to do so, in addition to any other remedy, including declaring the Contractor in default, the Owner may remove and store such equipment and unused materials and dispose of rubbish and waste at the expense of the Contractor. The cost of such removal, storage and disposal may be deducted from any payment due the Contractor.
Section 64: Sanitary Provisions. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain temporary toilet facilities of a type, number and location satisfactory to the Owner and all public authorities having jurisdiction, for all workmen employed for the Project. The Contractor shall maintain the same in a sanitary condition from the beginning of the construction until completion and shall then remove the temporary toilet facilities and disinfect the premises.
Section 65: Index of Accounts. Prior to final payment, or at any other time if requested by Owner to evaluate any claim, or potential claim by the Contractor, and at the option of the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a complete accounting of the actual costs of labor, material, and other charges, and certified copies of all invoices for materials and payrolls for all labor incorporated into the Project.
Section 66: Existing Utilities And Improvements.
(a) The Contractor shall remove such existing improvements on the Project site as may be necessary for the performance of the construction and, unless otherwise specified in the Special Conditions, shall rebuild the existing improvements in as good a condition as found; provided that existing improvements which interfere with the performance of the construction shall be maintained by the Contractor until their removal is authorized or directed by the Owner.
Page 46 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS
(b) The Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements and do all things required to avoid interference with the maintenance and operation of power, telegraph, telephone, water, sewer, gas and other utility lines, properties, and facilities of every kind, all in a manner satisfactory to the Owners and operators thereof.
(c) If construction under the Contract crosses highways, railroads, streets, or other utilities under the jurisdiction of the state, borough, cities, federal government, or other public body, public utility, or private entity, the Contractor shall secure written permission from the proper authority before executing such construction. A copy of this written permission shall be filed with the Owner before any construction is started. The Contractor shall furnish a written release from the proper authority before final acceptance of the construction by the Owner.
(d) Existing utilities indicated anywhere on the Contract Drawings have been plotted from information currently available to the Engineer. The source of information generally consists of construction records and other data obtained verbally from officials associated with the particular utility. The data is shown on the Contract Drawings for whatever benefit the Contractor may derive, and unless specific instructions or data concerning certain utilities are set forth in the Special Conditions, the data shown on the Contract Drawings shall not necessarily be considered precise or complete, and the Owner and the Engineer make no guarantee as to completeness, precision or dimensions, and that other aboveground or underground utilities or facilities not shown on the Contract Drawings may be encountered during the course of construction. In any case, minor lines, such as water, gas and sewer may not be indicated. This shall in no way relieve the Contractor from its responsibility for maintenance of existing utilities and performance of the Contract. Under no circumstances will errors or omissions in location of existing utilities or improvements, whether they are visible from the surface, buried or otherwise obscured, be considered as a basis for additional compensation to the Contractor.
(e) The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to existing utilities and facilities during construction and shall restore all damaged facilities to their original condition to the satisfaction of the Owner and the Owner of the utilities and facilities at no cost to the Owner.
Section 67: Independent Contractor; No Authority to Bind Owner. The Contractor is an independent Contractor and is not, and shall not be construed to be a partner, joint venturer, employee or agent of the Owner and shall not, and is not authorized to, enter into or make any contracts, agreements, or enter into any other understanding with any other person, corporation, partnership, joint venturer, or other entity, in the name of the Owner.
Section 68: No Third Party Beneficiaries. Nothing in this Contract shall be construed to give any person other than the Owner and the Contractor any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Contract, but it shall be held to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Owner and the Contractor.
Page 47 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS
Section 69: Contractor Qualified. The Contractor expressly represents and warrants it is the holder of all professional, business or other licenses or permits and is qualified and capable of performing all of the work covered or called for by the Contract and is presently ready, able and willing to undertake and perform all of such work and services, and supply all necessary materials, in a good, safe, and workmanlike manner, at the times, in the manner, and pursuant to the terms, conditions and provisions, and for the compensation and payments provided for in the Contract.
Section 70: Entire Agreement. This Contract, and any schedules, appendices or exhibits attached thereto set forth all the covenants, promises, agreements, conditions and understandings between the parties hereto, and there are no covenants, promises, agreements, conditions or understandings, either oral or written, between them other than as herein set forth. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, no contemporaneous or subsequent agreement, understanding, alteration, amendment, change or addition thereto, or any schedule, appendix, exhibit or attachment thereto shall be binding upon the parties hereto. This Contract constitutes a final, complete and exclusive statement of the agreement between the parties.
Section 71: Law Applicable. The laws of the State of Alaska shall govern the construction, validity, performance and enforcement of this Contract. Venue as to any action, claim, or proceeding arising out of, or based upon this Contract, including, but not limited to, any action for declaratory or injunctive relief, shall be the appropriate court sitting in the City of Ketchikan, First Judicial District, Alaska.
Section 72: Remedies. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Contract, all disputes, claims, counterclaims, and other matters in question between the Owner and the Contractor arising out of or relating to this Contract or the breach thereof will be decided in a court of competent jurisdiction.
Page 48 of 48 *************************************************** 00 8000 GENERAL CONDITIONS SPECIAL CONDITIONS
KETCHIKAN AIRPORT REMODEL AND ROOF RENOVATION
These Special Conditions amend and supplement the General Conditions and other provisions of the Contract Documents. All provisions which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect.
1. Liquidated Damages: This project is an important public facility and is critical to operation of the full mission of the Ketchikan Airport. Thus, any extension of the completion date of the project will have far reaching consequences. For this reason, the Owner and Contractor will and do agree by contract to measure damages for delayed construction by a liquidated fixed sum calculated as set forth below.
If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the time specified in the contract, or any extension, the Owner shall collect from the Contractor, liquidated damages in the sum of $500 per day until substantial completion is attained.
If the Owner terminates the Contractor's right to proceed, the resulting damage will consist of liquidated damages until such reasonable time as may be required for final completion of the work, together with any increased costs occasioned the Owner in completing the work.
If the Owner does not terminate the Contractor's right to proceed, the resulting damage will consist of liquidated damages until the work is completed or accepted.
2. Shop Drawings: The Architect will review a first shop drawing submittal and one resubmitted (if required) as part of the contract. If additional resubmittals are required, the Architect will review the resubmittal, and request compensation from the Owner for the additional resubmittals. The Owner will adjust the amount of the contract with the Contractor through change order for the cost of review the resubmittals and any additional action taken as a result.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough SPECIAL CONDITIONS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 00 9000 - 1 SECTION 01 1000 - SUMMARY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Project information. 2. Work covered by Contract Documents. 3. Phased construction. 4. Work by Owner. 5. Work under separate contracts. 6. Future work. 7. Owner-furnished products. 8. Access to site. 9. Coordination with occupants. 10. Work restrictions. 11. Specification and drawing conventions. 12. Miscellaneous provisions.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01500 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities.
1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION
A. Project Identification: Ketchikan Airport Remodel and Roof Renovation
1. Project Location: Ketchikan Airport, Gravina Island, Ketchikan Gateway Borough
B. Owner: Ketchikan Gateway Borough
1. Owner's Representative: Amy Briggs, 1900 1st Avenue Suite 118, Ketchikan, Alaska 99901
C. Architect: Jensen Yorba Lott, Inc. 522 W. 10th Street Juneau Alaska 99801
Ketchikan Gateway Borough SUMMARY Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 1000 - 1 1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following: The project consists of an interior remodel and roof renovation of an existing airport terminal building. 1. The roof project will be a comprehensive demolition and replacement of approximately 18,000sf roofing over the main portion of the building and canopies. The airport tower roof is not included in the project. The new roof will be a PVC membrane over rigid insulation with associated coverboards fascias and accessories. Roof drains and scuppers will be replaced or added, and mechanical and electrical equipment will be installed or reinstalled. 2. The remodel consists of an HVAC replacement with associated equipment, ducting and piping. The majority of the lay-in ceilings throughout the 36,000 first two floors of the building will be removed and replaced with new lightings and replaced or reinstalled electrical and mechanical equipment. Some interior finishes including carpet and ceramic tile will be replaced. A few doors and interior folding grilles will be replaced. 3. The airport will be occupied and fully operational during the project.
B. Type of Contract:
1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.
1.5 PHASED CONSTRUCTION
A. The Work shall be conducted in phases. To minimize disruption to airport operations, construction on the interior of the building (except for minor interior work which does not impact public spaces or airport functions) is not allowed to start until October 1, 2018. All exterior work can begin immediately.
B. Before commencing Work, submit an updated copy of Contractor's construction schedule showing the sequence, commencement and completion dates for all phases of the Work. Indicate any interior work and indicate how airport functions will be coordinated.
1.6 WORK BY OWNER
A. General: Cooperate fully with Owner so work may be carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract or work by Owner. Coordinate the Work of this Contract with work performed by Owner.
B. Concurrent Work: Owner will perform the following construction operations at Project site. Those operations will be conducted simultaneously with work under this Contract.
1. Removal and installation of communications equipment and related electrical and grounding devices.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough SUMMARY Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 1000 - 2 1.7 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS
A. Owner will furnish products indicated. The Work includes receiving, unloading, handling, placement and then removal to a location as directed by the owner:
B. Owner-Furnished Products:
1. None.
1.8 ACCESS TO SITE
A. General: Contractor shall have limited use of Project site for construction operations as indicated on Drawings by the Contract limits and as indicated by requirements of this Section.
B. Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to areas within the Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.
1. Limits: Confine construction operations to project areas indicated. 2. Driveways, Walkways and Entrances: Keep driveways, parking, loading areas, and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees and patrons and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. Do not block public access to the airport shuttle ferry.
a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by construction operations. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site.
C. Condition of Existing Building: Maintain portions of existing building affected by construction operations in a weathertight condition throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations.
1.9 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS
A. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the entire premises during entire construction period. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. Maintain existing exits unless otherwise indicated.
1. Do not use building interior to access exterior work. 2. Equipment, such as ticket counters, baggage belts, TSA screening equipment, etc. will remain in place for the duration of the project and shall not be disturbed. Contractor shall cover all equipment with dust-proof covers as required to keep all equipment dust-free. 3. Airport is in operation from 8am to 9pm every day. During operational hours: a. All public and office areas must be free from dust and construction equipment. b. All dust covers must be fully removed and stored in staging areas. c. All public and office areas must have temporary lighting, speakers, etc. to remain fully functional. d. Walking surfaces must be smooth and barrier-free.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough SUMMARY Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 1000 - 3 4. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations.
B. Owner Limited Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed portions of the Work. Such placement of equipment and limited occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work. See Phasing plan in the drawings. Contractor shall remain responsible for all areas of the work until final completion.
C. FAA Facility Protection: 1. Electronic Equipment: FAA electronic equipment in the fourth and fifth floors is susceptible to damage from dust, dirt and water. Contractor is responsible for insuring construction activities don’t damage the facility and equipment. Contractor will protect interior finishes, electronics equipment, office equipment and office furniture from dust, dirt, water and physical damage. When working in interior spaces, carefully cover desks, counters, consoles and furniture with poly sheeting or canvas drop clothes. Insure protective covering of electronic equipment in racks and counsels will not impede adequate flow of cooling air. For HVAC equipment or piping being installed above equipment, racks or consoles protective measures will be discussed and approved by the FAA fourteen (14) days prior to start of work in those areas. Contractor will monitor effectiveness of dust control and insure covered equipment doesn’t over heat. Wipe down and vacuum interior spaces disturbed during construction at the end of each shift. 2. Noise: Maximum sound level will not exceed 65 dB in the Operations room space. If there is any core drilling or piping demolition where the sound levels interfere with the FSS’s ability to communicate with airplanes work will be stopped temporarily until the air traffic operation is complete or if noise is prolonged, the work will need to be rescheduled to when the FSS is closed. 3. Security and Access: FAA areas are secure and will require an FAA escort while contractors are working in these areas. In some cases, personnel may need to be brought in from outside Ketchikan so any work must be coordinated with the FAA fourteen (14) days prior to start of work in those areas.
1.10 WORK RESTRICTIONS
A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations.
1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. On-Site Work Hours: Limit interior work in public and office areas above grade level to the hours between 9:15 pm and 6:15 am, 7 days a week for the duration of the project.
C. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after providing temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Owner not less than 72 hours in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with utility interruptions.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough SUMMARY Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 1000 - 4 D. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration, odors, or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner.
1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed disruptive operations. 2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with disruptive operations.
E. Nonsmoking Building: Smoking is not permitted within the building or within 25 feet (8 m) of entrances, operable windows, or outdoor-air intakes.
F. Controlled Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances on Project site is not permitted.
G. Employee Identification: Provide identification tags for Contractor personnel working on Project site. Require personnel to use identification tags at all times.
H. SIDA control: No contractor access of any kind is permitted beyond the SIDA line indicated on the drawings, including overhead penetrations of the line, intentional or inadvertent penetration by foreign object debris.
I. FAA Clearance: The project has been designed with the intent for no work to occur in the 5th floor flight services station—contractor to verify. If work occurs inside the 5th floor flight service station, personnel must have FAA clearance to enter the flight service station and must be escorted by someone with an FAA security badge. To obtain clearance to enter the flight service station, personnel must furnish information to the FAA for security clearances and must comply with FAA security regulations. Contractor must contact the Contracting Officer after award to initiate the FAA Security clearances and badging. There are two types of FAA temporary clearances available for the Contractor: an FAA security badge, which requires a background check and grants escort privileges; and an FAA visitor clearance, which does not require a background check, but does require a fingerprint check and being escorted while inside the flight service station. Workers on the roof who do not go into the flight service station on the fifth floor do not need to be escorted or have FAA security clearance. FAA security badges will be limited in number and are intended for a few lead contractor personnel who will routinely be on site supervising the work and escorting their workers, subcontractors, and vendors when inside the flight service station. The visitor's clearance is intended for non- supervisory crew members and other support or occasional personnel, who must be escorted while in the flight service station. Contractor personnel will not be permitted to enter the flight service station without FAA clearance. 1. FAA Security Badge. In order to conduct work inside the flight service station, the contractor must obtain security badges for lead project workers. The estimated amount of time necessary to fill in the security clearance application and visit the FAA Regional Office in downtown Anchorage at 222 West 7th Avenue for photo ID badging is approximately eight hours for each applicant, not including out-of-town travel time. If the applicant is not in the vicinity of Anchorage or Renton (south of Seattle), the process can be performed remotely without coming to Anchorage or Renton if necessary. After the security clearance application is submitted to the FAA, it may take up to three weeks to process the application and approve the person for security badging. The Contractor must initiate this process right after award. Personnel without security badges will not be allowed to work inside the flight service station unless they are escorted by badged contractor personnel with escort privileges, or by badged FAA personnel with escort privileges if they happen to be on site as a last resort. Delays caused by the unavailability of FAA personnel for escorting contractor personnel will not be grounds for project cost
Ketchikan Gateway Borough SUMMARY Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 1000 - 5 or schedule adjustments. The Contractor must return all Government issued security badges to the FAA prior to final acceptance of the project. 2. FAA Visitor Clearance. For other workers inside the flight service station who do not have FAA security badges, the contractor must obtain FAA clearances for their personnel, subcontractors, and vendors. Workers with visitors clearance must be escorted at all times while in the flight service station by contractor personnel with escort privileges. Visitor clearances include fingerprint checks, which can be performed remotely without coming to Anchorage or Renton if necessary. The Contractor must initiate this process right after award.
1.11 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS
A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows:
1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise.
B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01100
Ketchikan Gateway Borough SUMMARY Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 1000 - 6 SECTION 01 2300 - ALTERNATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the base bid amount if OWNER decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents.
1. Alternates described in this Section are part of the WORK only if enumerated in the Agreement. 2. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate alternate into the WORK. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum.
1.4 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate work of the alternate into Project.
1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part of alternate.
B. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates.
C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ALTERNATES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 2300 - 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES
A. Schedule: Specification Sections referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the work described under each alternate.
1. Alternate No. 1: Additional Insulation.
a. Base Bid: Typical Roof Assembly contains 2 layers of 3” EPS insulation for a continuous thickness of 6” plus tapered insulation crickets. b. Alternate: Typical Roof Assembly contains 2 layers of 4” EPS insulation for a continuous thickness of 8” plus tapered insulation crickets.
2. Alternate No. 2: Interior Finishes.
a. New interior finishes including carpet and floor tile as per the finish schedule. b. Replaced doors at Boarding 123A. c. Replacement of folding grilles at Concessions 221 and Lounge 224 and reconstruction of door pocket.
3. Alternate No. 3: 3rd, 4th, and 5th Floor.
a. Mechanical piping replacement on the 3rd, 4th, and 5th floor, see Mech. b. Ceiling replacement on the 4th Floor, see Arch. c. Lighting replacement on the 4th Floor, see Arch.
END OF SECTION 01 2300
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ALTERNATES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 2300 - 2 SECTION 01 3100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Coordination Drawings. 2. Administrative and supervisory personnel. 3. Project meetings. 4. Requests for Interpretation (RFIs).
B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility will be assigned to a specific contractor.
C. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points. 3. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. RFI: Request from Contractor seeking interpretation or clarification of the Contract Documents.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.
1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 3100 - 1 2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. 4. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair of all components, including mechanical and electrical.
B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings.
C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Project closeout activities. 7. Startup and adjustment of systems.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Coordination Drawings: Prepare Coordination Drawings if limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components or if coordination is required for installation of products and materials fabricated by separate entities.
1. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Coordination Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems. b. Indicate required installation sequences. c. Indicate dimensions shown on the Contract Drawings and make specific note of dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternate sketches to Architect for resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract.
2. Sheet Size: At least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 30 by 40 inches. 3. Number of Copies: Submit two Insert number opaque copies of each submittal. Architect will return.
B. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 3100 - 2 numbers, including home and office telephone numbers. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to Project.
1. Post copies of list in Project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by each temporary telephone. Keep list current at all times.
1.6 PROJECT MEETINGS
A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within three days of the meeting.
B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner, Construction Manager, and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. Hold the conference at Project site or another convenient location. Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments.
1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Construction Manager, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following:
a. Tentative construction schedule. b. Critical work sequencing and long-lead items. c. Designation of key personnel and their duties. d. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. e. Procedures for RFIs. f. Procedures for testing and inspecting. g. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. h. Submittal procedures. i. Use of the premises and existing building. j. Work restrictions. k. Owner's occupancy requirements. l. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. m. Construction waste management and recycling. n. Parking availability. o. Office, work, and storage areas. p. Equipment deliveries and priorities. q. First aid. r. Security.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 3100 - 3 s. Progress cleaning. t. Working hours.
C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction.
1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect and Construction Manager of scheduled meeting dates. 2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following:
a. The Contract Documents. b. Options. c. Related RFIs. d. Related Change Orders. e. Purchases. f. Deliveries. g. Submittals. h. Possible conflicts. i. Compatibility problems. j. Time schedules. k. Weather limitations. l. Manufacturer's written recommendations. m. Warranty requirements. n. Compatibility of materials. o. Acceptability of substrates. p. Temporary facilities and controls. q. Space and access limitations. r. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. s. Testing and inspecting requirements. t. Installation procedures. u. Coordination with other work. v. Required performance results. w. Protection of adjacent work. x. Protection of construction and personnel.
3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions. 4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should have been present. 5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.
D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at bi-weekly intervals. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests.
1. Attendees: In addition to Construction Manager, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 3100 - 4 performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. Architect will attend as needed. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project.
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.
1) Review schedule for next period.
b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:
1) Status of submittals. 2) Field observations. 3) RFIs. 4) Status of proposal requests. 5) Status of Change Orders. 6) Pending claims and disputes. 7) Documentation of information for payment requests.
3. Minutes: Construction Manager will record and distribute to Contractor the meeting minutes. 4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should have been present.
a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.
1.7 REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFIs)
A. Procedure: Immediately on discovery of the need for interpretation of the Contract Documents, and if not possible to request interpretation at Project meeting, prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified.
1. RFIs shall originate with Contractor. RFIs submitted by entities other than Contractor will be returned with no response. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors.
B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing interpretation and the following:
1. Project name.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 3100 - 5 2. Date. 3. Name of Contractor. 4. Name of Architect. 5. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 6. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 7. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 8. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 9. Contractor's suggested solution(s). If Contractor's solution(s) impact the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 10. Contractor's signature. 11. Attachments: Include drawings, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation.
a. Supplementary drawings prepared by Contractor shall include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments.
C. Hard-Copy RFIs: CSI Form 13.2A.
1. Identify each page of attachments with the RFI number and sequential page number.
D. Software-Generated RFIs: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above.
1. Attachments shall be electronic files in Adobe Acrobat PDF format.
E. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and return it. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day.
1. The following RFIs will be returned without action:
a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. d. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. e. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. f. Incomplete RFIs or RFIs with numerous errors.
2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will start again. 3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Division 1 Section "Contract Modification Procedures."
a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect and Construction Manager in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 3100 - 6 F. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response.
G. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log bi-weekly. Software log with not less than the following:
1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Architect. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Architect's response was received. 8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 9. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 3100
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 3100 - 7 SECTION 01 3200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following:
1. Startup construction schedule. 2. Contractor's construction schedule. 3. Construction schedule updating reports. 4. Daily construction reports. 5. Material location reports.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources.
1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times. 2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.
B. Cost Loading: The allocation of the schedule of values for the completion of an activity as scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum unless otherwise approved by Architect.
C. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project.
D. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float.
E. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity.
F. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 3200 - 1 1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones and Contract completion date. 2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the early start of the successor activity. 3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without adversely affecting the planned Project completion date.
G. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for the completion of an activity as scheduled.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format:
1. Working electronic copy of schedule file, where indicated. 2. PDF electronic file.
B. Startup construction schedule.
1. Approval of cost-loaded, startup construction schedule will not constitute approval of schedule of values for cost-loaded activities.
C. Startup Network Diagram: Of size required to display entire network for entire construction period. Show logic ties for activities.
D. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period.
1. Submit a working electronic copy of schedule, using software indicated, and labeled to comply with requirements for submittals. Include type of schedule (initial or updated) and date on label.
E. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit each of the following reports. Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description, cost and resource loading, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days.
1. Activity Report: List of all activities sorted by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known. 2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for all activities, sorted in ascending order by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known. 3. Total Float Report: List of all activities sorted in ascending order of total float.
F. Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment.
G. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at daily intervals.
H. Material Location Reports: Submit at monthly intervals.
I. Qualification Data: For scheduling consultant.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 3200 - 2 1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate Contractor's construction schedule with the schedule of values, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports.
1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities involved. 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for commencement of the Work to date of final completion.
1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.
B. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the Work. Comply with the following:
1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless specifically allowed by Architect. 2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.
3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's construction schedule with submittal schedule. 4. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. 5. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for completion of punch list items and final completion.
C. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.
1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract. 3. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by Owner. 4. Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Section 01100 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 3200 - 3 5. Owner-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Section 01100 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. 6. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:
a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Limitations of continued occupancies. c. Uninterruptible services. d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. e. Use of premises restrictions. f. Provisions for future construction. g. Seasonal variations. h. Environmental control.
7. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following:
a. Subcontract awards. b. Submittals. c. Purchases. d. Mockups. e. Fabrication. f. Sample testing. g. Deliveries. h. Installation. i. Tests and inspections. j. Adjusting. k. Curing. l. Building flush-out. m. Startup and placement into final use and operation.
8. Construction Areas: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of the Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following:
a. Structural completion. b. Temporary enclosure and space conditioning. c. Permanent space enclosure. d. Completion of mechanical installation. e. Completion of electrical installation. f. Substantial Completion.
D. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final completion, and the following interim milestones:
1. Temporary enclosure and space conditioning required where existing roof is opened for future air conditioning system. 2. Completion of phased work elements, as well as durations for removal and installation of communications, electrical and grounding systems by FAA personnel.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 3200 - 4 a. Allow three non rainy days for initial removal of communications, electrical and grounding systems by FAA personnel on the east side of the roof. b. Allow three non rainy days for re-installation of communications, electrical and grounding systems by FAA personnel on the east side of the roof. c. Allow three non rainy days for initial removal of communications, electrical and grounding systems by FAA personnel on the west side of the roof.
E. Cost Correlation: Superimpose a cost correlation timeline, indicating planned and actual costs. On the line, show planned and actual dollar volume of the Work performed as of planned and actual dates used for preparation of payment requests.
1. See Section 01290 "Payment Procedures" for cost reporting and payment procedures.
F. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues:
1. Unresolved issues. 2. Unanswered Requests for Information. 3. Rejected or unreturned submittals. 4. Notations on returned submittals. 5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and Contract Time.
G. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 14 or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to working hours, working days, crew sizes, and equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be accomplished.
2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART)
A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal, Gantt-chart-type, Contractor's construction schedule within 30 days of date established for commencement of the Work. Base schedule on the startup construction schedule and additional information received since the start of Project.
B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line.
1. For construction activities that require three months or longer to complete, indicate an estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments within time bar.
2.3 REPORTS
A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site:
1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. List of separate contractors at Project site. 3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 3200 - 5 4. Equipment at Project site. 5. Material deliveries. 6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of rain or snow. 7. Accidents. 8. Meetings and significant decisions. 9. Unusual events (see special reports). 10. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 11. Meter readings and similar recordings. 12. Emergency procedures. 13. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 14. Change Orders received and implemented. 15. Construction Change Directives received and implemented. 16. Services connected and disconnected. 17. Equipment or system tests and startups. 18. Partial completions and occupancies. 19. Substantial Completions authorized.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting.
1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity.
B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility.
1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.
END OF SECTION 01 3200
Ketchikan Gateway Borough CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 3200 - 6 SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01100 "Summary" for limitations on work restrictions and utility interruptions.
1.3 USE CHARGES
A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Owner's construction forces, Architect, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Sewer Service: No sewer service will be provided for the work. contractor shall provide their own portable sanitary facilities.
C. Water Service: Owner will pay water-service use charges for water used by all entities for construction operations.
D. Electric Power Service: Owner will pay electric-power-service use charges for electricity used by all entities for construction operations.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Moisture-Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and construction from water absorption and damage.
1. Describe delivery, handling, and storage provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water damage. 2. Indicate procedures for discarding water-damaged materials, protocols for mitigating water intrusion into completed Work, and replacing water-damaged Work. 3. Indicate sequencing of work that requires weather protection, as well as proposed means of protection, including tenting plan.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 5000 - 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch (50-mm), 0.148-inch- (3.8-mm-) thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet (1.8 m) high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch- (60-mm-) OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch- (73-mm-) OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch- (42-mm-) OD top and bottom rails. Provide concrete bases for supporting posts.
B. Polyethylene Sheet: Reinforced, non-conductive, fire-resistive sheet, 10-mil (0.25-mm) minimum thickness, with flame-spread rating of 15 or less per ASTM E 84 and passing NFPA 701 Test Method 2.
2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading.
B. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations.
1. Store combustible materials apart from building.
2.3 EQUIPMENT
A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work.
1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Section 01100 "Summary."
B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.
3.2 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with the following:
Ketchikan Gateway Borough TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 5000 - 2 1. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner.
B. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.
C. Parking: Use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas for construction personnel.
D. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as required. Unauthorized signs are not permitted. 1. Temporary Signs: Provide signs as required to inform and protect the public.
a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors.
2. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times.
E. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
F. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel.
1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities.
G. Elevator Use: Use of existing elevators is not permitted.
H. Temporary Stairs: Provide temporary stairs from grade to existing second floor for access to the work by contractor’s employees. Do not allow public access to the temporary stair. Temporary Stair shall meet all applicable codes and be securable from intruders.
I. Existing Stair Usage: Use of Owner's existing stairs will be permitted outside of airport operating hours, provided stairs are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore stairs to condition existing before initial use.
J. Lighting: contractor provides their own lighting. Control lighting as required to comply with FAA and KTN Airport operations requirements.
K. Dust Control: During interior work operations, provide temporary visqueen enclosures to separate work areas from other undisturbed areas. Provide doors in temporary enclosure to access other areas on the floor. Configure dust enclosure to avoid disturbing Flight Service Station operations areas or remove and replace temporary enclosure each work day. 1. Provide visqueen sheet and cover all Owners sensitive equipment (computers, FSS operations areas etc) before and after each work day. Remove all evidence of construction activity in the FSS operations areas before the end of each contractor work shift.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 5000 - 3 3.3 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities.
B. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates.
1. Extent of Fence: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized personnel. Furnish one set of keys to Owner.
C. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting.
D. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction.
E. Temporary electrical supports: provide temporary supports for cables and conduit to prevent conflict betweet the general work and that of FAA personnel.
F. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior where the work required openings that intrude on the existing space envelope. 1. Temporary rain enclosures used to protect the roof work must be configured to avoid blocking or affecting the function of the existing communications equipment. Adjust air supported temporary tents and similar devices as required. a. use non conductive tent materials and tent supports. b. Do not allow puddles to form in temporary enclosure, which could disrupt communications . c. Do not cover weather cameras. d. Completely cover communications antennas or as an alternate, tent up around the antennas instead of over them, or underneath the lower antenna railing. Seals around the antennas or railing posts must be accomplished without disturbing antenna performance. e. Tents must be modified or removed if they affect communications performance.
G. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire-prevention program.
1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. 2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 5000 - 4 4. Maintain a continuous fire watch in building during installation of roof fasteners and structural improvements that may provide hazardous conditions. 5. Place fireproof welding blankets and matting as required to prevent spread of flame and welding debris from the work.
3.4 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL
A. Contractor's Moisture-Protection Plan: Avoid trapping water in finished work. Document visible signs of mold that may appear during construction.
B. Exposed Construction Phase: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials are subject to wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores, protect as follows:
1. Protect porous materials from water damage. 2. Protect stored and installed material from flowing or standing water. 3. Keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with concrete. 4. Remove standing water from decks. 5. Keep deck openings covered or dammed.
C. Partially Enclosed Construction Phase: After installation of weather barriers but before full enclosure and conditioning of building, when installed materials are still subject to infiltration of moisture and ambient mold spores, protect as follows:
1. Do not load or install drywall or other porous materials or components, or items with high organic content, into areas exposed to weather. 2. Keep interior spaces clean and protected from water damage. 3. Collect and remove waste and construction debris on a daily basis. 4. Discard or replace water-damaged material. 5. Do not install material that is wet. 6. Discard, replace, or clean stored or installed material that begins to grow mold. 7. Perform work in a sequence that allows any wet materials adequate time to dry before enclosing the material in drywall or other interior finishes.
3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.
B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.
1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.
C. Operate Project-identification-sign lighting daily from dusk until 12:00 midnight.
D. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 5000 - 5 E. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 01770 "Closeout Procedures."
END OF SECTION 01 5000
Ketchikan Gateway Borough TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 5000 - 6 SECTION 01 7000 - EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Construction layout. 2. General installation of products. 3. Progress cleaning. 4. Starting and adjusting. 5. Protection of installed construction. 6. Correction of the Work.
B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" for procedural requirements for cutting and patching necessary for the installation or performance of other components of the Work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of site improvements, utilities, and other construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and verify the existence and location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction affecting the Work.
1. Before construction, verify the location and points of connection of utility services.
B. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.
1. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following:
Ketchikan Gateway Borough EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 7000 - 1
a. Description of the Work. b. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. c. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. d. Recommended corrections.
2. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. 3. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 4. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 5. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Existing steel roof decks are reported to be level or sloped as indicated. Verify existing level of roofs prior to preparing roof taper shop drawings.
C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings.
D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to Architect. Include a detailed description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated.
1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 7000 - 2
C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.
D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.
E. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements.
F. Obtain templates from Owner for Owners future equipment to be installed by others. Check templates with existing conditions. Report any discrepancies. Proceed with work in strict compliance with dimensions and requirements of such Owner provided templates.
G. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work.
1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
H. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.
3.4 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.
1. Comply with NFPA 241 requirements for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F. 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.
B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.
C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work and as required to prevent FOD from leaving the work site.
1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 7000 - 3
3. Use spray solvents or other means to eliminate foam insulation debris.
D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.
E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.
F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
G. Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted. Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted.
H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.
I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.
J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.
3.5 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.
3.6 CORRECTION OF THE WORK
A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching."
1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.
B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.
C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair.
D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 7000 - 4
END OF SECTION 01 7000
Ketchikan Gateway Borough EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 7000 - 5
SECTION 01 7310 - CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work.
B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of other Work.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures at least 10 days before the time cutting and patching will be performed, requesting approval to proceed. Include the following information:
1. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed. 2. Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: List services/systems that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services/systems that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate how long services/systems will be disrupted.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operating elements include the following:
1. Primary operational systems and equipment. 2. Air or smoke barriers. 3. Fire-suppression systems. 4. Mechanical systems piping and ducts. 5. Control systems. 6. Communication systems.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough CUTTING AND PATCHING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 7310 - 1 7. Electrical wiring systems. 8. Operating systems of special construction in Division 13 Sections.
B. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch miscellaneous elements or related components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Miscellaneous elements include the following:
1. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. 2. Membranes and flashings. 3. Exterior curtain-wall construction. 4. Equipment supports. 5. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment. 6. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems.
C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.
D. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved in cutting and patching. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. identify locations requiring dust protection. Install temporary dust control curtains or partitions to provide the required separation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.
B. In-Place Materials: Use materials identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.
1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will match the visual and functional performance of in-place materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed.
1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with in-place finishes or primers.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough CUTTING AND PATCHING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 7310 - 2 2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut.
B. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.
C. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas.
D. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to minimize interruption to occupied areas. Coordinate all such work with Owner, providing minimum of 72 hour notice prior to such interruption.
3.3 PERFORMANCE
A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.
1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.
B. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction.
1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 4. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.
C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections.
1. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough CUTTING AND PATCHING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 7310 - 3 a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.
D. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials.
END OF SECTION 01 7310
Ketchikan Gateway Borough CUTTING AND PATCHING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 7310 - 4 SECTION 01 7320 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01100 "Summary" for restrictions on the use of the premises, Owner-occupancy requirements, and phasing requirements. 2. Section 01700 "Execution Requirements" for cutting and patching procedures.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.
B. Remove and Salvage: Carefully detach from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and deliver to Owner ready for reuse.
C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated.
D. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be permanently removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled.
1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting existing antennas, cables, offices, equipment , conduit and other existing building elements to remain or otherwise not in contract. Ketchikan Gateway Borough SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 7320 - 1
B. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following:
1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. Ensure Owner's on-site operations are uninterrupted. 2. Interruption of utility services. Do not interrupt owners utilities except as approved in writing. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. 3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services, especially for owners utilities required to remain in service for the duration of the work. 4. Use of elevator and stairs. 5. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work.
C. Inventory: Submit a list of items to be removed and salvaged and delivered to Owner prior to start of demolition.
D. Pre-construction existing conditions report: Before demolition, conduct a survey of existing conditions with COR. take photographs and document the condition of the site, noting areas of pre-existing damage that the contractor is not responsible for.
1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted.
B. Do not block corridors, aisle ways, doorways, access or routs of emergency egress.
C. Do not disturb owners existing communications cable, conduit, lighting, grounding and antenna systems. All relocation of such systems shall be accomplished by Owner’s personnel.
D. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical.
E. Notify Owner of discrepancies between existing conditions and contract documents before proceeding with selective demolition.
F. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract.
G. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.
H. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations.
1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 7320 - 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PEFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA and Owner notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Standards: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241. Observe all applicable safety requirements for demolition.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that Owner approves of beginning selective demolition, and that utilities have been relocated, disconnected or capped before starting selective demolition operations.
B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required.
C. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Owner.
3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage.
1. Owner will temporarily relocate any cable or component of the communications, lighting protection and grounding systems that interfere with the work. Do not remove any rooftop electrical component. Notify Owner and wait for instruction.
3.3 PREPARATION
A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
1. Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Section 01500 "Temporary Facilities and Controls."
B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain, and to temporarily mount antennas, cables, cable trays and other similar items.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 7320 - 3
1. Provide and install temporary railing for antennas and related work. Relocate antenna to accommodate phasing.
2. Request Owner to temporarily relocate lighting protection, grounding and communications equipment on roof. 3. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas. 4. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations. 5. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed. 6. Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling specified in Section 01500 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." 7. Verify that all mechanical, electrical, and energized systems in the demolition area are deactivated, locked and tagged out, and are safely secured. 8. Contractor must provide its own dumpsters- use of Owners dumpsters is not allowed.
3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL
A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 3. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and portable fire- suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 4. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 5. Remove demolition materials and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 6. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 7. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly.
3.5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill. 1. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.
B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. Ketchikan Gateway Borough SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 7320 - 4
C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began.
B. Each night, clean up and return the public and office areas to the condition existing before selective demolition so that flight service operations can resume by opening time the next morning.
END OF SECTION 01 7320
Ketchikan Gateway Borough SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 7320 - 5
SECTION 01 7700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Inspection procedures. 2. Warranties. 3. Final cleaning.
1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request.
1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete. 2. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, and similar final record information. 5. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 6. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Owner will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 7700 - 1 1.4 FINAL COMPLETION
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final Completion, complete the following:
1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures." 2. Submit copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list). The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, Owner will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.
1.5 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)
A. Preparation: Submit two copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction.
1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page:
a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 7700 - 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FINAL CLEANING
A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.
B. Cleaning: Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project:
a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. c. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. d. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. e. Clean exposed exterior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition.
C. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully.
END OF SECTION 01 7700
Ketchikan Gateway Borough CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 7700 - 3 SECTION 01 7810 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record Documents, including the following:
1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures. 2. Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 3. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for Project Record Documents of the Work in those Sections.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Record Prints: Comply with the following:
1. Number of Copies: Submit one set(s) of marked-up Record Prints.
B. Record Drawings: Copy marked up drawings onto digital Autocad files provided by owner. Use same drawings conventions as original drawings. Mark and date the digital files "As-Built". Turn digital drawing files over to the owner, as well as one set of reproducible original drawings made from the digital as-builts.
C. Record Specifications: Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications.
D. Record Product Data: Submit one copy of each Product Data submittal.
1. Where Record Product Data is required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit marked-up Product Data as an insert in manual instead of submittal as Record Product Data.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 7810 - 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of blue- or black-line white prints of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings.
1. Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked-up Record Prints.
a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations.
2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Locations and depths of underground utilities. d. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. e. Revisions to electrical circuitry. f. Actual equipment locations. g. Duct size and routing. h. Locations of concealed internal utilities. i. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. j. Changes made following Architect's written orders. k. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. l. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. m. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically.
3. Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on the Contract Drawings. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.
B. Format: Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location.
1. Record Prints: Organize Record Prints and newly prepared Record Drawings into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 7810 - 2 2. Identification: As follows:
a. Project name. b. Date. c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Architect. e. Name of Contractor.
2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications.
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. 4. For each principal product, indicate whether Record Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as Record Product Data. 5. Note related Change Orders and Record Drawings where applicable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE
A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for Project Record Document purposes. Post changes and modifications to Project Record Documents as they occur; do not wait until the end of Project.
B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store Record Documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Maintain Record Documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents for Architect's and Construction Manager's reference during normal working hours.
END OF SECTION 01 7810
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 01 7810 - 3
SECTION 02 8213 - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. General provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions.
B. Contract Drawings.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Work on this project is in support of upgrades in mechanical, electrical, and architectural finishes, generally impacting the above-ceiling spaces of the Ketchikan Airport Terminal (KTN Terminal). Many of the above-ceiling areas are unpainted, providing visual cues to where taping mud and caulking are present.
B. Bulk sampling and historical information have identified the following asbestos containing materials (ACM) in the KTN Terminal that will impact the current Project:
1. Gypsum wallboard/surfacing mud (GWB/mud): For the purposes of this project, all GWB/mud wall and ceiling systems are assumed ACM; and 2. Dark colored caulking used to seal GWB/mud, ducting, and pan deck penetrations in the above-ceiling space.
C. Bulk sampling has identified the following materials in the KTN Terminal as non-ACM:
1. Thermal system insulation on piping and fittings throughout the building; 2. Residual floor tile mastic under carpeting throughout the building; 3. Brown ceiling tile mastic in the southeast stairwell; and 4. Ceiling tiles throughout the building.
D. The project will require removal of relatively small areas GWB/mud. The goal of the of the abatement portion of the project is to make all cuts in GWB/mud walls and ceilings in an efficient manner that protects worker safety, meets regulatory requirements, and minimizes impact on the continued operation of the KTN Terminal.
E. The abatement project includes all material, labor, equipment and other related costs for:
1. coordinating with prime contractor to determine the location and timing for abatement. 2. mobilizing (including moving all plant and equipment onto the site; providing necessary project utilities or improving existing utilities as necessary, arranging for approved storage areas, issuing and posting all notices, and submitting all submittals), 3. installing all necessary critical barriers to establish non-permanent asbestos control areas to isolate the various abatement areas where necessary, 4. completing all abatement elements as described in Paragraph C. above,
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ASBESTOS ABATEMENT Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 02 8213 - 1
5. cleaning any surfaces or spaces within the confines of any asbestos control areas that are needed for the project, 6. providing air monitoring, including appropriate elements summarized in Asbestos Air Monitoring in DEFINITIONS below, and in accordance with PART 3 EXECUTION of this section, 7. providing lab analysis for required air monitoring, 8. disposing of ACM and related demolition debris in accordance with these documents, 9. removing any non-permanent asbestos control areas, 10. general cleanup and demobilization.
1.3 COORDINATION AND TIMING OF ABATEMENT ACTIVITIES
A. Abatement subcontractor shall coordinate timing of work and locations of cuts in GWB/mud and caulking with General Contractor and other trades.
B. The building will be occupied and in active use as an airport terminal. All abatement work shall take place at night, between the hours of 10pm and 8am, unless specific written permission has been obtained from the Owner.
C. The Owner will provide access to temporary power and to hot and cold water for direct project use, should it become necessary. The abatement Subcontractor is responsible for all costs and effort required to develop those utilities for his use.
D. Electrical and mechanical systems not directly modified by this project shall remain functional and shall be protected from contamination during the abatement work.
E. The Owner shall be allowed access to electrical and mechanical systems as necessary throughout the abatement project to ensure their operational continuity.
F. Security to the site shall be maintained for the duration of the abatement project. It will be the responsibility of the abatement Subcontractor to coordinate with the Contractor and other trades to sequence the work.
1.4 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. The publications listed below form a part of the specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. 1. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Publications: 29 CFR 1910.134 Respiratory Protection 29 CFR 1910.1200 Hazard Communications 29 CFR 1926.1101 Asbestos (for construction and demolition standards) 40 CFR 61 Sub-part A General Provisions 40 CFR 61 Sub-part M National Emission Standard for Asbestos 40 CFR 241 Guidelines for Land Disposal of Solid Wastes
2. Alaska Statutes Title 23, Labor and Workers Compensation: 8AAC 61.600-790: Asbestos Abatement Statutes and Regulations
3. Additional References:
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ASBESTOS ABATEMENT Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 02 8213 - 2
US EPA Publication 560/5-85-024: A Revision to the US EPA’s 1985 Guidance for Controlling Asbestos Containing Materials in Buildings, March 2015 ASTM 1368-14: Visual Inspection of Asbestos Abatement Projects
1.5 DEFINITIONS
A. ACM: See Asbestos Containing Material (ACM).
B. Amended Water: Water containing a wetting agent specifically designated by the manufacturer for the wetting of asbestos.
C. Approved Laboratory: An independent laboratory properly staffed and equipped for the collection and analysis of asbestos bulk and/or air samples, and who maintains demonstrable satisfactory performance from all technicians involved in the performance of these analyses. For air samples, participation and a documented record of satisfactory performance in either the NIOSH Proficiency Analytical Testing (PAT) program, equivalent American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) program, or an equivalent inter-laboratory testing protocol in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.1101, Appendix A is required. The lab must be capable of performing phase contract illumination microscopy and be capable of the required short turn- around times.
D. Area Monitoring: See Asbestos Air Monitoring.
E. Asbestos: A class of six naturally occurring fibrous hydrous mineral silicates. Minerals included in this group are chrysotile, crocidolite, amosite and the fibrous forms of anthophyllite, tremolite and actinolite.
F. Asbestos Air Monitoring: An approved air monitoring plan is required if air monitoring is part of the abatement work. To be approved such a plan must include the following elements: 1. Area Monitoring: Sampling for airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers within the existing or planned asbestos control area that is representative of the fiber levels that may reach the worker's breathing zone. Area pumps drawing 10 liters per minute through the filter cassette are used for area monitoring and should pull at least 1,200 liters of air for each sample. 2. Environmental Monitoring: Sampling for airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers outside the asbestos control area to assure that no asbestos fibers are escaping the enclosure, and that personnel outside the control area are not being exposed. Where a sealed area is not used, such as during exterior siding removal, this will refer to sampling conducted at the perimeter of the control area to assure that a sufficient buffer zone around the work in progress has been established, and that personnel outside this zone are not being exposed. Area pumps drawing 10 liters per minute through the filter cassette are used for environmental monitoring and should pull at least 1,200 liters of air for each sample. 3. Baseline (Background) Monitoring: Sampling conducted to determine the initial level of airborne asbestos fibers present prior to the start of asbestos work. Area pumps drawing ≥ 1 but < 10 liters per minute through the filter cassette are used for this monitoring and should pull at least 1,200 liters of air for each sample. This sampling includes:
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ASBESTOS ABATEMENT Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 02 8213 - 3
a. Work Area Background Sampling: Sampling conducted in the area where asbestos work is planned, normally used to determine the level of personal and other protective measures required by personnel preparing the area for asbestos work and to establish the level of contamination present prior to the beginning of asbestos operations. 4. Initial Exposure Assessment Monitoring: Sampling conducted by a “competent person” immediately before or at the initiation of the operation to ascertain the expected exposures during that operation. Initial Exposure Assessment Monitoring must be completed in time to allow compliance with requirements which are triggered by exposure data or the lack of a "negative exposure assessment”, and to provide information necessary to assure that all control systems planned are appropriate for the operation and will work properly. Until Initial Exposure Assessment Monitoring confirms that employees on the job will not be exposed in excess of the PEL, or a “negative exposure assessment” for non-friable asbestos has been accepted, it shall be assumed that employees are exposed in excess of the TWA and excursion limit. 5. Negative Exposure Assessment: For any one specific asbestos job involving non-friable material which will be performed by trained employees, it may be demonstrated that employee exposures will be below the PEL by data which conform to the following criteria: a. Where the employer has monitored prior asbestos jobs for the PEL and the excursion limit within 12 months of the current or projected job, the monitoring and analyses were performed in compliance with the asbestos standard in effect; and the data were obtained during work operations conducted workplace conditions “closely resembling” the processes, type of material, control methods, work practices, and environmental conditions in the current operations, the operations were conducted by employees whose training and experience are no more extensive than that of employees performing the current job, and these data show that under the conditions prevailing and which will prevail in the current workplace there is a high degree of certainty that employee exposures will not exceed the TWA and excursion limit. 6. Clearance Monitoring: Sampling occurring at the completion of the asbestos work or at the completion of a specific phase of asbestos work, prior to removing the enclosure. It is accomplished to prove that the clean-up activities have been effective, and that remaining fiber levels both inside and outside the enclosure comply with airborne fiber concentrations defined in “Clearance Levels” below. Clearance sampling is normally accomplished in the same locations and by the same methods as the baseline monitoring. See PART 3-EXECUTION, MONITORING for additional information. 7. Personal Monitoring: Sampling for asbestos fiber concentrations at the breathing zone of a worker, used to document individual exposures, and, in conjunction with the work area sampling, to determine the required degree of personal and respiratory protection. A minimum of two samples shall be collected per eight-hour shift at a flow rate of 0.5 to 2.5 liters per minute. At least 25% of the workers doing a particular job shall be sampled each eight-hour shift. See Exposure Standards for more information.
G. Asbestos Containing Material (ACM): Material composed of asbestos of any type, and in any amount equal to or greater than 1 percent by weight, either alone or mixed with other fibrous or non-fibrous materials.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ASBESTOS ABATEMENT Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 02 8213 - 4
H. Asbestos Control Area: An area where operations involving asbestos are performed which is isolated by physical barriers designed to prevent the spread of asbestos dust, fibers, and debris, and to prevent or deter the entry or unauthorized and unprotected personnel. For areas where isolation is not feasible, it will be an area that is physically demarcated, e.g., bounded by a physical barrier such as a rope, barricade, etc., separating the known "clean" zone from the asbestos work area and buffer zone.
I. Asbestos Fibers: This expression refers to a particular form of asbestos, fibrous tremolite, anthophyllite, or actinolite having a length to diameter aspect ratio of 3:1 or greater, and an overall length of 5.0 micrometers or longer. Where specialized analytical techniques, such as electron microscopy, are utilized for analysis, this shall refer to the number of fibers considered to equate to a specific weight of asbestos.
J. Baseline Monitoring: See Asbestos Air Monitoring.
K. Bulk Sampling and Analysis: Representative samples taken from materials suspected to contain asbestos, analyzed by an approved laboratory using polarized light microscopy (PLM). When specialized methodology, such as electron microscopy is required, collection and analysis shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the laboratory providing the analysis, and the result expressed as both mass per unit volume and percent by weight shall be given.
L. Clean: As used in these documents, “clean” means that the surface in question is free of visible asbestos, to the point where no physical sample can be collected for analysis.
M. Clearance Levels: The maximum fiber levels present after completion of the asbestos work, or a given phase of work, sampled during initial or final clearance monitoring. This level shall be the lower of the baseline work area monitoring value for the location, or less than 0.01 fibers/cc, whichever is lower. In the special case where the naturally occurring outdoor background levels outside the structure are greater than or equal to 0.01 f/cc, averaged arithmetically over a minimum 5-day period, the clearance level shall be the interior work area background level prior to the start of Contractor work, or less than or equal to the average natural background level, wherever is lower.
N. Clearance Monitoring: See Asbestos Air Monitoring.
O. Competent Person: An individual experienced in the abatement and control of asbestos who has received specialized additional training in the supervision and management of asbestos abatement projects. This individual is the full-time on-site manager responsible for ensuring that all safety, health and environmental protection requirements are met, that approved operational methods are followed, and that all personnel on the site comply with these requirements. Specialized training must include an EPA recognized course in the management of asbestos abatement projects. The Competent Person shall report to the Industrial Hygienist.
P. Containment: See Enclosure.
Q. Enclosure: Construction of a sealed, permanent structure around asbestos. Complete documentation must be made of the exact location and condition of the asbestos before the enclosure is finished, including the type and method of use of any encapsulant.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ASBESTOS ABATEMENT Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 02 8213 - 5
R. Exposure Standards 1. Workers: a. Action Level: An action level concept shall be used by the abatement Subcontractor to ensure that no personnel are exposed to airborne concentrations of asbestos, actinolite, anthophyllite, or tremolite fibers, or a combination of these mineral fibers, equaling or exceeding 0.1 fibers per cubic centimeter (0.1 f/cc) expressed as an 8- hour time weighted average (TWA) without placement on a medical monitoring program for asbestos. Personnel exposed at or above this level must be provided proper training in the removal of asbestos containing materials, and must be provided proper personal protective equipment. b. Excursion Limit (EL): An airborne concentration of asbestos of 1.0 fiber per cubic centimeter of air (1 f/cc) as averaged over a sampling period of 30 minutes. c. Permissible Exposure Level (PEL): The abatement Subcontractor shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of asbestos, actinolite, anthophyllite, or tremolite fibers, or a combination of these mineral fibers, exceeding 0.1 fibers per cubic centimeter (0.1 f/cc) expressed as an 8-hour time weighted average (TWA) as defined by the NIOSH sampling and analytical method 7400. (Reference 29 CFR 1926.1101, Appendix A.) 2. Non-Workers:
a. Personnel who are not asbestos workers as defined by OSHA and this specification shall not be exposed to levels of asbestos fibers exceeding the EPA clearance level criteria of 0.01 f/cc.
S. Fibers: All fibers, regardless of composition, as determined by analysis in accordance with the method described in 29 CFR 1926.1101, Appendix A. When specialized methodology, such as electron microscopy is required, collection and analysis shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the laboratory providing the analysis, and the equivalent fiber level, expressed in both mass per unit volume and fibers per cubic centimeter shall be given.
T. HEPA Filter Equipment: High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filtered vacuuming, local exhaust, or respiratory protective equipment equipped with specialized filters capable of collecting and retaining asbestos fibers. Filters must be of 99.97 percent or greater efficiency at collection of 0.3-micron diameter particles. Filters must be factory tested and certified as meeting this filtration requirement.
U. Industrial Hygienist: An individual certified by the American Board of Industrial Hygiene, and having significant prior experience in managing and evaluating the health and safety aspects on asbestos projects of similar nature and scope to ensure capability of performing asbestos work in a satisfactory manner. The Industrial Hygienist shall be responsible for all monitoring, training and asbestos work, for ensuring that all safety and health requirements prescribed by State and Federal regulations, as well as these specifications, are compiled with, and for ensuring that the competent person performs all assigned duties in accordance with this specification and applicable Federal and State regulations.
V. Initial Exposure Assessment Monitoring: See Asbestos Air Monitoring.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ASBESTOS ABATEMENT Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 02 8213 - 6
W. Permissible Exposure Level (PEL): See Exposure Standards.
X. Personal Monitoring: See Asbestos Air Monitoring.
Y. Phase Contrast Illumination Microscopy (PCM): An analytical method for counting fibers in air sampling filters.
Z. Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM): An analytical method for determining asbestos content in bulk samples.
AA. Time Weighted Average (TWA): The TWA is an average of the airborne concentration of asbestos fibers, expressed as the number of fibers per cubic centimeter (f/cc) of air, measured and calculated for a minimum of 8 hours, and taken into account the relative proportions of time exposed when averaging different exposure levels.
1.6 PRE-WORK SUBMITTALS
A. The Pre-Work Submittal shall be submitted digitally as a complete package and modified as necessary to obtain approval by the Engineer five working days prior to any work on the project. The abatement Subcontractor shall perform his work in compliance with the approved Pre-Work Submittal which shall include: 1. Asbestos Work Plan: A plain language plan describing work procedures to be used during each and all operations involving asbestos. Annotated building plans or site plans no larger than 11 inches by 17 inches shall be included to detail locations for anticipated work areas, monitoring locations, access and disposal routes, and other activities where needed. The plan shall include as a minimum the following elements: a. Location and construction of anticipated general asbestos work areas. b. A detailed air monitoring plan that complies with 05.045 Alaska Department of Labor Construction Code (Asbestos), 29 CFR 1926.1101, and applicable requirements of “Asbestos Air Monitoring in DEFINITIONS above. c. Transport and disposal plans. d. A contingency plan for potential emergencies/accidents/incidents covering, but not limited to: Medical emergencies/accidents inside the control area. Violation of the control area. Spills inside the control area. Spills outside the control area. Fire inside and outside the control area. Loss of power. Loss of negative pressure in the controlled area. Discovery that fiber levels inside or outside the control area have exceeded prescribed limits. Spills during transport or disposal. e. A notification listing of personnel and organizations to be contacted by the abatement Subcontractor in the event of an incident, emergency or contingency. f. The 24-hour contact point for the abatement Subcontractor and the designated "competent person" to contact in case of an on-site problem.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ASBESTOS ABATEMENT Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 02 8213 - 7
2. Notifications: Copies of EPA and OSHA notifications submitted prior to work. 3. Competent Person: Submit the name(s) proposed, address (es), telephone number(s) and complete documentation the individual's qualifications proving the person’s qualifications meet the requirements described in DEFINITIONS above. 4. Industrial Hygienist: Submit the name, address and telephone number of the Industrial Hygienist selected to prepare the asbestos work plan, and direct monitoring and training. Include documentation proving the person’s qualification meet the requirements described in DEFINITIONS above. 5. Training: Submit certificates signed by each employee and the Industrial Hygienist that each employee has received the training required by 29 CFR 1910.1001, 29 CFR 1926.1101, and appropriate State of Alaska regulations and this specification. Include proof that each employee is certified as an asbestos worker in the State of Alaska in accordance with current state regulations. 6. Testing Laboratory: If Asbestos Air Monitoring is included in the Contract, submit the name, address, telephone number and qualifications of the independent testing laboratory selected to perform the monitoring, testing and reporting of airborne asbestos fibers, including documentation certifying that all technicians performing the analysis have been judged proficient by successful participation within the last year in the NIOSH PAT program or the AIHA program, or an equivalent inter-laboratory testing program. 7. Protective Equipment and Protective Method Plans: Details of planned personal protective equipment requirements and protective methods, including respirators as required for each specific type of operation or condition. Include supporting justification when alternate (e.g., less than the maximum specified) protection is proposed.
1.7 Any changes to procedures, methods, conditions, etc., identified in the approved Pre-Work Submittal must be submitted in writing for review and approval by the Engineer prior to the inception of the change.
1.8 POST-WORK SUBMITTALS
A. The Post-Work Submittal shall be submitted digitally and approved by the Engineer as complete before final payment is approved. The Post-Work Submittal shall include: 1. Work Log: A detailed log of all operations involving the asbestos portion of the work, to include but not be limited to: a. A listing of all personnel performing asbestos related work on the project, showing duties performed, date, time, duration, and location of the work and protective equipment worn while performing these duties. b. Copies of the complete and reviewed sampling results as an attachment. c. A summary of each problem, incident, contingency, and emergency that occurred, and the actions taken to resolve the situation. d. A copy of all shipping manifests that document disposal of all ACM at an approved solid waste facility. Full payment shall not be released until this document is received by the Owner or Engineer.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ASBESTOS ABATEMENT Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 02 8213 - 8
PART 2- PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 PROTECTION OF ADJACENT AREAS
A. Perform all asbestos Work in such a way as to not contaminate adjacent areas, or interior spaces of components within the abatement area (such as cabinets, ducts, or electrical junction boxes). Where such areas or spaces are contaminated, they shall be cleaned and/or restored to their original condition as directed by the Architect at the Contractor’s expense.
3.2 PROJECT INSPECTION
A. While performing asbestos Work, the Contractor may be subject to on-site inspection by the Architect, Owner’s designated representative, fire, safety, and health personnel, and Federal and State inspectors. If the Work is in violation of specification requirements, or applicable Federal or State regulations, the Architect may issue a stop-Work order to be in effect immediately, and which will remain in place until the violation(s) are resolved. Standby time and expenses required to resolve the violation(s) shall be at the Contractor’s expense.
3.3 SAFETY AND HEALTH COMPLIANCE
A. The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of Federal, State, regional and local authorities regarding demolition, handling, storing, transporting and disposing of asbestos and asbestos containing materials. He shall also comply with the applicable requirements of the current issues of 29 CFR 1910.1001, 29 CFR 1926.1101, and 40 CFR 61 Subparts A and M. Asbestos removal is also required to comply with the provisions of the State of Alaska, Solid Waste Management Codes, title 18 of the Alaska Administrative Code, and the State of Alaska OSHA Standards.
3.4 ASBESTOS WORK PROCEDURES
A. The Work specified in these contract documents shall be carried out in accordance with all applicable local, state, and federal regulations, and the following special requirements:
1. As specified elsewhere in these documents, all project work will occur at night and the surrounding KTN Terminal area will be occupied during regular working hours. 2. All GWB/mud systems are assumed to be ACM unless the GWB is in original, unpainted condition where application of mud or caulking is visually obvious. All GWB/mud removal on areas of GWB that are painted or have visible taping mud or caulking shall be done by ADOL-certified abatement workers. 3. Minimum acceptable engineering controls for small GWB/mud cuts (3’ x 3’ or less) shall be the use of a “Roto-Zip” type of tool equipped with dust collection system that
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ASBESTOS ABATEMENT Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 02 8213 - 9
discharges directly to a HEPA-vacuum. Raw edges exposed by the cut shall be sealed before the end of each work shift. 4. For cuts larger than 3’ x 3’, minimum acceptable engineering controls shall be expanded to include temporary poly enclosures. The poly enclosures shall be removed before the end of each work shift. 5. Cleanup of residual dust after cuts are complete shall use a HEPA-vacuum and shall be completed before the end of each work shift. 6. All removed GWB/mud shall be placed in plastic disposal bags or double-wrapped in poly. Under no circumstances shall asbestos waste or debris be allowed to accumulate in the Work area. 7. The solid waste facility in Ketchikan accepts material shown by composite sampling to contain less than 1% asbestos (City of Ketchikan Solid Waste Facility Superintendent, 907-225-2370).
3.5 MONITORING
A. The abatement Subcontractor shall provide air monitoring for the duration of the Project in accordance with the approved Pre-Work Submittal.
B. At a minimum the Contractor shall provide “Area Monitoring”, as specified in Paragraph 1.5 “DEFINITIONS”, above.
C. The Owner reserves the right to perform confirmation air monitoring including all elements summarized in Asbestos Air Monitoring in DEFINITIONS, above.
3.6 CLEARANCE PROCEDURES
A. No clearance inspections are required so long as specified work procedures are followed and results from required “Area Monitoring” data show that fiber counts remained in the category of EPA Clean Air, or <0.01 fibers/cubic centimeter of air.
B. The Abatement Subcontractor shall be responsible for all costs relating to all clearance monitoring after the first failed clearance sampling.
END OF SECTION 028213
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ASBESTOS ABATEMENT Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 02 8213 - 10
SECTION 06 1053 - MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 2. Wood blocking, cants, and nailers. 3. Wood furring. 4. Plywood sheathing for parapets. 5. Insulation for filling voids
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Boards or Strips: Lumber of less than 2 inches nominal (38 mm actual) size in least dimension.
B. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal (38 mm actual) or greater size but less than 5 inches nominal (114 mm actual) size in least dimension.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details.
1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained. 2. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Include physical properties of treated materials based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency. 3. For fire-retardant treatments, include physical properties of treated lumber both before and after exposure to elevated temperatures, based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency according to ASTM D 5664. 4. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 06 1053 - 1 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Evaluation Reports: For the following, from ICC-ES: 1. Fire-retardant-treated wood.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Stack lumber flat with spacers beneath and between each bundle to provide air circulation. Protect lumber from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL
A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated.
1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. Dress lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Maximum Moisture Content of Lumber: 19 percent unless otherwise indicated.
2.2 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS
A. General: All wood materials are to be fire retardant treated and shall comply with requirements in this article, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and with fire-test-response characteristics specified as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated by a qualified testing agency.
B. Fire-Retardant-Treated Lumber and Plywood by Pressure Process: Products with a flame-spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84, and with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended an additional 20 minutes, and with the flame front not extending more than 10.5 feet (3.2 m) beyond the centerline of the burners at any time during the test.
1. Treatment shall not promote corrosion of metal fasteners or steel decking. 2. Exterior Type: Treated materials shall comply with requirements specified above for fire- retardant-treated lumber and plywood by pressure process after being subjected to accelerated weathering according to ASTM D 2898.
C. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent.
D. Identify fire-retardant-treated wood with appropriate classification marking of qualified testing agency.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 06 1053 - 2 2.3 DIMENSION LUMBER FRAMING AND MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER
A. No. 2 Construction, Stud, or No. 3 grade of any of the following species:
1. Hem-fir (north); NLGA. 2. Southern pine; SPIB. 3. Douglas fir-larch; WCLIB or WWPA. 4. Southern pine or mixed southern pine; SPIB. 5. Spruce-pine-fir; NLGA. 6. Douglas fir-south; WWPA. 7. Hem-fir; WCLIB or WWPA. 8. Douglas fir-larch (north); NLGA. 9. Spruce-pine-fir (south); NeLMA, WCLIB, or WWPA.
2.4 PLYWOOD PANELS
A. Plywood, DOC PS 1, Exterior, C-C Plugged, fire-retardant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 5/8-inch (19-mm) nominal thickness.
2.5 FASTENERS
A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated or required that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture.
1. Provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M or of Type 304 stainless steel.
2.6 BLANKET INSULATION
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Owens Corning.
B. Unfaced, Glass-Wool Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing); consisting of fibers; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively, per ASTM E 84; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics.
C. Foil-Faced, Glass-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type III (reflective faced), Class B (faced surface with a flame-propagation resistance of 0.12 W/sq. cm); Category 1 (membrane is a vapor barrier), faced with foil scrim, foil-scrim kraft, or foil-scrim polyethylene.
2.7 SPRAY POLYURETHANE FOAM INSULATION
A. Closed-Cell Polyurethane Foam Insulation: ASTM C 1029, Type II, with maximum flame- spread and smoke-developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively, per ASTM E 84.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 06 1053 - 3 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. BASF Corporation. b. Dow Chemical Company (The). c. ERSystems, Inc. d. Gaco Western Inc. e. NCFI; Division of Barnhardt Mfg. Co.
2. Minimum density of 1.5 lb/cu. ft., thermal resistivity of 6.2 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu x in. at 75 deg F.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's WCD 1, "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated.
B. Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit carpentry accurately to other construction. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction.
C. Install plywood panels by fastening to studs or wood framing; coordinate locations with flashing and roof system requirements.
D. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim.
E. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics do not interfere with installation or with fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that interfere with function of member or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement.
F. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following:
1. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code. 2. ICC-ES evaluation report for fastener. 3. Countersink bolts and nuts flush where needed.
G. Glass-Fiber or Mineral-Wool Blanket Insulation: Install in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements:
Ketchikan Gateway Borough MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 06 1053 - 4 1. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill the cavities, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. 2. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 3. For wood-framed construction, install blankets according to ASTM C 1320 and as follows:
a. With faced blankets having stapling flanges, secure insulation by inset, stapling flanges to sides of framing members. b. With faced blankets having stapling flanges, lap blanket flange over flange of adjacent blanket to maintain continuity of vapor retarder once finish material is installed over it.
H. Spray Foam Insulation: Install insulation in miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where required to prevent gaps in insulation using the following materials: 1. Spray Polyurethane Insulation: Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions.
END OF SECTION 06 1053
Ketchikan Gateway Borough MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 06 1053 - 5
SECTION 07 4200 SOLID PHENOLIC ARCHITECTURAL PANELS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Stonewood Panels: Solid phenolic panels for exterior soffit cladding of commercial and institutional buildings. B. Stonewood Panels: Solid phenolic panels for interior wall cladding of commercial and institutional buildings.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
1.3 REFERENCES
A. ASTM D638 - 10 Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. B. ASTM D790 - 10 Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. C. ASTM E84 - 12 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. D. NEMA Standards Publication LD3-2005. High pressure decorative laminates. E. 2012 International Building Code, Chapter 14 Exterior Walls.
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMETNS
A. Delegated Design: Design solid phenolic exterior wall assembly, including panels, extrusions and metal wall furring channels, with comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer licensed in the State of Alaska, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Structural Performance: Provide metal wall panel assemblies capable of withstanding the effects of indicated loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated, per ASTM E 72. a. Wind Loads: determine loads based on ASCE 7, importance factor, exposure category, and basic wind speed in effect in the project location. b. Limits of Deflection: Wall panel assembly shall withstand scheduled wind pressure with L/120 deflection of panel perimeter normal to plane of wall.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's printed product literature and specifications including fabrication and assembly. D. Samples: Submit manufacturer's standard 3”x3” samples of panel cladding materials representative of colors and texture. E. Manufacturer's Certification: Submit manufacturer's certification that materials comply with specified requirements and are suitable for intended application. F. Warranty: Submit manufacturer's standard warranty. G. Installation Instructions (descriptive manual) H. Shop Drawings: Submit complete sets of fabrication/installation drawings including panel dimensions, thickness, location of joints, method of anchorage, number of anchors, supports, accessories, etc. Prepare shop drawings from as-built dimensions. Show secondary metal hat furring and other shapes with associated fasteners and spacing. Conform to joint patterns shown on architectural drawings. Ketchikan Gateway Borough SOLID PHENOLIC WALL CLADDING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 4200 - 1
I. Engineering Drawings: For exterior soffit panel assembly indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer licensed in the State of Alaska and responsible for their preparation. Engineer shall have a minimum of 5 years experience with projects of similar scope. Structural Calculations shall include description of design criteria and engineering analysis depicting stress and deflection (stiffness) requirements. Drawings shall include configuration and design of attachments including framing components and fasteners necessary to attach the metal furring substrate system to the existing soffit structure, as well as fasteners necessary to attach the panel system to the furring substrate. Include furring spacing, configuration and gages, as well as all fastener types, sizes and spacing.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: 1. Sufficient plant facilities to provide quality and quantity of materials as required without delaying progress of the work. 2. Minimum of 20 years of experience in paper saturation of phenolic resin, and producing phenolic paper laminate.
B. Fabricator 1. Fabricated by the manufacturer, and/or 2. Contracted by the customer, minimum 5 years of experience in fabrication work of exterior cladding system for the size and complexity of the projects. 3. Approved by the manufacturer.
C. Installer 1. Proven professional cladding system installer with a minimum of 5 years of documented experience.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver materials in manufacturer's original unopened containers/packages, with labels clearly identifying product name, manufacturer, color/texture, and weight.
B. Storage: 1. Store materials in clean, dry area in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Keep package sealed until ready for use.
C. Handling: 1. Handle materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Protect materials during handling to prevent damage.
1.7. WARRANTY
A. Limited warranty: Fiberesin warrants that Stonewood Architectural Panels shall be free from material defects for a period of 10 years. Refer to www.stonewoodpanels.com for details. Provide matching warranty if an approved equal is selected.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Ketchikan Gateway Borough SOLID PHENOLIC WALL CLADDING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 4200 - 2
2.1 MANUFACTURER
A. Fiberesin Industries, Inc., PO Box 808, Oconomowoc, WI 53066. Phone: (262) 567-4427 Fax: (262) 567-4814, Web Site: www.fiberesin.com. Email: [email protected]. B. Alaska Representation: Exterior Technology Systems, Anchorage, (907) 227-0653
2.2 STONEWOOD EXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL PANELS OR PRE-APPROVED EQUAL
A. Material: Solid phenolic laminate panel with UV protection B. Series: Exterior Panels; Stonewood Select C. Color as selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range. 2 colors to be selected. D. Finish: #60 Matte E. Standard Size: 48”x96” F. Panel Thickness: 5/16”, 8 mm, G. Panel Core: Standard black H. Fire Rating: UL Class B I. Paint all exposed metal furring black.
2.3 STONEWOOD INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL PANELS OR PRE-APPROVED EQUAL
A. Material: Solid phenolic laminate panel B. Series: Exterior Panels; Stonewood Select C. Color as selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range. 2 colors to be selected. D. Finish: #60 Matte E. Standard Size: 48”x96” F. Panel Thickness: 1/8” G. Panel Core: Standard black H. Fire Rating: UL Class B I. Paint all exposed metal furring black.
2.4 MINIMUM MATERIAL PROPERTIES
A. NEMA Requirements
Description Test NEMA Requirements Thickness 0.156" 0.250" 0.500" Resistance to 3.6 High Temperature Slight Effect No Effect No Effect No Effect Ball Impact Resistance: 3.8 Inches Drop 75" 90"+ 96"+ 96"+ Dimensional Change: Length (Machine 3.11 Direction) 0.3% Maximum 0.25% 0.25% 0.25% Width (Cross Direction) 0.7% Maximum 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% Weight Per Unit Area Lbs/ft2 1.07 1.71 3.42 Kg/m2 5.2 8.35 16.7 Density (PCF) 82 82 82
B. Mechanical Properties
Property NEMA Requirements 0.156" 0.250" 0.500" Ketchikan Gateway Borough SOLID PHENOLIC WALL CLADDING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 4200 - 3
Flexural Strength
ASTM D-790 MD (psi) 18,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 CD (psi) 12,000 16,000 16,000 16,000 Flexural Modulus
ASTM D-790 MD (psi) 1.6x106 2.0 x 106 2.0 x 106 2.0 x 106 CD (psi) 1.4x106 1.5 x 106 1.5 x 106 1.5 x 106 Tensile Modulus
ASTM D-638 MD (psi) 18,000 18,000 18,000 18,000 CD (psi) 12,000 13,000 13,000 13,000
C. Fire Resistance
Fire Resistance Product Type Class A Class B Thickness 0.250" 0.250" Flame Spread Index - ASTM E-84 (BLDG)* 15 30 Smoke Developed Values - ASTM E-84 (BLDG)* 15 105 Fire Rating* (Standard Product is Class B) A B*
* Test Method: ASTM E84-13a - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. Also known as NFPA 255, UL 723, and UBC 8-1.
D. Manufacturing Tolerance
Thickness (.156 to .375) +/- .020 Thickness (above .375 to 1.000) +/- .030 CNC Shaped size (Length -Width) +/- .020 Drill Diameter +/- .003 Drill Depth +/- .020 CNC Hole to Hole +/- .020 CNC Hole to Edge (1 Oper) +/- .020 CNC Hole to Edge (2 Oper) +/- .030 Routing - (Slots Width and Length) +/- .015 Routing - (Slots Depth) +/- .020
2.5. ACCESSORIES (FASTENERS & SUPPORTS)
A. Panel Fastener : SFS SX3 #12-11 TORX Drive 304 Stainless Steel Self-Drilling fastener. Color to match panel. B. Horizontal Support Extrusions: NorthClad EF Aluminum Z-girts, 1-5/16” deep, .040” thickness. Installation and layout as per Fiberesin requirements and per the project shop drawings. Color: Black. C. Provide exterior wall cladding system designed to withstand the effects of dead load, live load, and accommodate hygrothermal expansion/contraction of the panel.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS
Ketchikan Gateway Borough SOLID PHENOLIC WALL CLADDING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 4200 - 4
A. Compliance: Comply with manufacturer’s/fabricator’s/supplier’s product data, handling and installation instruction/manual, shop drawings, shipping container/package ticket identification, etc.
3.2. EXAMINATION
A. Verify correct panels received, including dimension, tolerance, color/texture. B. Verify correct attachment system received for the specific project/job. C. Verify all the documents, including shop drawings and installation guidelines. D. Verify installation conditions are satisfactory to receive work of this Section before the commencement. E. Verify substrate installation is complete, flat, and true to plane.
3.3. PREPARATION
A. Field Measurements: Verify prior to fabrication and installation of the cladding panel. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage during work of this Section. C. Lay out work before beginning installation as necessary for true, plumb, and aligned panel installations. D. Verify locations of joints and panel lengths.
3.4. INSTALLATION
A. Conform to manufacturer’s instructions and provisions of shop drawings. B. Conform to fastener’s instructions for installation of fasteners. C. Install to allow hygrothermal expansion/contraction. D. Use appropriate techniques/tools to work with the panel. E. Do not force to fit, bend, or stretch/compress. F. Make cutting and fitting neat, square, and true. Where required, cut, de-burr edges, and clean filings from adjacent surfaces. G. Do not install damaged or questionable panels.
3.5. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer’s Field Service: Provide field services to ensure product installation is in accordance with manufacturer’s/fabricator’s/supplier’s instructions and installation manuals, shop drawings, etc.
3.6. ADJUSTING
A. Correct identified defects and irregularities. B. Replace damaged, soiled, and discolored work.
3.7. CLEANING
A. Leave installation clean and free from residue and debris from work of this Section.
END OF SECTION 07 4200
Ketchikan Gateway Borough SOLID PHENOLIC WALL CLADDING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 4200 - 5
SECTION 07 5419 - POLYVINYL-CHLORIDE (PVC) ROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Adhered polyvinyl-chloride (PVC) roofing system over mechanically applied insulation and substrate materials. 2. Self adhered vapor retarder. 3. Roof insulation, in tapered and uniform thicknesses. 4. PVC Clad metal flashing 5. Cover board. 6. Substrate board 7. Walk mats 8. Two-piece metal fascia
B. Related Requirements:
1. Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry" for wood nailers, curbs, and blocking. 2. "Preparation for Re-Roofing" for deck preparation.. 3. "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for metal roof flashings and counterflashings not in membrane roof section.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Roofing Terminology: Definitions in ASTM D 1079 and glossary in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" apply to work of this Section.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data, including manufacturer details and installation information for each type of product.
B. Shop Drawings: For roofing system, demonstrating compliance with project requirements, including fastener patterns required for wind uplift resistance meeting project conditions. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work, including:
1. Base flashings and membrane terminations. 2. Tapered insulation, including slopes. Ketchikan Gateway Borough PVC ROOFING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 5419 - 1
3. Roof plan showing orientation of steel roof deck, roof assembly, phasing, and orientation of roofing, fastening spacings, and patterns for mechanically fastened roofing. a. show separate fastener pattern for substrate board (connecting the substrate board directly to the steel deck) and the fastener/washer pattern for securing the roof covering assembly (uniform thickness insulation, tapered insulation and cover board) to the steel deck. 4. Insulation fastening patterns for corner, perimeter, and field-of-roof locations. 5. Show phasing of roof demolition and installation as required to coordinate with relocation and re-installation of electrical, mechanical and Owner-controlled items.
C. Samples for Verification: For the following products:
1. 12-by-12-inch (300-by-300-mm) square of sheet roofing, of color specified, including T- shaped side and end lap seam. 2. 12-by-12-inch (300-by-300-mm) square of roof insulation. 3. 12-by-12-inch (300-by-300-mm) square of walkway rolls. 4. 12-inch (300-mm) length of metal termination bars. 5. 12 x 6 length of PVC clad metal flashing 6. Six insulation fasteners of each type, length, and finish, including those required to penetrate existing 18 gage steel deck. 7. Six roof cover fasteners of each type, length, and finish. 8. Special fastener/washer combination for non-penetrating mechanically fastened roofing system
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For roofing firm, foreman and manufacturer:
B. Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by roofing manufacturer certifying that roofing system complies with requirements specified in "Performance Requirements" Article.
1. Submit evidence of compliance with performance requirements.
C. Product Test Reports: For components of roofing system, for tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency.
D. Research/Evaluation Reports: For components of roofing system, from ICC-ES.
E. Field quality-control reports.
F. Sample Warranties: For manufacturer's special warranties.
G. Sample One year warranty inspection report.
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Warranties for membrane manufacturer including all roof assembly components and installers warranty.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PVC ROOFING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 5419 - 2
B. Maintenance Data: For roofing system to include in maintenance manuals.
C. Inspection Report: Copy of roofing system manufacturer's inspection report of completed roofing installation.
D. Weld Test Samples: Turn over daily weld test samples with dates and times each test sample was taken.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that is UL listed for roofing system identical to that used for this Project.
B. Installer Qualifications: A qualified firm that is approved, authorized, or licensed by roofing system manufacturer to install manufacturer's product for at least 5 years; and that is eligible to receive manufacturer's special warranty; and that has at least 10 years experience installing commercial PVC roof assemblies. 1. Submit resume of the proposed project foreman, including evidence of at least 10 years as foreman of successful installation of commercial membrane roof assemblies similar to this project.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, approval or listing agency markings, and directions for storing and mixing with other components.
B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight.
1. Store hazardous and flammable liquid products in separate metal storage containers away from other combustibles.
2. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life.
C. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation.
D. Handle and store roofing materials, and place equipment in a manner to avoid concentrated loads that exceed roof design loads or that permanent deflection of deck.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PVC ROOFING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 5419 - 3
1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements.
B. Do not disrupt activities in occupied areas without prior approval from and coordination with the Owner.
1.10 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees, without monetary limitation for labor and materials, to repair or replace components of roofing system that leaks or fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Special warranty includes membrane roofing, base flashings, roof insulation, fasteners, cover boards, substrate board, vapor barrier, pre-fabricated two-part fascia, and other components of roofing system.
2. Thermal Warranty: Manufacturers standard insulation thermal warranty. 3. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. 4. Wind Rider: Provide written warranty by roof membrane manufacturer that roof assembly meets resistance requirements for 120 mph wind speed and agreeing to repair or replace roofing components damaged by winds up to 120 mph.
B. Special Project Warranty: Submit roofing Installer's warranty, on warranty form at end of this Section, signed by Installer, covering the Work of this Section, including all components of roofing system such as membrane roofing, base flashing, roof insulation, fasteners, cover boards, substrate boards, vapor retarders, walkway products, and two-part fascia, for the following warranty period:
1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
C. One Year Warranty Inspection: Provide an infrared survey of the roof in accordance with ASTM C1153 by an independent testing firm. At no additional cost to the owner, the contractor will locate and repair sources of moisture penetration, and replace all materials damaged by moisture.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Source Limitations: Obtain components including roof insulation fasteners and self adhered vapor barrier for roofing system from same manufacturer as membrane roofing or manufacturer approved by membrane roofing manufacturer.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PVC ROOFING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 5419 - 4
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General Performance: Installed roofing and base flashings shall withstand uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Roofing and base flashings shall remain watertight.
1. Wind requirements: 120 mph, Exposure D, in 3 second gust, with corner and perimeter wind uplift pressure increases as required by authorities having jurisdiction and 2009 IBC.
B. Material Compatibility: Roofing materials shall be compatible with one another and adjacent materials under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by roofing manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide membrane roofing materials with the fire-test- response characteristics indicated as determined by testing identical products per test method below by UL, FMG, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Materials shall be identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
1. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: Class A; ASTM E 108, for application and roof slopes indicated.
2.3 PVC ROOFING
A. PVC Sheet: ASTM D 4434/D 4434M, Type IV, fabric reinforced.
1. Thickness: 80 mils (1.5 mm), nominal. 2. Exposed Face Color: Gray. 3. Provide roof membrane and auxiliary system materials by Johns- Manville or Carlisle Syntec, Sarnafil, or a manufacturer approved by them.
2.4 AUXILIARY ROOFING MATERIALS
A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with roofing.
B. Sheet Flashing: Manufacturer's standard sheet flashing of same material, type, reinforcement, of 60 mil thickness, and of color as PVC sheet.
C. Bonding Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard, solvent based.
D. Metal Termination Bars: Manufacturer's standard, predrilled stainless-steel or aluminum bars, approximately 1 by 1/8 inch (25 by 3 mm) thick; with anchors.
E. Metal Battens: Manufacturer's standard, aluminum-zinc-alloy-coated or zinc-coated steel sheet, approximately 1 inch wide by 0.05 inch (25 mm wide by 1.3 mm) thick, prepunched.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PVC ROOFING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 5419 - 5
F. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal plates complying with corrosion-resistance provisions in FM Global 4470, designed for fastening roofing to substrate, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer.
G. Alternate Bid Non Penetrating Mechanically Fastened Roofing System: Provide proprietary clad metal plate/fastener system for use with electromagnetic induction welding technology.
H. Clad Flashing: PVC clad metal flashing, 24 gage, approved by membrane manufacturer for use with the specified membrane and included in the roof warranty coverage.
I. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide pourable sealers, preformed cone and vent sheet flashings, preformed inside and outside corner sheet flashings, T-joint covers, lap sealants, termination reglets, and other accessories.
J. PRE-FABRICATED TWO-PIECE FASCIA 1. Fascia: Factory formed prefinished, two-part system, Factory-Mutual approved. 24 GA pre-finished galvanized steel prefinished 12'-0" fascia cover with concealed anchor bar for application with membrane roofs. 2. 8 1/2" finished face, with Kynar 500 prefinished coating system. 3. 1’-3” radius corners to match existing wall panel radius, field-verify. 4. Product: SecureEdge 2000 by Carlisle, or approved equal by roofing manufacturer.
2.5 SUBSTRATE BOARDS
A. Substrate Board: ASTM C 1177/C 1177M, glass-mat, water-resistant gypsum substrate, Type X, 5/8 inch (16 mm) thick.
1. Georgia Pacific Dens Deck Prime or approved equal.
B. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal plates complying with corrosion-resistance provisions in FM Global 4470, designed for fastening substrate board to roof deck.
2.6 VAPOR RETARDER
A. Self-Adhering-Sheet Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 1970, polyethylene film laminated to layer of rubberized asphalt adhesive, minimum 40-mil- (1.0-mm-) total thickness; maximum permeance rating of 0.1 perm (6 ng/Pa x s x sq. m); cold applied, with slip-resisting surface and release paper backing. Provide primer when recommended by vapor-retarder manufacturer.
2.7 ROOF INSULATION
A. General: Preformed roof insulation boards manufactured or approved by PVC roofing manufacturer, selected from manufacturer's standard sizes suitable for application, of thicknesses indicated.
B. Expanded Polystyrene Board Insulation for flat and tapered roof system: ASTM C 578, Type II, 1.5-lb/cu. ft. minimum density, square edged.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PVC ROOFING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 5419 - 6
C. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: ASTM C 1289, Type II, Class 1, Grade 2, felt or glass-fiber mat facer on both major surfaces.
D. Tapered Insulation: Provide factory-tapered insulation boards fabricated to slope of 1/8 inch per 12 inches (1:48) unless otherwise indicated or required.
E. Provide preformed saddles, crickets, tapered edge strips, and other insulation shapes where indicated for sloping to drain. Fabricate to slopes indicated.
2.8 INSULATION ACCESSORIES
A. General: Roof insulation accessories recommended by insulation manufacturer for intended use and compatibility with roofing.
B. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal plates complying with corrosion-resistance provisions in FM Global 4470, designed for fastening roof insulation and cover boards to existing steel deck substrate, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. 1. Existing roof deck is listed in the original building drawings as Robertson #3-22, 1-1/2" deep steel deck, of 22 gage thickness. Contractor to verify.
C. Cover Board: ASTM D1621/D2126/C209/C518, high-density polyiso insulation panel with premium-performance coated glass facers, 1/2 inch thick, 100psi compressive strength. Carlisle SecureShied HD Plus or approved equal.
2.9 WALKWAYS
A. Flexible Walkways: Factory-formed, nonporous, heavy-duty, slip-resisting, surface-textured PVC walkway rolls, approximately 3/16 inch (5 mm) thick and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. 1. Provide 600 linear feet of walkway mat in locations to be field determined by Owner. Contractor to install.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work:
1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place, curbs are set and braced, and roof-drain bodies are securely clamped in place. 2. Verify that wood blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck at penetrations and terminations and that nailers match thicknesses of insulation. 3. Verify that any exposed fasteners are properly set and flush to mated surfaces. 4. Verify that roof deck surfaces and vertical surfaces are acceptable for membrane assembly installation.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PVC ROOFING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 5419 - 7
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projections.
B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof-drain plugs when not required for protection of roof drains or when required due to rain.
C. Prevent dust and odors originating from the work from entering the building.
3.3 ROOFING INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Install roofing system according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system at end of workday or when rain is forecast. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing.
C. Install roofing and auxiliary materials to tie in to existing roofing to maintain weathertightness of transition to existing roofing during construction phasing, including temporary curbs required as part of temporary roof tent system. Remove intertie materials when no longer required.
D. Maintain a fire watch inside building, removing existing ceiling panels as required to maintain direct visual contact with interior side of existing steel deck to ensure fasteners do not damage existing steel deck mounted electrical devices, conduit or cable during any stage of roof system installation.
E. Position field splices away from low spots and drain sumps.
F. Plan work to avoid construction traffic on new roofing. Protect new roofing from damage. Replace membrane damaged during the work, including membrane damaged or stained by adhesive spills.
3.4 SUBSTRATE BOARD INSTALLATION
A. Install substrate board with long joints in continuous straight lines, perpendicular to roof slopes with end joints staggered between rows. Tightly butt substrate boards together.
1. Fasten substrate board to top flanges of steel deck according to recommendations in FM Global's "RoofNav" and FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-29 for specified Windstorm Resistance Classification. 2. Fasten substrate board to top flanges of steel deck to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof according to roofing system manufacturers' written instructions.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PVC ROOFING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 5419 - 8
3.5 VAPOR-RETARDER INSTALLATION
A. Self-Adhering-Sheet Vapor Retarder: Prime substrate if required by manufacturer. Install self- adhering-sheet vapor retarder over area to receive vapor retarder, side and end lapping each sheet a minimum of 3-1/2 inches (90 mm) and 6 inches (150 mm), respectively. Seal laps by rolling.
B. Completely seal vapor retarder at terminations, obstructions, and penetrations to prevent air movement into roofing system.
3.6 INSULATION INSTALLATION
A. Coordinate installing roofing system components so insulation is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday.
B. Comply with roofing system and insulation manufacturer's written instructions for installing roof insulation.
C. Install tapered or flat insulation under area of roofing to conform to slopes indicated.
D. Install tapered or flat insulation as required to stagger a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) in each direction from uniform thickness insulation below.
E. Trim surface of insulation where necessary at roof drains so completed surface is flush and does not restrict flow of water.
F. Install base layer of insulation with long joints of insulation in a continuous straight line with end joints staggered between rows, abutting edges and ends between boards. Stagger upper layers of insulation with lower layers. 1. Fill gaps less than 1/4" with self foaming insulation.
2. Cut and fit insulation at panel joints, nailers, projections, and penetrations where gaps greater than or equal to 1/4" occur.
G. Mechanically Fastened Insulation: Install insulation to steel deck with a minimum of 4 fasteners per board to secure insulation in place prior to installation of cover board.
H. Install cover boards over insulation with long joints in continuous straight lines with end joints staggered between rows. Offset cover board joints a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) in each direction of insulation joints below . Loosely butt cover boards together and fasten to roof deck.
1. Fasten cover boards as required to meet design wind speed conditions. 2. Fasten cover boards to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof.
3.7 ADHERED ROOFING INSTALLATION
A. Adhere membrane roofing to cover board according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Unroll roofing and allow to relax before proceeding.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PVC ROOFING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 5419 - 9
1. Install sheet according to ASTM D 5036.
B. Accurately align roofing, and maintain uniform side and end laps of minimum dimensions required by manufacturer. Stagger end laps.
C. Bonding Adhesive: Apply to substrate and underside of roofing at rate required by manufacturer, and allow to partially dry before installing roofing. Do not apply to splice area of roofing.
D. In addition to adhering, mechanically fasten roofing securely at terminations, penetrations, and perimeter of roofing according to membrane manufacturers written requirements.
E. Apply roofing with side laps shingled with slope of roof where possible.
F. Seams: Clean seam areas, overlap roofing, and hot-air weld side and end laps of roofing and sheet flashings according to manufacturer's written instructions, to ensure a watertight seam installation.
1. Test lap edges with probe to verify seam weld continuity. Apply lap sealant to seal cut edges of sheet. 2. Verify field strength of seams prior to initiating membrane welding procedures and repair seam sample areas. As an option, test weld two scraps of PVC roofing material prior to initiating membrane welding procedures. Perform a pull test on test weld, and repeat if test weld fails. Date test welds and store in a safe place. Provide for Owners inspection at any time during the work, and turnover to Owner at the end of the contract. 3. Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in roofing that do not comply with requirements.
G. Spread sealant bed over deck-drain flange at roof drains, and securely seal roofing in place with clamping ring. After curing, plug roof drain tight, flood immediate roof area for 8 hours. Observe for leaks, making repairs as required. Repeat test until water tight assembly is achieved.
3.8 BASE FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. Install sheet flashings and preformed flashing accessories, and adhere to substrates according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Apply bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of sheet flashing at required rate, and allow to partially dry. Do not apply to seam area of flashing.
C. Flash penetrations and field-formed inside and outside corners with sheet flashing. Provide factory formed inside and outside corner pieces where recommended by membrane manufacturer.
D. Clean seam areas, overlap, and firmly roll sheet flashings into the adhesive. Hot-air weld side and end laps to ensure a watertight seam installation.
E. Terminate and seal top of sheet flashings and mechanically anchor to substrate through termination bars where vertical walls exceed 36 inches high or where shown.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PVC ROOFING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 5419 - 10
3.9 WALKWAY INSTALLATION
A. Flexible Walkways: Install walkway products in locations indicated. Heat weld to substrate or adhere walkway products to substrate with compatible adhesive according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Provide 12 inch wide gaps in walkway mats at flow lines and as required to maintain positive drainage without ponding.
3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing installation at approximately 25% completion. 1. Notify Owner 72 hours in advance of date and time of inspection.
B. Perform test weld at the start of each work shift and at approximately the midpoint of the shift utilizing automated seam welder. Record date and time of each test sample and retain for Owners records at Closeout.
C. Repair or remove and replace components of roofing system where inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements.
D. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine if replaced or additional work complies with specified requirements.
3.11 PROTECTING AND CLEANING
A. Protect roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period.
B. Correct deficiencies in or remove roofing system that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, and repair or reinstall roofing system to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements.
C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction.
D. Clean debris, scraps, containers and other rubbish from the roof surface at the end of each work shift, leaving the roof surface clean and secure.
3.12 ROOFING INSTALLER'S WARRANTY
A. WHEREAS ______of ______, herein called the "Roofing Installer," has performed roofing and associated work ("work") on the following project:
1. Owner:
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PVC ROOFING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 5419 - 11
5. Area of Work:
B. AND WHEREAS Roofing Installer has contracted (either directly with Owner or indirectly as a subcontractor) to warrant said work against leaks and faulty or defective materials and workmanship for designated Warranty Period,
C. NOW THEREFORE Roofing Installer hereby warrants, subject to terms and conditions herein set forth, that during Warranty Period he will, at his own cost and expense, make or cause to be made such repairs to or replacements of said work as are necessary to correct faulty and defective work and as are necessary to maintain said work in a watertight condition.
D. This Warranty is made subject to the following terms and conditions:
1. Specifically excluded from this Warranty are damages to work and other parts of the building, and to building contents, caused by:
a. lightning; b. peak gust wind speed exceeding 120 mph; c. fire; d. failure of roofing system substrate, including cracking, settlement, excessive deflection, deterioration, and decomposition; e. activity on roofing by others, including construction contractors, maintenance personnel, other persons, whether authorized or unauthorized by Owner.
2. When work has been damaged by any of foregoing causes, Warranty in affected area shall be null and void until such damage has been repaired by Roofing Installer and until cost and expense thereof have been paid by Owner or by another responsible party so designated. 3. Roofing Installer is responsible for damage to work covered by this Warranty and is liable for consequential damages to building or building contents resulting from leaks or faults or defects of work. 4. During Warranty Period, if Owner allows alteration of work by anyone other than Roofing Installer, including cutting, patching, and maintenance in connection with other work, this Warranty shall become null and void on date of said alterations, but only to the extent said alterations affect work covered by this Warranty. If Owner engages Roofing Installer to perform said alterations, Warranty shall not become null and void unless Roofing Installer, before starting said work, shall have notified Owner in writing, showing reasonable cause for claim, that said alterations would likely damage or deteriorate work, thereby reasonably justifying a limitation or termination of this Warranty. 5. During Warranty Period, if original use of roof is changed and it becomes used for, but was not originally specified for, a promenade, work deck, spray-cooled surface, flooded basin, or other use or service more severe than originally specified, this Warranty shall become null and void on date of said change, but only to the extent said change affects work covered by this Warranty. 6. Owner shall promptly notify Roofing Installer of observed, known, or suspected leaks, defects, or deterioration and shall afford reasonable opportunity for Roofing Installer to inspect work and to examine evidence of such leaks, defects, or deterioration. Ketchikan Gateway Borough PVC ROOFING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 5419 - 12
7. This Warranty is recognized to be the only warranty of Roofing Installer on said work and shall not operate to restrict or cut off Owner from other remedies and resources lawfully available to Owner in cases of roofing failure. Specifically, this Warranty shall not operate to relieve Roofing Installer of responsibility for performance of original work according to requirements of the Contract Documents, regardless of whether Contract was a contract directly with Owner or a subcontract with Owner's General Contractor.
E. IN WITNESS THEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed this ______day of ______, ______.
1. Authorized Signature: ______. 2. Name: ______. 3. Title: ______.
END OF SECTION 07 5419
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PVC ROOFING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 5419 - 13
SECTION 07 5910 - PREPARATION FOR REROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Full tear-off of entire roof. 2. Preparation of entire roof for roof replacement.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01100 "Summary" for use of the premises and phasing requirements. 2. Section 01500 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary construction and environmental-protection measures for reroofing preparation.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Roofing Terminology: Definitions in ASTM D 1079 and glossary of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" apply to work of this Section.
B. Full Roof Tear-Off: Removal of existing roofing system from existing steel.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Reroofing Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1. Meet with Owner; Architect; Owner's insurer if applicable; testing and inspecting agency representative; roofing system manufacturer's representative; roofing Installer, including project manager, superintendent, and foreman; and installers whose work interfaces with or affects reroofing, including installers of roof deck, roof accessories, and roof-mounted equipment. 2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing system tear-off and replacement, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Reroofing preparation, including roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. b. Coordination with work by others on existing communications equipment, conduit, cables, cable trays, antennas, panels etc. c. Selective demolition of steel deck and structural improvements. d. Preparation for mechanical improvements.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PREPARATION FOR REROOFING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 5910 - 1 e. Phasing of work as required to maintain Owners operations. f. Placement and maintenance of fall protection. g. Provisions as required to prevent FOD (foreign object debris) from leaving jobsite and entering flight operations area. h. Existing roof drains and roof drainage during each stage of reroofing, and roof- drain plugging and plug removal. i. Construction schedule and availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to avoid delays. j. Existing roof deck conditions requiring notification of Owner. k. Existing roof deck removal procedures and Owner notifications. l. Structural loading limitations of roof deck during reroofing. m. Base flashings, special roofing details, drainage, penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that affect reroofing. n. HVAC shutdown and sealing of air intakes. o. Shutdown of fire-suppression, -protection, and -alarm and -detection systems. p. Governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. q. Existing conditions that may require Owner notification before proceeding.
1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Existing Roofing System: Built-up asphalt and torch down modified bitumen membrane systems and PVC membranes with insulation systems above and below membranes. System includes a layer of liquid applied roofing similar to "Kemper" resin roofing to be completely removed.
B. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately below reroofing area and cannot be disturbed. Conduct reroofing so Owner's operations are not disrupted, including conducting the work outside normal working hours. Provide Owner with not less than 72 hours' notice of activities that may affect Owner's operations.
1. Coordinate work activities daily with Owner so Owner can place protective dust and water-leakage covers over sensitive equipment and furnishings, and so Owner can shut down HVAC and fire-alarm or -detection equipment if needed.
C. Protect building to be reroofed, adjacent buildings, walkways, flight operation areas, landside parking and operations areas, and site improvements.
D. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities.
E. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding are maintained by Owner as far as practical. 1. Construction Drawings for existing roofing system are provided for Contractor's information, but are not a warranty of existing conditions. Contractor is responsible to verify information derived from existing documents with exiting conditions.
F. Limit construction loads on roof to 100 lb for rooftop equipment wheel loads and 50 lb per square foot for uniformly distributed loads.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PREPARATION FOR REROOFING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 5910 - 2 G. Weather Limitations: conduct work under air inflated tent structures designed and installed to remain in place to a wind speed of at least 25 mph where rain is forecast to occur within 24 hours. Tents must be placed in such a way as to avoid affecting the performance of owners communications systems, including antennas.
H. Do not remove any more roofing than can be protected with temporary roof assembly in less than one work shift.
I. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials, such as asbestos-containing materials, will be encountered in the Work. 1. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate removal and/or relocation of rooftop utilities and service piping with Owner before beginning the Work.
B. Test existing roof drains to verify that they are not blocked or restricted. Immediately notify Owner of any blockages or restrictions.
C. During removal operations, have sufficient and suitable materials on-site to facilitate rapid installation of specified roofing, including substrate board and vapor barrier, in the event of unexpected rain.
D. Maintain roof drains in functioning condition to ensure roof drainage at end of each work shift. Prevent debris from entering or blocking roof drains and conductors. Use roof-drain plugs specifically designed for this purpose. Remove roof-drain plugs at end of each work shift, when no work is taking place, or when rain is forecast within 24 hours.
1. If roof drains are temporarily blocked or unserviceable due to roofing system removal or partial installation of new roofing system, provide alternative drainage method to remove water and eliminate ponding. Do not permit water to enter into or under existing roofing system components that are to remain.
3.2 ROOF TEAR-OFF
A. General: Notify Owner each day of extent of roof tear-off proposed for that day and obtain authorization to proceed.
B. Remove pavers and accessories from roofing.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PREPARATION FOR REROOFING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 5910 - 3 C. Remove ballast, protection mat, and extruded-polystyrene insulation from protected roofing membrane.
D. Full Roof Tear-Off: Remove existing roofing and other roofing system components down to the deck.
1. Remove all existing roof membrane layers down to bare steel deck. 2. Remove wood blocking, curbs, and nailers. 3. Remove fasteners from deck. 4. Remove existing pipe/pipe caps, railings, pitch pockets and other items indicated.
3.3 DECK PREPARATION
A. Inspect deck after tear-off of roofing system.
B. If deck surface is unsuitable for receiving new roofing or if structural integrity of deck is suspect, immediately notify Owner. Do not proceed with installation until directed by Owner.
C. Remove steel deck where shown on drawings.
3.4 BASE FLASHING REMOVAL
A. Remove existing base flashings. Clean substrates of contaminants, such as asphalt, sheet materials, dirt, and debris. Remove existing parapets, curbs, nailers etc.
B. Do not damage metal counterflashings that are to remain.
3.5 FASTENER PULL-OUT TESTING
A. Perform fastener pull-out tests according to SPRI FX-1, and submit test report to Owner and roofing manufacturer before installing new roofing system.
1. Obtain Owners, Architect's and roofing manufacturer's approval to proceed with specified fastening pattern. Architect and Roofing manufacturer may furnish revised fastening pattern commensurate with pull-out test results.
3.6 DISPOSAL
A. Collect demolished materials and place in containers. Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site.
1. Storage or sale of demolished items or materials on-site is not permitted.
B. Transport and legally dispose of demolished materials off Owner's property.
C. Comply with all FAA and TSA requirements with respect to control of FOD, and access to and from secure and unsecure areas.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PREPARATION FOR REROOFING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 5910 - 4 END OF SECTION 07 5910
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PREPARATION FOR REROOFING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 5910 - 5 SECTION 076200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Formed low-slope roof sheet metal fabrications. 2. Formed wall sheet metal fabrications. 3. Fabricated sheet metal items, including flashings, and counterflashings. 4. Sealants for joints within sheet metal fabrications.
B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 5419 PVC Roofing for Pre-fabricated 2-piece Metal Fascia 2. Section 07 7100 Roof Specialties for Copings, Downspouts and Collection Boxes.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim layout and seams with sizes and locations of penetrations to be flashed, and joints and seams in adjacent materials.
B. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim installation with adjoining roofing and wall materials, joints, and seams to provide leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: For sheet metal flashing and trim.
1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Detail fabrication and installation layouts, expansion-joint locations, and keyed details. Distinguish between shop- and field-assembled work. 3. Include identification of material, thickness, weight, and finish for each item and location in Project. 4. Include details for forming, including profiles, shapes, seams, and dimensions. 5. Include details for joining, supporting, and securing, including layout and spacing of fasteners, cleats, clips, and other attachments. Include pattern of seams. 6. Include details of special conditions.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sheet metal and accessory indicated with factory- applied finishes.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 6200 - 1
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For fabricator.
B. Product Test Reports: For each product, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency.
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For sheet metal flashing and trim, and its accessories, to include in maintenance manuals.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator Qualifications: Employs skilled workers who custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim similar to that required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in-service performance.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. Store sheet metal flashing and trim materials away from uncured concrete and masonry.
B. Protect strippable protective covering on sheet metal flashing and trim from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for period of sheet metal flashing and trim installation.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty on Finishes: Manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace sheet metal flashing and trim that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period.
1. Exposed Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following:
a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214. c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal.
2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 6200 - 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies shall withstand wind loads, structural movement, seismic and thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen, and shall remain watertight.
B. Sheet Metal Standard for Flashing and Trim: Comply with NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing Manual" and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" requirements for dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated.
C. SPRI Wind Design Standard: Manufacture and install roof edge flashings tested according to SPRI ES-1 and capable of resisting the following design pressure:
1. Design Pressure: As indicated.
D. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes to prevent buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.
1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces.
2.2 SHEET METALS
A. General: Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable, temporary protective film before shipping.
B. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Provide zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet according to ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275) coating designation or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet according to ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 (Class AZM150) coating designation, Grade 40 (Grade 275); prepainted by coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M.
1. Surface: Smooth, flat. 2. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish: a. Three-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in both color coat and clear topcoat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.
3. Color: As selected by Owner from manufacturer's full range. 4. Concealed Finish: Pretreat with manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash coat with minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil (0.013 mm).
Ketchikan Gateway Borough SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 6200 - 3
2.3 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS
A. Felt: ASTM D 226/D 226M, Type II (No. 30), asphalt-saturated organic felt; nonperforated.
B. Slip Sheet: Rosin-sized building paper, 3 lb/100 sq. ft. (0.16 kg/sq. m)minimum.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, protective coatings, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation and as recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal unless otherwise indicated.
B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal.
1. General: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with hex-washer head.
a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using factory-applied coating. Provide metal-backed EPDM or PVC sealing washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal. b. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets suitable for metal being fastened. 2. Fasteners for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel according to ASTM A 153/A 153M or ASTM F 2329.
C. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide and 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick.
D. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric silicone polymer sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight.
E. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant; polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked-type expansion joints with limited movement.
F. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion according to ASTM D 1187.
2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with details shown and recommendations in cited sheet metal standard that apply to design, dimensions, geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item required. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in shop to greatest extent possible.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 6200 - 4
1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply with performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each application and metal. 2. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. 3. Form sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks; true to line, levels, and slopes; and with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 4. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Do not use exposed fasteners on faces exposed to view.
B. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m) on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch (3-mm) offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.
C. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to tolerances specified in MCA's "Guide Specification for Residential Metal Roofing."
D. Expansion Provisions: Form metal for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim.
1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with butyl sealant concealed within joints. 2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings.
E. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion-type joints are required, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant according to cited sheet metal standard.
F. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal.
G. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices of sizes as recommended by cited sheet metal standard and by FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for application, but not less than thickness of metal being secured.
H. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with elastomeric sealant unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended use.
I. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces.
2.6 LOW-SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS
A. Fascia transition Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Galvanized Steel or Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 24 gage.
B. Base Flashing and counter flashing: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Galvanized Steel or Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 24 gage.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 6200 - 5
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, substrate, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
1. Verify compliance with requirements for installation tolerances of substrates. 2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored. 3. Verify that air- or water-resistant barriers have been installed over sheathing or backing substrate to prevent air infiltration or water penetration.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION
A. Felt Underlayment: Install felt underlayment, wrinkle free, using adhesive to minimize use of mechanical fasteners under sheet metal flashing and trim. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with lapped joints of not less than 2 inches (50 mm).
3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system.
1. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line, levels, and slopes. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant. 2. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. 3. Space cleats not more than 12 inches (300 mm) apart. Attach each cleat with at least two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners. 4. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim with limited oil canning, and free of buckling and tool marks. 5. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted. 6. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces.
B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other, or where metal contacts pressure- treated wood or other corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action or corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer or cited sheet metal standard.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 6200 - 6
C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet (3 m) with no joints within 24 inches (600 mm) of corner or intersection.
1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with sealant concealed within joints. 2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings.
D. Fasteners: Use fastener sizes that penetrate wood blocking or sheathing not less than 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) for nails and not less than 3/4 inch (19 mm) for wood screws.
E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and locate to minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as required for a tight installation.
F. Seal joints as required for watertight construction.
1. Use sealant-filled joints unless otherwise indicated. Embed hooked flanges of joint members not less than 1 inch (25 mm) into sealant. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. When ambient temperature at time of installation is between 40 and 70 deg F (4 and 21 deg C), set joint members for 50 percent movement each way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do not install sealant-type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F (4 deg C). 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants."
G. Rivets: Rivet joints in uncoated aluminum where necessary for strength.
3.4 ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements, sheet metal manufacturer's written installation instructions, and cited sheet metal standard. Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line, levels, and slopes. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that are permanently watertight and weather resistant.
B. Roof Edge Flashing: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for FM Approvals' listing for required windstorm classification.
3.5 WALL FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. General: Install sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture according to cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate installation of wall flashing with installation of wall-opening components such as windows, doors, and louvers.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 6200 - 7
3.6 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m) on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch (3-mm) offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.
3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering.
B. Clean off excess sealants.
C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of sheet metal flashing and trim installation, remove unused materials and clean finished surfaces as recommended by sheet metal flashing and trim manufacturer. Maintain sheet metal flashing and trim in clean condition during construction.
D. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.
END OF SECTION 07 6200
Ketchikan Gateway Borough SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 6200 - 8
SECTION 07 7100 - ROOF SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Copings. 2. Roof Curbs for AC unit by others 3. Downspout and Collector Box 4. Roof Drains and Drain Pipe
B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 06 1053 "Rough Carpentry" for wood nailers, curbs, and blocking. 2. Section 07 5419 PVC Roofing for Pre-fabricated 2-piece Metal Fascia. 3. Section 07 6200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for custom- and site-fabricated sheet metal flashing and trim. 4. Section 07 7200 "Roof Accessories" for set-on-type curbs, equipment supports, roof hatches, vents, and other manufactured roof accessory units.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes.
B. Shop Drawings: For roof specialties.
1. Include plans, elevations, expansion-joint locations, keyed details, and attachments to other work. Distinguish between plant- and field-assembled work. 2. Include details for expansion and contraction; locations of expansion joints, including direction of expansion and contraction. 3. Indicate profile and pattern of seams and layout of fasteners, cleats, clips, and other attachments. 4. Detail termination points and assemblies, including fixed points. 5. Include details of special conditions.
C. Samples: For each type of roof specialty and for each color and texture specified.
D. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of roof specialty indicated with factory-applied color finishes.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ROOF SPECIALTIES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 7100 - 1 D. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of roof specialty indicated with factory-applied color finishes.
E. Samples for Verification:
1. Include Samples of each type of roof specialty to verify finish and color selection, in manufacturer's standard sizes.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For manufacturer.
B. Product Certificates: For each type of roof specialty.
C. Product Test Reports: For copings, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency.
D. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's special warranty.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For roofing specialties to include in maintenance manuals.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer offering products meeting requirements and tested to specified design pressure.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Do not store roof specialties in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. Store roof specialties away from uncured concrete and masonry.
B. Protect strippable protective covering on roof specialties from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for the period of roof-specialty installation.
1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify profiles and tolerances of roof-specialty substrates by field measurements before fabrication, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.
B. Coordination: Coordinate roof specialties with flashing, trim, and construction of parapets, roof deck, roof and wall panels, and other adjoining work to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ROOF SPECIALTIES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 7100 - 2 1.9 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty on Painted Finishes: Manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace roof specialties that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period.
1. Fluoropolymer Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following:
a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214. c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal.
2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General Performance: Roof specialties shall withstand exposure to weather and resist thermally induced movement without failure, rattling, leaking, or fastener disengagement due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction.
B. SPRI Wind Design Standard: Manufacture and install copings tested according to SPRI ES-1 and capable of resisting the following design pressures:
1. Design Pressure: As indicated.
C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes to prevent buckling, opening of joints, hole elongation, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Provide clips that resist rotation and avoid shear stress as a result of thermal movements. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.
1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces.
2.2 COPINGS
A. Metal Copings: Manufactured coping system consisting of metal coping cap in section lengths not exceeding 12 feet (3.6 m), concealed anchorage; with corner units, end cap units, and concealed splice plates with finish matching coping caps.
1. W.P. Hickman "Permasnap 2" Parapet wall coping
2. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet Coping Caps: Zinc-coated (galvanized) steel, nominal 24 gage.
a. Surface: Smooth, flat finish. b. Finish: Three-coat fluoropolymer.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ROOF SPECIALTIES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 7100 - 3 c. Color: To match Owner's sample.
3. Corners: Factory mitered and soldered. 4. Special Fabrications: Factory radius sections to match existing radius roof edges where occur. Provide end caps at scupper cutouts. 5. Coping-Cap Attachment Method: Snap-on, fabricated from coping-cap material.
a. Snap-on Coping Anchor Plates: Concealed, galvanized-steel sheet, 12 inches (300 mm) wide, with integral cleats. 1) Provide clip and spring assembly for anchor plates at maximum of 32 inches on center. Provide continuous support channel to maintain stiffness of backing assembly
2.3 ROOF CURBS
A. Roof Curbs: Internally reinforced roof-curb units with integral spring-type vibration isolators and capable of supporting superimposed live and dead loads, including equipment loads and other construction indicated on Drawings; with welded or mechanically fastened and sealed corner joints, stepped integral metal cant raised the thickness of roof insulation, and integrally formed deck-mounting flange at perimeter bottom.
1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Trane Curb for 5 ton Trane air conditioner (air conditioner by others, assumed Trane model THC060F). Verify with owner prior to proceeding with shop drawings)
B. Size: Coordinate dimensions with roughing-in information or Shop Drawings of equipment to be supported.
C. Material: Galvanized steel sheet
1. Finish: Factory
D. Construction:
1. Insulation: Factory insulated with 1-1/2-inch- (38-mm-) thick glass-fiber board insulation. 2. Liner: Same material as curb, of manufacturer's standard thickness and finish. 3. Factory-installed wood nailer at top of curb, continuous around curb perimeter. 4. On ribbed or fluted metal roofs, form deck-mounting flange at perimeter bottom to conform to roof profile. 5. Fabricate curbs to minimum height of 14 inch unless otherwise indicated. 6. Top Surface: Level around perimeter with roof slope accommodated by sloping the deck-mounting flange.
2.4 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS
A. Felt: ASTM D 226/D 226M, Type II (No. 30), asphalt-saturated organic felt, nonperforated.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ROOF SPECIALTIES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 7100 - 4 2.5 DOWNSPOUT AND COLLECTOR BOX
A. Downspouts: Open-face rectangular manufactured from the following exposed metal. Furnish with metal hangers, from same material as downspouts, and anchors.
1. Stainless Steel: Nominal 0.016 Inch thickness.
B. Conductor Heads: Manufactured conductor heads, each with flanged back and stiffened top edge, and of dimensions and shape indicated, complete with outlet tube that nests into upper end of downspout. 1. Stainless Steel: 0.016 inch (0.40 mm) thick.
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Fasteners: Manufacturer's recommended fasteners, suitable for application and designed to meet performance requirements. Furnish the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Fasteners for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel or hot-dip zinc-coated steel according to ASTM A 153/A 153M or ASTM F 2329.
B. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric silicone polymer sealant of type, grade, class, and use classifications required by roofing-specialty manufacturer for each application.
C. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant; polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked-type joints with limited movement.
D. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187/D 1187M.
2.7 FINISHES
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Protect mechanical and painted finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.
C. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are unacceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
D. Coil-Coated Galvanized-Steel Sheet Finishes:
1. High-Performance Organic Finish: Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M and coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. a. Three-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in both color coat and clear topcoat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ROOF SPECIALTIES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 7100 - 5 b. Concealed Surface Finish: Apply pretreatment and manufacturer's standard acrylic or polyester backer finish consisting of prime coat and wash coat with a minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil (0.013 mm). 2.8 ROOF DRAINS
A. Manufacturers: Josam series 21500-AE, sump with adjustable extension, or approved equal. B. Description: Coated, cast-iron, with large sump and flange, non puncturing clamp ring with integral gravel stop, bolted support ring, adjustable top with wide roof flange and large sump with anchor flange and bottom outlet. Removable perforated dome. Size to match existing connecting roof drain piping. Include coated formed steel drain receiver to distribute drain load over broad area of deck. Provide transition pipe and clamps to transition roof drain to existing drain pipe. C. Installation: Place roof drain sump supported from deck with deck clamp below and formed metal drain receiver above. Align drain level with vapor barrier. Seal vapor barrier to roof drain sump. Install adjustable threaded collar to extend drain through insulation. Connect Clamp ring to collar extension so that roofing membrane flashes to the drain under the com- pression ring. Seal and clamp as required by membrane manufacturer. Insulate bowl and piping to 4 feet downstream with R-11 fiberglass batt insulation. Infill voids with spray foam insulation. .
2.10 ROOF DRAIN PIPING
D. PVC Pipe: ASTM D2665 or ASTM D303, Schedule 40. 1. Fittings: PVC. 2. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, to verify actual locations, dimensions, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Examine walls, roof edges, and parapets for suitable conditions for roof specialties.
C. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage where applicable, and securely anchored.
D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION
A. Felt Underlayment: Install with adhesive for temporary anchorage to minimize use of mechanical fasteners under roof specialties. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with lapped joints of not less than 2 inches (50 mm).
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ROOF SPECIALTIES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 7100 - 6 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. General: Install roof specialties according to manufacturer's written instructions. Anchor roof specialties securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, solder, protective coatings, separators, underlayments, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete roof-specialty systems.
1. Install roof specialties level, plumb, true to line and elevation; with limited oil-canning and without warping, jogs in alignment, buckling, or tool marks. 2. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder and sealant. 3. Install roof specialties to fit substrates and to result in weathertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before manufacture. 4. Torch cutting of roof specialties is not permitted. 5. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces.
B. Metal Protection: Protect metals against galvanic action by separating dissimilar metals from contact with each other or with corrosive substrates by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer.
1. Coat concealed side of uncoated aluminum and stainless-steel roof specialties with bituminous coating where in contact with wood, or ferrous metal. 2. Bed flanges in thick coat of asphalt roofing cement where required by manufacturers of roof specialties for waterproof performance.
C. Expansion Provisions: Allow for thermal expansion of exposed roof specialties.
1. Space movement joints at a maximum of 12 feet (3.6 m) with no joints within 18 inches (450 mm) of corners or intersections unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 2. When ambient temperature at time of installation is between 40 and 70 deg F (4 and 21 deg C), set joint members for 50 percent movement each way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures.
D. Fastener Sizes: Use fasteners of sizes that penetrate wood blocking or sheathing not less than 1- 1/4 inches (32 mm) for nails and not less than 3/4 inch (19 mm) for wood screws.
E. Seal concealed joints with butyl sealant as required by roofing-specialty manufacturer.
F. Seal joints as required for weathertight construction. Place sealant to be completely concealed in joint. Do not install sealants at temperatures below 40 deg F (4 deg C). E. Piping Tests: All piping tested hydrostatically by filling piping to highest point for a mini- mum of one hour. Leaks developed during tests shall be corrected without caulking in threaded piping or additives and test restarted until a perfectly tight system is obtained. En- closed piping tested before concealing. Tests performed in presence of Architect.
3.4 ROOF DRAIN AND PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Pipe Tests: All piping tested hydrostatically by filling piping to highest point for a minimum of 8 hours. Leaks developed during tests shall be corrected without caulking in threaded piping or additives and test restarted until a perfectly tight system is obtained. Enclosed piping tested
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ROOF SPECIALTIES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 7100 - 7 before concealing. anchor plates, and other anchoring and attachment accessories and devices with concealed fasteners.
B. Install piping with bell end upstream. Slope minimum of 1/4" per foot. Provide clean out at each drain.
3.5 COPING INSTALLATION
A. Install cleats, anchor plates, and other anchoring and attachment accessories and devices with concealed fasteners.
B. Anchor copings with manufacturer's required devices, fasteners, and fastener spacing to meet performance requirements.
C. Comply with manufacturer tolerances and alignment criteria.
3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering.
B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder and sealants.
C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as roof specialties are installed. On completion of installation, clean finished surfaces, including removing unused fasteners, metal filings, pop rivet stems, and pieces of flashing. Maintain roof specialties in a clean condition during construction.
D. Replace roof specialties that have been damaged or that cannot be successfully repaired by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.
END OF SECTION 07 7100
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ROOF SPECIALTIES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 07 7100 - 8 SECTION 09 2500 - GYPSUM BOARD
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Interior gypsum board.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
1.4 STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other causes. Stack panels flat to prevent sagging.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent.
B. Do not install interior products until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned.
C. Do not install panels that are wet, those that are moisture damaged, and those that are mold damaged.
1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough GYPSUM BOARD Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 092500 - 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PANELS, GENERAL
A. Size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated.
2.2 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD
A. General: Complying with ASTM C 36/C 36M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, as applicable to type of gypsum board indicated and whichever is more stringent.
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. American Gypsum Co. b. BPB America Inc. c. G-P Gypsum. d. National Gypsum Company. e. PABCO Gypsum. f. USG Corporation.
B. Type X:
1. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 2. Long Edges: Tapered. 3. Provide water resistant board in all locations.
2.3 TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047.
1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet, rolled zinc, plastic, or paper-faced galvanized steel sheet. 2. Shapes:
a. Cornerbead. b. LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound.
2.4 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M.
B. Joint Tape:
1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough GYPSUM BOARD Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 092500 - 2 C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.
1. Prefilling: At open joints, rounded or beveled panel edges, and damaged surface areas, use setting-type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use drying-type, all-purpose compound.
a. Use setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim accessories.
3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use drying-type, all-purpose compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying-type, all-purpose compound.
2.5 AUXILIARY MATERIALS
A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written recommendations.
B. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering gypsum panels to continuous substrate.
C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool.
E. Acoustical Sealant: As specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
F. Thermal Insulation: As specified in Division 7 Section "Building Insulation."
G. Vapor Retarder: As specified in Division 7 Section "Building Insulation." 2.6 FIRE STOP SYSTEMS
A. Manufacturers: 1. Hilti. 2. Dow Corning. 3. Fyre Putty. B. General Purpose Vibration Resistant Fire Stopping Sealant: Silicone based, non-slumping, premixed sealant with intumescent properties, vibration and moisture resistant, rated for 3 hours per ASTM E814 and UL 1479. C. Fire rated Stuffing: Non-combustible mineral wool insulation.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough GYPSUM BOARD Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 092500 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow-metal frames and framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance.
B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL
A. Comply with ASTM C 840.
B. Install ceiling panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member.
C. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place.
D. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings.
E. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels.
F. Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chases braced internally.
1. Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. in area. 2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits. 3. Where partitions intersect structural members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by structural members; allow 1/4- to 3/8-inch- wide joints to install sealant.
G. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural abutments, except floors. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- wide spaces at these locations, and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant.
3.3 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD
A. Single-Layer Application:
Ketchikan Gateway Borough GYPSUM BOARD Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 092500 - 4 1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated. 2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing), unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and minimize end joints.
a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of panels. b. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly.
3. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws.
B. Laminating to Substrate: Where gypsum panels are indicated as directly adhered to a substrate (other than studs, joists, furring members, or base layer of gypsum board), comply with gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum panels until fastening adhesive has set.
3.4 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Control Joints: Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect.
C. Interior Trim: Install in the following locations:
1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners. 2. LC-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges.
3.5 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD
A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces.
B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas.
C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended for tape.
D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C 840:
1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated. 2. Level 2: Panels that are substrate for acoustical tile. 3. Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view, unless otherwise indicated.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough GYPSUM BOARD Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 092500 - 5 a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in other Division 9 Sections.
3.6 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period.
B. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.
1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.
END OF SECTION 09 2500
Ketchikan Gateway Borough GYPSUM BOARD Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 092500 - 6 SECTION 09 3013 - CERAMIC TILING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Porcelain tile.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 093023 "Glass Mosaic Tiling."
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Definitions in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards and in ANSI A137.1 apply to Work of this Section unless otherwise specified.
B. ANSI A108 Series: ANSI A108.01, ANSI A108.02, ANSI A108.1A, ANSI A108.1B, ANSI A108.1C, ANSI A108.4, ANSI A108.5, ANSI A108.6, ANSI A108.8, ANSI A108.9, ANSI A108.10, ANSI A108.11, ANSI A108.12, ANSI A108.13, ANSI A108.14, ANSI A108.15, ANSI A108.16, and ANSI A108.17, which are contained in its "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile."
C. Module Size: Actual tile size plus joint width indicated.
D. Face Size: Actual tile size, excluding spacer lugs.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For tile, grout, and accessories involving color selection.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product Certificates: For each type of product.
B. Product Test Reports: For tile-setting and -grouting products.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough CERAMIC TILE Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 3013 - 1 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials that match and are from same production runs as products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size indicated.
2. Grout: Furnish quantity of grout equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type, composition, and color indicated.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications:
1. Installer has a minimum of (5) projects of similar size and scope.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirements in ANSI A137.1 for labeling tile packages.
B. Store tile on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location.
C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination can be avoided.
D. Store liquid materials in unopened containers and protected from freezing.
1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install tile until construction in spaces is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated in referenced standards and manufacturer's written instructions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Source Limitations for Tile: Obtain tile from single source or producer.
1. Obtain tile of each type and color or finish from same production run and of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties for each contiguous area.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough CERAMIC TILE Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 3013 - 2 B. Source Limitations for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality for each mortar, adhesive, and grout component from single manufacturer and each aggregate from single source or producer.
1. Obtain setting and grouting materials, except for unmodified Portland cement and aggregate, from single manufacturer. 2. Obtain waterproof membrane and crack isolation membrane, except for sheet products, from manufacturer of setting and grouting materials.
C. Source Limitations for Other Products: Obtain each of the following products specified in this Section from a single manufacturer:
1. Waterproof membrane. 2. Crack isolation membrane. 3. Metal edge strips.
2.2 PRODUCTS, GENERAL
A. ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide tile that complies with ANSI A137.1 for types, compositions, and other characteristics indicated.
B. ANSI Standards for Tile Installation Materials: Provide materials complying with ANSI A108.02, ANSI standards referenced in other Part 2 articles, ANSI standards referenced by TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules, and other requirements specified.
C. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges, blend tile in factory and package so tile units taken from one package show same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples.
D. Mounting: For factory-mounted tile, provide back- or edge-mounted tile assemblies as standard with manufacturer unless otherwise indicated.
1. Where tile is indicated for installation in wet areas, do not use back- or edge-mounted tile assemblies unless tile manufacturer specifies in writing that this type of mounting is suitable for installation indicated and has a record of successful in-service performance.
2.3 TILE PRODUCTS
A. Ceramic Tile Type CT-: Unglazed porcelain tile.
1. Basis of Design: Provide the following or approved equal:
a. Crossville, Empire Series
2. Face Size: 12” x 12” (297 mm x 297 mm). 3. Thickness: 10.5 mm 4. Face: Plain with square edges. 5. Dynamic Coefficient of Friction: Not less than 0.42. 6. Tile Color, Glaze, and Pattern: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough CERAMIC TILE Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 3013 - 3 7. Grout Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 8. Trim Units: Coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile where applicable and matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile. Provide shapes as follows, selected from manufacturer's standard shapes:
a. Cove Base: 6” x 12” flat top. b. Internal / External Corners: Field-butted square corners.
B. Accessories: Provide metal trim units as follows:
1. Wall location: Existing tile to new tile: Schluter Systems - Schiene 2. Floor location: Tile to Carpet – Schluter Systems – Schiene. 3. Color and Finish: Satin anodized aluminum.
2.4 THRESHOLDS
A. General: Fabricate to sizes and profiles indicated or required to provide transition between adjacent floor finishes unless otherwise noted.
1. Bevel edges at 1:2 slope, with lower edge of bevel aligned with or up to 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) above adjacent floor surface. Finish bevel to match top surface of threshold. Limit height of threshold to 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) or less above adjacent floor surface.
2.5 WATERPROOF MEMBRANE
A. General: Manufacturer's standard product that complies with ANSI A118.10 and is recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. Include reinforcement and accessories recommended by manufacturer.
B. Fluid-Applied Membrane: Liquid-latex rubber or elastomeric polymer.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
a. ARDEX Americas. b. C-Cure. c. LATICRETE SUPERCAP, LLC. d. MAPEI Corporation.
2.6 CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE
A. General: Manufacturer's standard product that complies with ANSI A118.12 for high performance and is recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. Include reinforcement and accessories recommended by manufacturer.
B. Fluid-Applied Membrane: Liquid-latex rubber or elastomeric polymer.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough CERAMIC TILE Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 3013 - 4 2.7 SETTING MATERIALS
A. Modified Dry-Set Mortar (Thinset): ANSI A118.4.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
a. ARDEX Americas. b. C-Cure. c. Custom Building Products. d. LATICRETE SUPERCAP, LLC.
2. Provide prepackaged, dry-mortar mix containing dry, redispersible, vinyl acetate or acrylic additive to which only water must be added at Project site. 3. Provide prepackaged, dry-mortar mix combined with acrylic resin or styrene-butadiene- rubber liquid-latex additive at Project site. 4. For wall applications, provide mortar that complies with requirements for nonsagging mortar in addition to the other requirements in ANSI A118.4.
2.8 GROUT MATERIALS
A. Sand-Portland Cement Grout: ANSI A108.10, consisting of white or gray cement and white or colored aggregate as required to produce color indicated.
B. High-Performance Tile Grout: ANSI A118.7.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
a. ARDEX Americas. b. C-Cure. c. Custom Building Products. d. MAPEI Corporation.
2. Polymer Type: Ethylene vinyl acetate or acrylic additive, in dry, redispersible form, prepackaged with other dry ingredients.
2.9 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials for installations indicated.
B. Metal Edge Strips: Angle or L-shaped, height to match tile and setting-bed thickness, metallic or combination of metal and PVC or neoprene base, designed specifically for flooring applications; aluminum or stainless steel exposed-edge material.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough CERAMIC TILE Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 3013 - 5 C. Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers.
D. Floor Sealer: Manufacturer's standard product for sealing grout joints and that does not change color or appearance of grout.
2.10 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT
A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout manufacturers' written instructions.
B. Add materials, water, and additives in accurate proportions.
C. Obtain and use type of mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for installations indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
1. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm; dry; clean; free of coatings that are incompatible with tile-setting materials, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone; and comply with flatness tolerances required by ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated. 2. Verify that concrete substrates for tile floors installed with thinset mortar comply with surface finish requirements in ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated.
a. Verify that protrusions, bumps, and ridges have been removed by sanding or grinding.
3. Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed. 4. Verify that joints and cracks in tile substrates are coordinated with tile joint locations; if not coordinated, adjust joint locations in consultation with Architect.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in concrete substrates for tile floors installed with thinset mortar with trowelable leveling and patching compound specifically recommended by tile- setting material manufacturer.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough CERAMIC TILE Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 3013 - 6 B. Where indicated, prepare substrates to receive waterproofing by applying a reinforced mortar bed that complies with ANSI A108.1A and is sloped 1/4 inch per foot (1:50) toward drains.
3.3 CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION
A. Comply with TCNA's "Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation" for TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules. Comply with parts of the ANSI A108 series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that are referenced in TCNA installation methods, specified in tile installation schedules, and apply to types of setting and grouting materials used.
1. For the following installations, follow procedures in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage:
a. Tile floors in wet areas. b. Tile floors consisting of tiles 8 by 8 inches (200 by 200 mm) or larger.
B. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments.
C. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile.
D. Provide manufacturer's standard trim shapes where necessary to eliminate exposed tile edges.
E. Where accent tile differs in thickness from field tile, vary setting-bed thickness so that tiles are flush.
F. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern unless otherwise indicated. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Lay out tile work to minimize the use of pieces that are less than half of a tile. Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise indicated.
1. Where adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, or trim are specified or indicated to be same size, align joints. 2. Where tiles are specified or indicated to be whole integer multiples of adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, or trim, align joints unless otherwise indicated.
G. Joint Widths: Unless otherwise indicated, install tile with the following joint widths:
1. Porcelain Tile: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm).
2. Where joints occur in concrete substrates, locate joints in tile surfaces directly above them.
H. Metal Edge Strips: Install where exposed edge of tile flooring meets carpet, wood, or other flooring that finishes flush with top of tile.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough CERAMIC TILE Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 3013 - 7 I. Floor Sealer: Apply floor sealer to cementitious grout joints in tile floors according to floor- sealer manufacturer's written instructions. As soon as floor sealer has penetrated grout joints, remove excess sealer and sealer from tile faces by wiping with soft cloth.
3.4 WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION
A. Install waterproofing to comply with ANSI A108.13 and manufacturer's written instructions to produce waterproof membrane of uniform thickness that is bonded securely to substrate.
B. Allow waterproofing to cure and verify by testing that it is watertight before installing tile or setting materials over it.
3.5 CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE INSTALLATION
A. Install crack isolation membrane to comply with ANSI A108.17 and manufacturer's written instructions to produce membrane of uniform thickness that is bonded securely to substrate.
B. Allow crack isolation membrane to cure before installing tile or setting materials over it.
3.6 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Remove and replace tile that is damaged or that does not match adjoining tile. Provide new matching units, installed as specified and in a manner to eliminate evidence of replacement.
B. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter.
1. Remove grout residue from tile as soon as possible. 2. Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Use only cleaners recommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning. Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear. If recommended by tile manufacturer, apply coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors.
B. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting is completed.
C. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral protective cleaner from tile surfaces.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough CERAMIC TILE Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 3013 - 8 3.8 INTERIOR CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE
A. Interior Floor Installations, Concrete Subfloor:
1. Ceramic Tile Installation: TCNA F122; thinset mortar on waterproof membrane.
a. Ceramic Tile Type: CT. b. Thinset Mortar: Modified dry-setmortar. c. Grout: High-performance sanded grout.
END OF SECTION 09 3013
Ketchikan Gateway Borough CERAMIC TILE Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 3013 - 9 SECTION 09 3023 - GLASS MOSAIC TILING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Glass tile.
B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 093013 "Ceramic Tiling”.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Definitions in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards and in ANSI A137.2 apply to Work of this Section unless otherwise specified.
B. ANSI A108 Series: ANSI A108.01, ANSI A108.02, ANSI A108.1A, ANSI A108.1B, ANSI A108.1C, ANSI A108.4, ANSI A108.5, ANSI A108.6, ANSI A108.8, ANSI A108.9, ANSI A108.10, ANSI A108.11, ANSI A108.12, ANSI A108.13, ANSI A108.14, ANSI A108.15, ANSI A108.16, and ANSI A108.17, which are contained in its "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile."
C. Module Size: Actual tile size plus joint width indicated.
D. Face Size: Actual tile size, excluding spacer lugs.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For tile, grout, and accessories involving color selection.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product Certificates: For each type of product.
B. Product Test Reports: For tile-setting and -grouting products.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough GLASS MOSIAC TILING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 3023 - 1 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials that match and are from same production runs as products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Tile Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size indicated.
2. Grout: Furnish quantity of grout equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type, composition, and color indicated.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications:
1. Installer has a minimum experience of 10 projects of similar size and scope.
B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.
1. Build mockup of glass tile installation. 2. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirements in ANSI A137.2 for labeling tile packages.
B. Store tile and cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location.
C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination can be avoided.
D. Store liquid materials in unopened containers and protected from freezing.
1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install tile until construction in spaces is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated in referenced standards and manufacturer's written instructions.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough GLASS MOSIAC TILING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 3023 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Source Limitations for Tile: Obtain tile of each type and color or finish from single source or producer.
1. Obtain tile of each type and color or finish from same production run and of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties for each contiguous area.
B. Source Limitations for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality for each mortar, adhesive, and grout component from single manufacturer and each aggregate from single source or producer.
1. Obtain setting and grouting materials, except for unmodified Portland cement and aggregate, from single manufacturer. 2. Obtain waterproof membrane, except for sheet products, from manufacturer of setting and grouting materials.
2.2 PRODUCTS, GENERAL
A. ANSI Standards for Tile Installation Materials: Provide materials complying with ANSI A108.02, ANSI standards referenced in other Part 2 articles, ANSI standards referenced by TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules, and other requirements specified.
B. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges, blend tile in factory and package so tile units taken from one package show same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples.
C. Mounting: For factory-mounted tile, provide back- or edge-mounted tile assemblies as standard with manufacturer unless otherwise indicated.
2.3 TILE PRODUCTS
A. Glass Tile Type CMT: Factory-mounted mosaic glass tile.
1. Basis of Design: Provide the following or approved equal:
a. Crossville Ebb and Flow b. Linear Mixed Mosaics series.
2. Size: ½” x 6” (sheet mounted) 3. Thickness: ¼” 4. Installation Method: Vertical 5. Grout Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough GLASS MOSIAC TILING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 3023 - 3 2.4 SETTING MATERIALS
A. Modified Dry-Set Mortar (Thinset): ANSI A118.4; white, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
a. ARDEX Americas. b. C-Cure. c. LATICRETE SUPERCAP, LLC. d. MAPEI Corporation.
2. Provide prepackaged, dry-mortar mix containing dry, redispersible, vinyl acetate or acrylic additive to which only water must be added at Project site. 3. For wall applications, provide mortar that complies with requirements for nonsagging mortar in addition to the other requirements in ANSI A118.4.
2.5 GROUT MATERIALS
A. Sand-Portland Cement Grout: ANSI A108.10, consisting of white or gray cement and white or colored aggregate as required to produce color indicated.
B. High-Performance Tile Grout: ANSI A118.7.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
a. ARDEX Americas. b. C-Cure. c. Custom Building Products. d. MAPEI Corporation.
2. Polymer Type: Ethylene vinyl acetate or acrylic additive, in dry, redispersible form, prepackaged with other dry ingredients.
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials for installations indicated.
B. Metal Edge Strips: Angle or L-shaped, height to match tile and setting-bed thickness; exposed- edge material.
C. Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough GLASS MOSIAC TILING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 3023 - 4 D. Grout Sealer: Manufacturer's standard product for sealing grout joints and that does not change color or appearance of grout.
2.7 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT
A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout manufacturers' written instructions.
B. Add materials, water, and additives in accurate proportions.
C. Obtain and use type of mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for installations indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
1. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm; dry; clean; free of coatings that are incompatible with tile-setting materials, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone; and comply with flatness tolerances required by ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated. 2. Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed. 3. Verify that joints and cracks in tile substrates are coordinated with tile joint locations; if not coordinated, adjust joint locations in consultation with Architect.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, verify that tile has been factory blended and packaged so tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing.
3.3 GLASS TILE INSTALLATION
A. Comply with TCNA's "Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation" for TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules. Comply with parts of the ANSI A108 series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that are referenced in TCNA installation methods, specified in tile installation schedules, and apply to types of setting and grouting materials used.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough GLASS MOSIAC TILING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 3023 - 5 B. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments.
C. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile.
D. Where accent tile differs in thickness from field tile, vary setting-bed thickness so that tiles are flush.
E. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern unless otherwise indicated. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Lay out tile work to minimize the use of pieces that are less than half of a tile. Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise indicated.
1. For tile mounted in sheets, make joints between tile sheets same width as joints within tile sheets so joints between sheets are not apparent in finished work.
F. Metal Edge Strips: Install at locations indicated.
G. Grout Sealer: Apply grout sealer to grout joints according to grout-sealer manufacturer's written instructions. As soon as grout sealer has penetrated grout joints, remove excess sealer and sealer from tile faces by wiping with soft cloth.
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTING
A. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter.
1. Remove grout residue from tile as soon as possible. 2. Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Use only cleaners recommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning. Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning. 3. Remove temporary protective coating by method recommended by coating manufacturer and that is acceptable to tile and grout manufacturer. Trap and remove coating to prevent drain clogging.
B. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear. If recommended by tile manufacturer, apply coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls.
C. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral protective cleaner from tile surfaces.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough GLASS MOSIAC TILING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 3023 - 6 END OF SECTION 09 3023
Ketchikan Gateway Borough GLASS MOSIAC TILING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 3023 - 7 SECTION 09 5113 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems for interior ceilings.
B. Products furnished, but not installed under this Section, include anchors, clips, and other ceiling attachment devices to be cast in concrete.
1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For finishes to include in maintenance manuals.
1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Full-size panels equal to 2 percent of quantity installed. 2. Suspension-System Components: Quantity of each exposed component equal to 2 percent of quantity installed. 3. Hold-Down Clips: Equal to 2 percent of quantity installed. 4. Impact Clips: Equal to 2 percent of quantity installed.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and execution.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 5113 - 1 1. Build mockup of typical ceiling area as shown on Drawings. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver acoustical panels, suspension-system components, and accessories to Project site and store them in a fully enclosed, conditioned space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, humidity, temperature extremes, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes.
B. Before installing acoustical panels, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content.
1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical panel ceilings until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet-work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling panel and its supporting suspension system from single source from single manufacturer.
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Seismic Performance: Suspended ceilings shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7.
B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
1. Flame-Spread Index: Class A according to ASTM E 1264. 2. Smoke-Developed Index: 50 or less.
C. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
1. Indicate design designations from UL or from the listings of another qualified testing agency.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 5113 - 2 2.3 ACOUSTICAL PANELS – CLG 1:
A. Basis of Design: Provide the following or approved equal:
1. Armstrong Ultima
B. Acoustical Panel Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard panels according to ASTM E 1264 and designated by type, form, pattern, acoustical rating, and light reflectance unless otherwise indicated.
C. Classification: Provide panels as follows:
1. Type and Form: Type IV, Form 2, Pattern E.
D. Color: White.
E. Light Reflectance (LR): Not less than 0.85.
F. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): Not less than 35.
G. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): Not less than 0.80.
H. Articulation Class (AC): Not less than 170.
I. Edge/Joint Detail: 9/16” Beveled Tegular.
J. Modular Size: 24 by 24 inches (610 by 610 mm).
K. Antimicrobial Treatment: Manufacturer's standard broad spectrum, antimicrobial formulation that inhibits fungus, mold, mildew, and gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria and showing no mold, mildew, or bacterial growth when tested according to ASTM D 3273, ASTM D 3274, or ASTM G 21 and evaluated according to ASTM D 3274 or ASTM G 21.
2.4 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM – CLG 1:
A. Basis of Design: Provide the following or approved equal:
1. Armstrong, Silouette ¼” Reveal
B. Metal Suspension-System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard, direct-hung, metal suspension system and accessories according to ASTM C 635/C 635M and designated by type, structural classification, and finish indicated.
C. Narrow-Face, Capped, Double-Web, Steel Suspension System: Main and cross runners roll formed from cold-rolled steel sheet; prepainted, electrolytically zinc coated, or hot-dip galvanized, G30 (Z90) coating designation; with prefinished 9/16-inch- (15-mm-) wide metal caps on flanges.
1. Structural Classification: Heavy-duty system. 2. End Condition of Cross Runners: Override (stepped) or butt-edge type. 3. Face Design: Flanges formed with an integral center reveal.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 5113 - 3 4. Cap Material: Cold-rolled steel. 5. Cap Finish: Painted white.
D. Basis of Design: Provide the following or approved equal:
1. Armstrong, ¼” Reveal with 15/16” Vector
2.5 ACCESSORIES
A. Attachment Devices: Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635/C 635M, Table 1, "Direct Hung," unless otherwise indicated. Comply with seismic design requirements.
1. Anchors in Concrete: Anchors of type and material indicated below, with holes or loops for attaching hangers of type indicated and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to five times that imposed by ceiling construction, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488/E 488M or ASTM E 1512 as applicable, conducted by a qualified testing and inspecting agency.
a. Type: Cast-in-place anchors. b. Corrosion Protection: Carbon-steel components zinc plated according to ASTM B 633, Class SC 1 (mild) service condition. c. Corrosion Protection: Stainless-steel components complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594, Group 1 Alloy 304 or 316. d. Corrosion Protection: Components fabricated from nickel-copper-alloy rods complying with ASTM B 164 for UNS No. N04400 alloy.
2. Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hangers of type indicated and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10 times that imposed by ceiling construction, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 1190, conducted by a qualified testing and inspecting agency.
B. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wires as follows:
1. Zinc-Coated, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. 2. Stainless-Steel Wire: ASTM A 580/A 580M, Type 304, nonmagnetic. 3. Nickel-Copper-Alloy Wire: ASTM B 164, nickel-copper-alloy UNS No. N04400. 4. Size: Wire diameter sufficient for its stress at three times hanger design load (ASTM C 635/C 635M, Table 1, "Direct Hung") will be less than yield stress of wire, but not less than 0.106-inch- (2.69-mm-) diameter wire.
C. Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint.
D. Flat Hangers: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint.
E. Angle Hangers: Angles with legs not less than 7/8 inch (22 mm) wide; formed with 0.04-inch- (1-mm-) thick, galvanized-steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275) coating designation; with bolted connections and 5/16-inch- (8-mm-) diameter bolts.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 5113 - 4 F. Hold-Down Clips: Manufacturer's standard hold-down.
G. Impact Clips: Manufacturer's standard impact-clip system designed to absorb impact forces against acoustical panels.
H. Seismic Clips: Manufacturer's standard seismic clips designed to secure acoustical panels in place during a seismic event.
I. Seismic Stabilizer Bars: Manufacturer's standard perimeter stabilizers designed to accommodate seismic forces.
J. Seismic Struts: Manufacturer's standard compression struts designed to accommodate seismic forces.
K. Clean-Room Gasket System: Where indicated, provide manufacturer's standard system, including manufacturer's standard gasket and related adhesives, tapes, seals, and retention clips, designed to seal out foreign material from and maintain positive pressure in clean room.
2.6 METAL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM
A. Roll-Formed, Sheet-Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated or, if not indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations that comply with seismic design requirements; formed from sheet metal of same material, finish, and color as that used for exposed flanges of suspension-system runners.
1. Edge moldings shall fit acoustical panel edge details and suspension systems indicated and match width and configuration of exposed runners unless otherwise indicated. 2. For lay-in panels with reveal edge details, provide stepped edge molding that forms reveal of same depth and width as that formed between edge of panel and flange at exposed suspension member.
B. Extruded-Aluminum Edge Moldings and Trim: Where indicated, provide manufacturer's extruded-aluminum edge moldings and trim of profile indicated or referenced by manufacturer's designations, including splice plates, corner pieces, and attachment and other clips, complying with seismic design requirements.
1. Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A31, Class II, 0.010 mm or thicker. 2. Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: Minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils (0.04 mm). Comply with ASTM C 635/C 635M and coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and applying and baking finish.
2.7 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT
A. Acoustical Sealant: As specified in Section 079219 "Acoustical Joint Sealants."
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 5113 - 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, including structural framing to which acoustical panel ceilings attach or abut, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified in this and other Sections that affect ceiling installation and anchorage and with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of acoustical panel ceilings.
B. Examine acoustical panels before installation. Reject acoustical panels that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less-than-half-width panels at borders unless otherwise indicated, and comply with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans.
B. Layout openings for penetrations centered on the penetrating items.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install acoustical panel ceilings according to ASTM C 636/C 636M, seismic design requirements, and manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows:
1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension system. 2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 3. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension-system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. 4. Secure wire hangers to ceiling-suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of three tight turns. Connect hangers directly to structure or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for substrate and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 5. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for both the structure to which hangers are attached and the type of hanger involved. Install hangers in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 5113 - 6 6. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms or floor deck. Fasten hangers to cast-in-place hanger inserts, postinstalled mechanical or adhesive anchors, or power-actuated fasteners that extend through forms into concrete. 7. When steel framing does not permit installation of hanger wires at spacing required, install carrying channels or other supplemental support for attachment of hanger wires. 8. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs. 9. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members. 10. Space hangers not more than 48 inches (1200 mm) o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers unless otherwise indicated; provide hangers not more than 8 inches (200 mm) from ends of each member. 11. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards.
C. Secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension members and to supports with a minimum of four tight turns. Suspend bracing from building's structural members as required for hangers, without attaching to permanent metal forms, steel deck, or steel deck tabs. Fasten bracing wires into concrete with cast-in-place or postinstalled anchors.
D. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels.
1. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings before they are installed. 2. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not more than 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. and not more than 3 inches (75 mm) from ends. Miter corners accurately and connect securely. 3. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim.
E. Install suspension-system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members.
F. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fit accurately into suspension-system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide precise fit.
1. Arrange directionally patterned acoustical panels as follows:
a. As indicated on reflected ceiling plans.
2. For reveal-edged panels on suspension-system runners, install panels with bottom of reveal in firm contact with top surface of runner flanges. 3. For reveal-edged panels on suspension-system members with box-shaped flanges, install panels with reveal surfaces in firm contact with suspension-system surfaces and panel faces flush with bottom face of runners. 4. Paint cut edges of panel remaining exposed after installation; match color of exposed panel surfaces using coating recommended in writing for this purpose by acoustical panel manufacturer. 5. Install hold-down and seismic clips in areas indicated; space according to panel manufacturer's written instructions unless otherwise indicated.
a. Hold-Down Clips: Space 24 inches (610 mm) o.c. on all cross runners.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 5113 - 7 6. Install clean-room gasket system in areas indicated, sealing each panel and fixture as recommended by panel manufacturer's written instructions. 7. Protect lighting fixtures and air ducts according to requirements indicated for fire- resistance-rated assembly.
3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Suspended Ceilings: Install main and cross runners level to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet (3 mm in 3.6 m), non-cumulative.
B. Moldings and Trim: Install moldings and trim to substrate and level with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet (3 mm in 3.6 m), non-cumulative.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panel ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension-system members. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage.
B. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage.
END OF SECTION 09 5113
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 5113 - 8 SECTION 09 5134 - ACOUSTICAL METAL PAN CEILINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes acoustical metal pans and associated suspension system for interior ceilings.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 095113 "Acoustical Panel Ceilings" for ceilings consisting of mineral-base and glass-fiber-base acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems.
C. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section include anchors, clips, and other ceiling attachment devices to be cast in concrete.
1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include procedure for cutting metal pans.
B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, 6 inches (150 mm) in size.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For finishes to include in maintenance manuals.
1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Acoustical Metal Pans with Sound Absorber: Full-size units equal to 2 percent of quantity installed.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ACOUSTICAL METAL PAN CEILINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 095134 - 1
2. Suspension-System Components: Quantity of each grid, exposed molding, and trim equal to 2 percent of quantity installed. 3. Hold-Down Clips: Equal to 2 percent of quantity installed.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to NVLAP for testing indicated.
B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and execution.
1. Build mockup of typical ceiling area as shown on Drawings. 2. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver acoustical metal pans, suspension-system components, and accessories to Project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed, conditioned space where they are protected against damage from moisture, humidity, temperature extremes, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes.
B. Handle acoustical metal pans, suspension-system components, and accessories carefully to avoid damaging units and finishes in any way.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
1. Flame-Spread Index: Comply with ASTM E 1264 for Class A materials. 2. Smoke-Developed Index: 50 or less.
2.2 ACOUSTICAL METAL PANS, GENERAL
A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of acoustical metal ceiling pan and supporting suspension system from single source from single manufacturer.
B. Acoustical Panel Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard pans of configuration indicated that comply with ASTM E 1264 classifications as designated by types, patterns, acoustical ratings, and light reflectances unless otherwise indicated.
C. Sheet Metal Characteristics: For metal components exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller marks, roughness, stains, or discolorations. Ketchikan Gateway Borough ACOUSTICAL METAL PAN CEILINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 095134 - 2
1. Steel Sheet: Commercial-quality, cold-rolled, carbon-steel sheet; stretcher leveled; with protective coating complying with ASTM C 635/C 635M.
a. Painted Finishes: Electrolytic zinc-coated steel complying with ASTM A 879/A 879M, 13Z (40G) coating, surface treatment as recommended by finish manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated.
D. Sound-Absorbent Pads: Provide width and length to completely fill concealed surface of pan, with surface-burning characteristics for flame-spread index of 25 or less and smoke-developed index of 50 or less, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 84, and to comply with the following requirements:
1. Thickness: 5/8”, color Black matte.
2.3 STEEL PANS FOR ACOUSTICAL METAL PAN CEILING – CLG 2:
A. Basis of Design: Provide the following or approved equal:
1. Armstrong Metalworks, Effects Wood Looks
B. Classification: Units complying with ASTM E 1264 for Type XX, other types described as perforated aluminum facing (pan) units with sound-absorbent fabric backing.
1. Pattern: Pattern C (perforated, small holes) regularly spaced, with uniform perforations of dimension, holes per square foot or inch, and percent open area as selected from manufacturer's full range.
C. Pan Fabrication: Manufacturer's standard units of size, profile, and edge treatment indicated, formed from metal indicated and finished to comply with requirements indicated.
1. Lay-in Pans: Formed to set in exposed suspension grid.
D. Pan Thickness: Not less than .021”
E. Accessories: BioAcoustic Infill Panel, 5/8” thick, color, black (matte).
F. Pan Edge Detail: Manufacturer's standard edge detail.
G. Pan Size: 24 by 24 inches (610 by 610 mm).
H. Pan Face Finish: Factory applied powder coated finish.
I. NRC: Not less than 0.70.
J. Ceiling Attenuation Class: Not less than 35 including sound absorption.
2.4 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL
A. Basis of Design: Provide the following or approved equal:
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ACOUSTICAL METAL PAN CEILINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 095134 - 3
1. Armstrong Metalworks Vector, ¼” Reveal with 15/16” Vector
B. Metal Suspension System Standard: Provide manufacturer's heavy duty metal suspension systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply with applicable ASTM C 635/C 635M requirements.
C. Suspension Systems: Provide systems complete with carriers, runners, splice sections, connector clips, alignment clips, leveling clips, hangers, molding, trim, retention clips, load- resisting struts, and other suspension components required to support ceiling units and other ceiling-supported construction.
D. Attachment Devices: Size for 5 times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635/C 635M, Table 1, Direct Hung, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with seismic design requirements.
E. Expansion Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with allowable load or strength design capacities calculated according to ICC-ES AC193 and ACI 318 greater than or equal to the design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488/E 488M conducted by a qualified testing agency.
F. Power-Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hangers of type indicated and with allowable load capacities calculated according to ICC-ES AC70, greater than or equal to the design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualified testing agency.
G. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wires complying with the following requirements:
1. Zinc-Coated, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. 2. Stainless-Steel Wire: ASTM A 580/A 580M, Type 304, nonmagnetic. 3. Nickel-Copper-Alloy Wire: ASTM B 164, nickel copper alloy for UNS No. N04400 alloy. 4. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at 3 times the hanger design load indicated in ASTM C 635/C 635M, Table 1, Direct Hung, is less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106-inch- (2.69-mm-) diameter wire.
H. Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint.
I. Angle Hangers: Angles with legs not less than 7/8 inch (22 mm) wide; formed with 0.04-inch- (1.0-mm-) thick, galvanized-steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275) coating designation; with bolted connections and 5/16-inch- (8-mm-) diameter bolts.
J. Seismic Stabilizer Bars: Manufacturer's standard perimeter stabilizers designed to accommodate seismic forces.
K. Seismic Struts: Manufacturer's standard compression struts designed to accommodate seismic forces.
L. Seismic Clips: Manufacturer's standard seismic clips designed and spaced to secure acoustical metal pans in place.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ACOUSTICAL METAL PAN CEILINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 095134 - 4
M. Hold-Down Clips: Manufacturer's standard hold-down clips spaced to secure acoustical metal pans in place to molding and trim at perimeter.
N. Exposed Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Provide exposed members as indicated or as required to comply with seismic requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, to conceal edges of and penetrations through ceiling, to conceal edges of pans and runners, for fixture trim and adapters, for fasciae at changes in ceiling height, and for other conditions; of metal and finish matching acoustical metal pan ceiling units unless otherwise indicated.
2.5 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT
A. Acoustical Sealant: Manufacturer's standard sealant complying with ASTM C 834 and effective in reducing airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90.
1. Exposed and Concealed Joints: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant. 2. Concealed Joints: Nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable, synthetic-rubber sealant.
2.6 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS
A. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.
B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
C. High-Humidity Finish: Comply with ASTM C 635/C 635M requirements for "Coating Classification for Severe Environment Performance" where high-humidity finishes are indicated.
2.7 STEEL SHEET FINISHES
A. Electroplated Finish: Electroplating process complying with finish manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation, pretreatment, process, and minimum thickness to produce a coating uniform in appearance and free of blisters, pits, roughness, nodules, burning, cracks, unplated areas, and other visible defects.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, including structural framing to which acoustical metal pan ceilings attach or abut, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified in this and other Sections that affect ceiling installation and anchorage and with
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ACOUSTICAL METAL PAN CEILINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 095134 - 5
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of acoustical metal pan ceilings.
B. Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical metal pans to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less-than-half-width pans at borders, and comply with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans and coordination drawings.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install acoustical metal pan ceiling assemblies to comply with ASTM C 636/C 636M, seismic design requirements, and manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows:
1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension system. 2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 3. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension-system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. 4. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of three tight turns. Connect hangers directly either to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for substrate and that do not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 5. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to ceiling suspension members and to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for both structure to which hangers are attached and the type of hanger involved. Install hangers in a manner that does not cause them to deteriorate or fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 6. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms or floor deck. Fasten hangers to cast-in-place hanger inserts, postinstalled mechanical or adhesive anchors, or power-actuated fasteners that extend through forms into concrete. 7. When steel framing does not permit installation of hanger wires at spacing required, install carrying channels or other supplemental support for attachment of hanger wires. 8. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs. 9. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members. 10. Space hangers not more than 48 inches (1200 mm) o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers unless otherwise indicated; provide hangers not more than 8 inches (200 mm) from ends of each member.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ACOUSTICAL METAL PAN CEILINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 095134 - 6
11. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards and publications.
C. Secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension members and to supports with a minimum of four tight turns. Suspend bracing from building's structural members as required for hangers, without attaching to permanent metal forms, steel deck, or steel deck tabs. Fasten bracing wires into concrete with cast-in-place or postinstalled anchors.
D. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical metal pans.
1. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings before they are installed. 2. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not more than 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. and not more than 3 inches (75 mm) from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet (3.2 mm in 3.6 m). Miter corners accurately and connect securely. 3. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim.
E. Install suspension-system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members.
F. Cut acoustical metal pan units for accurate fit at borders and at interruptions and penetrations by other work through ceilings. Stiffen edges of cut units as required to eliminate evidence of buckling or variations in flatness exceeding referenced standards for stretcher-leveled metal sheet. Cut and treat edges to comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
G. Install acoustical metal pans in coordination with suspension system and exposed moldings and trim. Comply with manufacturer's installation tolerances.
1. For lay-in, square-edge pans, install pans with edges fully hidden from view by flanges of suspension-system runners and moldings. 2. For lay-in, reveal-edge pans on suspension-system runners, install pans with bottom of reveal in firm contact with top surface of runner flanges. 3. For lay-in, reveal-edge pans on suspension-system members with box-shaped flanges, install pans with reveal surfaces in firm contact with suspension-system surfaces and panel faces flush with bottom face of runners. 4. For snap-in pans, fit adjoining units to form flush, tight joints. 5. Align joints in adjacent courses to form uniform, straight joints parallel to room axis in both directions unless otherwise indicated. 6. Fit adjoining units to form flush, tight joints. 7. Install directionally patterned or textured metal pans in directions indicated. 8. Install sound-absorbent pads in perforated metal pans.
H. Install hold-down clips where indicated.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical metal pan ceilings, including trim and edge moldings, after removing strippable, temporary protective covering, if any. Comply with manufacturer's written Ketchikan Gateway Borough ACOUSTICAL METAL PAN CEILINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 095134 - 7
instructions for stripping of temporary protective covering, cleaning, and touchup of minor finish damage. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage, including dented and bent units.
END OF SECTION 09 5134
Ketchikan Gateway Borough ACOUSTICAL METAL PAN CEILINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 095134 - 8
SECTION 09 6513 - RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Thermoset-rubber base. 2. Rubber stair accessories. 3. Rubber molding accessories.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of product indicated.
1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Furnish not less than 10 linear feet (3 linear m) for every 500 linear feet (150 linear m) or fraction thereof, of each type, color, pattern, and size of resilient product installed.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store resilient products and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) or more than 90 deg F (32 deg C).
1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 70 deg F (21 deg C) or more than 95 deg F (35 deg C), in spaces to receive resilient products during the following periods:
1. 48 hours before installation.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 096513 - 1 2. During installation. 3. 48 hours after installation.
B. After installation and until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F (13 deg C) or more than 95 deg F (35 deg C).
C. Install resilient products after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 THERMOSET-RUBBER BASE – RB:
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
1. Burke Mercer Flooring Products; a division of Burke Industries Inc. 2. Flexco. 3. Roppe Corporation, USA.
B. Product Standard: ASTM F 1861, Type TS (rubber, vulcanized thermoset), Group I (solid, homogeneous).
1. Style and Location:
a. Style B, Cove
C. Thickness: 0.125 inch (3.2 mm).
D. Height: 4 inches (102 mm).
E. Lengths: Coils in manufacturer's standard length.
F. Outside Corners: Job formed.
G. Inside Corners: Job formed.
H. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range.
2.2 RUBBER STAIR ACCESSORIES
A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253 by a qualified testing agency.
1. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm.
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
Ketchikan Gateway Borough RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 096513 - 2 1. Burke Mercer Flooring Products; a division of Burke Industries Inc. 2. Johnsonite; a Tarkett company. 3. Roppe Corporation, USA.
C. Stair Nosings:
1. Type: TS (rubber, vulcanized thermoset). 2. Style: Flange-type to receive carpet tile; ribbed 3. Nosing Style: Square, adjustable to cover angles between 60 and 90 degrees. 4. Nosing Height: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) minimum. 5. Depth: 2” minimum. 6. Size: Lengths and depths to fit each stair tread in one piece.
D. Colors and Patterns: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range.
2.3 RUBBER MOLDING ACCESSORY
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
1. Roppe Corporation, USA. 2. VPI Corporation.
B. Description: Rubber transition strips.
C. Profile and Dimensions: As required per condition.
D. Colors and Patterns: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range.
2.4 INSTALLATION MATERIALS
A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland-cement-based or blended hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or approved by resilient-product manufacturer for applications indicated.
B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by resilient-product manufacturer for resilient products and substrate conditions indicated.
C. Stair-Tread Nose Filler: Two-part epoxy compound recommended by resilient stair-tread manufacturer to fill nosing substrates that do not conform to tread contours.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 096513 - 3 1. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of resilient products.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
1. Installation of resilient products indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products.
B. Concrete Substrates for Resilient Stair Accessories: Prepare horizontal surfaces according to ASTM F 710.
1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. 2. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents.
C. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound; remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate.
D. Do not install resilient products until materials are the same temperature as space where they are to be installed.
1. At least 48 hours in advance of installation, move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed.
E. Immediately before installation, sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products.
3.3 RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient base.
B. Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required.
C. Install resilient base in lengths as long as practical without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned.
D. Tightly adhere resilient base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates.
E. Do not stretch resilient base during installation.
F. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 096513 - 4 G. Job-Formed Corners:
1. Outside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible and form with returns not less than 12” in length.
a. Form without producing discoloration (whitening) at bends.
2. Inside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible and form with returns not less than 12” in length.
a. Miter or cope corners to minimize open joints.
3.4 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient accessories.
B. Resilient Stair Accessories:
1. Use stair-tread-nose filler to fill nosing substrates that do not conform to tread contours. 2. Tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece. 3. For treads installed as separate, equal-length units, install to produce a flush joint between units.
C. Resilient Molding Accessories: Butt to adjacent materials and tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece. Install reducer strips at edges of floor covering that would otherwise be exposed.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protecting resilient products.
B. Perform the following operations immediately after completing resilient-product installation:
1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum horizontal surfaces thoroughly. 3. Damp-mop horizontal surfaces to remove marks and soil.
C. Protect resilient products from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period.
D. Cover resilient products subject to wear and foot traffic until Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 096513
Ketchikan Gateway Borough RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 096513 - 5 SECTION 09 6519 - RESILIENT TILE FLOORING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Solid vinyl floor tile.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of floor tile indicated.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For each type of floor tile to include in maintenance manuals.
1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Floor Tile: Furnish one box for every 50 boxes or fraction thereof, of each type, color, and pattern of floor tile installed.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are competent in techniques required by manufacturer for floor tile installation and seaming method indicated.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store floor tile and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) or more than 90 deg F (32 deg C). Store floor tiles on flat surfaces.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough RESILIENT TILE FLOORING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 6519 - 1 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 70 deg F (21 deg C) or more than 95 deg F (35 deg C), in spaces to receive floor tile during the following periods:
1. 48 hours before installation. 2. During installation. 3. 48 hours after installation.
B. After installation and until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F (13 deg C) or more than 95 deg F (35 deg C).
C. Close spaces to traffic during floor tile installation.
D. Close spaces to traffic for 48 hours after floor tile installation.
E. Install floor tile after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For resilient floor tile, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253 by a qualified testing agency.
1. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm.
2.2 SOLID VINYL FLOOR TILE – LVT:
A. Basis of Design: Provide the following or approved equal:
1. Mannington Amtico 2. The Portland Project, Wood Abstract, Burnside series
B. Tile Standard: ASTM F 1700.
1. Class: Class III, Printed Film Vinyl Tile. 2. Type: B, Embossed Surface.
C. Wear Layer Thickness: 30 mil (.76 mm)
D. Overall Thickness: .098” (2.5 mm).
E. Size: 6” x 48” (152x1219 mm).
F. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough RESILIENT TILE FLOORING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 6519 - 2 G. Surface Technology: Manufacturer standard for scratch resistance, dimensional stability and proprietary aluminum oxide technology for high performance LVT.
2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS
A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland-cement-based or blended hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or approved by floor tile manufacturer for applications indicated.
B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by floor tile and adhesive manufacturers to suit floor tile and substrate conditions indicated.
C. Floor Polish: Provide protective, liquid floor-polish products recommended by floor tile manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
1. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of floor tile.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Prepare substrates according to floor tile manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products.
B. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F 710.
1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. 2. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by floor tile manufacturer. Do not use solvents. 3. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by floor tile manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrate alkalinity falls within range on pH scale recommended by manufacturer in writing, but not less than 5 or more than 9 pH. 4. Moisture Testing: Perform tests so that each test area does not exceed 200 sq. ft. (18.6 sq. m), and perform no fewer than three tests in each installation area and with test areas evenly spaced in installation areas or as recommended by manufacturer.
a. Anhydrous Calcium Chloride Test: ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture-vapor-emission rate of 3 lb of water/1000
Ketchikan Gateway Borough RESILIENT TILE FLOORING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 6519 - 3 sq. ft. (1.36 kg of water/92.9 sq. m) in 24 hours or as recommended by manufacturer. b. Relative Humidity Test: Using in-situ probes, ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 75 percent relative humidity level measurement or as recommended by manufacturer.
C. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound; remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate.
D. Do not install floor tiles until materials are the same temperature as space where they are to be installed.
1. At least 48 hours in advance of installation, move resilient floor tile and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed.
E. Immediately before installation, sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient floor tile.
3.3 FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing floor tile.
B. Lay out floor tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths that equal less than one-half tile at perimeter.
1. Lay tiles square with room axis.
C. Match floor tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in the same sequence as manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Discard broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles.
1. Lay tiles with grain running in one direction.
D. Scribe, cut, and fit floor tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent fixtures including built-in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, and door frames.
E. Extend floor tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. Extend floor tiles to center of door openings.
F. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on floor tiles as marked on substrates. Use chalk or other nonpermanent marking device.
G. Install floor tiles on covers for telephone and electrical ducts, building expansion-joint covers, and similar items in installation areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern between pieces of tile installed on covers and adjoining tiles. Tightly adhere tile edges to substrates that abut covers and to cover perimeters.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough RESILIENT TILE FLOORING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 6519 - 4 H. Adhere floor tiles to substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to produce a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections.
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protecting floor tile.
B. Perform the following operations immediately after completing floor tile installation:
1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly. 3. Damp-mop surfaces to remove marks and soil.
C. Protect floor tile from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period.
D. Floor Polish: Remove soil, adhesive, and blemishes from floor tile surfaces before applying liquid floor polish if required by manufacturer.
E. Joint Sealant: Apply sealant to floor tile perimeter and around columns, at door frames, and at other joints and penetrations.
F. Sealers and Finish Coats: Remove soil, visible adhesive, and surface blemishes from resilient floor tile surfaces before applying liquid cleaners, sealers, and finish products.
G. Cover floor tile until Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 09 6519
Ketchikan Gateway Borough RESILIENT TILE FLOORING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 6519 - 5 SECTION 09 6813 - TILE CARPETING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes modular carpet tile.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 7320 "Selective Demolition" for removing existing floor coverings. 2. Section 09 6513 "Resilient Base and Accessories" and Section 096519 "Resilient Tile Flooring" for resilient wall base and accessories installed with carpet tile.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include manufacturer's written data on physical characteristics, durability, and fade resistance. 2. Include manufacturer's written installation recommendations for each type of substrate.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of carpet tile.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product Test Reports: For carpet tile, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency.
B. Sample Warranty: For special warranty.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For carpet tiles to include in maintenance manuals. Include the following:
1. Methods for maintaining carpet tile, including cleaning and stain-removal products and procedures and manufacturer's recommended maintenance schedule. 2. Precautions for cleaning materials and methods that could be detrimental to carpet tile.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough TILE CARPETING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 096813 - 1 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Carpet Tile: Full-size units equal to 10 percent of amount installed for each type indicated, but not less than 10 sq. yd. (8.3 sq. m).
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed a minimum of 5 projects of similar scope.
B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for fabrication and installation.
1. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Comply with CRI's "CRI Carpet Installation Standard."
1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Comply with CRI's "CRI Carpet Installation Standard" for temperature, humidity, and ventilation limitations.
B. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install carpet tiles until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet-work in spaces is complete and dry, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at levels planned for building occupants during the remainder of the construction period.
C. Do not install carpet tiles over concrete slabs until slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive and concrete slabs have pH range recommended by carpet tile manufacturer.
D. Where demountable partitions or other items are indicated for installation on top of carpet tiles, install carpet tiles before installing these items.
1.10 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty for Carpet Tiles: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of carpet tile installation that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty does not include deterioration or failure of carpet tile due to unusual traffic, failure of substrate, vandalism, or abuse. 2. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
Ketchikan Gateway Borough TILE CARPETING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 096813 - 2 a. More than 10 percent edge raveling, snags, and runs. b. Dimensional instability. c. Excess static discharge. d. Loss of tuft-bind strength. e. Loss of face fiber. f. Delamination.
3. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CARPET TILE – CPTT 1 and CPTT 2:
A. Basis of Design: Provide the following or approved equal:
1. Mannington, The Portland Project 2. Switchback series
B. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. Up to (2) patterns may be selected.
C. Fiber Content: 100 percent nylon 6, 6.
D. Fiber Type: Invista Antron Lumena.
E. Pile Characteristic: Tip-Shear Pattern Loop.
F. Dye Method: Solution Dyed
G. Gauge: 1/10
H. Stitches Per Inch: 13.5
I. Finished Pile Weight: 24 oz/ sq yd
J. Average Density: 6,912
K. Primary Backing/Backcoating: Manufacturer's standard composite materials.
L. Secondary Backing: Manufacturer's standard material.
M. Size: 12”x48”
N. Installation Method: 3-step Vertical Ashlar
O. Applied Treatments:
1. Soil-Resistance Treatment: Manufacturer's standard treatment.
P. Performance Characteristics:
Ketchikan Gateway Borough TILE CARPETING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 096813 - 3 1. Appearance Retention Rating: Severe traffic, 3.5 minimum according to ASTM D 7330. 2. Dry Breaking Strength: Not less than 100 lbf (445 N) according to ASTM D 2646. 3. Tuft Bind: Not less than 5 lbf (22 N) according to ASTM D 1335. 4. Delamination: Not less than 4 lbf/in. (0.7 N/mm) according to ASTM D 3936. 5. Dimensional Tolerance: Within 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) of specified size dimensions, as determined by physical measurement. 6. Dimensional Stability: 0.2 percent or less according to ISO 2551 (Aachen Test). 7. Colorfastness to Crocking: Not less than 4, wet and dry, according to AATCC 165. 8. Colorfastness to Light: Not less than 4 after 40 AFU (AATCC fading units) according to AATCC 16, Option E. 9. Electrostatic Propensity: Less than 3.0 kV according to AATCC 134.
2.2 CARPET TILE – WM:
A. Basis of Design: Provide the following or approved equal:
1. Mannington, Ruffian II – Infinity RE Modular
B. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
C. Fiber Content: 100 percent nylon 6, 6.
D. Pile Characteristic: Tip-Shear Loop.
E. Dye Method: Solution Dyed
F. Gauge: 5/32
G. Stitches Per Inch: 9.0
H. Finished Pile Weight: 38 oz / sq yd
I. Average Density: 8825
J. Primary Backing/Backcoating: Manufacturer's standard composite materials.
K. Secondary Backing: Manufacturer's standard material.
L. Size: 24” x 24”
M. Installation Method: Monolithic
2.3 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or recommended by carpet tile manufacturer.
B. Adhesives: Water-resistant, mildew-resistant, nonstaining, pressure-sensitive type to suit products and subfloor conditions indicated, that comply with flammability requirements for installed carpet tile, and are recommended by carpet tile manufacturer for releasable installation.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough TILE CARPETING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 096813 - 4 C. Metal Edge/Transition Strips: Extruded aluminum with mill finish of profile and width shown, of height required to protect exposed edge of carpet, and of maximum lengths to minimize running joints.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content, alkalinity range, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting carpet tile performance.
B. Examine carpet tile for type, color, pattern, and potential defects.
C. Concrete Slabs: Verify that finishes are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits.
1. Moisture Testing: Perform tests so that each test area does not exceed 200 sq. ft. (18.6 sq. m), and perform no fewer than three tests in each installation area and with test areas evenly spaced in installation areas or as recommended by manufacturer:
a. Anhydrous Calcium Chloride Test: ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture-vapor-emission rate of 3 lb of water/1000 sq. ft. (1.36 kg of water/92.9 sq. m) in 24 hours. b. Relative Humidity Test: Using in situ probes, ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 75 percent relative humidity level measurement. c. Perform additional moisture tests recommended in writing by adhesive and carpet tile manufacturers. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing.
D. Wood Subfloors: Verify the following:
1. Underlayment surface is free of irregularities and substances that may interfere with adhesive bond or show through surface.
E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. General: Comply with CRI's "Carpet Installation Standards" and with carpet tile manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparing substrates indicated to receive carpet tile.
B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written instructions, to fill cracks, holes, depressions, and protrusions in substrates. Fill or level cracks, holes and depressions 1/8 inch (3 mm) wide or wider, and protrusions more than 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) unless more stringent requirements are required by manufacturer's written instructions.
C. Concrete Substrates: Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, without using
Ketchikan Gateway Borough TILE CARPETING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 096813 - 5 solvents. Use mechanical methods recommended in writing by adhesive and carpet tile manufacturers.
D. Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before installing carpet tile.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with CRI's "CRI Carpet Installation Standard," Section 18, "Modular Carpet" and with carpet tile manufacturer's written installation instructions.
B. Installation Method: As recommended in writing by carpet tile manufacturer.
C. Maintain dye-lot integrity. Do not mix dye lots in same area.
D. Maintain pile-direction patterns recommended in writing by carpet tile manufacturer.
E. Cut and fit carpet tile to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built-in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. Bind or seal cut edges as recommended by carpet tile manufacturer.
F. Extend carpet tile into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, open-bottomed obstructions, removable flanges, alcoves, and similar openings.
G. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on carpet tile as marked on subfloor. Use nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device.
H. Install pattern parallel to walls and borders.
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Perform the following operations immediately after installing carpet tile:
1. Remove excess adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. 2. Remove yarns that protrude from carpet tile surface. 3. Vacuum carpet tile using commercial machine with face-beater element.
B. Protect installed carpet tile to comply with CRI's "Carpet Installation Standard," Section 20, "Protecting Indoor Installations."
C. Protect carpet tile against damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended in writing by carpet tile manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 096813
Ketchikan Gateway Borough TILE CARPETING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 096813 - 6 SECTION 09 7200 - WALL COVERINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic – FRP.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of wall covering.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For testing agency.
B. Product Test Reports: For each wall covering, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For wall coverings to include in maintenance manuals.
1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install wall coverings until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at levels intended for occupants after Project completion during the remainder of the construction period.
B. Ventilation: Provide continuous ventilation during installation and for not less than the time recommended by wall-covering manufacturer for full drying or curing.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough WALL COVERINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 7200 - 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: As determined by testing identical wall coverings applied with identical adhesives to substrates according to test method indicated below by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
1. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
a. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less.
2.2 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC - FRP
A. Basis of Design: Provide the following or approved equal:
1. Crane Composites 2. Linen Texture 3. Color – To be selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range.
B. Thickness: .09”
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Adhesive: Mildew-resistant, nonstaining adhesive, for use with specific wall covering and substrate application indicated and as recommended in writing by wall-covering manufacturer.
B. Primer/Sealer: Mildew resistant, complying with requirements and recommended in writing by primer/sealer and wall-covering manufacturers for intended substrate.
C. Seam Tape: As recommended in writing by wall-covering manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for levelness, wall plumbness, maximum moisture content, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough WALL COVERINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 7200 - 2 B. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of wall covering, including dirt, oil, grease, mold, mildew, and incompatible primers.
C. Prepare substrates to achieve a smooth, dry, clean, structurally sound surface free of flaking, unsound coatings, cracks, and defects.
1. Moisture Content: Maximum of 5 percent on new plaster, concrete, and concrete masonry units when tested with an electronic moisture meter. 2. Plaster: Allow new plaster to cure. Neutralize areas of high alkalinity. Prime with primer recommended in writing by primer/sealer manufacturer and wall-covering manufacturer. 3. Metals: If not factory primed, clean and apply primer recommended in writing by primer/sealer manufacturer and wall-covering manufacturer. 4. Gypsum Board: Prime with primer as recommended in writing by primer/sealer manufacturer and wall-covering manufacturer. 5. Painted Surfaces: Treat areas susceptible to pigment bleeding.
D. Check painted surfaces for pigment bleeding. Sand gloss, semigloss, and eggshell finish with fine sandpaper.
E. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, electrical plates and covers, light fixture trims, and similar items.
F. Acclimatize wall-covering materials by removing them from packaging in the installation areas not less than 24 hours before installation.
3.3 WALL LINER INSTALLATION
A. Install wall liner, without gaps or overlaps. Form smooth wrinkle-free surface for finished installation. Do not begin wall-covering installation until wall liner has dried.
3.4 WALL-COVERING INSTALLATION
A. Comply with wall-covering manufacturers' written installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated.
B. Install wall covering without lifted or curling edges and without visible shrinkage.
C. Install seams vertical and plumb at least 6 inches (150 mm) from outside corners and 3 inches (75 mm) from inside corners unless a change of pattern or color exists at corner. Horizontal seams are not permitted.
D. Trim edges and seams for color uniformity, pattern match, and tight closure. Butt seams without overlaps or gaps between strips.
E. Fully bond wall covering to substrate. Remove air bubbles, wrinkles, blisters, and other defects.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Remove excess adhesive at seams, perimeter edges, and adjacent surfaces.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough WALL COVERINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 7200 - 3 B. Use cleaning methods recommended in writing by wall-covering manufacturer.
C. Replace strips that cannot be cleaned.
D. Reinstall hardware and hardware accessories, electrical plates and covers, light fixture trims, and similar items.
END OF SECTION 09 7200
Ketchikan Gateway Borough WALL COVERINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 7200 - 4 SECTION 09 9120 - INTERIOR PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following interior substrates: 1. Galvanized metal. 2. Aluminum (not anodized or otherwise coated). 3. Gypsum board.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product indicated.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F (7 deg C).
1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F (10 and 35 deg C).
B. Do not apply paints when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough INTERIOR PAINTING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 9120 - 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Benjamin Moore & Co. 2. Davis Paint Company. 3. Kelly-Moore Paints. 4. Rodda Paint Co. 5. Sherwin-Williams Company (The). 6. Spectra-Tone.
2.2 PAINT, GENERAL
A. Material Compatibility:
1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.
B. VOC Content of Field-Applied Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide products that comply with the following limits for VOC content, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24); these requirements do not apply to paints and coatings that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop:
1. Flat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC content of not more than 50 g/L. 2. Nonflat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC content of not more than 150 g/L. 3. Nonflat Topcoat Paints: VOC content of not more than 150 g/L. 4. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: VOC content of not more than 200 g/L.
C. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
2.3 PRIMERS/SEALERS
A. Interior Latex Primer/Sealer: MPI #50.
2.4 METAL PRIMERS
A. Quick-Drying Primer for Aluminum: MPI #95.
2.5 WOOD PRIMERS
A. Interior Latex-Based Wood Primer: MPI #39.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough INTERIOR PAINTING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 9120 - 2 2.6 LATEX PAINTS
A. Interior Latex (Satin): MPI #43 (Gloss Level 4).
2.7 ALUMINUM PAINT
A. Aluminum Paint: MPI #1.
2.8 FLOOR COATINGS
A. Interior/Exterior Clear Concrete Floor Sealer (Water Based): MPI #99.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of work.
B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows:
1. Concrete: 12 percent. 2. Wood: 15 percent. 3. Gypsum Board: 12 percent.
C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers.
D. Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry.
1. Beginning coating application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated.
B. Remove plates, machined surfaces, and similar items already in place that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface- applied protection before surface preparation and painting.
1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough INTERIOR PAINTING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 9120 - 3 2. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.
C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants.
1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers as required to produce paint systems indicated.
D. Concrete Substrates: Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions.
E. Steel Substrates: Remove rust and loose mill scale. Clean using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer.
F. Galvanized-Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints.
G. Aluminum Substrates: Remove surface oxidation.
H. Wood Substrates:
1. Scrape and clean knots, and apply coat of knot sealer before applying primer. 2. Sand surfaces that will be exposed to view, and dust off. 3. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood. 4. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in the finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried.
I. Gypsum Board Substrates: Do not begin paint application until finishing compound is dry and sanded smooth.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 3. Paint front and backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces.
B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of topcoat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.
C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough INTERIOR PAINTING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 9120 - 4 D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks.
E. Painting Mechanical and Electrical Work: Paint items exposed in equipment rooms and occupied spaces including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Mechanical Work:
a. Uninsulated metal piping. b. Uninsulated plastic piping. c. Pipe hangers and supports. d. Tanks that do not have factory-applied final finishes. e. Visible portions of internal surfaces of metal ducts, without liner, behind air inlets and outlets. f. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having cotton or canvas insulation covering or other paintable jacket material. g. Mechanical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field painting.
2. Electrical Work:
a. Switchgear. b. Panelboards. c. Electrical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field painting.
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site.
B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.
C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition.
D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces.
3.5 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE
A. Gypsum Board Substrates:
1. Latex System: MPI INT 9.2A.
a. Prime Coat: Interior latex primer/sealer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough INTERIOR PAINTING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 9120 - 5 c. Topcoat: Interior latex (satin).
END OF SECTION 09 9120
Ketchikan Gateway Borough INTERIOR PAINTING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 09 9120 - 6 SECTION 210500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Pipe, fittings, valves, and connections for wet sprinkler systems.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section Division 1 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalogue information. Indicate valve data and ratings.
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate pipe materials used, jointing methods, supports, floor and wall penetration seals. Indicate installation, layout, weights, mounting and support details, and piping connections. See 211300 for additional requirements.
D. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and tag numbering.
E. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions and spare parts lists.
F. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for OWNER's use in maintenance of project.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.
B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 3 years experience.
C. Valves: Bear UL label or marking. Provide manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body.
D. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers, with labeling in place.
B. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves.
C. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. Ketchikan Gateway Borough COMMON WORK RESULTS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 210500-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
A. Sprinkler Systems: Conform work to NFPA 13.
2.2 ABOVE GROUND PIPING
A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A795 Schedule 10 (2-1/2-inches and over only) or ASTM A53 Schedule 40, black.
1. Steel Fittings: ASME B16.9, wrought steel, buttwelded. 2. Cast Iron Fittings: ASME B16.1, flanges and flanged fittings and ASME B16.4, threaded fittings. 3. Malleable Iron Fittings: ASME B16.3, threaded fittings. 4. Mechanical Grooved Couplings: Malleable iron housing clamps to engage and lock, "C" shaped elastomeric sealing gasket, steel bolts, nuts, and washers; galvanized for galvanized pipe. Couplings to fully encircle pipe and not U-bolt type. Similar to Victaulic Style 75 or 77. Rolled groove type. Cut groove not acceptable. 5. Exterior piping and fittings shall be galvanized schedule 40. 6. Piping over 3-inch size may be electrically welded, using backing rings and coated rods.
2.3 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 2 inch: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring.
B. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2-1/2 inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis.
C. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods.
D. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 inches: Cast iron hook.
E. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 inches and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp.
F. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp.
G. Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support.
H. Galvanized: Pipe hangers and supports shall be galvanized where in contact with galvanized piping or installed outside of the building.
2.4 GATE VALVES
A. Up to and including 2 inches:
1. Bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, solid wedge or disc, threaded ends.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough COMMON WORK RESULTS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 210500-2 B. Over 2 inches:
1. Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem pre-grooved for mounting tamper switch, handwheel, OS&Y, solid rubber covered bronze or cast iron wedge, flanged ends.
2.5 BALL VALVES
A. Up to and including 2 inches:
1. Bronze two piece body, brass, chrome plated bronze, or stainless steel ball, teflon seats and stuffing box ring, lever handle, threaded ends.
B. Over 2 inches:
1. Cast steel body, chrome plated steel ball, teflon seat and stuffing box seals, lever handle or gear drive handwheel for sizes 10 inches and over, flanged.
2.6 BUTTERFLY VALVES
A. Bronze Body:
1. Stainless steel disc, resilient replaceable seat, threaded or grooved ends, extended neck, handwheel and gear drive and integral indicating device, and built-in tamper proof switch rated 10 amp at 115 volt AC.
B. Cast or Ductile Iron Body
1. Cast or ductile iron, chrome or nickel plated ductile iron or aluminum bronze disc, resilient replaceable EPDM seat, wafer, lug, or grooved ends, extended neck, handwheel and gear drive and integral indicating device, and internal tamper switch rated 10 amp at 115 volt AC.
2.7 DRAIN VALVES
A. Ball Valve:
1. Brass with cap and chain, 3/4 inch hose thread.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs.
B. Remove scale and foreign material, from inside and outside, before assembly.
C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. Ketchikan Gateway Borough COMMON WORK RESULTS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 210500-3 3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install sprinkler system and service main piping, hangers, and supports in accordance with NFPA 13.
B. Route piping in orderly manner, plumb and parallel to building structure. Maintain gradient.
C. Install piping to conserve building space, to not interfere with use of space and other work.
D. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.
E. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls, and floors.
F. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment.
G. Pipe Hangers and Supports:
1. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. 2. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 3. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. 4. Support vertical piping at every other floor. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. 5. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. 6. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed.
H. Provide gate valves for shut-off or isolating service.
I. Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points. Use eccentric reducers to maintain top of pipe level.
J. Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories for finish painting. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding.
K. Do not penetrate building structural members unless indicated.
L. Provide sleeves when penetrating footings, floors, and walls. Seal pipe and sleeve penetrations to achieve fire resistance equivalent to fire separation required.
M. When installing more than one piping system material, ensure system components are compatible and joined to ensure the integrity of the system. Provide necessary joining fittings. Ensure flanges, union, and couplings for servicing are consistently provided.
N. Die cut threaded joints with full cut standard taper pipe threads with non-toxic joint compound applied to male threads only.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough COMMON WORK RESULTS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 210500-4 O. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. Remove protective coatings prior to installation.
P. Provide drain valves at main shut-off valves, low points of piping and apparatus.
Q. Coordinate closely with all other Contractors. In general, pitched waste and vent piping and ductwork shall take preference in location within the Project area. Sprinkler piping shall be installed in structural joist space throughout, except where conflicts with ductwork and piping will not occur. Coordinate beam penetrations with Structural Engineer and Architect. Coordination of all drain valves, and other equipment requiring access and maintenance procedures is required with all building components during construction for maximum accessibility and proper location as intended.
END OF SECTION 210500
Ketchikan Gateway Borough COMMON WORK RESULTS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 210500-5 SECTION 211300 - FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Wet-pipe sprinkler system.
1.2 SUMMARY OF WORK
A. Modify the existing sprinkler system in all spaces where ceilings and room layouts are being revised. In addition:
1. Revise existing head locations due to revised ceiling grid and ceiling height. 2. Install new sprinkler heads in place of existing where ceilings are being replaced unless existing heads are relatively new and may be re-used/re-installed by code (Not out of date or recalled heads). 3. FM Approved and UL Listed flexible stainless steel hose shall be acceptable for sprinkler head installation in wet pipe systems where desired by the Contractor, provided the system is compatible with the new ceiling grid. 4. Remove sprinkler piping and heads in mechanical room and fan room where needed to allow for installation of new ductwork in joist space. Install new piping and heads coordinated with new mechanical systems and obstructions. 5. Sprinkler heads shall be centered in ceiling tile and shall be parallel with adjacent sprinkler heads. 6. Replace exterior canopy dry sprinkler heads. 7. Modify sprinkler piping as needed where new work conflicts with existing sprinkler system. 8. All areas without exposed structural ceilings shall have concealed sprinkler piping with recessed heads. Provide recessed heads in all finished ceilings. 9. Upright, sidewall, and pendent heads are acceptable in exposed structural ceiling areas. Standard pendant heads acceptable in storage rooms with surface mounted lights. 10. Contractor shall maintain continuity of sprinkler coverage for occupied spaces during Work periods. Temporary piping and capped piping shall be utilized to provide for continued coverage of occupied spaces if needed. 11. Seismic clips shall be installed where required.
B. Work in Occupied Building and Temporary Mechanical Systems: Airport is in operation 365 days per year. Construction work is to occur after hours per Division 1 requirements. Mechanical systems shall be fully operational during Occupied periods unless approved otherwise by the Owner and the Ketchikan Gateway Building Official.
1. The building will remain occupied throughout the construction project. Existing Sprinkler coverage shall remain in service in all occupied spaces during occupied periods. 2. Shutdown of Sprinkler System for work areas: Upon prior approval from Owner and local building official, Sprinkler systems serving the occupied building may be Ketchikan Gateway Borough FIRE SUPPRESSION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation SPRINKLERS 211300-1 temporarily shutdown for short periods. During this time a Fire Watch shall be maintained. Coordinate requirements with Owner and Ketchikan Gateway Building Official.
C. Demolition of Existing Material, Equipment, and Systems:
1. Sprinkler Contractor shall be available during Demolition Work for coordination and assistance for related Work.
1.3 WORK INCLUDED
A. The Mechanical Work is governed by the entire Specifications and not just Division 21. The entire Specifications must be examined for requirements relating to the Work hereunder. The Work covered by this and all other Mechanical sections consists of furnishing labor, equipment, and materials in accordance with the Specifications or Drawings, or both, together with any incidental items not shown or specified which can be reasonably inferred or taken as belonging to the Work and necessary in good practice to provide a complete system described or shown as intended.
B. Coordinate shutdown of systems with the Owner. Contact names and phone numbers will be available through the ARCHITECT.
C. Continuity of Mechanical Systems for the Building: Continuity of Mechanical systems for building sprinkler, plumbing, heating, and ventilation systems during demolition and new work shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. Building sprinkler, plumbing, heating, and ventilation systems shall be operational for Occupied portions of the building during Occupied hours. Shutdown of systems shall occur after hours and shall not affect Occupied portions of the building except when coordinated with the Owner and the ARCHITECT. See paragraph 1.2 B and paragraph 1.5 D Cooperative Work this Section. Temporary mechanical systems and connections, provided by the CONTRACTOR, shall be necessary during demolition and new Work as required to provide continuity of sprinkler, plumbing, heating, and ventilation systems. All temporary mechanical systems shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. All temporary equipment, ductwork, piping, and related appurtenances shall be removed prior to substantial completion.
D. Demolition of and Connection to Existing Material, Equipment, and Systems:
1. Mechanical drawings (MD Series) show reported as-built and contract document locations of mechanical systems taken from past project drawings. Contractor shall verify locations and quantities of all existing mechanical systems on-site. Contractor to determine actual existing locations of underground piping as needed without additional cost to the Owner. Contractor to utilize pipe location devices as needed. Contact ARCHITECT if actual underground piping locations are different than shown. Excavation shall be required to locate piping, remove piping, install piping, and connect to existing piping. 2. Where select piping and ductwork systems are shown to be partially removed for connection, prepare and protect the connection points appropriately to ensure later continuity of Work. CONTRACTOR shall provide all temporary supports as required and completely replace material and equipment that are not suitably protected during construction and becomes damaged. Ketchikan Gateway Borough FIRE SUPPRESSION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation SPRINKLERS 211300-2 3. CONTRACTOR shall provide all temporary caps for ductwork and piping as required. CONTRACTOR shall provide all temporary partitions such as air-tight air plenum separations as required to maintain continuity of systems and to not contaminate existing systems or finishes. CONTRACTOR shall remove all temporary provisions when the Work is completed or earlier if required. 4. All material and equipment that are to be removed for relocation is the CONTRACTORS responsibility to suitably protect and store in a location that protects from damage. CONTRACTOR shall completely replace all relocated material and equipment that are damaged from storage and other misuse between demolition and reinstallation. 5. Where items are shown to be removed it is to be assumed that this includes the removal of the respective system including but not limited to hangers, supports, rods, conduit, wiring, valves, and other related trim and appurtenances. Piping to be removed through a floor assumes that the piping is to be capped below floor and the floor finished smooth. 6. Mechanical Contractor shall be available during Abatement and Demolition Work for coordination and assistance for related Work. Mechanical Contractor shall locate, isolate, and drain piping systems to be removed.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Provide submittals according to Conditions of Contract, Division 1 Specifications Sections, and as required hereunder. Drawings and general provisions of the contract including General, Supplementary Conditions, and all Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. Approval of the data shall not eliminate responsibility for compliance with the Drawings or Specifications unless specific attention has been called in writing to proposed deviations at the time of transmittal of the data and such deviations have been approved, not shall it eliminate the responsibility for freedom of errors of any sort in the data. All Mechanical submittal data for Project construction is to be turned in for approval at the same time in order for an efficient review process. Partial submittals may be rejected until the full submittal is received.
B. See Division 1 - Submittals, for submittal procedures.
C. Specific Products: Trade names and catalog numbers of manufactured products included herein are intended to indicate the type, size and grade of quality of equipment and materials required and such equipment and materials are approved for installation subject to full compliance with the Specifications. Except where single manufacture is specified for standardization, requires for approval of other manufacturers than those specified must be accompanied by complete descriptions including overall dimensions, performance data, and, if catalog material, identification of specific products or items proposed.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough FIRE SUPPRESSION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation SPRINKLERS 211300-3 D. Submittal Format: All data shall be submitted at one time in neatly bound loose-leaf three ring binders with pockets and tabulated in order of Specification Division 21. All data shall be typed, minimum 10 point font, not exceptions. Data submitted that is not conforming to these specification requirements will be returned without reviewing and will need to be resubmitted at Contractors sole complete cost. Digital copy of specifications is acceptable during the submittal process, however, after approval of all submittals, a hard copy and digital copy of the approved submittal data shall be provided to the Owner for future reference.
1. Each binder shall have a set of separators with index tabs A to Z. Tabs are to be printed type. Slip in tabs not acceptable. 2. The first page shall be a cover sheet with project name, address, data, submittal product name, all applicable contractors and contact information, and all applicable consultants and contact information. 3. Second page shall be a submittal manual index of all project Specification sections with respective tab numbers, and respective book number, if applicable. 4. The first page of each manuals section shall be an index of the respective project Specification section and number with each product name, manufacturer name and model number. 5. Each manuals section shall be labeled and certified by mechanical Subcontractor that the data presented is in accordance with project Specifications. Index sheet in front of completed diner listing each piece of equipment or material submitted. 6. Product Data to be utilized shall be flagged and noted and all other data shall be crossed out or otherwise flagged that it is not in the project. 7. Data shall be inserted in binders in order of Specification number. Specification number shall be clearly labeled on the each submittal page.
E. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for OWNER's use in maintenance of project.
1. Extra Sprinklers: Type and size matching those installed, in quantity required by referenced NFPA design and installation standard. 2. Sprinkler Wrenches: For each sprinkler type.
F. Operation and Maintenance Data: See Division 1 for the number of sets of data to be provided for submittal and additional requirements. Provide a minimum of two (2) hard copies along with digital copy. The following data shall be provided to the ARCHITECT for approval 30 days prior to the request for Substantial completion inspection. See requirements under 1.4 E for additional submittal and formatting requirements.
1. Manufacturers' literature: Manufacturers' instructions for operation and maintenance of all mechanical equipment and specialties, including replacement parts lists, capacity curves or charts, equipment data sheets, manufacturers' literature on the equipment, and as-built wiring diagrams and control drawings, all suitable for side binding to 8-1/2 x 11 inch size. All data not applicable to the job is to be crossed out or deleted. Manuals turned in for review with non-applicable data not crossed out shall be returned to the Contractor. 2. Maintenance instructions: Typewritten instructions for the maintenance of the systems, listing each service required.
H. Verify Site Conditions: Verify on-site as-built conditions prior to beginning work.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough FIRE SUPPRESSION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation SPRINKLERS 211300-4 I. Submit prior to Substantial Completion Inspection and Final Inspection a detailed list of equipment and systems that will NOT be completed for the completion date. Include status and information of deficiencies from all previous inspection reports.
J. Submit prior to Re-inspections of Substantial Completion Inspections, if applicable, and the Final Inspection a marked copy of the previous Engineers Inspection Reports detailing all items that have been completed and all items that have not been completed with reasons thereof. Re- inspection or Final Inspection will not occur until receipt of this list.
1.5 COOPERATIVE WORK
A. The Work hereunder shall be coordinated between various mechanical Sections and with the Work specified under other divisions or contracts toward rapid completion of the entire Project. If any cooperative Work must be altered due to lack of proper supervision hereunder, or failure to make proper provisions in time, then the Work hereunder shall include all expense of such changes as are necessary to be made in the Work under other divisions and contracts, and such changes shall be directly supervised by the ARCHITECT and shall be made to the satisfaction of the ARCHITECT.
B. In general pitched plumbing piping and ductwork shall take preference in location within the Project area. Coordination of all drain valves, duct access doors, and other equipment requiring access and maintenance procedures is required with all building components during construction for maximum accessibility and proper location as intended. Coordinate closely with all other Contractors.
C. Protection of existing mechanical material and equipment during selective demolition shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR and coordinated with the respective Contractors. The CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary supports for all material and equipment. The CONTRACTOR at no cost to the Owner shall replace any existing material or equipment damaged during selective demolition due to insufficient protection. Coordination with all disciplines is required.
D. Temporary Utilities: In addition to requirements hereunder see Division 1. Continuity of Mechanical systems for building sprinkler, plumbing, heating, and ventilation systems during demolition and new Work shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. Shutdown of systems shall not affect Occupied portions of the building except when coordinated with the Owner. Sprinkler, plumbing, heating, and ventilation systems shall be active at all times in Occupied areas.
1. Protection of existing mechanical material and equipment during selective demolition shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR and coordinated with the respective Sub Contractor. The CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary supports for all material and equipment. The CONTRACTOR at no cost to Owner shall replace any existing materials or equipment damaged during selective demolition due to insufficient protection. Coordinate with all disciplines and phasing plans are required. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for providing and maintaining the Mechanical Systems serving occupied areas of the building installed or modified under this Project throughout the Construction period.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough FIRE SUPPRESSION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation SPRINKLERS 211300-5 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Maintain one copy of referenced design and installation standard on site.
B. Conform to UL requirements.
C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.
D. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 3 years experience approved by manufacturer.
E. Equipment and Components: Provide products that bear UL label or marking.
F. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store products in shipping containers and maintain in place until installation. Provide temporary inlet and outlet caps. Maintain caps in place until installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Sprinklers, Valves, and Equipment:
1. Tyco Fire Suppression & Building Products 2. Viking Corporation 3. Grinnell
2.2 SPRINKLER SYSTEM
A. Sprinkler System: Modify existing sprinkler system as needed due to modified ceilings and room layouts. See PART 1 above for additional information.
B. Occupancy: Comply with NFPA 13.
2.3 SPRINKLERS
A. Suspended Ceiling Type: Recessed pendant type with matching push on escutcheon plate.
1. Response Type: Standard. 2. Coverage Type: Extended. 3. Finish: Chrome plated. 4. Escutcheon Plate Finish: Chrome plated. Ketchikan Gateway Borough FIRE SUPPRESSION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation SPRINKLERS 211300-6 5. Fusible Link: Glass bulb type temperature rated for specific area hazard.
B. Exposed Area Type: Pendant type with guard.
1. Response Type: Standard. 2. Coverage Type: Extended. 3. Finish: Chrome plated. 4. Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard.
C. Sidewall Type: Semi-recessed horizontal sidewall type with matching push on escutcheon plate.
1. Response Type: Standard. 2. Coverage Type: Extended. 3. Finish: Chrome plated. 4. Escutcheon Plate Finish: Chrome plated. 5. Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard.
D. Guards: Finish matching sprinkler finish.
E. Dry Sprinkler Exposed pendant type with matching push on escutcheon plate.
1. Response Type: Quick. 2. Coverage Type: Standard. 3. Finish: Chrome plated. 4. Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard.
2.4 FLEXIBLE SPRINKLER CONNECTIONS
A. Flexible sprinkler connections
1. FM Approved. UL Listed. 2. Shall meet NFPA 13 requirements. 3. Stainless steel braided flexible hose – 1-inch size.
B. Installation requirements
1. Length appropriate for each specific head installation. 2. Install in compliance with manufacturer’s requirements. Bends shall not exceed quantities or radius per manufacturer’s listing. 3. Flexible sprinkler connections must be rated for specific ceiling grid installed.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough FIRE SUPPRESSION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation SPRINKLERS 211300-7 PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with referenced NFPA design and installation standard.
B. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Place pipe runs to minimize obstruction to other work.
D. Place piping in concealed spaces above finished ceilings.
E. Apply masking tape or paper cover to ensure concealed sprinklers, cover plates, and sprinkler escutcheons do not receive field paint finish. Remove after painting. Replace painted sprinklers.
F. Install guards on sprinklers in all mechanical rooms, janitor rooms, storage rooms, fan room, and where indicated.
G. Hydrostatically test entire system.
H. Require tests be witnessed by Fire Marshal.
END OF SECTION 211300
Ketchikan Gateway Borough FIRE SUPPRESSION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation SPRINKLERS 211300-8 SECTION 220510 - GENERAL MECHANICAL-PLUMBING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. The Mechanical Work is governed by the entire Specifications and not just Division 22. The entire Specifications must be examined for requirements relating to the Work hereunder. The Work covered by this and all other Mechanical sections consists of furnishing labor, equipment, and materials in accordance with the Specifications or Drawings, or both, together with any incidental items not shown or specified which can be reasonably inferred or taken as belonging to the Work and necessary in good practice to provide a complete system described or shown as intended.
B. Coordinate proposed shutdown of mechanical systems with the Owner. All shutdowns must be pre-approved by Owner. Contact names and phone numbers will be available through the ARCHITECT.
C. Continuity of Mechanical Systems for the Building: Continuity of Mechanical systems for building sprinkler, plumbing, heating, and ventilation systems during demolition and new work shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. Building sprinkler, plumbing, heating, and ventilation systems shall be operational for Occupied portions of the building during Occupied hours. Shutdown of systems shall not affect Occupied portions of the building except when coordinated with the Owner and the ARCHITECT. Shutdown to Occupied portions of the building to occur after hours and upon approval of the Owner. See paragraph 1.1 D and paragraph 1.5 D. Temporary systems, provided and installed by the CONTRACTOR, shall be necessary during project demolition and new Work as required to provide continuity of sprinkler, plumbing, heating, and ventilation systems. All temporary mechanical systems shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. All temporary equipment, ductwork, piping, and related appurtenances shall be removed prior to substantial completion.
D. Work in Occupied Building and Temporary Mechanical Systems: Airport is in operation 365 days per year. Construction work is to occur after hours per Division 1 requirements. Mechanical systems shall be fully operational during Occupied periods unless approved otherwise by the Owner and the Ketchikan Gateway Building Official.
1. The building will remain occupied throughout the construction project. Existing Sprinkler, plumbing, heating, and ventilation systems shall remain in service in all occupied spaces during occupied periods. 2. Shutdown of Mechanical systems for work areas: Upon prior approval from Owner, Mechanical systems serving the occupied building may be temporarily shutdown for short periods of time. Coordinate requirements with Owner. 3. Domestic hot and cold water, waste and vent shall remain in service. Kitchen, bar, and toilet room plumbing fixtures shall be in service during occupied hours. Any shutdowns to domestic water service and waste piping shall be limited in duration and must receive prior approval from Owner. Domestic hot water may be provided from existing domestic hot water heater, temporary water heater, or other pre-approved method.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough GENERAL MECHANICAL Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation - PLUMBING 220510-1 4. Heating System shall remain in service. Building heating shall be maintained during occupied periods. Temporary heating systems shall be installed by the Contractor as needed to maintain minimum 65F space temperatures in each occupied space. Unoccupied spaces shall be maintained above 55F. Existing hydronic heating plant shall be utilized for heating with temporary terminal heating units, piping, and controls installed to provide required heating. Any shutdowns to the heating system shall be limited in duration and must receive prior approval from Owner. 5. Exhaust System shall remain in service. Any shutdowns to the toilet exhaust system shall be limited in duration and must receive prior approval from Owner. 6. Ventilation System: Outdoor air ventilation is required to maintain a positive pressure in the terminal building (relative to the outdoors) and to provide minimum outdoor air for occupants. A minimum of 2000 CFM outdoor air is required for the lower floor circulation/baggage area and 2000 CFM outdoor air is required for the upper floor open concourse area during construction. The Contractor shall install a temporary system as indicated or recommend an alternative for approval by the Engineer and Owner. A complete and operational temporary ventilation system is the responsibility of the contractor. 7. Roof Drain System: Maintain continuity of roof drain system during construction. During demolition and installation of new roof drain piping system, provide for temporary means of rain water removal from roof. 8. Temporary piping and ducts, mechanical equipment, and any related controls and electrical shall be provided and installed by the Contractor as necessary to provide for continuity of Mechanical systems. 9. Temporary Mechanical system scope of work plan: CONTRACTOR shall submit a temporary mechanical system scope of work indicating the Contractor’s proposed plan for providing continuity of all mechanical systems during occupied periods. Temporary Mechanical System Plan shall include each mechanical system, the temporary work planned to keep each system operational, and description of all material and equipment that is to be temporarily installed to provide required continuity of sprinkler, heating, plumbing, ventilation for pre-approval by the Mechanical Engineer and the Owner. All mechanical systems are to be covered and accounted for in the plan and shall be submitted during the initial submittal process for approval. Schedule shall be submitted for approval not later than 35 days after initial Work notice to proceed date. 10. Work in the FAA areas of the 4th and 5th floors of the tower require minimum 2 weeks notice and prior approval by the FAA. Contact information for the System Support Manager and FSS Air Traffic Supervisor are included in Division 1 specifications (01100 Summary). See FAA Facility Protection, Noise, and Security and Access requirements in Section 01100 Summary.
E. Demolition of and Connection to Existing Material, Equipment, and Systems:
1. Mechanical drawings (MD Series) show reported as-built and contract document locations of mechanical systems taken from past project drawings. Contractor shall verify locations and quantities of all existing mechanical systems on-site. Contractor to determine actual existing locations of underground piping as needed without additional cost to the Owner. Contractor to utilize pipe location devices as needed. Contact ARCHITECT if actual underground piping locations are different than shown. Excavation shall be required to locate piping, remove piping, install piping, and connect to existing piping. 2. Where select piping and ductwork systems are shown to be partially removed for connection, prepare and protect the connection points appropriately to ensure later Ketchikan Gateway Borough GENERAL MECHANICAL Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation - PLUMBING 220510-2 continuity of Work. CONTRACTOR shall provide all temporary supports as required and completely replace material and equipment that are not suitably protected during construction and becomes damaged. 3. CONTRACTOR shall provide all temporary caps for ductwork and piping as required. CONTRACTOR shall provide all temporary partitions such as air-tight air plenum separations as required to maintain continuity of systems and to not contaminate existing systems or finishes. CONTRACTOR shall remove all temporary provisions when the phase of Work is completed or earlier if required. 4. All material and equipment that are to be removed for relocation is the CONTRACTORS responsibility to suitably protect and store in a location that protects from damage. CONTRACTOR shall completely replace all relocated material and equipment that are damaged from storage and other misuse between demolition and reinstallation. 5. Where items are shown to be removed such as piping or ductwork it is to be assumed that this includes the removal of the respective system including but not limited to pipe and duct hangers, rods, supports, conduit, wiring, valves, and other related trim and appurtenances. Piping to be removed through a floor assumes that the piping is to be capped below floor and the floor finished smooth. 6. Mechanical Contractor shall be available during Abatement and Demolition Work for coordination and assistance for related Work. Mechanical Contractor shall locate, isolate, and drain piping systems to be removed. 7. Concrete wall and floor penetrations required. Saw cut or core drill as required. Sleeve penetrations. Coordinate with Architect for structural beam penetration approvals. Contractor responsible for extent of concrete sawcut and excavation necessary for below slab piping work.
1.2 WORDING OF THE SPECIFICATIONS
A. These Specifications are of the abbreviated or streamlined type and frequently include incomplete sentences. However, periods are used for clarity. Words such as "shall", "shall be", "the CONTRACTOR shall", and similar mandatory phrases shall be supplied by inference in the same manner, as they are required for the notes on the drawings.
1.3 CODES AND REGULATIONS
A. All Work hereunder shall be strictly in conformance with applicable codes and regulations. All Work shall be in accordance with the 2012 Uniform Plumbing Code, 2012 International Mechanical Code, 2012 International Building Code, 2012 International Fire Code, the most recent edition of NFPA, Ketchikan Gateway Borough, and State of Alaska code modifications insofar as minimum requirements are concerned, but the Drawings and Specifications shall govern in case the minimum requirements are exceeded. All electrical equipment shall bear the UL label.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Provide submittals according to Conditions of Contract, Division 1 Specifications Sections, and as required hereunder. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary Conditions, and all Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. Approval of the data shall not eliminate responsibility for compliance with the Ketchikan Gateway Borough GENERAL MECHANICAL Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation - PLUMBING 220510-3 Drawings or Specifications unless specific attention has been called in writing to proposed deviations at the time of transmittal of the data and such deviations have been approved, nor shall it eliminate the responsibility for freedom of errors of any sort in the data. All Mechanical submittal data for Project construction is to be turned in for approval at the same time in order for an efficient review process. Partial submittals may be rejected until the full submittal is received.
B. Specified Products: Trade names and catalog numbers of manufactured products included herein are intended to indicate the type, size, and grade of quality of equipment and materials required and such equipment and materials are approved for installation, subject to full compliance with the Specifications. Except where single manufacture is specified for standardization, requests for approval of other manufacturers than those specified must be accompanied by complete descriptions including overall dimensions, performance data, and, if catalog material, identification of specific products or items proposed.
C. Submittal Format: All data shall be submitted at one time in neatly bound loose-leaf three ring binders with pockets and tabulated in the same order of Specification Division section. All data shall be typed, minimum 10 point font, no exceptions. Data submitted that is not conforming to these specification requirements will be returned without reviewing and will need to be resubmitted at Contractors sole complete cost. Digital copy of specifications is acceptable during the submittal process, however, after approval of all submittals, a hard copy and digital copy of the approved submittal data shall be provided to the Owner for future reference.
1. Each binder shall have a set of separators with index tabs A to Z. Tabs are to be printed type. Slip-in tabs not acceptable. 2. The first page shall be a cover sheet with project name, address, date, submittal product name, all applicable contractors and contact information, and all applicable consultants and contact information. 3. Second page shall be a submittal manual index of all project Specification sections with respective tab numbers, and respective book number, if applicable. 4. The first page of each manuals section shall be an index of that respective project Specification section and number with each product name, manufacturer name and model number. 5. Each manuals section shall be labeled and certified by mechanical Subcontractor that the data presented is in accordance with project Specifications. Index sheet in front of completed binder listing each piece of equipment or material submitted. 6. Product Data to be utilized shall be flagged and noted and all other data shall be crossed out or otherwise flagged that it is not in the project. 7. Data shall be inserted in binders in order of Specification number. Specification number shall be clearly labeled on each submittal page.
D. As-built Drawings: As-built drawings shall be required from all Mechanical Subcontractors and shall accurately show all changes from Contract Documents for all piping, ductwork, and equipment. As-built drawings shall show all underground piping whether changed or not, dimensioned from building lines. Changes to plumbing and piping diagrams shall be identified on As-built drawings. As-built drawings shall be updated daily and available for inspection on- site by the ARCHITECT.
E. Operating and Maintenance Data: See Division 1 for the number of sets of data to be provided for submittal and additional requirements. Provide a minimum of two (2) hard copies along with digital copy. The following data shall be provided to the ARCHITECT for approval 30 Ketchikan Gateway Borough GENERAL MECHANICAL Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation - PLUMBING 220510-4 days prior to the request for Commissioning or Substantial Completion inspection, whichever comes first. Except for the valve directory and nameplate directory, the data shall be provided complete at one time. Partial or separate data will be returned for completion. The valve directory and nameplate directory may be provided for approval previous to the other data. The first section of the O&M manual shall be as listed in the following subparagraphs in order presented hereunder. All of the following subparagraphs sections shall be furnished with permanent plastic see through covers. See requirements under 1.4.C for additional submittal and formatting requirements.
1. Cover and Index sheets as in 1.4.C. above. 2. Description of systems and operating instructions: The Contractor shall prepare a brief type written description of all new and modified systems, explaining how the systems operate and indicating the proper settings of controls and switches. The instructions are to include all information required for the proper settings of controls and switches. The instructions are to include all information required for the proper operation of the systems. Technical knowledge on controls or adjustments requiring specialized technicians should not be included in the instructions. 3. Nameplate directory: List of all new pumps, air handlers, fans, air conditioning units, condenser units, water heaters, and other equipment nameplates, giving manufacturer's nameplate data, nameplate designation, location of equipment, area served, switch location, and normal position of the switch. Motor data must include the horsepower, voltage, full load amperage, phase, etc. See Section 220553 - Mechanical Identification. 4. Manufacturers' literature: Manufacturers' instructions for operation and maintenance of all mechanical equipment and specialties, including replacement parts lists, capacity curves or charts, equipment data sheets, manufacturers' literature on the equipment, and as-built wiring diagrams and control drawings, all suitable for side binding to 8-1/2 x 11 inch size. All data not applicable to the job is to be crossed out or deleted. Manuals turned in for review with non-applicable data not crossed out shall be returned to the Contractor. 5. Maintenance instructions: Typewritten instructions for the maintenance of the systems, listing each service required on all of the mechanical equipment, including inspections, lubrication, cleaning, checking, and all other operations required. The list is to include all types of bearings installed on the equipment and the type of lubricant required. 6. Maintenance schedule: List of each item of mechanical equipment requiring inspection, lubrication, cleaning, or service including the type of bearings and type of lubricating means for each piece of equipment. Each item of equipment is to be listed separately with the service required. List to include the times during the year when such inspection and maintenance shall be performed. The specific maintenance required shall be referenced back to the maintenance instructions. 7. Valve directory: Indicating valve number, size, location, function, and normal position for each numbered valve. The directory shall be provided and approved before installation of the valve tags. A sample arrangement will be furnished upon request. Two copies required for the preliminary list. See Section 220553 - Mechanical Identification.
F. Guide Documents: Sample operating and maintenance instructions and maintenance schedule may be obtained from the ARCHITECT upon request, to assist in properly setting up the data.
G. Instructions To Personnel and Training: The mechanical Subcontractor shall instruct operating personnel in the operation and maintenance of the systems before accepting the responsibility of
Ketchikan Gateway Borough GENERAL MECHANICAL Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation - PLUMBING 220510-5 operation and maintenance of the systems. Each training session shall be signed off by Project Manager.
H. Qualification Data: For sheet metal installers. For pipe fitters.
I. Submit prior to Substantial Completion Inspection and Final Inspection a detailed list of equipment and systems that will not be completed for the completion date. Include status and information of deficiencies from all previous inspection reports.
J. Submit prior to Re-inspections of Substantial Completion Inspections, if applicable, and the Final Inspection a marked copy of the previous Engineers Inspection Reports detailing all items that have been completed and all items that have not been completed with reasons thereof. Re- inspection or Final Inspection will not occur until receipt of this list.
1.5 COOPERATIVE WORK
A. The Work hereunder shall be coordinated between various mechanical Sections and with the Work specified under other divisions or contracts toward rapid completion of the entire Project. If any cooperative Work must be altered due to lack of proper supervision hereunder, or failure to make proper provisions in time, then the Work hereunder shall include all expense of such changes as are necessary to be made in the Work under other divisions and contracts, and such changes shall be directly supervised by the ARCHITECT and shall be made to the satisfaction of the ARCHITECT.
B. In general pitched plumbing piping and ductwork shall take preference in location within the Project area (over other mechanical systems). Coordination of all drain valves, duct access doors, and other equipment requiring access and maintenance procedures is required with all building components during construction for maximum accessibility and proper location as intended. Coordinate closely with all other Contractors.
C. Protection of existing mechanical material and equipment during selective demolition shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR and coordinated with the respective Contractors. The CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary supports for all material and equipment. The CONTRACTOR at no cost to the Owner shall replace any existing material or equipment damaged during selective demolition due to insufficient protection. Coordination with all disciplines is required.
D. Temporary Utilities: In addition to requirements hereunder see Division 1. Continuity of Mechanical systems for building sprinkler, plumbing, heating, and ventilation systems during demolition and new Work shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. Shutdown of systems shall not affect Occupied portions of the building except when pre-approved by the Owner. Sprinkler, plumbing, heating, and ventilation systems shall be active at all times in Occupied areas. See 1.1 D above for specific requirements.
1. Protection of existing mechanical material and equipment during selective demolition shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR and coordinated with the respective Sub Contractor. The CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary supports for all material and equipment. The CONTRACTOR at no cost to Owner shall replace any existing materials or equipment damaged during selective demolition due to insufficient protection. Coordinate with all disciplines and phasing plans are required. Ketchikan Gateway Borough GENERAL MECHANICAL Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation - PLUMBING 220510-6 2. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for providing and maintaining the Mechanical Systems serving occupied areas of the building installed or modified under this Project throughout the Construction period. 3. The air handling system shall not be used during construction work hours where dust is being generated. Where dust generating activity is on-going, all diffusers and grilles shall be protected.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in conformance with all applicable codes, regulations, local ordinances, contract documents, and generally accepted good practice. If discrepancies exist between Specifications and Contract Drawings then the solution that provides the Owner with the highest quality of product or installation shall be deemed as intended by the Contract Documents.
B. All sheet metal workers shall have a minimum documented sheet metal fabrication and installation experience in commercial or industrial facilities of 3 years or be enrolled in an Alaska Department of Labor approved Sheet Metal Apprentice program. The ratio of on-site workers shall not exceed 3 apprentices or sheet metal workers for every one foreman. A foreman is defined as a sheet metal worker with minimum 3 years experience as detailed above or is an approved Journeyman.
C. All Plumbers and Pipe Fitters shall have a minimum documented installation experience in commercial or industrial facilities of 3 years or be enrolled in an Alaska Department of Labor approved Plumbers and Pipe Fitters Apprentice program. The ratio of on-site workers shall not exceed 2 apprentices or pipe fitters for every one Journeyman.
1.7 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. See Division 1 for specific requirements.
B. Verifications: All measurements shall be verified at the site and prior to fabrications of equipment and systems. The existing conditions shall be fully observed before beginning the Work hereunder, and the Work hereunder executed in full coordination with the existing conditions observed. All hazardous material including asbestos materials that are discovered during the course of construction shall be immediately brought to the attention of the ARCHITECT for action. All Work performed with hazardous materials not approved by the Owner shall be at the full responsibility of the contractor and not the Owner.
C. Changes: Variations apparently necessary due to existing conditions shall be made only on approval in writing by the ARCHITECT.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. See Division 1 for specific requirements regarding: Product warranties and product Bonds.
B. The contractor shall provide continuous and generally trouble-free operation of the mechanical systems for the time period listed in Division 1 or for one year after Substantial Completion whichever time period is longer. The operation and maintenance of systems other than
Ketchikan Gateway Borough GENERAL MECHANICAL Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation - PLUMBING 220510-7 incidental operations such as room thermostat settings or changing of air filters, shall be the sole responsibility of the contractor and shall be addressed by the contractor immediately if deficiencies are present. Leaking of valves, flanges, or air vents shall be addressed immediately by the contractor during the warranty period. Control settings, noise problems, and other deficiencies resulting in unsatisfactory environmental conditions shall be addressed immediately.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION 220510
Ketchikan Gateway Borough GENERAL MECHANICAL Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation - PLUMBING 220510-8 SECTION 220519 - METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Pressure gages and pressure gage taps.
B. Thermometers and thermometer wells.
C. Test Plugs.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide list that indicates use, operating range, total range and location for manufactured components.
1. Manufacturer’s data indicating use, operating range, total range, accuracy, and location for manufactured components. 2. Submit product description, model, dimensions, component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and finishes. 3. Submit schedule indicating manufacturer, model number, size, location, rated capacity, load served, and features for each specialty. 4. Submit schedule of pressure gage and thermometers detailing service and scale.
C. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and instrumentation.
D. Operation and Maintenance Data.
E. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for OWNER's use in maintenance of project.
1. See Division 1 - Product Requirements for additional provisions. 2. Extra Pressure Gages and Thermometers: One of each type and size.
1.3 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not install instrumentation when areas are under construction, except for required rough-in, taps, supports and test plugs.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough METERS AND GAGES FOR Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation PLUMBING PIPING 220519-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PRESSURE GAGES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Dwyer Instruments, Inc 2. Moeller Instrument Co., Inc 3. Omega Engineering, Inc
B. Pressure Gages: ASME B40.100, UL 393 drawn steel case, phosphor bronze bourdon tube, rotary brass movement, brass socket, with front recalibration adjustment, black scale on white background.
1. Case: Steel with brass bourdon tube. 2. Size: 4-1/2 inch diameter. 3. Mid-Scale Accuracy: One percent. 4. Scale: Psi and KPa.
2.2 PRESSURE GAGE TAPPINGS
A. Gage Cock: Tee or lever handle, brass for maximum 150 psi.
B. Needle Valve: Brass, 1/4 inch NPT for minimum 150 psi.
2.3 SOLAR POWERED THERMOMETERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Weiss 2. Weksler 3. FNW brand not acceptable.
B. Thermometer: Adjustable angle, digital solar powered thermometer, with positive locking device.
1. Stem: Brass, 3/4 inch NPT, 3-1/2 inch long. 2. Accuracy: 2 percent. 3. Calibration: Both degrees F and degrees C.
2.4 THERMOMETER SUPPORTS
A. Socket: Brass separable sockets for thermometer stems with or without extensions as required, and with cap and chain.
B. Heat Conductive Fluid: Wells filled with heat conductive fluid.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough METERS AND GAGES FOR Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation PLUMBING PIPING 220519-2 2.5 TEST PLUGS
A. Test Plug: 1/4 inch NPT or 1/2 inch NPT brass self sealing fitting and screw type sealing cap for receiving 1/8 inch outside diameter pressure or temperature probe with Nordel core for temperatures up to 350 degrees F.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Locate test plugs adjacent thermometers and thermometer sockets.
C. Install pressure gages with pulsation dampers. Provide gage cock to isolate each gage. Extend nipples to allow clearance from insulation.
D. Install thermometers in piping systems in sockets in short couplings. Enlarge pipes smaller than 2-1/2 inch for installation of thermometer sockets. Ensure sockets allow clearance from insulation.
E. Locate test plugs adjacent thermometers and thermometer sockets.
F. Install thermometer sockets adjacent to controls systems thermostat, transmitter, or sensor sockets.
G. Provide instruments with scale ranges selected according to service with largest appropriate scale.
H. Install gages and thermometers in locations where they are easily read from normal operating level. Install vertical to 45 degrees off vertical.
I. Adjust gages and thermometers to final angle, clean windows and lenses, and calibrate to zero.
END OF SECTION 220519
Ketchikan Gateway Borough METERS AND GAGES FOR Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation PLUMBING PIPING 220519-3 SECTION 220553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Nameplates.
B. Tags.
C. Pipe Markers.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 NAMEPLATES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Kolbi Pipe Marker Co 2. Seton Identification Products.
B. Description: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved letters.
1. Letter Color: White. 2. Letter Height: 1/4 inch. 3. Background Color: Black. 4. Plastic: Conform to ASTM D709.
2.2 TAGS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Advanced Graphic Engraving 2. Brady Corporation 3. Kolbi Pipe Marker Co 4. Seton Identification Products
B. Metal Tags: Brass with stamped letters; tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter with smooth edges.
C. Valve Tag Chart: Typewritten letter size list in anodized aluminum frame.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553-1 2.3 PIPE MARKERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Brady Corporation 2. Kolbi Pipe Marker Co 3. MIFAB, Inc 4. Seton Identification Products
B. Comply with ASME A13.1.
C. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers: Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings.
D. Plastic Pipe Markers: Factory fabricated, flexible, semi- rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering; minimum information indicating flow direction arrow and identification of fluid being conveyed. For un-insulated piping only.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials.
B. Symbols, numbers, and all mechanical identification shall match and be in accordance with Contract Documents.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install plastic nameplates with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. Apply with sufficient adhesive to ensure permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer.
B. Install tags with corrosion resistant chain.
C. Install plastic pipe markers in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
D. Install plastic tape pipe markers complete around pipe in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
E. Use tags on piping 3/4 inch diameter and smaller.
1. Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. 2. Install in clear view and align with axis of piping. 3. Locate identification not to exceed 20 feet on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and Tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553-2 F. Identify air handling units, fans, water heaters, condenser units, pumps, heat transfer equipment, and other mechanical equipment with plastic nameplates.
G. Identify valves in main and branch piping with tags.
H. Identify piping, concealed or exposed, with plastic pipe markers or plastic tape pipe markers.
1. Plastic pipe markers are to be used on uninsulated piping only. 2. Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. 3. Install in clear view and align with axis of piping. 4. Locate identification not to exceed 15 feet on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and Tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction. 5. Inaccessible piping need not be indentified if piping is identified at nearest accessible or exposed locations. 6. Install identifying devices after completion of coverings and painting.
END OF SECTION 220553
Ketchikan Gateway Borough IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553-3 SECTION 220719 - PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Piping insulation.
B. Jackets and accessories.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide product description, thermal characteristics, list of materials and thickness for each service, and locations.
C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation procedures that ensure acceptable workmanship and installation standards will be achieved.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with not less than three years of documented experience.
B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section with minimum 3 years of experience.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Accept materials on site, labeled with manufacturer's identification, product density, and thickness.
1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain ambient conditions required by manufacturers of each product.
B. Maintain temperature before, during, and after installation for minimum of 24 hours.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PLUMBING PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation INSULATION 220719-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION
A. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread/Smoke developed index of 25/50, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, NFPA 255, or UL 723.
2.2 GLASS FIBER
A. Manufacturers:
1. Knauf Insulation 2. Johns Manville Corporation 3. Owens Corning Corp 4. CertainTeed Corporation
B. Insulation: ASTM C547 and ASTM C795; rigid molded, noncombustible.
1. 'K' value: ASTM C177, 0.24 at 75 degrees F. 2. Maximum service temperature: 850 degrees F. 3. Maximum moisture absorption: 0.2 percent by volume.
C. Vapor Barrier Jacket: White Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn, bonded to aluminized film; moisture vapor transmission when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M of 0.02 perm- inches.
D. Tie Wire: 0.048 inch stainless steel with twisted ends on maximum 12 inch centers.
E. Vapor Barrier Lap Adhesive:
1. Water based insulation adhesive, UL classified. Compatible with insulation.
2.3 JACKETS
A. PVC Plastic.
1. Manufacturers: a. Johns Manville Corporation b. Proto/Knauf c. Speedline
2. Jacket: One piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, off-white color. a. Minimum Service Temperature: 0 degrees F. b. Maximum Service Temperature: 150 degrees F. c. Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.002 perm inch, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. d. Thickness: 10 mil. e. Connections: Brush on welding adhesive.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PLUMBING PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation INSULATION 220719-2 3. Covering Adhesive Mastic: a. Compatible with insulation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that piping has been tested before applying insulation materials.
B. Verify that surfaces are clean and dry, with foreign material removed.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install in accordance with NAIMA National Insulation Standards.
C. Exposed Piping: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations.
D. Insulated pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature: Insulate entire system including fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers, flexible connections, pump bodies, and expansion joints.
E. Glass fiber insulated pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature:
1. Provide vapor barrier jackets, factory-applied or field-applied. Secure with self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips with pressure sensitive adhesive. Secure with outward clinch expanding staples and vapor barrier mastic. 2. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with molded insulation of like material and thickness as adjacent pipe. Finish with glass cloth and vapor barrier adhesive or PVC fitting covers.
F. For hot piping conveying fluids 140 degrees F or less, do not insulate flanges and unions at equipment, but bevel and seal ends of insulation.
G. Glass fiber insulated pipes conveying fluids above ambient temperature:
1. Provide standard jackets, with or without vapor barrier, factory-applied or field-applied. Secure with self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips with pressure sensitive adhesive. Secure with outward clinch expanding staples. 2. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive or PVC fitting covers.
H. Inserts and Shields:
1. Application: Piping 1-1/2 inches diameter or larger. 2. Shields: Galvanized steel between pipe hangers or pipe hanger rolls and inserts. 3. Insert location: Between support shield and piping and under the finish jacket.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PLUMBING PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation INSULATION 220719-3 4. Insert configuration: Minimum 6 inches long, of same thickness and contour as adjoining insulation; may be factory fabricated. 5. Insert material: Heavy density insulating material suitable for the planned temperature range.
I. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, pipe hangers, and other pipe penetrations. Finish at supports, protrusions, and interruptions.
J. Apply insulation close to equipment by grooving, scoring, and beveling insulation. Fasten insulation to equipment with studs, pins, clips, adhesive, wires, or bands.
K. Fill joints, cracks, seams, and depressions with cement to form smooth surface.
L. Finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions.
M. Nameplates and ASME Stamps: Bevel and seal insulation around; do not insulate over.
N. Equipment Requiring Access for Maintenance, Repair, or Cleaning: Install insulation so it can be easily removed and replaced without damage.
O. Factory Insulated Equipment: Do not insulate.
P. Pipe Exposed in Mechanical Equipment Rooms or Finished Spaces (less than 7 feet above finished floor): Finish with PVC jacket and fitting covers.
3.3 SCHEDULES
A. Piping Systems:
1. Domestic Hot and Cold Water Supply and Hot Water recirculation: Mineral fiber pipe insulation, 1 inch thick. 1/2-inch thick may be used on plumbing piping branches 3/4- inch and smaller diameter when located inside walls. 2. Rain Leaders (Including Overflow Rain Leaders): Mineral fiber pipe insulation, 1 inch thick. Insulate entire length. 3. Plumbing Vents Within 10 feet of the Vent Through Roof: Mineral fiber pipe insulation, 1 inch thick. 4. Roof Drain Bodies: Mineral Fiber Insulation 1-1/2 inches thick
END OF SECTION 220719
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PLUMBING PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation INSULATION 220719-4 SECTION 221005 - PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Pipe, pipe fittings, valves, and connections for piping systems.
1. Sanitary sewer. 2. Domestic water. 3. Condensate drainage.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves, and accessories. Provide manufacturers catalog information. Indicate valve data and ratings.
C. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves.
D. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for OWNER's use in maintenance of project.
1. See Division 1 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Valve Repacking Kits: One for each type and size of valve.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform work in accordance with applicable codes.
B. Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body. Lead free.
C. Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to ASME (BPV IX) and applicable state labor regulations.
D. Welder Qualifications: Certified in accordance with ASME (BPV IX).
E. Identify pipe with marking including size, ASTM material classification, ASTM specification, potable water certification, water pressure rating.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage.
B. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PLUMBING PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 221005-1 C. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation.
D. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system.
E. Store piping and equipment in clean, enclosed from weather, location at all times. Materials are not to be stored in direct contact with dirty surfaces or on dirt floor. If piping, equipment, and components are found to be improperly stored they shall be removed from the project immediately and new, clean materials shall be used.
1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SANITARY SEWER AND VENT PIPING, ABOVE GRADE
A. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hubless, service weight.
1. Fittings: Cast iron. 2. Joints (Under 3-inch size): CISPI 301, neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp-and- shield assemblies. Standard duty. 3. Joints (3-inch and larger): CISPI 301, neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp-and- shield assemblies. Heavy Duty Coupling Assembly; Clamp-All or Anoco Husky Series 4000 couplings. No substitutions.
B. Copper Tube: ASTM B306, type DWV. Acceptable only on 2-inch and under horizontal waste and vent piping located inside plumbing walls.
1. Fittings: ASME B123, cast bronze, or ASME B129, wrought copper. 2. Joints: ASTM B32, solder, Grade 50B
2.2 CONDENSATE DRAINAGE PIPING
A. Copper Tube: ASTM B306, type DWV.
1. Fittings: ASME B123, cast bronze, or ASME B129, wrought copper. 2. Joints: ASTM B32, solder, Grade 50B. Mechanical press fit joint with gasket equivalent to PROPRESS acceptable.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PLUMBING PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 221005-2 2.3 WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE
A. Copper Tube: ASTM B88, Type L (B), Drawn (H).
1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast copper alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought copper and bronze. 2. Joints: ASTM B32, solder, Grade 95TA. Mechanical press fit joint with gasket equivalent to PROPRESS acceptable.
2.4 STORM WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE
A. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hubless, service weight.
1. Fittings: Cast iron. 2. Joints: CISPI 301, neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp-and-shield assemblies. Heavy Duty Coupling Assembly; Clamp-All or Anoco Husky Series 4000 couplings. No Substitutions.
2.5 FLANGES, UNIONS, AND COUPLINGS
A. Unions for Pipe Sizes 3 Inches and Under:
1. Ferrous pipe: Class 150 malleable iron threaded unions. 2. Copper tube and pipe: Class 150 bronze unions with soldered joints.
B. Flanges for Pipe Size Over 1 Inch:
1. Ferrous pipe: Class 150 malleable iron threaded or forged steel slip-on flanges; preformed neoprene gaskets. 2. Copper tube and pipe: Class 150 slip-on bronze flanges; preformed neoprene gaskets.
C. Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier.
2.6 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Provide hangers and supports that comply with MSS SP-58.
1. If type of hanger or support for a particular situation is not indicated, select appropriate type using MSS SP-58 recommendations. 2. Overhead Supports: Individual steel rod hangers attached to structure or to trapeze hangers. 3. Trapeze Hangers: Welded steel channel frames attached to structure. 4. Vertical Pipe Support: Steel riser clamp. 5. Floor Supports: Concrete pier or steel pedestal with floor flange; fixture attachment.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PLUMBING PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 221005-3 B. Plumbing Piping - Drain, Waste, and Vent:
1. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 Inch to 1-1/2 Inches: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. 2. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 3. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches: Cast iron hook. 4. Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. 5. Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plated.
C. Plumbing Piping - Water:
1. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 Inch to 1-1/2 Inches: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. 2. Hangers for Cold Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 3. Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 2 Inches to 4 Inches: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 4. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches: Cast iron hook. 5. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp. 6. Floor Support for Cold Pipe: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. 7. Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes to 4 Inches: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, locknut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. 8. Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plated.
2.7 GATE VALVES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Tyco Flow Control 2. Conbraco Industries 3. Nibco, Inc 4. Milwaukee Valve Company
B. Up To and Including 3 Inches:
1. MSS SP-80, Class 125, bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, inside screw, solid wedge disc, solder or threaded ends. 1” diameter and smaller valves may have soldered ends. Lead free.
2.8 BALL VALVES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Tyco Flow Control 2. Nibco, Inc 3. Milwaukee Valve Company
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PLUMBING PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 221005-4 B. Construction, 3 Inches and Smaller: MSS SP-110, Class 150, 400 psi CWP, bronze, two piece body, chrome plated brass ball, full port, teflon seats and stuffing box ring, blow-out proof stem, lever handle, solder or threaded ends. 1” diameter and smaller valves may have soldered ends. Lead free.
2.9 FLOWSETTER VALVES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Armstrong International, Inc. 2. ITT Bell & Gossett. 3. Myson, Inc.
B. Angle or straight pattern, rising stem, inside screw globe valve for 125 psi working pressure, with bronze body and integral union for screwed connections, renewable composition disc, plastic wheel handle for shut-off service, and lockshield key cap and set screw memory bonnet for balancing service.
C. Spare: Provide minimum of two spare caps and one set of probes suitable to test the valve.
2.10 SWING CHECK VALVES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Hammond Valve. 2. Nibco, Inc. 3. Milwaukee Valve Company.
B. Up to 3 Inches:
1. MSS SP-80, Class 125, bronze body and cap, bronze swing disc with rubber seat, threaded ends. 1” diameter and smaller valves may have soldered ends. Lead free.
2.11 SPRING LOADED CHECK VALVES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Hammond Valve. 2. Crane Co. 3. Milwaukee Valve Company.
B. Up To and Including 2 inches: Class 125, bronze body. Stainless steel stem and 316 Stainless steel spring with rubber seat, threaded ends. 1” diameter and smaller valves may have soldered ends.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PLUMBING PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 221005-5 2.12 WATER PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Amtrol Inc 2. Cla-Val Co 3. Watts Regulator Company
B. Up to 2-1/2 Inches:
1. MSS SP-80, lead free brass body or cast-iron, stainless steel and thermoplastic internal parts, fabric reinforced diaphragm, strainer, threaded single union ends. High Capacity type. Lead free.
2.13 RELIEF VALVES
A. Temperature and Pressure Relief:
1. Manufacturers: a. Cla-Val Co b. Henry Technologies c. Watts Regulator Company 2. AGA Z21.22 certified, bronze body, teflon seat, stainless steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated, temperature relief maximum 210 degrees F, capacity ASME (BPV IV) certified and labelled.
2.14 STRAINERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Armstrong International, Inc 2. Green Country Filtration 3. WEAMCO
B. Size 2 inch and Under:
1. Threaded brass body for 175 psi CWP, Y pattern with 1/32 inch stainless steel perforated screen. 2. Class 150, threaded bronze body 300 psi CWP, Y pattern with 1/32 inch stainless steel perforated screen.
C. Size 2-1/2 inch to 4 inch:
1. Class 125, flanged iron body, Y pattern with 1/16 inch stainless steel perforated screen.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PLUMBING PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 221005-6 PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe.
B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly.
C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Provide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals.
C. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls.
D. Install piping to maintain headroom, conserve space, and not interfere with use of space.
E. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.
F. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment.
G. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings
H. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed. Coordinate size and location of access doors.
I. Prepare exposed, unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories ready for finish painting.
J. Install bell and spigot pipe with bell end upstream.
K. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted.
L. Install water piping to ASME B31.9.
M. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls and floors.
N. Piping Tests: All drainage, sanitary waste and vent piping tested hydrostatically by filling piping to highest point for a minimum of one hour. Leaks developed during tests shall be corrected without caulking in threaded piping or additives and test restarted until a perfectly tight system is obtained. Enclosed piping tested before concealing. Tests performed in presence of ARCHITECT.
O. Piping Tests: All domestic water piping tested hydrostatically at 125 psi for a minimum of one hour. Equipment, gages, and thermometer wells rated for a lesser pressure suitably protected Ketchikan Gateway Borough PLUMBING PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 221005-7 during tests. Leaks developed during tests shall be corrected without caulking in threaded piping or additives and test restarted until a perfectly tight system is obtained. Enclosed piping tested before concealing. Tests performed in presence of ARCHITECT.
P. Coordinate piping locations closely with other trades.
Q. Mechanically extracted collars acceptable on pipe sizes 2-inch and over. Installed by contractor with previous documented experience utilizing methods, machines and tools required by manufacturer.
R. Where piping penetrates wall, run insulation through penetration. Seal penetration with fire stopping insulation and seal with fire stopping sealant.
S. Install vent piping penetrating roofed areas to maintain integrity of roof assembly; coordinate with Architectural.
T. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding.
U. Extend vent through roofs (VTR) minimum 18-inches above roof with fabricated flashing and counter flashing as detailed in Architectural.
V. Pipe Hangers and Supports:
1. Install in accordance with ASME B31.9. 2. Support horizontal piping as scheduled. 3. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. 4. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 5. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. 6. Support vertical piping at every other floor. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. 7. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. 8. Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping. 9. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. 10. Provide hangers adjacent to motor driven equipment with vibration isolation. 11. Support cast iron drainage piping at every joint. 12. All hangers are to be installed on the outside of the insulated piping.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Use grooved mechanical couplings and fasteners only in accessible locations.
B. Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections.
C. Install brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Solder adapters to pipe.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PLUMBING PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 221005-8 D. Install gate or ball valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers.
E. Install globe or ball valves for throttling, bypass, or manual flow control services.
F. Provide flowsetter in water recirculating systems where indicated.
G. Provide spring loaded check valves on discharge of water pumps.
3.4 TOLERANCES
A. Drainage Piping: Establish invert elevations within 1/2 inch vertically of location indicated and slope to drain at minimum of 1/4 inch per foot slope.
3.5 DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM
A. Disinfect water distribution system in accordance with Section 22 1005 3.5.
B. Prior to starting work, verify system is complete, flushed and clean.
C. Ensure Ph of water to be treated is between 7.4 and 7.6 by adding alkali (caustic soda or soda ash) or acid (hydrochloric).
D. Inject disinfectant, free chlorine in liquid, powder, tablet or gas form, throughout system to obtain 50 to 80 mg/L residual.
E. Bleed water from outlets to ensure distribution and test for disinfectant residual at minimum 15 percent of outlets.
F. Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours.
G. If final disinfectant residual tests less than 25 mg/L, repeat treatment.
H. Flush disinfectant from system until residual equal to that of incoming water or 1.0 mg/L.
I. Take samples no sooner than 24 hours after flushing, from 10 percent of outlets and from water entry, and analyze in accordance with AWWA C651.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PLUMBING PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 221005-9 3.6 SCHEDULES
A. Pipe Hanger Spacing (Metal Piping):
1. Pipe size: 1/2 inches to 1-1/4 inches: a. Maximum hanger spacing: 6.5 ft. b. Hanger rod diameter: 3/8 inches. 2. Pipe size: 1-1/2 inches to 2 inches: a. Maximum hanger spacing: 10 ft. b. Hanger rod diameter: 3/8 inch. 3. Pipe size: 2-1/2 inches to 3 inches: a. Maximum hanger spacing: 10 ft. b. Hanger rod diameter: 1/2 inch. 4. Pipe size: 4 inches to 6 inches: a. Maximum hanger spacing: 10 ft. b. Hanger rod diameter: 5/8 inch.
END OF SECTION 221005
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PLUMBING PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 221005-10 SECTION 221006 – PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Floor sinks.
B. Plenum drains.
C. Cleanouts.
D. Hose bibbs.
E. Backflow devices.
F. Water hammer arrestors.
G. Trap priming valves.
H. Thermostatic mixing valves.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and finishes.
C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate assembly and support requirements.
D. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of equipment, cleanouts, backflow preventers, water hammer arrestors.
E. Operation Data: Indicate frequency of treatment required for interceptors.
F. Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views.
G. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for OWNER's use in maintenance of project.
1. See Division 1 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Extra Hose End Vacuum Breakers for Hose Bibbs: One.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with not less than three years documented experience. Ketchikan Gateway Borough PLUMBING PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation SPECIALTIES 221006-1 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Accept specialties on site in original factory packaging. Inspect for damage.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FLOOR SINKS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Josam Company 2. Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Company 3. Zurn Industries, Inc
B. Floor Sink (FS-1):
1. Nominal dimensions; 12” x 6” x 8” deep. White acid-resisting porcelain enamel interior galvanized cast iron body with acid-resisting interior dome strainer and seepage flange. 3/4 loose set grate with square. 2 or 3-inch drain (see drawings for sizes). With priming line connections.
2.2 CLEANOUTS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Company 2. Josam Company 3. Zurn Industries, Inc
B. Cleanouts at Interior Finished Wall Areas (WCO): Line type with galvanized cast iron body and round gasketed cover, and round stainless steel access cover secured with machine screw.
C. Cleanouts at Interior Unfinished Accessible Areas (CO): Line type with galvanized cast iron body and tapered thread plug with gasket. Provide bolted stack cleanouts on vertical rainwater leaders.
2.3 HOSE BIBBS (HB)
A. Manufacturers:
1. Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Company 2. Watts Regulator Company 3. Zurn Industries, Inc
B. Interior Exposed Hose Bibbs: (HB-1)
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PLUMBING PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation SPECIALTIES 221006-2 1. Bronze or brass with integral mounting flange, replaceable hexagonal disc, hose thread spout, chrome plated where exposed with handwheel, integral vacuum breaker in conformance with ASSE 1011. ¾ inch size.
2.4 BACKFLOW DEVICES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Watts
B. Description: Device designed to prevent back-siphonage of contaminated water to potable water in applications not subject to continuous pressure.
C. Hose Connection Vacuum Breakers: Removable single check with brass body and atmospheric vacuum breaker vent. Manual draining feature included where freezing conditions exist.
D. Double Check Backflow Preventer: Provide for ice machine.
2.5 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Company. 2. Josam. 3. Watts Regulator Company. 4. Zurn Industries, Inc.
B. Description:
1. Stainless steel construction, bellows type sized in accordance with PDI-WH 201, precharged suitable for operation in temperature range -100 to 300 degrees F and maximum 250 psi working pressure.
C. Capacity:
1. WHA-1: PDI Unit A. Similar to JR Smith 5005, 3/4-inch threaded connections. 2. WHA-2: PDI Unit B. Similar to JR Smith 5010, 1-inch threaded connections. 3. WHA-3: PDI Unit C. Similar to JR Smith 5020, 1-inch threaded connections. 4. WHA-4: PDI Unit D. Similar to JR Smith 5030, 1-inch threaded connections.
D. Accessibility: Where water hammer is concealed, locate WHA and isolating valve accessibly behind 16x16 access door.
E. Location in walls: Locate centerline of 16x16 access door serving WHA behind walls at 64- inches AFF. Coordinate this location with ARCHITECT.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PLUMBING PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation SPECIALTIES 221006-3 2.6 TRAP PRIMING VALVE
A. Manufacturers:
1. MIFAB M-500 2. Watts T20. 3. PPP not acceptable.
B. All brass, 1/2-inch IPS, spring-loaded, pressure differential activated with vacuum breaking means. Provide appropriate trap primer and distribution unit sized for 1-8 priming lines as required. See drawings for number of priming lines served by single trap priming valve.
C. Accessibility: Where trap priming valve is concealed, locate with priming valve, distribution unit, valve, and all unions centered accessibly behind 16x16 access door.
D. Location in walls: Locate centerline of 16x16 access door serving trap priming valve and distribution behind walls at 16-inches AFF. Coordinate location with Architect.
2.7 TEMPERING VALVES (TV-1)
A. Manufacturers:
1. Leonard TM.
B. Valve: Cast brass body, stainless steel or copper alloy bellows, integral temperature adjustment. Thermostatic water mixing valve. Pre-assembled thermostatic mixing valve to provide full range thermostatic mixing of the hot water system. Bypass for recirculating system.
C. Capacity:
1. TV-1: Building Hot Water (Mechanical Room): 6 GPM at 20psi differential. Set at 115F. 2. TV-2: Kitchen Hot Water (Mechanical Room): 8 GPM at 20psi differential. Set at 140F.
D. Accessories:
1. Check valve on inlets. 2. Volume control shut-off valve on outlet. 3. Stem thermometer on outlet. 4. Strainer stop checks on inlets.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PLUMBING PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation SPECIALTIES 221006-4 2.8 PLENUM DRAINS (PD)
A. Manufacturers:
1. Zurn. 2. Josam. 3. Jay R. Smith.
B. Lacquered cast iron body with sump. Flashing clamp.
C. Plenum Drain (PD): 1-1/2-inch diameter, 2-inch high cornice drain with plain bronze dome, galvanized cast iron body and clamping rings for mounting in sheet metal plenum.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Ensure clearance at cleanout for rodding of drainage system.
C. Install approved portable water protection devices on plumbing lines where contamination of domestic water may occur; on janitor rooms, interior and exterior hose bibs, drain valves.
D. Install water hammer arrestors complete with accessible isolation valve on hot and cold water supply piping where indicated. Install behind access doors where located concealed. I. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed.
E. Install vacuum breaker and cap on all drain valves.
F. Pipe relief from valves and drains to nearest floor drain. Pipe relief valve outlets separately.
G. Install trap primers fully accessible (behind access doors as needed) with unions at all connections. Install isolating valve on supply side.
END OF SECTION 221006
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PLUMBING PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation SPECIALTIES 221006-5 SECTION 223000 – PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Domestic Hot Water Heater
B. Expansion Tank
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 – Submittal Procedures, for submittals procedures.
B. Product Data:
1. Provide dimension drawings of water heaters indicating components and connections to other equipment and piping. 2. Provide electrical characteristics and connection requirements.
C. Shop Drawings:
1. Indicate size of taps, and performance data. Indicate dimensions of tanks, tank lining methods, anchors, attachments, lifting points, taps, and drains.
D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit mounting and support requirements.
E. As-Builts: Record actual locations of components.
F. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include operation, maintenance, and inspection data, replacement part numbers and availability, and service depot location and telephone number.
G. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for OWNER's use in maintenance of project.
1. See Division 1 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Provide 2 spare magnesium anode sets for HWT-1.
H. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer.
1. Provide minimum fifteen-year manufacturer warranty for indirect fired domestic water heater, HWT-1.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. Ketchikan Gateway Borough PLUMBING EQUIPMENT Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 223000-1 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Provide temporary inlet and outlet caps. Maintain caps in place until installation.
1.4 WARRANTY
A. See Division 1 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
B. Provide minimum fifteen-year manufacturer warranty for indirect fired domestic water heater, HWT-1.
C. Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in OWNER's name and registered with manufacturer.
1.5 CERTIFICATIONS
A. Water Heaters: NSF approved.
B. Domestic Water Expansion Tanks: ASME labeled, to ASME (BPV VIII, 1).
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 INDIRECT FIRED HOT WATER HEATER (HWT-1)
A. Manufacturers:
1. Triangle Tube Smart 120 2. Weil McLain 3. Crown
B. Tubes: Indirect hot water heating by boiler, vertical storage. Commercial grade.
C. Performance:
1. Approximately 120 gallon storage capacity, capable of minimum 560 gallons 50F to 140F water temperature first hour rise at 420,000 BTU/hr boiler output. 2. Maximum working pressure: 150psig
D. Tank: Tank within a tank design constructed of corrugated stainless steel double wall inner tank and steel outer tank. Integral steel base.
E. Controls: Integral automatic water thermostat, temperature range adjustable from 110F to 180F, ability for remote connection. Connection provided for enabling of unit and control of automatic valve from DDC system.
F. Accessories: Water connections; drain valve, and temperature and pressure relief valve. Drain piped to floor drain or sink. Provide signage per UPC 506.4 for caution of heat transfer medium. Ketchikan Gateway Borough PLUMBING EQUIPMENT Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 223000-2 2.2 DIAPHRAGM-TYPE DOMESTIC WATER EXPANSION TANK (ET-1)
A. Manufacturers:
1. Amtrol Inc 2. ITT Bell & Gossett 3. Taco, Inc
B. Construction: Welded steel, tested and stamped in accordance with ASME (BPV VIII, 1); supplied with National Board Form U-1, rated for working pressure of 125 psig, with flexible EPDM diaphragm sealed into tank, and steel legs or saddles. Floor mounted with seismic restraint. For domestic water. NSF rated.
C. Accessories: Pressure gage and air-charging fitting, tank drain; precharge to 55 psig.
D. Sizes: See Drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install plumbing equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, as required by code, and complying with conditions of certification, if any.
B. Route condensate drains to floor sink or service sink. Verify operation.
C. Coordinate with plumbing piping to achieve operating system.
D. Pipe relief valves to floor sink.
E. Secure water heaters and expansion tanks to wall and concrete slab in conformance with Seismic Zone 3 requirements.
F. Clean and flush tanks prior to after installation. Seal until pipe connections are made.
3.2 SYSTEM START-UP
A. Provide minimum 1 hour minimum on water heater training to maintenance staff. Demonstrate operation and maintenance procedures.
END OF SECTION 223000
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PLUMBING EQUIPMENT Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 223000-3 SECTION 224000 – PLUMBING FIXTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Service Sinks.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 – Submittal Procedures Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide catalog illustrations of fixtures, sizes, rough-in dimensions, utility sizes, trim, and finishes.
C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation methods and procedures.
D. Maintenance Data: Include fixture trim exploded view and replacement parts lists.
E. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in OWNER's name and registered with manufacturer.
F. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for OWNER's use in maintenance of project.
1. See Division 1 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience.
1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Accept fixtures on site in factory packaging. Inspect for damage.
B. Protect installed fixtures from damage by securing areas and by leaving factory packaging in place to protect fixtures and prevent use.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PLUMBING FIXTURES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 224000-1 1.6 WARRANTY
A. See Division 1 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SERVICE SINKS (SS)
A. Service Sink Manufacturers:
1. American Standard Inc 2. Kohler 3. Elkay Manufacturing Company
B. (SS-1) Bowl Floor Mounted: 28 x 28 x 8 inch high enameled cast iron corner design, with rim guard and 3 inch drain. Stainless steel strainer. Similar to Kohler Whitby.
C. Trim: ASME A112.18.1 exposed wall type combination supply with lever handles, spout wall brace, vacuum breaker, hose end spout, strainers, eccentric adjustable inlets, integral screwdriver stops with covering caps and adjustable threaded wall flanges. Similar to Chicago 897.
D. Accessories:
1. 3 feet of 1/2 inch diameter plain end reinforced plastic hose. 2. Hose clamp hanger. 3. Mop hanger. 4. Pail Hook. 5. Stainless steel wall coverings minimum 24 inches high and the length of each of the SS sides.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that walls and floor finishes are prepared and ready for installation of fixtures.
B. Verify dimension of all custom sized fixtures before ordering.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Rough-in fixture piping connections in accordance with minimum sizes indicated in fixture rough-in schedule for particular fixtures.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PLUMBING FIXTURES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 224000-2 3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install WORK in accordance with State standards.
B. Seal fixtures to wall and floor surfaces with sealant, color to match fixture. Sealant shall have a convex bead in order to prevent water from accumulating on the finished surface.
C. All supply piping to fixture anchored to wall.
D. All sink supply spouts with aerators as specified for each fixture.
E. Stops installed in each supply pipe at each fixture, accessibly located. Exposed stops of the loose key type, unless quarter turn Mini-Ball stop or screwdriver type is specified, with threaded chrome-plated brass nipple and escutcheon. Where stops are not specified with the fixture, standard globe or angle valves shall be used, located in accessible, concealed space such as cabinetwork, pipe spaces, or unfinished rooms.
F. Suitable protective cover placed over fixtures immediately after installation. Damaged fixtures replaced at no additional cost to the OWNER.
3.4 INTERFACE WITH WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS
A. Review millwork shop drawings. Confirm location and size of fixtures and openings before rough-in and installation.
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, noise, or overflow.
B. Verify in writing that main thermostatic mixing valves have been set to provide 115F as scheduled at lavatories and sinks.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Clean plumbing fixtures and equipment.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed products from damage due to subsequent construction operations.
B. Do not permit use of fixtures prior to final acceptance.
C. Repair or replace damaged products before Date of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 224000
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PLUMBING FIXTURES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 224000-3 SECTION 230510 – GENERAL MECHANICAL - HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. The Mechanical Work is governed by the entire Specifications and not just Division 23. The entire Specifications must be examined for requirements relating to the Work hereunder. The Work covered by this and all other Mechanical sections consists of furnishing labor, equipment, and materials in accordance with the Specifications or Drawings, or both, together with any incidental items not shown or specified which can be reasonably inferred or taken as belonging to the Work and necessary in good practice to provide a complete system described or shown as intended.
B. Coordinate proposed shutdown of mechanical systems with the Owner. All shutdowns must be pre-approved by Owner. Contact names and phone numbers will be available through the ARCHITECT.
C. Continuity of Mechanical Systems for the Building: Continuity of Mechanical systems for building sprinkler, plumbing, heating, and ventilation systems during demolition and new work shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. Building sprinkler, plumbing, heating, and ventilation systems shall be operational for Occupied portions of the building during Occupied hours. Shutdown of systems shall not affect Occupied portions of the building except when coordinated with the Owner and the ARCHITECT. Shutdown to Occupied portions of the building to occur after hours and upon approval of the Owner. See paragraph 1.1 D and paragraph 1.5 D. Temporary systems, provided and installed by the CONTRACTOR, shall be necessary during project demolition and new Work as required to provide continuity of sprinkler, plumbing, heating, and ventilation systems. All temporary mechanical systems shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. All temporary equipment, ductwork, piping, and related appurtenances shall be removed prior to substantial completion.
D. Work in Occupied Building and Temporary Mechanical Systems: Airport is in operation 365 days per year. Construction work is to occur after hours per Division 1 requirements. Mechanical systems shall be fully operational during Occupied periods unless approved otherwise by the Owner and the Ketchikan Gateway Building Official.
1. The building will remain occupied throughout the construction project. Existing Sprinkler, plumbing, heating, and ventilation systems shall remain in service in all occupied spaces during occupied periods. 2. Shutdown of Mechanical systems for work areas: Upon prior approval from Owner, Mechanical systems serving the occupied building may be temporarily shutdown for short periods of time. Coordinate requirements with Owner. 3. Domestic hot and cold water, waste and vent shall remain in service. Kitchen, bar, and toilet room plumbing fixtures shall be in service during occupied hours. Any shutdowns to domestic water service and waste piping shall be limited in duration and must receive prior approval from Owner. Domestic hot water may be provided from existing domestic hot water heater, temporary water heater, or other pre-approved method.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough GENERAL MECHANICAL Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation - HVAC 230510-1 4. Heating System shall remain in service. Building heating shall be maintained during occupied periods. Temporary heating systems shall be installed by the Contractor as needed to maintain minimum 65F space temperatures in each occupied space. Unoccupied spaces shall be maintained above 55F. Existing hydronic heating plant shall be utilized for heating with temporary terminal heating units, piping, and controls installed to provide required heating. Any shutdowns to the heating system shall be limited in duration and must receive prior approval from Owner. 5. Exhaust System shall remain in service. Any shutdowns to the toilet exhaust system shall be limited in duration and must receive prior approval from Owner. 6. Ventilation System: Outdoor air ventilation is required to maintain a positive pressure in the terminal building (relative to the outdoors) and to provide minimum outdoor air for occupants. A minimum of 2000 CFM outdoor air is required for the lower floor circulation/baggage area and 2000 CFM outdoor air is required for the upper floor open concourse area during construction. The Contractor shall install a temporary system as indicated or recommend an alternative for approval by the Engineer and Owner. A complete and operational temporary ventilation system is the responsibility of the contractor. 7. Roof Drain System: Maintain continuity of roof drain system during construction. During demolition and installation of new roof drain piping system, provide for temporary means of rain water removal from roof. 8. Temporary piping and ducts, mechanical equipment, and any related controls and electrical shall be provided and installed by the Contractor as necessary to provide for continuity of Mechanical systems. 9. Temporary Mechanical system scope of work plan: CONTRACTOR shall submit a temporary mechanical system scope of work indicating the Contractor’s proposed plan for providing continuity of all mechanical systems during occupied periods. Temporary Mechanical System Plan shall include each mechanical system, the temporary work planned to keep each system operational, and description of all material and equipment that is to be temporarily installed to provide required continuity of sprinkler, heating, plumbing, ventilation for pre-approval by the Mechanical Engineer and the Owner. All mechanical systems are to be covered and accounted for in the plan and shall be submitted during the initial submittal process for approval. Schedule shall be submitted for approval not later than 35 days after initial Work notice to proceed date. 10. Work in the FAA areas of the 4th and 5th floors of the tower require minimum 2 weeks notice and prior approval by the FAA. Contact information for the System Support Manager and FSS Air Traffic Supervisor are included in Division 1 specifications (01100 Summary). See FAA Facility Protection, Noise, and Security and Access requirements in Section 01100 Summary.
E. Demolition of and Connection to Existing Material, Equipment, and Systems:
1. Mechanical drawings (MD Series) show reported as-built and contract document locations of mechanical systems taken from past project drawings. Contractor shall verify locations and quantities of all existing mechanical systems on-site. Contractor to determine actual existing locations of underground piping as needed without additional cost to the Owner. Contractor to utilize pipe location devices as needed. Contact ARCHITECT if actual underground piping locations are different than shown. Excavation shall be required to locate piping, remove piping, install piping, and connect to existing piping. 2. Where select piping and ductwork systems are shown to be partially removed for connection, prepare and protect the connection points appropriately to ensure later Ketchikan Gateway Borough GENERAL MECHANICAL Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation - HVAC 230510-2 continuity of Work. CONTRACTOR shall provide all temporary supports as required and completely replace material and equipment that are not suitably protected during construction and becomes damaged. 3. CONTRACTOR shall provide all temporary caps for ductwork and piping as required. CONTRACTOR shall provide all temporary partitions such as air-tight air plenum separations as required to maintain continuity of systems and to not contaminate existing systems or finishes. CONTRACTOR shall remove all temporary provisions when the phase of Work is completed or earlier if required. 4. All material and equipment that are to be removed for relocation is the CONTRACTORS responsibility to suitably protect and store in a location that protects from damage. CONTRACTOR shall completely replace all relocated material and equipment that are damaged from storage and other misuse between demolition and reinstallation. 5. Where items are shown to be removed such as piping or ductwork it is to be assumed that this includes the removal of the respective system including but not limited to pipe and duct hangers, rods, supports, conduit, wiring, valves, and other related trim and appurtenances. Piping to be removed through a floor assumes that the piping is to be capped below floor and the floor finished smooth. 6. Mechanical Contractor shall be available during Abatement and Demolition Work for coordination and assistance for related Work. Mechanical Contractor shall locate, isolate, and drain piping systems to be removed. 7. Concrete wall and floor penetrations required. Saw cut or core drill as required. Sleeve penetrations. Coordinate with Architect for structural beam penetration approvals. Contractor responsible for extent of concrete sawcut and excavation necessary for below slab piping work.
1.2 WORDING OF THE SPECIFICATIONS
A. These Specifications are of the abbreviated or streamlined type and frequently include incomplete sentences. However, periods are used for clarity. Words such as "shall", "shall be", "the CONTRACTOR shall", and similar mandatory phrases shall be supplied by inference in the same manner, as they are required for the notes on the drawings.
1.3 CODES AND REGULATIONS
A. All Work hereunder shall be strictly in conformance with applicable codes and regulations. All Work shall be in accordance with the 2015 Uniform Plumbing Code, 2012 International Mechanical Code, 2012 International Building Code, 2012 International Fire Code, the most recent edition of NFPA, Ketchikan Gateway Borough, and State of Alaska code modifications insofar as minimum requirements are concerned, but the Drawings and Specifications shall govern in case the minimum requirements are exceeded. All electrical equipment shall bear the UL label.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Provide submittals according to Conditions of Contract, Division 1 Specifications Sections, and as required hereunder. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary Conditions, and all Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. Approval of the data shall not eliminate responsibility for compliance with the Ketchikan Gateway Borough GENERAL MECHANICAL Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation - HVAC 230510-3 Drawings or Specifications unless specific attention has been called in writing to proposed deviations at the time of transmittal of the data and such deviations have been approved, nor shall it eliminate the responsibility for freedom of errors of any sort in the data. All Mechanical submittal data for Project construction is to be turned in for approval at the same time in order for an efficient review process. Partial submittals may be rejected until the full submittal is received.
B. Specified Products: Trade names and catalog numbers of manufactured products included herein are intended to indicate the type, size, and grade of quality of equipment and materials required and such equipment and materials are approved for installation, subject to full compliance with the Specifications. Except where single manufacture is specified for standardization, requests for approval of other manufacturers than those specified must be accompanied by complete descriptions including overall dimensions, performance data, and, if catalog material, identification of specific products or items proposed.
C. Submittal Format: All data shall be submitted at one time in neatly bound loose-leaf three ring binders with pockets and tabulated in the same order of Specification Division section. All data shall be typed, minimum 10 point font, no exceptions. Data submitted that is not conforming to these specification requirements will be returned without reviewing and will need to be resubmitted at Contractors sole complete cost. Digital copy of specifications is acceptable during the submittal process, however, after approval of all submittals, a hard copy and digital copy of the approved submittal data shall be provided to the Owner for future reference.
1. Each binder shall have a set of separators with index tabs A to Z. Tabs are to be printed type. Slip-in tabs not acceptable. 2. The first page shall be a cover sheet with project name, address, date, submittal product name, all applicable contractors and contact information, and all applicable consultants and contact information. 3. Second page shall be a submittal manual index of all project Specification sections with respective tab numbers, and respective book number, if applicable. 4. The first page of each manuals section shall be an index of that respective project Specification section and number with each product name, manufacturer name and model number. 5. Each manuals section shall be labeled and certified by mechanical Subcontractor that the data presented is in accordance with project Specifications. Index sheet in front of completed binder listing each piece of equipment or material submitted. 6. Product Data to be utilized shall be flagged and noted and all other data shall be crossed out or otherwise flagged that it is not in the project. 7. Data shall be inserted in binders in order of Specification number. Specification number shall be clearly labeled on each submittal page.
D. As-built Drawings: As-built drawings shall be required from all Mechanical Subcontractors and shall accurately show all changes from Contract Documents for all piping, ductwork, and equipment. As-built drawings shall show all underground piping whether changed or not, dimensioned from building lines. Changes to plumbing and piping diagrams shall be identified on As-built drawings. As-built drawings shall be updated daily and available for inspection on- site by the ARCHITECT.
E. Operating and Maintenance Data: See Division 1 for the number of sets of data to be provided for submittal and additional requirements. Provide a minimum of two (2) hard copies along with digital copy. The following data shall be provided to the ARCHITECT for approval 30 Ketchikan Gateway Borough GENERAL MECHANICAL Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation - HVAC 230510-4 days prior to the request for Commissioning or Substantial Completion inspection, whichever comes first. Except for the valve directory and nameplate directory, the data shall be provided complete at one time. Partial or separate data will be returned for completion. The valve directory and nameplate directory may be provided for approval previous to the other data. The first section of the O&M manual shall be as listed in the following subparagraphs in order presented hereunder. All of the following subparagraphs sections shall be furnished with permanent plastic see through covers. See requirements under 1.4.C for additional submittal and formatting requirements.
1. Cover and Index sheets as in 1.4.C. above. 2. Description of systems and operating instructions: The Contractor shall prepare a brief type written description of all new and modified systems, explaining how the systems operate and indicating the proper settings of controls and switches. The instructions are to include all information required for the proper settings of controls and switches. The instructions are to include all information required for the proper operation of the systems. Technical knowledge on controls or adjustments requiring specialized technicians should not be included in the instructions. 3. Nameplate directory: List of all new pumps, air handlers, fans, air conditioning units, condenser units, water heaters, and other equipment nameplates, giving manufacturer's nameplate data, nameplate designation, location of equipment, area served, switch location, and normal position of the switch. Motor data must include the horsepower, voltage, full load amperage, phase, etc. See Section 220553 - Mechanical Identification. 4. Manufacturers' literature: Manufacturers' instructions for operation and maintenance of all mechanical equipment and specialties, including replacement parts lists, capacity curves or charts, equipment data sheets, manufacturers' literature on the equipment, and as-built wiring diagrams and control drawings, all suitable for side binding to 8-1/2 x 11 inch size. All data not applicable to the job is to be crossed out or deleted. Manuals turned in for review with non-applicable data not crossed out shall be returned to the Contractor. 5. Maintenance instructions: Typewritten instructions for the maintenance of the systems, listing each service required on all of the mechanical equipment, including inspections, lubrication, cleaning, checking, and all other operations required. The list is to include all types of bearings installed on the equipment and the type of lubricant required. 6. Maintenance schedule: List of each item of mechanical equipment requiring inspection, lubrication, cleaning, or service including the type of bearings and type of lubricating means for each piece of equipment. Each item of equipment is to be listed separately with the service required. List to include the times during the year when such inspection and maintenance shall be performed. The specific maintenance required shall be referenced back to the maintenance instructions. 7. Valve directory: Indicating valve number, size, location, function, and normal position for each numbered valve. The directory shall be provided and approved before installation of the valve tags. A sample arrangement will be furnished upon request. Two copies required for the preliminary list. See Section 220553 - Mechanical Identification.
F. Guide Documents: Sample operating and maintenance instructions and maintenance schedule may be obtained from the ARCHITECT upon request, to assist in properly setting up the data.
G. Instructions To Personnel and Training: The mechanical Subcontractor shall instruct operating personnel in the operation and maintenance of the systems before accepting the responsibility of
Ketchikan Gateway Borough GENERAL MECHANICAL Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation - HVAC 230510-5 operation and maintenance of the systems. Each training session shall be signed off by Project Manager.
H. Qualification Data: For sheet metal installers. For pipe fitters.
I. Submit prior to Substantial Completion Inspection and Final Inspection a detailed list of equipment and systems that will not be completed for the completion date. Include status and information of deficiencies from all previous inspection reports.
J. Submit prior to Re-inspections of Substantial Completion Inspections, if applicable, and the Final Inspection a marked copy of the previous Engineers Inspection Reports detailing all items that have been completed and all items that have not been completed with reasons thereof. Re- inspection or Final Inspection will not occur until receipt of this list.
1.5 COOPERATIVE WORK
A. The Work hereunder shall be coordinated between various mechanical Sections and with the Work specified under other divisions or contracts toward rapid completion of the entire Project. If any cooperative Work must be altered due to lack of proper supervision hereunder, or failure to make proper provisions in time, then the Work hereunder shall include all expense of such changes as are necessary to be made in the Work under other divisions and contracts, and such changes shall be directly supervised by the ARCHITECT and shall be made to the satisfaction of the ARCHITECT.
B. In general pitched plumbing piping and ductwork shall take preference in location within the Project area (over other mechanical systems). Coordination of all drain valves, duct access doors, and other equipment requiring access and maintenance procedures is required with all building components during construction for maximum accessibility and proper location as intended. Coordinate closely with all other Contractors.
C. Protection of existing mechanical material and equipment during selective demolition shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR and coordinated with the respective Contractors. The CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary supports for all material and equipment. The CONTRACTOR at no cost to the Owner shall replace any existing material or equipment damaged during selective demolition due to insufficient protection. Coordination with all disciplines is required.
D. Temporary Utilities: In addition to requirements hereunder see Division 1. Continuity of Mechanical systems for building sprinkler, plumbing, heating, and ventilation systems during demolition and new Work shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. Shutdown of systems shall not affect Occupied portions of the building except when pre-approved by the Owner. Sprinkler, plumbing, heating, and ventilation systems shall be active at all times in Occupied areas. See 1.1 D above for specific requirements.
1. Protection of existing mechanical material and equipment during selective demolition shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR and coordinated with the respective Sub Contractor. The CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary supports for all material and equipment. The CONTRACTOR at no cost to Owner shall replace any existing materials or equipment damaged during selective demolition due to insufficient protection. Coordinate with all disciplines and phasing plans are required. Ketchikan Gateway Borough GENERAL MECHANICAL Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation - HVAC 230510-6 2. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for providing and maintaining the Mechanical Systems serving occupied areas of the building installed or modified under this Project throughout the Construction period. 3. The air handling system shall not be used during construction work hours where dust is being generated. Where dust generating activity is on-going, all diffusers and grilles shall be protected.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in conformance with all applicable codes, regulations, local ordinances, contract documents, and generally accepted good practice. If discrepancies exist between Specifications and Contract Drawings then the solution that provides the Owner with the highest quality of product or installation shall be deemed as intended by the Contract Documents.
B. All sheet metal workers shall have a minimum documented sheet metal fabrication and installation experience in commercial or industrial facilities of 3 years or be enrolled in an Alaska Department of Labor approved Sheet Metal Apprentice program. The ratio of on-site workers shall not exceed 3 apprentices or sheet metal workers for every one foreman. A foreman is defined as a sheet metal worker with minimum 3 years experience as detailed above or is an approved Journeyman.
C. All Plumbers and Pipe Fitters shall have a minimum documented installation experience in commercial or industrial facilities of 3 years or be enrolled in an Alaska Department of Labor approved Plumbers and Pipe Fitters Apprentice program. The ratio of on-site workers shall not exceed 2 apprentices or pipe fitters for every one Journeyman.
1.7 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. See Division 1 for specific requirements.
B. Verifications: All measurements shall be verified at the site and prior to fabrications of equipment and systems. The existing conditions shall be fully observed before beginning the Work hereunder, and the Work hereunder executed in full coordination with the existing conditions observed. All hazardous material including asbestos materials that are discovered during the course of construction shall be immediately brought to the attention of the ARCHITECT for action. All Work performed with hazardous materials not approved by the Owner shall be at the full responsibility of the contractor and not the Owner.
C. Changes: Variations apparently necessary due to existing conditions shall be made only on approval in writing by the ARCHITECT.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. See Division 1 for specific requirements regarding: Product warranties and product Bonds.
B. The contractor shall provide continuous and generally trouble-free operation of the mechanical systems for the time period listed in Division 1 or for one year after Substantial Completion whichever time period is longer. The operation and maintenance of systems other than
Ketchikan Gateway Borough GENERAL MECHANICAL Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation - HVAC 230510-7 incidental operations such as room thermostat settings or changing of air filters, shall be the sole responsibility of the contractor and shall be addressed by the contractor immediately if deficiencies are present. Leaking of valves, flanges, or air vents shall be addressed immediately by the contractor during the warranty period. Control settings, noise problems, and other deficiencies resulting in unsatisfactory environmental conditions shall be addressed immediately.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION 230510
Ketchikan Gateway Borough GENERAL MECHANICAL Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation - HVAC 230510-8 SECTION 230519 - METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Pressure gages and pressure gage taps.
B. Thermometers and thermometer wells.
C. Test Ports.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 Submittal Procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide list that indicates use, operating range, total range and location for manufactured components.
1. Manufacturer’s data indicating use, operating range, total range, accuracy, and location for manufactured components. 2. Submit product description, model, dimensions, component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and finishes. 3. Submit schedule indicating manufacturer, model number, size, location, rated capacity, load served, and features for each specialty. 4. Submit schedule of pressure gage and thermometers detailing service and scale.
C. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and instrumentation.
D. Operation and Maintenance Data.
E. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for OWNER's use in maintenance of project.
1. See Division 1 - Product Requirements for additional provisions. 2. Extra Pressure Gages and Thermometers: One of each type and size.
1.3 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not install instrumentation when areas are under construction, except for required rough-in, taps, supports and test plugs.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough METERS AND GAGES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation FOR HVAC 230519-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PRESSURE GAGES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Dwyer Instruments, Inc 2. Moeller Instrument Co., Inc 3. Omega Engineering, Inc
B. Pressure Gages: ASME B40.100, UL 393 drawn steel case, phosphor bronze bourdon tube, rotary brass movement, brass socket, with front recalibration adjustment, black scale on white background.
1. Case: Steel with brass bourdon tube. 2. Size: 4-1/2 inch diameter. 3. Mid-Scale Accuracy: One percent. 4. Scale: Psi and KPa.
2.2 PRESSURE GAGE TAPPINGS
A. Gage Cock: Tee or lever handle, brass for maximum 150 psi.
2.3 DIAL THERMOMETERS (DUCT THERMOMETERS)
A. Manufacturers:
1. Dwyer Instruments, Inc 2. Omega Engineering, Inc 3. Weksler Glass Thermometer Corp
B. Thermometers: Dial type vapor or liquid actuated; ASTM E1; stainless steel case, with brass or copper bulb, copper or bronze braided capillary, white with black markings and black pointer, glass lens.
1. Size: 4-1/2 inch diameter dial. 2. Lens: Clear Lexan. 3. Mixed Air: Length of Capillary: Minimum 5 feet. 4. RA, OSA, SA: 6-inch bulb length. 5. Accuracy: 2 percent. 6. Calibration: Degrees F.
2.4 SOLAR POWERED THERMOMETERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Weiss 2. Weksler Ketchikan Gateway Borough METERS AND GAGES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation FOR HVAC 230519-2 3. FNW brand not acceptable.
B. Thermometer: Adjustable angle, digital solar powered thermometer, with positive locking device.
1. Stem: Brass, 3/4 inch NPT, 3-1/2 inch long. 2. Accuracy: 2 percent. 3. Calibration: Both degrees F and degrees C.
2.5 THERMOMETER SUPPORTS
A. Socket: Brass separable sockets for thermometer stems with or without extensions as required, and with cap and chain.
B. Flange: 3 inch outside diameter reversible flange, designed to fasten to sheet metal air ducts, with brass perforated stem.
C. Heat Conductive Fluid: Piping wells filled with heat conductive fluid.
2.6 TEST PLUGS
A. Test Plug: 1/4 inch NPT or 1/2 inch NPT brass self sealing fitting and screw type sealing cap for receiving 1/8 inch outside diameter pressure or temperature probe with Nordel core for temperatures up to 350 degrees F.
B. Test Kit: Carrying case, internally padded and fitted containing one 2-1/2 inch (60 mm) diameter pressure gages, one gage adapters with 1/8 inch (3 mm) probes, two 1 inch (25 mm) dial thermometers.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough METERS AND GAGES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation FOR HVAC 230519-3 PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install thermometers in piping systems in sockets in short couplings. Enlarge pipes smaller than 2-1/2 inch for installation of thermometer sockets. Ensure sockets allow clearance from insulation.
C. Locate test plugs adjacent to pressure gages and pressure gage taps.
D. Install thermometers in air duct systems on flanges.
E. Install thermometer sockets adjacent to controls systems thermostat, transmitter, or sensor sockets.
F. Locate duct mounted thermometers minimum 5 feet downstream of mixing dampers, coils, or other devices causing air turbulence.
G. Coil and conceal excess capillary on remote element instruments.
H. Provide instruments with scale ranges selected according to service with largest appropriate scale.
I. Install gages and thermometers in locations where they are easily read from normal operating level. Install vertical to 45 degrees off vertical.
J. Adjust gages and thermometers to final angle, clean windows and lenses, and calibrate to zero.
K. Provide two pressure gages per pump, installing taps before strainers and on suction and discharge of pump. Pipe to gage.
END OF SECTION 230519
Ketchikan Gateway Borough METERS AND GAGES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation FOR HVAC 230519-4 SECTION 230553 – IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Nameplates.
B. Tags.
C. Pipe Markers.
1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASME A13.1 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2007.
B. ASTM D709 - Standard Specification for Laminated Thermosetting Materials; 2001 (Reapproved 2007).
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Chart and Schedule: Submit valve chart and schedule, including valve tag number, location, function, and valve manufacturer's name and model number.
C. Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalog literature for each product required.
D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, and installation.
E. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of tagged valves.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 NAMEPLATES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Kolbi Pipe Marker Co 2. Seton Identification Products.
B. Description: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved letters.
1. Letter Color: White. 2. Letter Height: 1/4 inch. 3. Background Color: Black. 4. Plastic: Conform to ASTM D709.
2.2 TAGS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Advanced Graphic Engraving 2. Brady Corporation 3. Kolbi Pipe Marker Co 4. Seton Identification Products
B. Metal Tags: Brass with stamped letters; tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter with smooth edges.
C. Valve Tag Chart: Typewritten letter size list in anodized aluminum frame.
2.3 PIPE MARKERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Brady Corporation 2. Kolbi Pipe Marker Co 3. MIFAB, Inc 4. Seton Identification Products
B. Comply with ASME A13.1.
C. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers: Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings.
D. Plastic Pipe Markers: Factory fabricated, flexible, semi- rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering; minimum information indicating flow direction arrow and identification of fluid being conveyed. For un-insulated piping only. Ketchikan Gateway Borough IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553-2 PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials.
B. Symbols, numbers, and all mechanical identification shall match and be in accordance with Contract Documents.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install nameplates with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. Apply with sufficient adhesive to ensure permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer.
B. Install tags with corrosion resistant chain.
C. Install plastic pipe markers in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
D. Install plastic tape pipe markers complete around pipe in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
E. Use tags on piping 3/4 inch diameter and smaller.
1. Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. 2. Install in clear view and align with axis of piping. 3. Locate identification not to exceed 20 feet on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and Tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction.
F. Identify air handling units, fans, water heaters, condenser units, pumps, heat transfer equipment, and other mechanical equipment with plastic nameplates.
G. Identify valves in main and branch piping with tags.
H. Identify piping, concealed or exposed, with plastic pipe markers or plastic tape pipe markers.
1. Plastic pipe markers are to be used on uninsulated piping only. 2. Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. 3. Install in clear view and align with axis of piping. 4. Locate identification not to exceed 15 feet on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and Tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction. 5. Inaccessible piping need not be indentified if piping is identified at nearest accessible or exposed locations. 6. Install identifying devices after completion of coverings and painting.
END OF SECTION 230553
Ketchikan Gateway Borough IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553-3 SECTION 230593 – TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Testing, adjustment, and balancing of air systems.
B. Testing, adjustment, and balancing of hydronic systems.
C. Measurement of final operating condition of HVAC systems.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Scope of Work: Adjust and balance all building air systems. Adjust and balance all building hydronic systems. Air volumes and water flow rates are shown on the schedules. TAB is also required to be onsite when final inspection/commissioning occurs. Coordinate with contract document requirements.
1. Ventilation and Exhaust Systems:
a. AHU-1, AHU-2 b. EF-5, EF-6, and EF-7 c. Existing EF-2 and VU-2 Systems. d. Duct Branches, Diffusers, and Grilles. e. Minimum outdoor air supply
2. Hydronic Heating Systems. 3. Coordination during Controls Start-up and Testing. 4. Variable Frequency Drives – Assist BAS Contractor 5. Commissioning. 6. Coils. 7. Control calibration assistance. 8. Domestic Hot Water Heating Systems and Recirculation Systems. 9. Pumps 10. Terminal Heat Transfer Units. 11. Air Inlets and Outlets. 12. Return Trip 6 months after completion. See 3.4 J below.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 Submittal Procedures.
B. Qualifications: Submit name of adjusting and balancing agency and TAB supervisor for approval within 30 days after award of Contract.
C. Field Logs: Submit logs to Commissioning Authority. Ketchikan Gateway Borough TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-1 D. Control System Coordination Reports: Communicate in writing to the controls installer all setpoint and parameter changes made or problems and discrepancies identified during TAB that affect, or could affect, the control system setup and operation.
E. Final Report: Indicate deficiencies in systems that would prevent proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment to achieve specified performance.
1. Revise TAB plan to reflect actual procedures and submit as part of final report. 2. Submit draft copies of report for review prior to final acceptance of Project. Provide final copies for ARCHITECT and for inclusion in operating and maintenance manuals. 3. Provide reports in soft cover, letter size, 3-ring binder manuals, complete with index page and indexing tabs, with cover identification at front and side. Include set of reduced drawings with air outlets and equipment identified to correspond with data sheets, and indicating thermostat locations. 4. Include actual instrument list, with manufacturer name, serial number, and date of calibration. 5. Form of Test Reports: Where the TAB standard being followed recommends a report format use that; otherwise, follow ASHRAE Std 111. 6. Units of Measure: Report data in both I-P (inch-pound) units. 7. Include the following on the title page of each report:
a. Name of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency. b. Address of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency. c. Telephone number of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency. d. Project name. e. Project location. f. Project ARCHITECT. g. Project Engineer. h. Project CONTRACTOR. i. Project altitude. j. Report date.
F. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of flow measuring stations and balancing valves and setting.
G. Reports. Provide all reports as indicated in 230593 3.7.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED
Ketchikan Gateway Borough TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-2 PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Perform total system balance in accordance with one of the following:
1. AABC MN-1, AABC National Standards for Total System Balance. 2. ASHRAE Std 111, Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Building Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning, and Refrigeration Systems. 3. NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of Environmental Systems. 4. SMACNA HVAC Systems Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing. 5. Maintain at least one copy of the standard to be used at project site at all times.
B. Begin work after completion of systems to be tested, adjusted, or balanced and complete work prior to Substantial Completion of the project.
C. Where HVAC systems and/or components interface with life safety systems, including fire and smoke detection, alarm, and control, coordinate scheduling and testing and inspection procedures with the authorities having jurisdiction.
D. TAB Agency Qualifications:
1. Company specializing in the testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems specified in this section. 2. Having minimum of three years documented experience. 3. Certified by one of the following:
a. AABC, Associated Air Balance Council: www.aabchq.com; upon completion submit AABC National Performance Guaranty. b. NEBB, National Environmental Balancing Bureau: www.nebb.org. c. TABB, The Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau of National Energy Management Institute: www.tabbcertified.org. d. Professional mechanical engineer with documented TAB experience within the last five years.
E. TAB Supervisor and Technician Qualifications: Certified by same organization as TAB agency.
3.2 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that systems are complete and operable before commencing work. Ensure the following conditions:
1. Systems are started and operating in a safe and normal condition. 2. Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable. 3. Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment. 4. Filters have been replaced immediately prior to adjustment of air system.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-3 5. Duct systems are clean of debris. 6. Fans are rotating correctly. 7. Fire and volume dampers are in place and open. 8. Air coil fins are cleaned and combed. 9. Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place. 10. Air outlets are installed and connected. 11. Duct system leakage is minimized. 12. Hydronic systems are flushed, filled, and vented. 13. Pumps are rotating correctly. 14. Proper strainer baskets are clean and in place. 15. Service and balance valves are open.
B. Submit field reports. Report defects and deficiencies that will or could prevent proper system balance.
C. Beginning of work means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.3 ADJUSTMENT TOLERANCES
A. Air Handling Systems: Adjust to within plus or minus 5 percent of design for supply systems and plus or minus 10 percent of design for return and exhaust systems.
B. Air Outlets and Inlets: Adjust total to within plus 10 percent and minus 5 percent of design to space. Adjust outlets and inlets in space to within plus or minus 10 percent of design.
C. Hydronic Systems: Adjust to within plus or minus 10 percent of design.
D. Duct traverses at the supply fan outlets and at the exhaust fan inlets shall be compared to total grille and diffuser airflows for each fan unit to determine the percentage duct leakage. Coordinate with Sheet Metal contractor.
3.4 RECORDING AND ADJUSTING
A. Field Logs: Maintain written logs including:
1. Running log of events and issues. 2. Discrepancies, deficient or uncompleted work by others. 3. Contract interpretation requests. 4. Lists of completed tests.
B. Ensure recorded data represents actual measured or observed conditions.
C. Permanently mark settings of valves, dampers, and other adjustment devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops.
D. Mark on the drawings the locations where traverse and other critical measurements were taken and cross reference the location in the final report.
E. After adjustment, take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted or that such
Ketchikan Gateway Borough TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-4 disruption has been rectified.
F. Leave systems in proper working order, replacing belt guards, closing access doors, closing doors to electrical switch boxes, and restoring thermostats to specified settings.
G. At final inspection and commissioning, recheck random selections of data recorded in report as directed by Engineer or Commissioning Agent.
H. Adjust diffuser and grille blades for proper air diffusion throughout. Adjust horizontal to vertical projection cones for proper air diffusion for round diffusers.
I. Duct traverses at the supply fan outlets and at the return/exhaust fan inlets shall be compared to total grille and diffuser airflows for each fan unit to determine the percentage duct leakage.
J. Check and adjust systems approximately six months after final acceptance and include data in final report. Include 2 days on-site for re-checking measurements and assisting Owner where additional adjustment may be required.
3.5 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE
A. Adjust air handling and distribution systems to provide required or design supply, return, and exhaust air quantities at site altitude.
B. Make air quantity measurements in ducts by Pitot tube traverse of entire cross sectional area of duct.
C. Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets.
D. Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts and noise.
E. Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to extend that adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound levels. Effect volume control by duct internal devices such as dampers and splitters.
F. Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds. Provide drive changes required. Vary branch air quantities by damper regulation.
G. Provide system schematic with required and actual air quantities recorded at each outlet or inlet.
H. Measure static air pressure conditions on air supply units, including filter and coil pressure drops, and total pressure across the fan. Make allowances for 50 percent loading of filters.
I. Adjust outside air automatic dampers, outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers for design conditions.
J. Measure temperature conditions across outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers to check leakage.
K. Where modulating dampers are provided, take measurements and balance at extreme
Ketchikan Gateway Borough TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-5 conditions. Balance variable volume systems at maximum air flow rate, full cooling, and at minimum air flow rate, full heating.
L. Measure building static pressure and adjust supply, return, and exhaust air systems to provide required relationship between each to maintain approximately 0.05 inches positive static pressure near the building entries.
M. AHU, EF, RF, and SF Adjustment: Perform in the following sequence.
1. Achieve the design flow rates for all outlets.
a. AHU, SF, and RF: Adjust the fan volume so that design cfm is achieved.
1) Balancing dampers in the longest run wide open.
b. EF: Adjust the sheave so that design cfm is achieved.
1) Balancing dampers in the longest run wide open.
c. Measure and adjust minimum OSA volumes. See Section 230926 for minimum OSA volumes.
N. Measure and assist BAS Contractor in calibration of air volume measuring stations and flow meters.
3.6 WATER SYSTEM PROCEDURE
A. Adjust water systems to provide required or design quantities.
B. Use calibrated Venturi tubes, orifices, or other metered fittings and pressure gauges to determine flow rates for system balance. Where flow metering devices are not installed, base flow balance on temperature difference across various heat transfer elements in the system.
C. Adjust systems to provide specified pressure drops and flows through heat transfer elements prior to thermal testing. Perform balancing by measurement of temperature differential in conjunction with air balancing.
D. Effect system balance with automatic control valves fully open to heat transfer elements.
E. Effect adjustment of water distribution systems by means of balancing cocks, valves, and fittings. Do not use service or shut-off valves for balancing unless indexed for balance point.
F. Where available pump capacity is less than total flow requirements or individual system parts, full flow in one part may be simulated by temporary restriction of flow to other parts.
G. Pumps
1. Adjust to design GPM. 2. Measure pressure difference across pump. 3. Assist Mechanical Contractor and Control Contractor for measurement and speed settings for pumps Ketchikan Gateway Borough TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-6 H. Measure and assist BAS Contractor in calibration of flow meters.
3.7 MINIMUM DATA TO BE REPORTED
A. Electric Motors:
1. Manufacturer 2. Model/Frame 3. HP/BHP 4. Phase, voltage, amperage; nameplate, actual, no load 5. RPM 6. Service factor 7. Starter size, rating, heater elements 8. Sheave Make/Size/Bore
B. V-Belt Drives:
1. Identification/location 2. Required driven RPM 3. Driven sheave, diameter and RPM 4. Belt, size and quantity 5. Motor sheave diameter and RPM 6. Center to center distance, maximum, minimum, and actual
C. Pumps:
1. Identification/number 2. Manufacturer 3. Size/model 4. Impeller 5. Service 6. Design flow rate, pressure drop, BHP 7. Actual flow rate, pressure drop, BHP 8. Discharge pressure 9. Suction pressure 10. Total operating head pressure 11. Shut off, discharge and suction pressures 12. Shut off, total head pressure
D. Heating Coils:
1. Identification/number 2. Location 3. Service 4. Manufacturer 5. Air flow, design and actual 6. Water flow, design and actual 7. Water pressure drop, design and actual 8. Entering water temperature, design and actual 9. Leaving water temperature, design and actual Ketchikan Gateway Borough TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-7 10. Entering air temperature, design and actual 11. Leaving air temperature, design and actual 12. Air pressure drop, design and actual
E. Cooling Coils:
1. Identification/number 2. Location 3. Service 4. Manufacturer 5. Air flow, design and actual 6. Entering air temperature, design and actual 7. Leaving air temperature, design and actual 8. Air pressure drop, design and actual
F. Air Moving Equipment (AHU-1 SF and RF, AHU-2):
1. Location 2. Manufacturer 3. Model number 4. Serial number 5. Arrangement/Class/Discharge 6. Air flow, specified and actual 7. Return air flow, specified and actual. 8. Outside air flow, specified and actual. At minimum and maximum OSA conditions. 9. Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual 10. Inlet pressure 11. Discharge pressure 12. Sheave Make/Size/Bore 13. Number of Belts/Make/Size 14. Fan RPM 15. VFD Speed
G. Return Air/Outside Air:
1. Identification/location 2. Design return air flow 3. Actual return air flow 4. Design outside air flow 5. Actual outside air flow 6. Return air temperature 7. Outside air temperature 8. Required mixed air temperature 9. Actual mixed air temperature 10. Design outside/return air ratio 11. Actual outside/return air ratio
Ketchikan Gateway Borough TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-8 H. Exhaust Fans:
1. Location 2. Manufacturer 3. Model number 4. Serial number 5. Air flow, specified and actual 6. Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual 7. Inlet pressure 8. Discharge pressure 9. Sheave Make/Size/Bore 10. Number of Belts/Make/Size 11. Fan RPM
I. Duct Traverses:
1. System zone/branch 2. Duct size 3. Area 4. Design velocity 5. Design air flow 6. Test velocity 7. Test air flow 8. Duct static pressure 9. Air temperature
J. Air Measuring Stations:
1. Identification/location 2. System 3. Size 4. Area 5. Design velocity 6. Design air flow 7. Test velocity 8. Test air flow
K. Heating Unit Flow Data (FP, CUH, CV, UH):
1. Identification/number 2. Manufacturer and Model of Flowsetter/Flow control device 3. Unit Served 4. Location and Room Served 5. Flow Rate, Design and Actual 6. Setting or Position 7. Size. Design and Installed
Ketchikan Gateway Borough TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-9 L. Air Distribution:
1. Room number/location 2. Diffuser/Grille Type 3. Number 4. Size 5. Area factor 6. Design velocity if applicable 7. Design air flow 8. Test (final) velocity 9. Test (final) air flow 10. Percent of design air flow
END OF SECTION 230593
Ketchikan Gateway Borough TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-10 SECTION 230713 – DUCT INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Duct insulation.
B. Insulation jackets.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide product description, thermal characteristics, list of materials and thickness for each service, and locations.
C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation procedures necessary to ensure acceptable workmanship and that installation standards will be achieved.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products of the type specified in this section with not less than three years of documented experience.
B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section, with minimum 3 years of experience and approved by manufacturer.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness.
B. Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original wrapping.
1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions required by manufacturers of adhesives, mastics, and insulation cements.
B. Maintain temperature during and after installation for minimum period of 24 hours.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough DUCT INSULATION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 230713-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION
A. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread/Smoke developed index of 25/50, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, NFPA 255, or UL 723.
2.2 GLASS FIBER, FLEXIBLE
A. Manufacturer:
1. Knauf Insulation. 2. Johns Manville Corporation. 3. Owens Corning Corp. 4. CertainTeed Corporation.
B. Insulation: ASTM C553; flexible, noncombustible blanket.
1. 'K' value: 0.36 at 75 degrees F, when tested in accordance with ASTM C518. 2. Maximum Service Temperature: 1200 degrees F. 3. Maximum Water Vapor Sorption: 5.0 percent by weight.
C. Vapor Barrier Jacket:
1. Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film. 2. Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.02 perm inch, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. 3. Secure with pressure sensitive tape.
2.3 GLASS FIBER, RIGID
A. Manufacturer:
1. Knauf Insulation. 2. Johns Manville Corporation. 3. Owens Corning Corp. 4. CertainTeed Corporation.
B. Insulation: ASTM C612; rigid, noncombustible blanket.
1. 'K' value: 0.24 at 75 degrees F, when tested in accordance with ASTM C518. 2. Maximum service temperature: 450 degrees F. 3. Maximum Water Vapor Sorption: 5.0 percent. 4. Maximum Density: 8.0 lb/cu ft.
C. Vapor Barrier Jacket:
1. Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough DUCT INSULATION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 230713-2 2. Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.02 perm inch, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. 3. Secure with pressure sensitive tape.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that ducts have been tested before applying insulation materials.
B. Verify that surfaces are clean, foreign material removed, and dry.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install in accordance with NAIMA National Insulation Standards.
C. Insulated ducts conveying air below ambient temperature:
1. Provide insulation with vapor barrier jackets. 2. Finish with tape and vapor barrier jacket. 3. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, hangers, and other duct penetrations. 4. Insulate entire system including fittings, joints, flanges, fire dampers, flexible connections, and expansion joints.
D. Insulated ducts conveying air above ambient temperature:
1. Provide with or without standard vapor barrier jacket. 2. Insulate fittings and joints. Where service access is required, bevel and seal ends of insulation.
E. Do not insulate ductwork exposed in finished spaces.
3.3 SCHEDULES
A. Duct System Insulation:
1. Louvers and Plenums: Rigid Mineral Fiber Duct Board Insulation: Insulate entire plenum. 2 inches thick. Cover with canvas. 2. Outdoor Air: OSA ducts where located in Fan Room: Rigid Mineral Fiber Duct Board Insulation, 2 inches thick. Insulate duct from edge of louver to the fan inlet connection. Cover with canvas. 3. Exhaust Air: EA ducts where located in Fan Room: Rigid Mineral Fiber Duct Board Insulation, 2 inches thick. Insulate duct from edge of louver to the fan exhaust air damper connection. Cover with canvas.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough DUCT INSULATION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 230713-3 4. Exhaust Air: EA ducts outside of Fan Room: Mineral Fiber Blanket Insulation 1-1/2 inches thick. Insulate 10 linear feet of duct from edge of louver where there is not an exhaust air damper. Otherwise insulate to damper. 5. Ducts Connected to louvers and plenums located concealed above ceiling: Mineral Fiber Blanket Insulation 1-1/2 inches thick. a. Exhaust Air: Insulate duct from edge of louver to the exhaust air damper or backdraft damper. Insulate to fan if there is not an exhaust air damper. b. Outside Air: Insulate duct from edge of louver to fan inlet connection. 6. Outside air intake and exhaust air plenums: Rigid Mineral Fiber Duct Board Insulation, 2 inches thick. Insulate plenums and unused portions of louvers. Cover with canvas. 7. Supply air ducts – Insulate all supply air ductwork outside of the Fan Room: Mineral Fiber Blanket Insulation 1-1/2 inches thick. 8. Supply air ducts in Fan Room– Insulate all supply air ductwork inside the Fan Room: Rigid Mineral Fiber Duct Board Insulation, 2 inches thick. Cover with canvas.
END OF SECTION 230713
Ketchikan Gateway Borough DUCT INSULATION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 230713-4 SECTION 230719 – HVAC PIPING INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Piping insulation.
B. Jackets and accessories.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide product description, thermal characteristics, list of materials and thickness for each service, and locations.
C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation procedures that ensure acceptable workmanship and installation standards will be achieved.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with not less than three years of documented experience.
B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section with minimum 3 years of experience.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Accept materials on site, labeled with manufacturer's identification, product density, and thickness.
1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain ambient conditions required by manufacturers of each product.
B. Maintain temperature before, during, and after installation for minimum of 24 hours.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HVAC PIPING INSULATION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 230719-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION
A. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread/Smoke developed index of 25/50, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, NFPA 255, or UL 723.
2.2 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR INSULATION
A. Manufacturer:
1. Armacell International
B. Insulation: Preformed closed cell, flexible elastomeric cellular rubber insulation complying with ASTM C 534 Grade 3; use molded tubular material wherever possible.
1. Minimum Service Temperature: -40 degrees F. 2. Maximum Service Temperature: 220 degrees F. 3. Connection: Waterproof vapor barrier adhesive.
C. Elastomeric Foam Adhesive: Air dried, contact adhesive, compatible with insulation. Provide additional tape to hold seal closed, tape to be suitable for insulation on exterior installation.
D. Exterior refrigerant piping. Cover with PVC jacket.
E. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread/Smoke developed index of 25/50, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, or UL 723.
2.3 GLASS FIBER
A. Manufacturers:
1. Knauf Insulation 2. Johns Manville Corporation 3. Owens Corning Corp 4. CertainTeed Corporation
B. Insulation: ASTM C547 and ASTM C795; rigid molded, noncombustible.
1. 'K' value: ASTM C177, 0.24 at 75 degrees F. 2. Maximum service temperature: 850 degrees F. 3. Maximum moisture absorption: 0.2 percent by volume.
C. Vapor Barrier Jacket: White Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn, bonded to aluminized film; moisture vapor transmission when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M of 0.02 perm- inches.
D. Tie Wire: 0.048 inch stainless steel with twisted ends on maximum 12 inch centers.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HVAC PIPING INSULATION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 230719-2 E. Vapor Barrier Lap Adhesive:
1. Water based insulation adhesive, UL classified. Compatible with insulation.
2.4 JACKETS
A. PVC Plastic.
1. Manufacturers: a. Johns Manville Corporation b. Proto/Knauf c. Speedline
2. Jacket: One piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, off-white color. a. Minimum Service Temperature: 0 degrees F. b. Maximum Service Temperature: 150 degrees F. c. Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.002 perm inch, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. d. Thickness: 10 mil. e. Connections: Brush on welding adhesive.
3. Covering Adhesive Mastic: a. Compatible with insulation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that piping has been tested before applying insulation materials.
B. Verify that surfaces are clean and dry, with foreign material removed.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install in accordance with NAIMA National Insulation Standards.
C. Exposed Piping: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations.
D. Insulate refrigerant suction and liquid piping system.
E. For hot piping conveying fluids 140 degrees F or less, do not insulate flanges and unions at equipment, but bevel and seal ends of insulation.
F. For hot piping conveying fluids over 140 degrees F, insulate flanges and unions at equipment.
G. Glass fiber insulated pipes conveying fluids above ambient temperature: Ketchikan Gateway Borough HVAC PIPING INSULATION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 230719-3 1. Provide standard jackets, with or without vapor barrier, factory-applied or field-applied. Secure with self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips with pressure sensitive adhesive. Secure with outward clinch expanding staples. 2. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive or PVC fitting covers.
H. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, pipe hangers, and other pipe penetrations. Finish at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. Seal penetrations with fire sealant.
I. Apply insulation close to equipment by grooving, scoring, and beveling insulation. Fasten insulation to equipment with studs, pins, clips, adhesive, wires, or bands.
J. Fill joints, cracks, seams, and depressions with cement to form smooth surface.
K. Finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions.
L. Nameplates and ASME Stamps: Bevel and seal insulation around; do not insulate over.
M. Equipment Requiring Access for Maintenance, Repair, or Cleaning: Install insulation so it can be easily removed and replaced without damage.
N. Factory Insulated Equipment: Do not insulate.
O. Inserts and Shields:
1. Application: Piping 1-1/2 inches diameter or larger. 2. Shields: Galvanized steel between pipe hangers or pipe hanger rolls and inserts. 3. Insert location: Between support shield and piping and under the finish jacket. 4. Insert configuration: Minimum 6 inches long, of same thickness and contour as adjoining insulation; may be factory fabricated. 5. Insert material: Heavy density insulating material suitable for the planned temperature range.
P. Removable Equipment Covering: Heating coils, booster coils, and all valves 2-1/2" and larger. Removable Fiberglass Blanket with canvass type jacket and wire fasteners and hooks. For systems below ambient temperature, provide removable insulation covers with vapor barrier.
Q. Exterior Applications: Insulate piping with elastomeric cellular foam insulation. Seal seams with insulation cement and additional waterproof tape as needed. Use type of cement as recommended by manufacturer. Cover with PVC jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal piping.
R. Pipe Exposed in Mechanical Equipment Rooms or Finished Spaces (less than 7 feet above finished floor): Finish with PVC jacket and fitting covers.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HVAC PIPING INSULATION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 230719-4 3.3 SCHEDULE
A. Piping Systems:
1. Interior Refrigerant Piping (Suction, Liquid): Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Foam Rubber, 1-inch thick. Insulate entire system. 2. Exterior Refrigerant piping (Suction, Liquid): Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Foam Rubber, 1-inch thick. Insulate entire system. Cover with PVC jacket. 3. Plenum Drains: Mineral fiber pipe insulation, 1-inch thick. 4. Heating Water Supply and Return: Mineral fiber pipe insulation: a. Pipe Size Range: Up to and including 1-1/2" pipe diameter; thickness of 1 inch. b. Pipe Size Range: 2” to 2-1/2” pipe diameter, thickness of 1-1/2 inch. c. Pipe Size Range: 3 inch and up pipe diameter, thickness of 1-1/2-inch.
END OF SECTION 230719
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HVAC PIPING INSULATION Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 230719-5 SECTION 230926 – BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 OVERVIEW A. Control design and installation shall be provided by Owner’s current Control Contractor, Siemens. B. Furnish all labor materials, equipment, and service necessary for the renovation of the HVAC control system for the Ketchikan Airport in Ketchikan. Work includes the installation of a Direct Digital Controls (DDC) control system with a totally native BACNet based system, including a host workstation with control system graphics. All building controllers, application controllers, and all input/output devices shall communicate using the protocols and network standards as defined by ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135, BACNet. All workstations and controllers, including unitary controllers, shall be native BACNet devices. C. General: The control system shall consist of a high-speed, peer-to-peer network of DDC controllers, a control system server, and a web-based operator interface. D. System software shall be based on a server/thin client architecture, designed around the open standards of web technology. The control system server shall be accessed using a Web browser over the control system network, the owner's local area network, and over the Internet. The intent of the thin-client architecture is to provide operators complete access to the control system via a Web browser. No special software other than a web browser shall be required to access graphics, point displays, and trends, configure trends, configure points and controllers, or to download programming into the controllers. The control system shall be accessible via Chrome, Firefox, or Internet Explorer through access links created by the control contractor. E. System shall use the BACnet protocol for communication to the operator workstation or web server and for communication between control modules. I/O points, schedules, setpoints, trends and alarms specified in the Sequence of Operations shall be BACnet objects.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The control contractor shall maintain an office in Juneau or Anchorage with repair parts and maintenance personnel to ensure prompt response to an emergency call during the warranty period. The contractor shall maintain a complete sales, engineering, installation, and service organization. B. All WORK described in this section shall be installed, wired, circuit tested and calibrated by factory trained electricians and mechanics qualified for this WORK. The installing office shall have a minimum of five years of installation experience with the manufacturer and shall provide documentation in submittal package verifying that installation experience. Field installation portion of Section 230926 Work shall not be subcontracted without approval from the Engineer. Field installation subcontractor and installing personnel must have minimum 3 years experience with field controls installation work on projects of similar size and complexity to this project. Provide documentation in submittal package verifying that installation experience. Supervision, calibration and checkout of the system shall be by personnel with documented experience with specified manufacturer.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-1 C. All materials and equipment used shall be standard components, of regular manufacture for this application. All systems and components shall have been thoroughly tested and proven in actual use. D. The automatic control system shall be installed by trained, qualified personnel and commissioned by factory-trained technicians. E. Perform work in accordance with NFPA 70. F. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Scope of WORK: 1. This specification describes the primary products and performance of the automatic control system. 2. The Work includes installation of a new DDC system for both new equipment and existing equipment for the project area. 3. The Work includes the integration of controls into the existing Siemens DDC control system serving the existing biomass heating plant. The Work includes the modification of and the addition to the existing control system located in the boiler building. The existing control system shall be modified for integration with the new controls installed. All existing controls no longer utilized shall be removed. Existing graphics and programming serving the Biomass Heating Plant shall be modified as needed for the control work included hereunder and shall be integrated with the new graphics system. 4. The work includes working with the adjustment contractor, VFD supplier and start-up representative, factory start-up technicians, and mechanical contractor as needed. 5. The Work also includes provision and installation of an uninterruptible power system (UPS) battery back-up system for system controllers. UPS for distributed controllers such as for damper and valve actuators are not required. Coordinate with Electrical Contractor as needed for power connections. UPS required for workstation. 6. All wiring shall be installed in conduit unless located above accessible ceilings 7. The control system shall be designed such that each mechanical system will be able to operate under stand-alone control. In the event of a network failure, or the loss of any other controller, the control system shall continue to operate under independent control. 8. Include installation and calibration, supervision, adjustments, and fine tuning necessary for complete and fully operational system. 9. Provide supervisory specialists and technicians at the job site to assist in all phases of system installation, startup, balancing, inspection, and commissioning. 10. Provide necessary temporary equipment and connections required for the various Work phases in order for occupied areas to remain functional. 11. Provide a comprehensive operator and technician training program as described herein. 12. Provide as-built documentation, operator's terminal software, diagrams, and all other associated project operational documentation including technical manuals, on approved media, the sum total of which accurately represents the final system. 13. Remove all controls no longer utilized. 14. Web access to the BAS control system and graphics shall be available for maintenance staff to access without the need to be physically present at the facility. 15. Control system design shall meet ASHRAE 135 BACNet communication protocol. 16. Provide the removed air compressor and air dryer to the Owner.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-2 17. Patch holes/openings in existing fan unit cabinet and ductwork where control devices are removed and modifications are made. 18. See 230510 1.1C & D for temporary mechanical systems and continuity of mechanical systems.
1.4 COORDINATION A. Equipment: Control Subcontractor shall supply control equipment for installation by equipment suppliers and mechanical Subcontractor where required. Control Subcontractor shall also coordinate locations of control equipment, including, but not limited to, thermostats, and actuators, thermostat bulbs and averaging elements. B. During the adjustment of the mechanical systems, air and water, the Control Contractor shall provide a trained technician on-site to assist the adjuster with their balancing procedures including any software required to interface with the control sequences. Responsibility for coordination of the times is included under the automatic controls. C. Control Contractor shall be available throughout start-up of mechanical systems and inspection. Control Contractor shall make adjustments and programming changes as needed during inspection.
1.5 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. SIEMENS; for modification to and integration into existing control system.
1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal of the entire control system design shall be provided. Submittal shall consist of shop drawings, a complete list of equipment and materials, manufacturer's catalog data sheets, and installation instructions. Terminal identification for all control wiring shall be shown on the shop drawings. Prior to installing the automatic control systems, submit the following for review and approval: B. Shop Drawings: Control system installation drawings showing the equipment controlled, the locations of field devices, field wiring, layout drawings, riser diagrams, sequence of operation, and bill of materials, in addition to the following: 1. Electrical drawings that show all system internal and external connection points, terminal block layouts, and terminal identification. 2. Indicate trunk cable schematic showing programmable control unit locations, and trunk data conductors. 3. List connected data points, including connected control unit and input device. List all input/output object listings and an alarm point summary listing. 4. Indicate system graphics indicating monitored systems, data (connected and calculated) point addresses, and operator notations. 5. Show system configuration with peripheral devices, batteries, power supplies, diagrams, modems, and interconnections. 6. Indicate description and sequence of operation of operating, user, and application software. 7. Bill of materials for all control equipment and components. Provide valve and damper schedules. 8. Drawings shall detail all control panels, control devices, and all other field devices on building floor plans. Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-3 9. Drawings shall be submitted in the following standard sizes: 11” x 17” (ANSI B). 10. Drawings shall include wiring diagrams of equipment and VFD’s detailing DDC control wiring terminations. Coordinate closely with equipment manufacturer during submittal process. C. Product data/specification sheets for control system components and field devices. D. BACnet Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) for each submitted type of controller and operator interface. E. Manufacturer's Instructions: Provide and indicate manufacturer's installation instructions for installation, maintenance, and operation of all manufactured components. F. Project Management: The vendor shall provide a detailed project design and installation schedule with time markings and details for hardware items and software development phases at the beginning of the project and updated as required. Schedule shall show all phases of the project. Schedule shall show all the target dates for transmission of project information and documents and shall indicate timing and dates for system installation, debugging, and commissioning. G. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of control components, including control units, thermostats, and sensors. 1. Revise shop drawings to reflect actual installation and operating sequences. 2. Include submittals data in final "Record Documents" form. 3. Upon completion of the work, provide a complete set of drawings on disk media. Drawings shall be provided as AutoCAD compatible files.
1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. The Operation and maintenance manuals shall be provided to the ARCHITECT for approval 30 days prior to the request for Substantial Completion inspection. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be approved minimum 2 weeks prior to inspection. B. The operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following information: 1. A user's guide to operate the building management system. The guide shall include the following: log on procedure; viewing system information; viewing and acknowledging alarms; changing a setpoint; printing a trend or report; overriding a point. 2. Manufacturer's data for all control components and maintenance information for all control components requiring periodic maintenance. 3. Complete system “As-Built” control drawings. Complete software “As-Built” diagrams. As-built control drawings and sequences shall be re-submitted as necessary for changes made during commissioning process.
1.8 WARRANTY A. A warranty period of one year shall commence upon acceptance of the systems by the OWNER. The warranty shall consist of providing parts and labor as required to repair or replace parts of the control system that prove to be faulty due to defective materials or improper installation practices or troubleshooting control sequences that are not operating as specified. Included is reprogramming of the system software to include changes in the point descriptions as requested by the Owner. This warranty excludes normal routine maintenance. Notify Owner of warranty visits.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-4 1.9 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Provide service and maintenance of energy management and control systems for two years from date of approved final completion. B. Provide two complete inspections per year, one in each season, of approximately 4 hours duration, to inspect, calibrate, and adjust controls as required, and submit written reports. C. Provide complete service of systems, including call backs. D. Operator workstation software, project software, database, and firmware updates shall be provided to the Owner and installed at no additional charge during this period. Written authorization by Owner must, however, be granted prior to the installation of such changes.
1.10 ACCEPTANCE TESTING A. Point Verification: 1. All control points shall be tested and included in point-to-point testing report provided to Engineer prior to inspection. To verify end-to-end operation of the system, the Subcontractor shall provide a hard copy of an All Points Summary Listing to the Owner of each part or system and verify that each point has been successfully tested. Successful testing report must be received prior to being placed in warranty by the Owner. For CHS systems, the Subcontractor shall additionally provide a print screen of the process display showing real time dynamic point information for all points on the subsystem(s) to be accepted. B. Sequence Verification: 1. The Contractor shall notify the Owner of systems which perform all specified sequences. The Contractor shall provide a report to the Engineer detailing all sequences have been tested and determined to be operating properly prior to inspection. The Engineer shall verify all sequences of operation and place the system into warranty acceptance test. C. Prepare and start logic control system under provisions of this section. D. Start-up and commission systems. Allow sufficient time for start-up and commissioning prior to placing control systems in permanent operation. 1. Control system functional tests shall be successfully completed minimum 2 weeks prior to substantial completion. During this two week period, the Control Contractor shall run trends of the system operation to accumulate data that can be used during the inspection. 2. Control Contractor shall be available on-site during balancing and during VFD testing/start-up, and equipment start-up. Control Contractor shall be on-site during condenser unit factory technician start-up. 3. Control Contractor shall be available on-site throughout the substantial completion inspection period. 4. Control system point-to-point check-out shall be successfully completed minimum 2 weeks prior to substantial completion. Provide point-to-point test summary to Engineer. 5. Immediately following successful completion of inspection, Control Contractor shall provide an on-site technician/programmer for (2) additional days (16 hours) for additional programming changes directed by Engineer or Project Manager.
1.11 TRAINING A. After substantial completion and prior to final completion of the installation, operating personnel of Ketchikan Airport Facilities and Maintenance shall be instructed on site in the
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-5 sequence of operation and maintenance of the system hardware and software by the Contractor's qualified representative. A minimum 16 hours of training is to be provided. B. Contractor shall provide training syllabus and proposed training dates to Owner for review and approval. C. Provide application engineer to instruct owner in operation of systems and equipment. Application Engineer trainer shall have been working on project throughout installation and have extensive knowledge of the job specific control system installed and of the control system programming. D. Control Contractor shall provide a return trip 6 months after initial training for additional training. (1) 8 hour day for additional training on-site required. Provide training syllabus and proposed training dates to Owner for review and approval.
1.12 VFD CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit installation instructions, servicing requirements, assembly views, lubrication instructions, and replacement parts list. B. Start-up provided by VFD System Supplier.
1.13 VFD QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. VFD Industrial Control Panel Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products and UL listed Industrial Control Panels specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. C. Installer: Company specializing in performing WORK of this section with minimum three years documented experience.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) COMMUNICATIONS A. Control products, communication media, connectors, repeaters, hubs, and routers shall comprise a BACnet internetwork. Controller and operator interface communication shall conform to ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135, BACnet. B. Communication. Web server or workstation and controllers shall communicate using BACnet protocol. Web server or workstation and control network backbone shall communicate using ISO 8802-3 (Ethernet) Data Link/Physical layer protocol and BACnet/IP addressing as specified in ANSI/ASHRAE 135, BACnet Annex J. C. Internetwork operator interface and value passing shall be transparent to internetwork architecture. 1. An operator interface connected to a controller shall allow the operator to interface with each internetwork controller as if directly connected. Controller information such as data, status, and control algorithms shall be viewable and editable from each internetwork controller. 2. Inputs, outputs, and control variables used to integrate control strategies across multiple controllers shall be readable by each controller on the internetwork. An authorized Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-6 operator shall be able to edit cross-controller links by typing a standard object address or by using a point-and-click interface. D. Workstations, Building Control Panels, and Controllers with real-time clocks shall use the BACnet Time Synchronization service. System shall automatically synchronize system clocks daily from an operator-designated device via the internetwork. The system shall automatically adjust for daylight saving and standard time as applicable. E. Workstation: 1. Configuration: Provide Laptop work station. 2. PC Processor 3.4 GHz dual-core processor. 3. Minimum 750 GB hard drive. 4. Minimum memory: 6GB RAM. 5. High-performance graphics adapter. 6. Anti-virus, anti-malware, firewall software with 24 month subscription 7. Keyboard: Low profile, detachable, having Qwerty layout plus 10 key numeric pad. 8. DVD +/- RW writer. 9. Mouse. 10. Minimum of a 19 inch diagonal flat screen monitor. May be separate from laptop. 11. Communication: Wireless capability. Ethernet connection capability. 12. Operating system: Windows 10. 13. The contractor shall coordinate with Owner to connect the host computer to the Ketchikan airport network and to implement on the Owners networks prior to Substantial Completion. 14. Provide with DDC operational software and diagnostic software for field troubleshooting equipment, trending, and editing software. 15. Computers shall be provided and usable for interface with BAS system and shall have all necessary software and graphics capabilities loaded and operational. 16. The Operator Workstation or server shall conform to the BACnet Operator Workstation (B-OWS) or BACnet Advanced Workstation (B-AWS) device profile as specified in ASHRAE/ANSI 135 BACnet Annex L. 17. Operator Interface. Web server shall reside on high-speed network with building controllers. Each standard browser connected to server shall be able to access all system information. F. Standard BACNet object types accessed by the workstation shall include as a minimum: Analog Value, Analog Input, Analog Output, Binary Value, Binary Input, Binary Output, Calendar, Device, Event Enrollment, File, Notification Class, Program and Schedule object types. All proprietary object types, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. G. Workstation shall support Foreign Device Registration to allow temporary workstation connection to IP network. The Operator Workstation shall comply with Annex J of the BACNet specification for IP connections. This device shall use Ethernet to connect to the IP internetwork, while using the same Ethernet LAN for non-IP communications to other BACNet devices on the LAN. Must support interoperability on wide area networks (WANs) and campus area networks (CANs). Workstation shall support Foreign Device Registration to allow temporary workstation connection to IP network. H. BAS supplier shall provide web-based access to the system as part of standard installation. User shall be able to access all displays of real-time data that are part of the BAS via a standard Web browser. Web browser shall tie into the network via owner-supplied Ethernet network
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-7 connection. Web-page host shall be a separate device that resides on the BAS BACNet network, but is not the BAS server for the control system. BAS server must be a separate computer from the Web-page host device to ensure data and system integrity. The web-page software shall not require a per user licensing fee or annual fees. The web-page host must be able to support at least 2 simultaneous users. 1. Web-page host shall include two Ethernet network connections. One network connection shall be dedicated to BAS BACNet network and shall be used to gather real-time data from all the BACNet devices that form the BAS. This network shall communicate via BACNet, allowing the Web-page host to gather data directly from units on the local LAN or from other projects connected over a WAN. This network shall also provide the connection to the BAS server for Web page generation. 2. The second Ethernet connection shall provide the physical connection to the Internet or an IP-based WAN. It shall be the port that is used for the browser to receive Web pages and data from the Web-page host. The Web-page host shall act as a physical barrier between the BAS network and the WAN or Internet connection that allows the browser to receive web pages and data. The two separate network connections provide for a physical barrier to prevent raw BACNet traffic being exposed on the IP network. 3. The Web-page host shall provide for complete isolation of the IP and BACNet networks by not routing networking packets between the two networks.
2.2 FACILITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM HOST STATION SOFTWARE (CHS) A. Graphics shall be provided for the Host computer workstation. The software shall provide the following functions and features: 1. Run in a Microsoft Windows operating environment. 2. Provide color graphics of controlled systems, facility wide access and coordination of global control strategies, and centralized documentation. 3. Provide for assigned password names and codes to limit the access into particular applications and functions of the system. Allow discrete menus into the system for each user. 4. Provide dynamic graphics with “system penetration” method of obtaining system information. Provide dynamic graphic screens of mechanical equipment and DDC controlled systems. Maximum of 128 dynamic points displayed on one screen. 5. Provide display and modification of individual dynamic system points from within any specific dynamic graphic display. 6. Provide help window displays for each point displayed on the screen. User editable information specific to the point and its' relationship to the system currently displayed. 7. Provide centralized scheduling and modification of the time clock functions. 8. Provide alarm management and system exception annunciation with real time trending and reports. 9. All DDC I/O points shall be BACnet, readily visible/discoverable over the building/system LAN/WAN (Local Area Network) – (Wide Area Network) as it relates to the Ketchikan Airport’s network infrastructure. The graphics shall be WEB accessible using Chrome, Firefox or Internet Explorer so maintenance personnel can access the facility remotely. Programming of points shall not be used to make BACNet points visible or available. 10. CONTRACTOR shall provide a 2 year subscription service for any and all software upgrades that are available from the manufacturer following the final acceptance of the BAS system. Service shall include installation of the software on-site and all necessary
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-8 equipment to upgrade the system. Copies of the software shall be provided to the OWNER and the Operating and Maintenance manuals shall be updated appropriately. B. Dynamic Graphics: 1. Upon entering the graphics program floor plans shall be shown with all terminal equipment locations, ALL room temperatures, and any alarm features at the actual physical locations and not in a tabulated format. The floor plan layout shall be shown accurately and as shown on the contract documents with the actual room numbers listed. Mechanical equipment systems shall have their own screens with all control points, adjustable set points, and alarms shown. 2. The user will be able to zoom in to the building from the site plan and then zoom in to a particular area for closer inspection and then further zoom in on this area and so on until the detailed color graphic display of a desired portion of the facility is represented. The operator shall be able in this manner to "penetrate" to any desired system information without being required to enter any commands via the keyboard. 3. As a minimum, a graphic screen shall be designed showing the entire facility, each major piece of mechanical equipment within each building, all of which will display the data for each area dynamically, and the individual control schematics shown on the drawings. 4. Equipment Diagrams: Provide a diagram of each piece of equipment similar to the schematic diagrams shown on the drawings. Display all monitored points, setpoints, control points, schedules, and alarms. Setpoints and schedules shall be adjustable from the equipment diagram. C. Centralized Scheduling and Modification: 1. Calendars shall be provided for displaying and modification of any of the Mechanical Systems Controller (MSDCs) time clock functions. The user shall be able to view an entire month's scheduling at a time. Holidays and Special functions shall be clearly marked on the calendar. Calendars shall be displayed by area served. A list of "served areas" shall be displayable at any time by clicking on a button on the calendar. The user shall only have to click on a "served area" to view its time clock schedule. A dynamic graphic shall be attached to each calendar allowing the user to view this "served area's" real time statistics, a link shall be provided on this same graphic screen to take the User back to the schedule. 2. Schedule changes may be made by clicking on a day or week and entering the new schedule. Changes shall be permanent or for "one time" or multiple occurrences of varying parameters. Global changes shall be allowed for similar or dissimilar schedules. There shall be no limit to the number of calendars allowed. D. Alarm and System Exception Annunciation: 1. All alarms shall be displayed on the main alarm screen and be tied into the fire alarm sequence. Alarms shall be acknowledged by the operator. E. Trend Management and Reports: 1. The BAS system shall be provided with the ability to trend and produce reports. 2. The CHS shall automatically perform time based periodic collection of real time point data and subsequently store it to the systems hard disk. There shall be two modes of operation; local collection shall allow the CHS to directly query the MSDCs for individual point samples; remote collection shall mean that the MSDCs collect and store trend data on individual points and then release the entire trend table(s) upon a request from the CHS. Manipulation and archiving of both types of data collection shall be treated commonly.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-9 3. The report section of the CHS shall be the "gateway" to the CHS's database for all solicited and unsolicited data collected, and shall provide an easy means of reporting and information management. 4. The report generator shall be an integral part of the CHS, systems that use third party packages (such as Excel) for report manipulation shall not be acceptable. 5. Reports on historical trend data shall allow for daily, weekly, monthly and yearly reporting. These reports shall be completely flexible on the data items to be reported on. The user shall be able to select from a list of predefined reports or select data items on-the- fly. The selection of data items shall not be restricted by panel source. Reports may be up to 25 columns and infinite in length. Reports must be capable of reporting on data that has been collected at varying time intervals. Line interpolation shall be used when data samples are not present for a specific time placement, blank data rows for any time slot in the data columns will not be accepted. Report generator shall allow an operator to easily and quickly define the contents of a report as well as define a print time and date if so desired. Information contained in the reports shall be derived from alarm history, CHS or SDC generated exceptions, trend data and timed overrides. F. Multi-tasking: 1. The CHS shall be capable of true multi-tasking capabilities. The User shall be able to use other non-related programs in the CHS while still running all CHS applications with no interruptions. This shall include the use of real time data in other applications. This CHS shall allow Spread Sheet programs to gather data from the MSDCs dynamically while running a dynamically updating Graphic screen. Up to 16 applications may collect data dynamically and simultaneously from the MSDCs. The CHS shall have the ability to allow the passing of data freely to MS Windows applications which incorporate the use of Dynamic Data Exchange.
2.3 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS CONTROLLERS (MSDCs) A. General: 1. Controls shall be microprocessor based, Air Handler Digital Controllers (AHDC's). AHDC's shall be provided for Air Handling Units, Fans, and Pump control, and other applications as shown on the drawings. AHDC's shall be based on a minimum 16 bit microprocessor working from software program memory which is physically located in the AHDC. The application control program shall be resident within the same enclosure as the input/output circuitry which translates the sensor signals. All input/output signal conversion shall be performed through a minimum of a 10 bit A to D converter. All input points shall be universal in nature allowing their individual function definition to be assigned through the application software. All unused input points must be available as universally definable at the discretion of the owner. If the input points are not fully universal in nature, unused points must be equal in quantity between Analog Inputs and Digital Inputs. 2. The BAS Subcontractor shall provide and field install all AHDC's specified under this section. Mechanical equipment manufacturers desiring to provide AHDC type controls as factory mounted equipment shall provide a separate bid for their products less all controls, actuators, valve assemblies and sensors, which are specified to be provided by the BAS/Temperature Sub Control Contractor. 3. All input/output signals shall be directly hardwired to the AHDC. Troubleshooting of input/output signals shall be easily executed with a volt-ohm meter (VOM). As a result of this intent, it is specified that power line carrier systems, or other systems which command multiple outputs over a single pair of wires, shall not be utilized. Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-10 4. AHDC's shall be in continuous direct communication with the network which forms the facility wide Building Automation System. The AHDCs shall communicate with the SDC at a baud rate of not less than 19,200 baud. B. Non-Volatile Memory: 1. All control sequences programmed into the AHDC shall be stored in non-volatile memory, which is not dependent upon the presence of a battery, to be retained. Power failures shall not cause the AHDC memory to be lost, nor shall there be any need for batteries to be recharged or replaced to maintain the integrity of the controller database. The AHDC shall allow for the creation of unique application control sequences. Systems that only allow selection of sequences from a library or table, are not acceptable. 2. All control sequences shall be fully programmable at the AHDC, allowing for the creation and editing of an application control sequence, while at the unit. C. Trending: 1. The AHDC shall provide an input/output point trending utility that is capable of accumulating 48 analog point samples and 10 digital point samples, per input/output point. Each sample shall be taken on a user defined interval, ranging from 1 second to 255 hours per sample. The digital readings shall be on a change of state occurrence for the digital points. All samples shall be recorded with the engineering units for the value, along with a time and date identifier for each sample taken. The samples shall be protected against loss due to power interruptions through a battery or capacitor backup method for a minimum of 30 days. 2. Systems unable to provide the above capability shall provide for the individual input/output point trending at the SDC. Specifics as to how each AHDC point will be trended, at the SDC, shall be provided in the submittal documents. Included in the explanation shall be the sample intervals, the memory allocation in the SDC and the number of AHDC's per SDC that can be expected. D. Diagnostics: 1. The AHDC shall provide LED indication of transmit/receive communications performance, as well as for the proper/improper operation of the controller itself. E. Controller Location: 1. To simplify controls and mechanical service troubleshooting, the AHDC shall be mounted adjacent to the air handling system. The AHDC shall be provided in a NEMA approved enclosure. The AHDC shall be constructed in a modular orientation such that service of the failed components can be done quickly and easily. The modular construction should limit the quantities of printed circuit boards to a maximum of two. All logic, control system, power supply and input/output circuitry shall be contained on a single plug-in circuit board. When required to replace a printed circuit board, it shall not be necessary to disconnect any field wiring. This shall allow all controls maintenance and troubleshooting to be made while at the air handling unit. The AHDC shall be directly wired to sensory devices, staging relays or modulating valves for heating and cooling. 2. For compatibility to the environment of the air handling unit, AHDC's shall have wide ambient ratings. AHDC's shall be rated for service from -40 Degree F (Degrees Fahrenheit) to 140 Degree F. 3. Subcontractor shall submit description of location of AHDC's on all mechanical and air handling equipment.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-11 2.4 EQUIPMENT - GENERAL A. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
2.5 CONTROL PANELS A. Unitized cabinet type for each system under automatic control with relays and controls mounted in cabinet and temperature indicators, pressure gages, pilot lights, push buttons and switches flush on cabinet panel face. B. NEMA 250, general purpose utility enclosures with enameled finished face panel. C. Provide common keying for all panels.
2.6 SENSING AND CONTROL OUTPUT REQUIREMENTS A. Sensing: All sensing inputs shall be provided via industry standard signals. Temperature, humidity, differential pressure signals, and other signal inputs shall be one of the following types: 0-20 mA; 4-20 mA; 0-5 VDC; 0-12 VDC; 1000 ohm platinum (at O C, 2.62 ohms/ºC); 1000 ohm Balco (2.2 ohms/ºF); 10 k ohm Thermistor (at 25ºC/77ºF). All signal inputs shall be compatible with the controllers used and with the requirements for readout of variables in true scaled engineering units as specified. B. Control Outputs: 1. The control panel shall internally provide test points for the circuits for the purpose of troubleshooting the 120 VAC circuit. All such relays shall be of modular construction that can be easily and quickly replaced on an individual basis if the module were to be damaged. 2. Modulating outputs shall be industry standard 0-5 VDC, or 0-12 VDC with definable output spans to adapt to industry available control products. Milliamp outputs of 0-20 mA or 4-20 mA are also acceptable.
2.7 SENSORS A. General: 1. Provide sensors with specified output type for remote sensing of temperature, humidity, pressure, and flow rate. Suitable for medium where used, system conditions, and ambient temperature. 2. Provide two wire temperature and humidity sensors. B. Space Temperature: 1. Standard wall sensor shall use solid-state sensor and shall be packaged in aesthetically pleasing enclosure. Sensor shall contain a backlit LCD digital display with temperature adjustment. Minimum 0.1% accuracy. BAS monitoring and remote temperature setpoint capability on ALL thermostats. C. Duct Air Temperature, Probe Type: For supply air, return air, and exhaust air. 1. With separable, perforated bulb guard. Thermistor or RTD with minimum 32-150 F range, accuracy of +/-0.4 F over full range, and maximum drift of 0.1F/year. D. Duct Air Temperature, Averaging Type: For mixed air and low limit temperature sensor. 1. Provide averaging bulb thermostats with element installed to cover twice the cross-section of the duct, typically a minimum of 20 feet. Remote bulb or bimetallic rod and tube type,
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-12 proportional action with adjustable setpoint in middle of range and adjustable throttling range 2. RTD continuous sensing element with appropriate range, accuracy of +/- 0.75 F over full range, and maximum drift of 0.1 F/year. E. Low Temperature Limit Switch: 4-wire, two SPDT switches, main contacts open on temperature below setpoint, pilot contacts close. Auto-reset unless otherwise indicated. Extended length capillary type element with any one foot at setpoint causing trip. Freeze protection low limit minimum range 0-60ºF. Suitable for ambient temperatures -40 to 140ºF. F. Fluid Temperature: 1. Remote bulb or bimetallic rod and tube type, proportional action with adjustable setpoint and adjustable throttling range. Thermistor or RTD with minimum 30-230 F range, accuracy of +/-1.0 F over full range, and maximum drift of 1F per year. Provide appropriate thermal well for the pressure application to allow removal of the sensing element without draining the system. Wells filled with heat conductive compound. G. Outside Air Temperature: 1. Platinum RTD with minimum -58-110 F range, Accuracy of +/-1.0 F over full range, and maximum drift of 1F per year. Provide sunshield and weatherproof box for exterior location as required. H. Fluid Pressure:
1. Semi-conductor strain gauge pressure transducer with range 150% of operating pressure and over pressure tolerance of 200% of range pressure, +/-2% accuracy over full range, and maximum drift of 1% full range per year. Kele PTX1E, Mamac PR262, or equal. 2. Provide with brass or stainless steel snubber and pigtail on steam applications. 3. Coordinate tap requirements with the mechanical contractor. Provide with gate or ball valve isolation. 4. Include LED digital pressure display. I. Static Pressure Sensors: 1. Unidirectional Semi-conductor strain gauge pressure transducer with ranges not exceeding 150 percent of maximum expected input. 2. Temperature compensate with typical thermal error or 0.06 percent of full scale in temperature range of 40 to 100 degrees F. 3. Accuracy: One percent of full scale with repeatability 0.3 percent. 4. Output: 0 - 5 vdc with power at 12 to 28 vdc. J. Air Differential Pressure: 1. Semi-conductor strain gauge pressure transducer with range 150% of operating pressure and over pressure tolerance of 200% of range pressure, +/-2% accuracy over full range, and maximum drift of 1% full range per year. 2. Provide static pressure tips with integral compression fittings for reference tubing at duct penetrations. K. Equipment Operation Sensors: 1. Status Inputs for Fans: Differential pressure switch with adjustable range of 0 to 5 inches wg. 2. Status Inputs for Electric Motors: Current sensing relay with current transformers, adjustable and set to 175 percent of rated motor current. 3. Current Sensing Switches: Current operated solid state switch with adjustable set-point from 1 to 135 amps. Power and status LED's, non-polarity sensitive.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-13 4. Status Inputs for Pumps: Differential pressure switch piped across pump with adjustable pressure differential range. L. Damper Position Indication: Potentiometer mounted in enclosure with adjustable crank arm assembly connected to damper to transmit 0 - 100 percent damper travel. M. Fluid Flow:
1. Insertion Paddlewheel type flow sensors. Stainless steel or brass probe. 1-1/2 percent accuracy at 4 fps velocity. Working pressure of 200 psi. Capable of 200F operating temperatures. 2. Microprocessor-based signal conditioner with 4-20 mA output suitable for use with flow sensor. Front panel programming and numerical display to show flow rate in GPM. Signal conditioner remote mounted on adjacent wall. 3. Control Contractor responsible for installing flow sensors in location meeting manufacturer’s requirements for accurate reading. N. Carbon Dioxide Sensor: 1. Unit shall monitor indoor carbon dioxide levels in Accordance with ASHRAE Standard 62-1989. 4-20 ma linear output over a range of 0-2000 ppm of CO2. Programmable analog output of 0-190v/4-20ma and RS 232 interface. Digital display at the unit included. Duct mounted aspiration box and transformer included. Easily verified and recalibrated. Wall mounted type for room sensor. Duct type in return air intake plenum. 2. Accuracy of plus or minus 2.5% or 50 ppm whichever is greater. Alarm threshold adjustment range of 50-5000 ppm. Measuring range 0-2000 ppm. Maximum drift 25 ppm. 3. Complete recalibration kit and spare calibration gas refill shall be included.
2.8 SWITCHES A. Differential Pressure Switch - Liquid: Brass bellows operated single pole double throw switch. Where differential pressure is 10 PSI or less provide United Electric J21K Series or equal. Where differential pressure is greater than 10 PSI provide Penn P-74FA-5 or equal. Provide with gate or ball valve isolation. B. Current Sensing Switches: 1. Current operated solid state switch with 0.5 to 200 amp amperage range. Mini solid-core or split-core for fixed loads. Veris H-800 series or equal. 2. Current operated solid state switch with adjustable set-point from 1 to 135 amps. Power and status LED's, non-polarity sensitive. For detecting belt loss and motor failure. Veris H-708 solid-core, H-908 split-core or equal. C. Misc Switches: 1. Radiant Override Switch: 0-2 hour timer switch with red indicating light.
2.9 CONTROL VALVES
A. Automatic Valves: For water or steam, as applicable, suitable for system conditions. 2-inch and smaller: Brass body, threaded, installed with union on each connection. 2-1/2 inch and larger: Iron body, flanged. Seats and discs or plugs of nonferrous metals. Modulating or positive acting as required. See Contract Documents for operation and capacity.
B. Positive-acting: Flat, single discs with renewable composition faces. Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-14 C. Modulating: Single or balanced, parabolic or V-notched inner valve plug. Steam valves single seat type for tight shutoff.
D. General: For hot water as applicable.
1. Non-terminal unit control valves (1/2” through 3”) sizes shall have cast bronze bodies with static pressure rating conforming to ANSI B16.15- 1971 250 PSIG rating. Maximum water pressure shall be 400 PSIG with 40 to 150ºF water, decreasing to 321 PSIG at the maximum water temperature of 281ºF. 2. Valves with flanged fittings (2.5” through 6”) sizes shall have cast iron bodies with static pressure rating conforming to ANSI B16.1-1975 125 PSIG rating Maximum water pressure shall be 200 PSIG with 40 to 150ºF water, decreasing to 165 PSIG at the maximum water temperature of 281ºF. 3. All valves shall have stainless-steel stems, brass or stainless-steel throttling plugs, bronze valve seats, and spring-loaded Teflon -cone packing. Two-way valve plugs for non-steam applications shall have composition disks. 4. All valves shall be fully modulating unless otherwise indicated. Control Subcontractor is responsible for the selection of the proper control valves for the project including sizing, pressure rating, flow coefficient, flow characteristic, close-off rating, and actuator selection. 5. All two-way valves shall have contoured or characterized throttling plugs with linear (for steam applications) or equal- percentage flow characteristics. 6. All three-way and four-way valves shall have brass or stainless steel linear throttling plugs with stainless steel stems.
2.10 VALVE ACTUATORS
A. General:
1. Where exposed to outdoor air or air temperatures lower than 50ºF, provide completely weatherproof actuators with internal heaters to allow normal operation at -50ºF. The valve actuator shall be capable of providing the minimum torque required for proper valve close off for the required application.
B. Modulating Electronic Actuators: Self contained, linear motorized actuator with approximately 3/4 inch stroke, 60 second full travel with transformer and SPDT contacts: 24 v DC, 6 watt maximum input.
C. Two-Position Electronic Actuators: Synchronous motor with enclosed gear train, dual return springs, valve position indicator; 2-10v DC, 4-20ma. Valves shall spring return to normal position for temperature protection.
2.11 DAMPER OPERATORS A. General: Provide smooth proportional control with sufficient power for air velocities 20 percent greater than maximum design velocity and to provide tight seal against maximum system pressures. Provide spring return for two position control and for fail safe operation. 1. Provide sufficient number of operators to achieve unrestricted movement throughout damper range. 2. Provide one operator for maximum 36 sq ft damper section. Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-15 3. Electric damper actuators shall be direct shaft mounted and use a V-bolt and toothed V- clamp causing a cold weld effect for positive gripping. Single bolt or setscrew type fasteners are not acceptable. 4. Where exposed to outdoor air or air temperatures lower than 50ºF, provide completely weatherproof actuators with internal heaters to allow normal operation at -50ºF. 5. With auxiliary end switch or sensor for monitoring damper position.
2.12 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES (VFD) FOR AHU-1 SF-A and SF-B, AHU-1 RF-A and RF-B, AHU-2 SF, P-1A and P-1B.
A. Manufacturers:
1. Allen Bradley 2. ABB
B. Type: UL Listed. Microprocessor based variable frequency drive. All VFD's shall be of same manufacturer.
C. Output Power: Output voltage adjustable from 0 to rated voltage. Output frequency range adjustable from 0 to 400 Hz. Pulse width modulated (PWM) waveform.
D. Operator Interface: Integral LCD digital display. LCD shall be remote mounted on panel door. The keypad shall include programming keys, drive operating keys, and numeric keys for direct entry. LCD shall display the following:
1. Drive operating conditions 2. Fault/alarm indications 3. Output Frequency 4. Motor Speed 5. Motor Current 6. Calculated Motor Torque 7. Calculated Motor Power 8. DC Bus Voltage 9. Output Voltage 10. Heat-sink Temperature 11. Analog input values and analog output values. 12. Keypad reference values 13. Elapsed Time Meter 14. Digital input status 15. Digital output status
E. Inputs/Outputs: (1) Programmable 0-10 VDC analog output. (2) 0-10 VDC or 4-20 mA analog inputs. (5) digital inputs. (2) relay outputs. Relays shall be programmable to different conditions including Fault, Alarm, At Speed, Drive Ready.
F. Auto/Manual Mode (H-O-A switch): In Auto mode, the drive receives its frequency command from the programmed source. When in Hand mode, control of the frequency command is transferred to the Operator Interface.
G. Communications: The drive must be capable of communicating with PLC and DDC's through Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-16 an RS-484 port.
H. Drive Faults:
1. Loss of Reference Fault 2. Overcurrent 3. Overvoltage 4. Undervoltage 5. Overtemperature 6. Ground Fault
I. VFD with the following features:
1. UL listed and labeled industrial control panel as a complete assembly. 2. Enclosure: Nema 1 enclosure. Ventilated with fan as needed. 3. Integral fused disconnect with pad-lockable handle. Use Class J fuses sized per motor. 4. Utilize 5% line reactor for harmonics reduction. 5. H-O-A switch for the VFD. 6. Motor overload protection for VFD. 7. Green VFD Running indication lights. White Ready light for power available. 8. 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC input for speed control.
J. Provide for interface with automatic controls. Provide dry contact outputs as required:
2.13 WIRING A. Includes all control wiring to complete the system and provide control arrangements specified or shown on the drawings. Power or interlock wiring shall be run in separate conduits from sensor and communications wiring. 1. Low-voltage Control Wiring (12-24v): All wiring shall be enclosed in conduit except where located above accessible ceilings and plenum rated. Motor disconnect switch shall also disconnect control circuit. Indicating lights wired from the motor terminals or from the last controlling device to the motor to show actual operation. All low voltage control wiring 18 AWG minimum. 2. 110-volt and larger Control Wiring: All NEC Class 1 (line voltage) wiring shall be UL listed in approved raceway according to NEC requirements. B. Control Power: Provide 120 volt power connection, transformers, and control power as needed. Provide the electrical connection between all automatic control equipment and the control power J-boxes.
2.14 GLOBAL DIGITAL CONTROLLER (GDC) A. Provide a microprocessor based, direct digital controller to integrate and communicate with all microprocessor based controllers on the network. All communication interface programs shall be resident within the global controller. The following functions and features shall be provided: B. Multi-tasking, 16-bit microprocessor operating from software program memory resident in the controller. Global controllers shall exist at the LAN level with the stand-alone digital controllers.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-17 C. The GDC shall provide alarming, point trending, and energy report generation capabilities. Alarming points shall be uniquely definable, with multiple alarms assignable to a single point. The quantities of trended point values shall be limited only by total controller memory space. If necessary, a GDC may be dedicated fully to a trending task, allowing all controller memory to be available for the trend storage. Each unique trend report shall contain a minimum of 4 different points and minimum of 128 samples per point. Trending frequency for each report shall be operator definable from a sample once a second to a sample one every 24 hours. Trend reports shall be internally formatted by the GDC and shall be reportable directly to a serial printer, a VT-100 display terminal, or any other device capable of receiving a formatted ASCII data file. D. All control sequences programmed into the GDC shall be stored in non-volatile memory, which is not dependent upon the presence of a battery to be retained. Power failures shall not cause the GDC memory to be lost, nor shall there be any need for batteries to be recharged or replaced to maintain the integrity of the controller database. E. The GDC shall be provided with a battery-backed clock that is capable of maintaining the time of day and calendar for up to thirty days upon loss of power to the GDC without loss of setting. The battery for the time clock shall be field replaceable by the customer. F. The GDC shall have a complete set of energy and facility management capabilities including maintenance time reminders, energy reports, and trend reports. The energy management functions shall include duty cycle, temperature compensated duty cycling, optimum start/stop, electric demand limiting, enthalpy changeover, and calendar scheduling.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions before starting work. B. Verify that systems are ready to receive work. C. Sequence work to ensure installation of components is complementary to installation of similar components in other systems. D. Coordinate installation of system components with installation of mechanical systems equipment such as air handling units and air terminal units.
3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Check and verify location of thermostats and humidistats with plans and room details before installation. Locate 46-48 inches centerline above floor. Align with lighting switches. C. Mount freeze protection thermostats using flanges and element holders. D. Mount outdoor reset thermostats and outdoor sensors indoors, with sensing elements outdoors with sun shield. E. Provide separable sockets for liquids and flanges for air bulb elements. F. Provide stainless steel thermowells suitable for respective application and for installation under other sections-sized to suit pipe diameter without restricting flow.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-18 H. Provide locking guards and lock on thermostats in all public spaces. Guards not required in Offices, Storage Rooms, and other non-public spaces. Provide keys to owner. G. Mount control panels adjacent to associated equipment on vibration free walls or free standing angle iron supports. One cabinet may accommodate more than one system in same equipment room. Provide engraved plastic nameplates for instruments and controls inside cabinet and engraved plastic nameplates on cabinet face.
3.3 WIRING AND RACEWAYS A. General: 1. Provide wiring, conduits and raceway complying with the National Electrical Code, and State and Local Codes and Ordinances. 2. All wiring/cabling shall be installed in conduit unless located above accessible ceilings and plenum rated. 3. All thermostats/sensors shall be installed at 46-48 -inch height. Align with lighting switches. 4. Use EMT, metal duct, IMC, rigid conduit, surface metal raceways, or totally enclosed metal through with flexible metal tubing as required by Division 26, 27, 28. All conduit to be concealed except in mechanical and electrical rooms. 5. Provide wire with copper stranded conductors. Provide color or number coded jackets. 6. Provide 20 gauge minimum foil-shielded cable rated 100 VDC at 80 C. for input/output wiring. 7. Provide communications network wiring meeting the gauge, impedance, capacitance, resistance and shielding requirements specified by the manufacturer of the connected devices. 8. Install wiring in a neat and orderly manner generally running piping and wiring along building lines. 9. Seal conduit penetrations at rated walls with fire-stopping installed in accordance with fire-stopping manufacturers UL listed installation requirements. 10. Wire all electrical controls and switches furnished under this section of the Specifications. 11. Support and conceal wiring in finished areas.
3.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate this WORK with the WORK of other trades, and make arrangements for the complete and proper accomplishment of all related WORK. Coordinate required control interlocks with HVAC manufacturers or local representatives as necessary. Coordinate requirements and work with the VFD supplier and contractor. B. DX Condenser Unit Coordination: Control Contractor is to integrate with the DX condensers through BACNet gateway. Control Contractor to use BACnet connection to monitor and control the related condensers. Hard-wired enable and setpoint inputs required for control of condensers. Control Contractor required to coordinate controls with manufacturer during submittal process in order to have equipment and control panels provided by condenser unit manufacturer with controls, relays, terminal contacts, wiring, etc. as needed to work with control design. Control Contractor shall work with condenser manufacturer start-up technician to fine tune operation and BAS interface controls as needed. Control Contractor to assist start- up technicians as needed.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-19 3.5 TESTING AND ADJUSTING A. Upon completion of the control installation, start up the system, perform necessary testing, and adjust the system to ensure proper operation. B. Coordinate the final adjustments and “fine tuning” of control functions and devices so the mechanical systems and the control systems operate and respond as an integrated comfortable and energy efficient component of this facility. C. Contractor shall help coordinate the necessary testing of the VFD system, and help coordinate the adjustment the system to ensure proper operation. D. See PART 1 for additional information.
3.6 START-UP AND TRAINING - VFD
A. VFD's: System supplier start-up shall be provided for each drive. System supplier performing start-up shall be qualified for WORK by manufacturer's representative. Coordinate with CONTRACTOR completion for date of start-up for each piece of equipment. System supplier shall provide 2 hours of training specific to VFD’s. Provide minimum 15 working days notice to OWNER prior to training.
B. BAS Contractor shall be on-site during testing and start-up of VFD's.
3.7 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
A. HEATING PLANT CONTROL SEQUENCE: Graphics and existing Siemens DDC automatic controls for the existing heating plant shall be integrated into the new overall building control system.
B. BUILDING HEATING CIRCULATION PUMPS (P-1A AND P-1B): A variable frequency drive (VFD) provides direct power for the respective pump motor. When the VFD is in the AUTO position, the BAS shall modulate the respective pump speed as needed to maintain the differential pressure setpoint. When the VFD is in HAND position, a digital speed control integral with the VFD panel provides manual speed control. Activate an alarm when a VFD generated status alarm occurs due to low current or other alarm. Include VFD speed and VFD fault alarm inputs to the BAS.
1. Pump Sequencing:
a. LEAD pump to operate continuously b. Modulate LEAD pump from 25% flow to 100% flow as needed to maintain the heating system pressure differential setpoint in the distribution system. See Minimum pump flow control below. c. Pumps to operate in lead/backup operation with pumps switching lead/backup designation once per week. d. If Lead pump fails to operate after 5 minutes, activate Backup pump and send alarm.
2. BAS Graphics: Indicate heating water temperatures, pressure differential setpoint and actual, lead/backup pump status, lead/backup pump designation, pump speed, flow rate, operation status, bypass valve position, and alarms. Also include heating water Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-20 temperatures and flow rate from the existing boiler plant where entering the airport mechanical room. 3. Minimum Flow: Minimum flow of 45 GPM as measured at P-1A/B flow meter shall be maintained as required for minimum pump flow. Minimum Flow automatic valve AV-9, located in the fan room, shall modulate open slowly to maintain minimum flow rate. Slow modulation of valve shall be required in order to avoid over and undershoot. 4. Pressure Differential Sensor located where shown near concessions and AHU-2. Utilized to control pump speed. Pressure differential setpoint shall be determined by the Adjustment and Control Contractors. Initially set pressure differential at 10 psi 5. Outdoor air temperature: Pumps P-1A and P-1B shall shutoff above an adjustable 65F OSA temperature.
C. DOMESTIC HOT WATER HEATING SYSTEM:
1. Water Heaters:
a. Indirect water heater (HWT-1 and existing HWT-2): Immersion sensor on domestic hot water heater to modulate automatic valve as required to maintain domestic hot water setpoint.
1) HWT-1 setpoint: Initially set at 140F. 2) HWT-2 setpoint: Initially set at 140F.
2. Hot Water Recirculating Pump (HWRP-1 and HWRP-2): Magnetic starter. In the AUTO position, pump shall operate when building is in Occupied mode (beginning 1 hour prior to Occupied mode) AND respective immersion thermostat in the recirculating hot water piping calls for heat (95F for HWRP-1 and 110F for HWRP-2). Occupied mode to match AHU-1 schedule. In the ON position, pump shall operate. Display status on graphics.
3. Display HWT domestic hot water outlet temperatures, building domestic hot water supply temperature, kitchen hot water supply temperature, domestic and kitchen hot water recirculating temperatures, HWT-1 and HWT-2 valve positions (Open/Closed), and HWRP-1 and HWRP-2 pump status on graphics.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-21 D. GENERAL FAN UNIT NOTES: The following controls apply to the various ventilation systems outlined in this section, as indicated within each fan system description or listed below as typical for all fan units. Indicate all schedules, setpoints, temperatures, pressures, air volumes, flow rates, damper and valve positions, operating commands and status, and alarms on Graphics.
1. Smoke Sensors: Furnished and installed under the ELECTRICAL division. BAS system shall provide courtesy shutdown. 2. Filter Alarm: Differential pressure sensor across filter to send filter alarm to BAS whenever the differential pressure exceeds an adjustable 0.50 inches water column for pre-filters (MERV 8) and 0.70 inches water column for MERV 13 filters. Analog input signal with set point adjustable at the BAS. Alarm is to be sent to the BAS for confirmation. Indicate filter pressure, setpoint, and any alarms on Graphics. 3. Low-limit control: Averaging bulb thermostat at the discharge of the heating coil to stop the fan below an adjustable 40°F upon a time delay of 45 seconds. Control to stop fan unit shall be hard wired. BAS system shall return the fan unit to OFF mode with the exception of the automatic valve which shall open to full heating. Mixing dampers repositioned to full recirculation position and automatic valve positioned to full open heating. Fan automatically reset on temperature rise above set point. Alarm is to be sent to the BAS for confirmation. Indicate temperatures and any alarms on Graphics. 4. Fan operation status (Supply and Return Fans): Current sensor to send fan operation signal to BAS when in operation. Alarm is to be sent to the BAS for confirmation when fan does not operate when commanded on. Indicate status and any alarms on Graphics. 5. In HAND and AUTO position all AHU fans (supply and return) shall shut down on fire alarm activation and low limit temperature control. 6. Exhaust Fan operation status: Current sensor to send fan operation signal to BAS. Alarm is to be sent to the BAS for confirmation when fan does not operate when commanded on. Indicate status and any alarms on Graphics. 7. Exhaust Fan Automatic Damper: Where exhaust fan has an automatic damper, the damper shall open whenever the fan operates (Hand or Auto). 8. Variable Speed Drives (AHU-1 and AHU-2): A variable frequency drive (VFD) provides direct power for the respective SF/RF fan motor. When the VFD is in the AUTO position, the BAS shall operate each fan unit at the speed required to meet design CFM (as verified with TAB Contractor). When the VFD is in HAND position, a digital speed control integral with the VFD panel provides manual speed control. Activate an alarm when a VFD generated status alarm occurs due to low current or other alarm. Include VFD speed and VFD fault alarm inputs to the BAS. Display speed, alarms, and status on Graphics. In the AUTO or HAND positions, the fan units operate according safety functions such as the low-limit thermostat and the smoke sensor. 9. Air measuring stations: Provide air measuring stations where shown. Indicate air flow CFM on Graphics. Power shall be provided as needed to the factory installed air measuring station controller on each fan unit. Coordinate with fan manufacturer. 10. AHU coil minimum flow: When OSA drops below 32F, AHU minimum heating flow position shall be set at an adjustable 5% open when fan unit is off to reduce chance of freeze-up. 11. Occupied Schedule: Occupied schedule for fan units shall be adjustable on the graphics for each respective system. Contractor shall coordinate with Owner for each system schedule. Each fan to have own occupied schedule with each day individually set.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-22 E. AIR HANDLING UNIT (AHU-1):
1. Schedule of Operation:
a. Normal Occupied Schedule: Coordinate with Owner for hours of operation and Occupied Schedule. During normal operation, AHU-1 fan to provide minimum outdoor air as scheduled below. b. Unoccupied Mode: AHU-1 shall remain OFF in Unoccupied mode unless activated by Night Setback mode or Morning Warm-up mode. c. Ventilation Override: AHU-1 air handling unit shall override SA control sequence and modulate outdoor air damper (OAD-B) open and return air damper closed (RAD) as required to maintain acceptable minimum CO2 levels (800 ppm maximum) in the following spaces. When CO2 override is not required, outdoor air shall be controlled per supply air control sequence and minimum outdoor air setpoint. Mixed air dampers shall not modulate to a temperature lower than a 38F mixed air temperature during carbon dioxide sensor control operation.
1) CO2 Sensor Locations
(a) Baggage Claim / Circulation (Wall mounted sensor) (b) Screening Area/Lobby (Wall mounted sensor) (c) Concourse (Wall mounted sensor) (d) AHU-1 Return Air (Duct mounted sensor)
d. Night Setback Mode: AHU-1 shall operate if any zones (1-9) are 5F or more below occupied zone temperature setpoint. AHU-1 shall operate in full recirculation mode until all zone sensors (1-9) are at occupied setpoint. e. Morning Warm-Up: When any room temperature is more than 3F below occupied setpoint during unoccupied mode, the air handler shall enter morning warm-up mode. In morning warm-up mode, the AHU-1 unit shall be enabled 1 hour prior to occupied period to allow for zone warm-up prior to occupancy. f. During the Unoccupied mode, Night Setback, and Morning Warm-Up: Minimum outdoor air damper (OAD-A), modulating outdoor air damper (OAD-B), and exhaust air damper (EAD) shall be closed with recirculating air damper (RAD) fully open. Cooling disabled.
2. Mixing Dampers: During the Occupied schedule, Minimum outside air damper (OAD- A) to open to minimum position as noted below to provide the required minimum outside air to occupants. Modulating OSA damper (OAD-B) to open when necessary to provide additional outdoor air for natural cooling when required by supply air control sequence. During mechanical cooling, outdoor air damper shall return to minimum position if outdoor air temperature is above return air temperature. Supply air sequence control to modulate the modulating outside air damper (OAD-B) and the recirculating air damper (RAD) to maintain the adjustable supply air setpoint provided minimum outdoor air volume is attained and the carbon dioxide control sequence is satisfied. The modulating outside air damper OAD-B and the exhaust air damper EAD shall be closed when the recirculating air damper RAD is open. Exhaust air damper (EAD) shall modulate independently with separate control signal as needed to maintain building pressure. Return air damper (RAD) shall modulate with a lag signal if necessary to assist with building pressurization. Separate AO signals shall be provided for OAD, RAD, and Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-23 EAD. Minimum OSA volume is as follows and is to be manually verified during initial adjustment of mechanical systems.
a. AHU-1 Occupied Minimum OSA: 3600 CFM b. CO2 Sensors override OSA open when any AHU-1 system CO2 sensor is above 800 ppm.
3. Preheat Coil (PHC): The preheat coil automatic valve shall modulate to maintain 55F air downstream of the PHC. The preheat coil automatic valve shall close on an outdoor air temperature above 55F. When outdoor air temperature is below 32F and the air handler is off, the preheat coil valve shall open to maintain 55F air downstream of the preheat coil to reduce chance of coil freeze-up.
4. Hot Deck and Cold Deck Supply air temperature setpoints: The hot deck setpoint shall be set by the zone with the greatest heating demand. The cold deck setpoint shall be reset based on the zone with the greatest cooling demand. The range for the hot deck setpoint shall be limited to between 75F and 95F. The range for the cold deck setpoint shall be limited to between 55F and 65F.
a. Hot Deck Supply air temperature: Supply air discharge sensor in the hot deck to control the heating coil automatic valve and mixing dampers sequentially in order to supply an adjustable discharge temperature set by the zone with the greatest heating demand; 75°F supply air at 0% demand (zone with greatest heating demand at setpoint and above) modulating to 95°F supply air at 100% demand (zone with greatest heating demand at 2 degrees below setpoint). Heating coil automatic valve to close to heating on an outside air temperature above an adjustable 70°F OSA.
b. Cold Deck Supply air temperature: Supply air discharge sensor in the cold deck to modulate the LLSV (through CU discharge air setpoint control) and mixing dampers sequentially in order to supply an adjustable discharge air temperature set by the zone with the greatest cooling demand; 65°F supply air at 0% demand (zone with greatest cooling demand at setpoint) modulating to 55°F supply air at 100% demand (zone with greatest cooling demand at 2 degrees above setpoint). Cooling system enabled only when outdoor air temperature is above 60F AND economizer can no longer control room temperature with natural cooling. During mechanical cooling, outdoor air damper shall modulate back to minimum position if outdoor air temperature is above return air temperature. CU-1 system shall be disabled when outdoor air drops below 56F.
5. Zone Supply Temperature Control: The following actions are sequenced below as the heating/cooling demand for each zone modulates from full heating to full cooling.
a. The hot deck and cold deck zone dampers modulate to maintain respective zone temperature. The hot deck and cold deck dampers are linked together and modulate opposite each other.
b. The zone hot deck damper modulates from fully open to fully closed. The cold deck damper modulates from fully closed to fully open.
6. Building pressure sensor located in Concourse (2nd floor) and in Circulation (1st floor). Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-24 Outdoor pressure reference sensor located on exterior of building’s north wall out of wind. EA damper to modulate to maintain building pressure at +0.05 inches wg. Lowest pressure sensor reading (Concourse or Circulation) shall control EA damper operation. 7. RF and SF VFD Speed: When the VFD is in the AUTO position, the BAS shall operate each fan unit at the speed required (constant speed) to meet design CFM (as verified and set with TAB Contractor). Return Fan volume shall be set at speeds which will provide an adjustable 0.05” positive pressure on RF discharge. RF Discharge pressure setpoint required shall be set by the Control Contractor and TAB balancer as needed for proper operation of return fan, outdoor air supply, and building pressurization. 8. Return fans, RF: Return fans shall operate whenever SF fans operate when RF VFD is in AUTO mode. 9. EF-5 fan unit shall operate in its Occupied Schedule and whenever AHU-1 operates. See EF Sequence. 10. Condenser Unit (CU-1): Cooling system enabled only when outdoor air temperature is above 60F AND economizer can no longer control room temperature with natural cooling. CU-1 system shall be disabled when outdoor air drops below 56F. Provide hard wired enable/disable and remote setpoint to CU-1 unit. Provide BACNet MS/TP connection for monitoring of CU unit operation status, cooling air discharge setpoint, percent load, and alarms. 11. Provide VFD Controls, Low-Limit Control, Filter Alarms, Fan Operation Status, Airflow Measuring, and AHU preheat coil minimum flow: See Paragraph D above for descriptions. Provide all points on graphics.
F. AIR HANDLING UNIT (AHU-2)
1. Schedule of Operation:
a. Normal Occupied Schedule: Supply fan to provide minimum outdoor air as scheduled below. Occupied mode hours of operation shall be coordinated with the Owner. b. Unoccupied Mode: Supply fan shall remain OFF in Unoccupied mode. c. Night Setback Mode: Supply fan shall operate if any of the (3) rooms served by respective fan unit are 5F or more below occupied setpoint. Supply fan shall operate in full recirculation mode until all AHU-2 zones return to occupied setpoint.
2. Mixing Dampers and Minimum Outdoor Air: During the Occupied schedule, outside air damper (OAD) to open to minimum position (as set by TAB and Controls Contractor) to provide the required minimum outside air. Outdoor and return air dampers to modulate with the OAD closed when the RAD is open. OAD and RAD shall have separate control signals. Minimum OSA volume is as follows and is to be manually verified during initial adjustment of mechanical systems.
a. AHU-2 Minimum OSA: 620 CFM. b. CO2 Sensors override OSA open when either CO2 sensor is above 800 ppm.
3. During Unoccupied mode and Night Setback: Outdoor air damper shall be closed with recirculating air damper fully open. Dampers to position to the full recirculating positions when the unit is OFF. Cooling unit shall be disabled.
4. Supply air temperature: Supply air discharge sensor to control the mixing dampers, Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-25 cooling DX coil LLSV solenoid valve, and heating coil automatic valve in order to provide the discharge air temperature setpoint. AHU-2 Supply air setpoint shall be reset based on zone heating/cooling demand as follows:
a. Modulate supply air temperature between 55F and 70F based on AHU-2 zone heating/cooling demand. Provide 55°F supply air at 100% cooling demand (zone with greatest cooling demand at temperature 2F above setpoint) modulating to 70°F supply air at 100% heating demand (zone with greatest heating demand at temperature 2 degrees below setpoint). Heating coil automatic valve to close to heating on an outside air temperature above an adjustable 60°F OSA.
b. If supply discharge temperature is below setpoint, controls shall operate according to the following heating sequence:
1) Cooling Coil LLSV valve shall close. 2) Outdoor air damper (OAD) shall modulate closed. RAD shall modulate open. 3) Heating coil automatic valve shall modulate open. Mixing dampers to be at minimum position prior to opening of heating coil automatic valve (unless overridden by CO2 sequence). Heating coil automatic valve to close to heating on an outside air temperature above an adjustable 65°F OSA.
c. If supply discharge temperature is above setpoint, controls shall operate according to the following cooling sequence:
1) Automatic valve at heating coil shall modulate closed to maintain setpoint. 2) Outdoor air damper (OAD) shall modulate to full open position (and RAD to modulate closed) to provide maximum natural cooling. If outdoor air temperature rises above return air temperature, OAD shall modulate closed. 3) Enable CU-2 condenser unit if outdoor air temperature is above 60F and outdoor air cannot maintain room setpoint (any AHU-2 zone temp is 2F above setpoint). Cooling coil LLSV solenoid valve shall modulate open. BAS shall deactivate CU-2 when cooling is no longer required or when outdoor air temperature drops below an adjustable 56F. CU shall operate for minimum of 5 minutes.
5. CO2 Ventilation Override: Ventilation control shall override supply air control sequence for mixing dampers if needed to maintain carbon dioxide levels within the building at acceptable levels. Carbon dioxide sensor(s) located in Lounge and in the AHU-2 return air inlet section to override mixing damper control sequence and modulate the outside air damper (OAD) open and modulate recirculation damper (RAD) closed to maintain carbon dioxide levels below an adjustable 800 ppm setpoint. Mixed air dampers shall not modulate to a temperature lower than a 38F mixed air temperature during carbon dioxide sensor control operation. 6. SF VFD Speed: When the VFD is in the AUTO position, the BAS shall operate fan unit at the speed required (constant speed) to meet design CFM (as verified and set with TAB Contractor). 7. Exhaust Fans: EF-7 shall operate whenever AHU-2 operates in Occupied mode. See EF Sequence. 8. Condenser Unit (CU-2): Cooling system enabled only when outdoor air temperature is above 60F AND economizer can no longer control room temperature with natural Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-26 cooling. CU-2 system shall be disabled when outdoor air drops below 56F. CU-2 shall run for minimum 5 minutes. Provide hard wired enable/disable and status to CU-2 unit. 9. Provide VFD Controls, Low-Limit Control, Filter Alarms, Fan Operation Status, and AHU Heating Coil Minimum Flow: See Paragraph D above for descriptions. Provide all points on graphics.
G. EXISTING VENTILATING UNIT (VU-2)
1. Schedule of Operation:
a. Normal Occupied Schedule: Supply fan to provide minimum outdoor air as scheduled below. Occupied mode hours of operation shall be coordinated with the Owner. b. Unoccupied Mode: Supply fan shall remain OFF in Unoccupied mode.
2. Mixing Dampers and Minimum Outdoor Air: During the Occupied schedule, outside air damper (OAD) to open to minimum position (as set by TAB and Controls Contractor) to provide the required minimum outside air. Outdoor and return air dampers to modulate with the OAD closed when the RAD is open. OAD and RAD shall have separate control signals. Minimum OSA volume is as follows and is to be manually verified during initial adjustment of mechanical systems.
a. VU-2 Minimum OSA: 300 CFM.
3. During the Unoccupied mode: Outdoor air damper shall be closed with recirculating air damper fully open. Dampers to position to the full recirculating positions when the unit is OFF. Cooling unit shall be disabled.
4. Supply air temperature: Supply air discharge sensor to control the mixing dampers, cooling DX coil solenoid valve, and heating coil automatic valve in order to maintain the discharge air temperature setpoint. VU-2 Supply air setpoint shall be reset based on outdoor air temperature as follows:
a. Modulate supply air temperature setpoint between 62F and 68F based on outdoor air temperature. Provide 62°F supply air at 62°F outside air temperature modulating to 68°F supply air at 30F outside air temperature and below. Heating coil automatic valve to close to heating on an outside air temperature above an adjustable 62°F OSA.
b. If supply discharge temperature is below setpoint, controls shall operate according to the following heating sequence:
1) Cooling Coil LLSV valve shall close. 2) Outdoor air damper (OAD) shall modulate closed. RAD shall modulate open. 3) Heating coil automatic valve shall modulate open. Mixing dampers to be at minimum position prior to opening of heating coil automatic valve.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-27 c. If supply discharge temperature is above setpoint, controls shall operate according to the following cooling sequence:
1) Automatic valve at heating coil shall modulate closed to maintain setpoint. 2) Outdoor air damper (OAD) shall modulate to full open position (and RAD to modulate closed) to provide maximum natural cooling. If outdoor air temperature rises above return air temperature, OAD shall modulate closed. 3) Enable existing VU-2 condenser unit if outdoor air temperature is above 60F and outdoor air cannot maintain supply air setpoint. Cooling coil LLSV solenoid valve shall modulate open. BAS shall deactivate existing VU-2 condenser when cooling is no longer required or when outdoor air temperature drops below an adjustable 58F. Existing VU-2 condenser unit shall operate for minimum of 5 minutes.
5. Return/Exhaust Fan: EF-2 shall operate whenever VU-2 operates in Occupied mode. 6. Condenser Unit (Existing VU-2 CU unit): Cooling system enabled only when outdoor air temperature is above 60F AND economizer can no longer control room temperature with natural cooling. Condenser unit shall be disabled when outdoor air drops below 56F. Condenser shall run for minimum 5 minutes. Coordinate with existing VU-2 condensing unit and existing controls for integration. 7. Provide Low-Limit Control, Filter Alarms, Fan Operation Status, and AHU Heating Coil Minimum Flow: See Paragraph D above for descriptions. Provide all points on graphics.
H. EXHAUST FAN (EF-6): Magnetic starter with a Hand-Off-Auto switch on the cover. In the Auto position, exhaust fan to operate whenever enabled by the BAS to maintain room temperature. In the Hand position, the fan operates. Alarm is to be sent to the BAS for confirmation when fan does not operate when commanded on. Current sensor is acceptable for status indication. Provide fan status, alarms, setpoint, and room temperature on graphics.
1. EF-6 operates whenever room temperature is above setpoint, initially set at 72F
I. EXHAUST FAN (EF-5, EF-7): Magnetic starter with a Hand-Off-Auto switch on the cover. In the Auto position, exhaust fan to operate and EAD to open whenever enabled by the BAS. In the Hand position, the fan operates and EAD to open. Alarm is to be sent to the BAS for confirmation when fan does not operate when commanded on. Current sensor is acceptable for status indication.
1. EF-5 Schedule of Operation: EF shall operate whenever AHU-1 operates (during occupied mode) and also when scheduled per EF schedule. EF to have own adjustable schedule. EF shall remain OFF in Unoccupied mode and shall remain OFF when AHU-1 is enabled during night setback mode. 2. EF-7 Schedule of Operation: EF shall operate whenever AHU-2 operates (during occupied mode) and also when scheduled per EF schedule. EF to have own adjustable schedule. EF shall remain OFF in Unoccupied mode and shall remain OFF when AHU-2 is enabled during night setback mode. 3. Fan operation shall lag by 20 seconds to allow exhaust air damper to open. 4. Graphics: Provide fan status, alarms, and schedules
J. REHEAT COILS (BC-1 through BC-3): Respective room thermostat, set at an adjustable setpoint (68F initially) to open automatic valves to supply heat to individual rooms as needed. Normally open automatic valves open on failure of control power. Thermostat sensor value Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-28 displayed on floor plan graphic with Alarm sent to BAS when temperature drops more than 5F below setpoint. Automatic valves shall modulate to provide supply air between 60F and 90F discharge air as needed to maintain room setpoint. Supply air sensor located downstream of booster coil shall provide display to graphics.
K. CONVECTORS AND FINNED PIPE CONVECTORS (CV, FP): Respective room thermostat, set at an adjustable 68°F to open finned pipe or convector automatic valves to supply heat to individual rooms as needed. Normally open automatic valves open on failure of control power. Thermostat sensor value and setpoint displayed on floor plan graphic with Alarm sent to BAS when temperature drops more than 5F below setpoint.
L. RADIANT HEATERS (RH):
1. Respective room thermostat, set at an adjustable 70°F to open radiant heater automatic valve to supply heat as needed. Normally open automatic valves open on failure of control power. Thermostat sensor value and setpoint displayed on floor plan graphic with Alarm sent to BAS when temperature drops more than 5F below setpoint. 2. Timer Switch: Wall switch to override room thermostat control and open automatic valve when (0-2 hour timer) switch is activated. Red indicating light when in override mode.
M. CABINET UNIT HEATERS (CUH): A manual starter with an ON-OFF switch is located at the unit. A room thermostat, initially set at (65F Stair, 68F all others), operates the fan and opens the two-way valve when heating is required. Normally open automatic valves open on failure of control power. Thermostat sensor value and setpoint displayed on floor plan graphic with Alarm sent to BAS when temperature drops below adjustable 50F.
N. UNIT HEATERS (UH): A manual starter with an ON-OFF switch is located at the unit. A room thermostat, initially set at 65F, operates the fan and opens the two-way valve when heating is required. Normally open automatic valves open on failure of control power. Thermostat sensor value and setpoint displayed on floor plan graphic with Alarm sent to BAS when temperature drops below adjustable 50F.
O. HEATING PLANT SCHEMATIC: In addition to individual equipment control schematics on graphics, an overall Heating Plant Control Schematic (as shown on M601) shall be included on graphics to provide a quick overview of heating plant system operation. Provide all equipment and points on overall heating plant schematic as shown.
P. ADDITIONAL SYSTEMS AND MONITORING POINTS: See Piping Diagrams, Floor Plans, and Control Drawings for additional points required.
END OF SECTION 230926
Ketchikan Gateway Borough BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 230926-29 SECTION 232113 – HYDRONIC PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Pipe and pipe fittings for:
1. Heating water piping system. 2. Equipment drains and overflows.
B. Valves:
1. Gate valves. 2. Ball valves. 3. Check valves.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 Submittal Procedures.
B. Product Data: Include data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves, and accessories. Provide manufacturers catalogue information. Indicate valve data and ratings.
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate hanging and support methods, joining procedures.
D. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves.
E. Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views.
F. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for OWNER's use in maintenance of project.
1. See Division 1 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Valve Repacking Kits: One for each type and size of valve.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products of the type specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience.
B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified in this section, with minimum three years of experience.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HYDRONIC PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232113-1 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage.
B. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves.
C. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation.
D. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system.
1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 HYDRONIC SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with ASME B31.9 and applicable federal, state, and local regulations.
B. Piping: Provide piping, fittings, hangers and supports as required, as indicated, and as follows:
1. Where more than one piping system material is specified, provide joining fittings that are compatible with piping materials and ensure that the integrity of the system is not jeopardized. 2. Use non-conducting dielectric connections whenever jointing dissimilar metals. 3. Provide pipe hangers and supports in accordance with ASME B31.9 unless indicated otherwise. 4. Contractor may choose to use black steel or copper piping for 3-inch and 4-inch size piping. Piping 2-1/2 inch size and under shall be copper. Contractor may not switch back and forth between using copper and black steel.
C. Pipe-to-Valve and Pipe-to-Equipment Connections: Use flanges, unions, or grooved couplings to allow disconnection of components for servicing; do not use direct welded, soldered, or threaded connections.
D. Valves: Provide valves where indicated and as follows:
1. Provide drain valves where indicated and if not indicated provide at least at main shut- off, low points of piping, bases of vertical risers, and at equipment. Use 3/4 inch gate valves with cap; pipe to nearest floor drain. 2. For throttling, bypass, or manual flow control services, use globe or ball valves. 3. For shut-off and to isolate parts of systems or vertical risers, use gate or ball valves.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HYDRONIC PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232113-2 2.2 HEATING WATER, ABOVE GROUND
A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Schedule 40, black, for 3-inch and 4-inch size piping only:
1. Welded Joints: ASTM A234/A234M, wrought steel welding type fittings; AWS D1.1 welded.
B. Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L, hard drawn. – Up to and including 4-inch size
1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast brass, or ASME B16.22, solder wrought copper. 2. Joints: Solder, lead free, 95-5 tin-antimony, or tin and silver, with melting range 430 to 535 degrees F. 3. Mechanical press fit joint with gasket equivalent to PROPRESS acceptable.
2.3 EQUIPMENT DRAINS AND OVERFLOWS
A. Copper Tube: ASTM B 306, Type DWV, drawn.
1. Fittings: ASME B123, cast bronze, or ASME B 129 wrought copper. 2. Joints: Solder, lead free, ASTM B 32, grade 50B.
2.4 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Provide hangers and supports that comply with MSS SP-58.
1. If type of hanger or support for a particular situation is not indicated, select appropriate type using MSS SP-58 recommendations.
B. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 Inch: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring.
C. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis.
D. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods.
E. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp.
F. Floor Support for Pipe Sizes to 4 Inches: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and steel support.
G. Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plated.
H. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp.
I. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HYDRONIC PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232113-3 J. Floor Support for Pipe Sizes to 4 Inches: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support.
K. Hanger Rods: Mild steel threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuous threaded. Cadmium or zinc plated.
L. Exterior: All exterior pipe hangers and supports shall be galvanized.
2.5 UNIONS, FLANGES, AND COUPLINGS
A. Unions for Pipe 2 Inches and Under:
1. Ferrous Piping: 150 psig malleable iron, threaded. 2. Copper Pipe: Bronze, soldered joints.
B. Flanges for Pipe Over 2 Inches:
1. Ferrous Piping: 150 psig forged steel, slip-on. 2. Copper Piping: Bronze.
C. Dielectric Connections: Union or waterway fitting with water impervious isolation barrier and one galvanized or plated steel end and one copper tube end, end types to match pipe joint types used.
D. Dielectric Connections: Union thermoplastic-lined steel construction, water impervious isolation barrier, end types to match pipe joint types used. IAMPO/UPC Listed.
2.6 GATE VALVES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Tyco Flow Control 2. Conbraco Industries 3. Nibco, Inc 4. Milwaukee Valve Company
B. Up To and Including 2 Inches:
1. Bronze body, bronze trim, hand wheel, inside screw, solid wedge disc, threaded ends. 1 inch and smaller valves may have soldered ends. 15% or less zinc content.
C. Over 2 Inches:
1. Iron body, bronze trim, bolted bonnet, rising stem, handwheel, outside screw and yoke, solid wedge disc with bronze seat rings, flanged ends.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HYDRONIC PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232113-4 2.7 GLOBE OR ANGLE VALVES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Tyco Flow Control 2. Conbraco Industries 3. Nibco, Inc 4. Milwaukee Valve Company
B. Up To and Including 2 Inches:
1. Bronze body, bronze trim, screwed bonnet, rising stem and handwheel, inside screw with backseating stem, renewable composition disc and bronze seat, solder ends.
C. Over 2 Inches:
1. Iron body, bronze trim, bolted bonnet, rising stem, handwheel, outside screw and yoke, rotating plug-type disc with renewable seat ring and disc, flanged ends.
2.8 BALL VALVES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Tyco Flow Control 2. Conbraco Industries 3. Nibco, Inc 4. Milwaukee Valve Company
B. Up To and Including 3 Inches:
1. Bronze two piece body, chrome plated brass ball, full port, teflon seats and stuffing box ring, blow out proof stem, lever handle threaded ends. 1 inch and smaller may have soldered ends. 15% or less zinc content.
2.9 SWING CHECK VALVES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Hammond Valve. 2. Nibco, Inc. 3. Milwaukee Valve Company.
B. Up To and Including 2 Inches:
1. Bronze body, bronze trim, bronze rotating swing disc, with composition disc, threaded ends. 1 inch and smaller may have soldered ends.
C. Over 2-1/2 Inches and larger:
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HYDRONIC PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232113-5 1. Iron body, bronze trim, bronze or bronze faced rotating swing disc, renewable disc and seat, flanged ends.
2.10 SPRING LOADED CHECK VALVES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Hammond Valve. 2. Crane Co. 3. Milwaukee Valve Company.
B. Class 125, iron body, bronze trim, stainless steel springs, bronze disc, Buna N seals, wafer style ends.
C. Up To and Including 2 inches: Class 125, bronze body. Stainless steel stem and 316 Stainless steel spring with rubber seat, threaded ends. 1” diameter and smaller valves may have soldered ends.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe.
B. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly.
C. Prepare piping connections to equipment using jointing system specified.
D. Keep open ends of pipe free from scale and dirt. Protect open ends with temporary plugs or caps.
E. After completion, fill, clean, and treat systems. Refer to Section 23 2500 for additional requirements.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install heating water piping to ASME B31.9 requirements.
C. Route piping in orderly manner, parallel to building structure, and maintain gradient.
D. Install piping to conserve building space and to avoid interfere with use of space.
E. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.
F. Sleeve pipe passing through partitions, walls and floors.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HYDRONIC PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232113-6 G. Slope piping and arrange to drain at low points.
H. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment.
I. Pipe Hangers and Supports:
1. Install in accordance with ASME B31.9. 2. Support horizontal piping as scheduled. 3. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. 4. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 5. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. 6. Support vertical piping at every other floor. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. 7. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. 8. Provide copper plated hangers and supports where used in direct contact with copper piping. 9. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. 10. All hangers are to be installed on the outside of the insulated piping.
J. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. Refer to Section 23 0719.
K. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed. Coordinate size and location of access doors with Division 08.
L. Use eccentric reducers to maintain top of pipe level.
M. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welds.
N. Prepare unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories, ready for finish painting.
O. Install valves with stems upright, not inverted.
P. Branch piping connected to sides of mains. Connections off of top or bottom not permitted. When approved by the Engineer, branch piping may be connected to side of mains at a 45 degree angle when limited by space.
Q. Where piping penetrates wall, run insulation through penetration. Seal penetration with fire stopping insulation and seal with fire stopping sealant. If sleeve is used as required in concrete penetrations, seal opening between pipe and sleeve with fire stopping insulation and seal with fire stopping sealant. Seal as required by manufacturers UL fire rated assembly listing.
R. Piping Tests: All heating piping tested hydrostatically at 125 psi for minimum of four hours. System shall remain tight for test period without leaks, displacement, or straining. Equipment, gages, and thermometer wells rated for a lesser pressure suitably protected during tests. Leaks Ketchikan Gateway Borough HYDRONIC PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232113-7 developed during tests shall be corrected without caulking and test restarted until a perfectly tight system is obtained. Enclosed piping tested before concealing. Test performed in presence of Owner.
S. At CONTRACTOR’S option, piping over and including 2” size may have mechanically extracted collars. Entire installation is to strictly follow manufacturer’s instructions. Any deviation will require reinstallation of the collars. Mechanically extracted collars are not acceptable on connections to existing piping. Similar or equal to T-DRILL of T-DRILL Industries.
T. Where more than one piping system material is specified, ensure system components are compatible and joined to ensure the integrity of the system is not jeopardized. Provide necessary joining fittings. Ensure flanges, union, and couplings for servicing are consistently provided.
U. Use unions, flanges, and couplings downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections. Do not use direct welded or threaded connections to valves, equipment or other apparatus. Flanged gasket material shall meet or exceed temperature and pressure rating of system.
V. Use non-conducting dielectric connections whenever jointing dissimilar metals in open systems.
W. Use gate or ball valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers.
X. Use globe or ball valves for throttling, bypass, or manual flow control services.
Y. Use spring loaded check valves on discharge of pumps.
Z. Use 3/4 inch gate valves with cap for drains at main shut-off valves, low points of piping, bases of vertical risers, and at equipment.
3.3 SCHEDULES
A. Hanger Spacing for Copper Tubing or Pipe.
1. 1/2 inch and 1-1/2 inch: Maximum span, 6 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 2. 2 inch and 2-1/2 inch: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 3. 3 inch: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. 4. 4 inch: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch.
A. Hanger Spacing for Steel Pipe.
1. 1/2 inch and 1-1/2 inch: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 2. 2 inch and 2-1/2 inch: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 3. 3 inch: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. 4. 4 inch: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HYDRONIC PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232113-8 3.4 SEISMIC RESTRAINT
A. All piping which meet the following requirements shall be provided with seismic restraint in accordance with IBC approved guidelines.
B. Piping with support system longer than 12-inches in length (as measured from the top of the pipe to the bottom of the support where the hanger is attached) are required to have seismic restraint when pipe sizes are larger than shown below:
1. Piping located in mechanical equipment rooms that is 1-1/4 inches nominal diameter and larger AND with support system longer than 12-inches in length. 2. Pipes located outside of mechanical rooms 2-1/2 inches nominal diameter and larger AND with support system longer than 12-inches in length.
END OF SECTION 232113
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HYDRONIC PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232113-9 SECTION 232114 – HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Air vents.
B. Air separators.
C. Strainers.
D. Balancing valves.
E. Relief valves.
F. Pump connection fittings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 Submittal Procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide product data for manufactured products and assemblies required for this project. Include component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and finishes. Include product description, model and dimensions.
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate hanging and support methods, joining procedures.
D. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of flow controls.
E. Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions, assembly views, lubrication instructions, and replacement parts list.
F. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for OWNER's use in maintenance of project.
1. See Division 1 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage. Ketchikan Gateway Borough HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232114-1 B. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves.
C. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation.
D. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Spirotherm Spirotop
B. Brass body, solid non-metallic float, brass vented head threaded for connection of drain. Viton seal and o-ring. 150 psig working pressure. Automatic air vent suitable for system operating temperature and pressure; with isolating valve.
2.2 MANUAL AIR VENT
A. Manufacturers:
1. Hoffman Model 500. 2. Bell & Gossett Model 17SR. 3. Taco Model 417. 4. Substitutions: Not Permitted.
B. Manual Air Vent; Washer Type: Brass with hydroscopic fiber discs, vent ports, adjustable cap for manual shut-off, and integral spring loaded ball check valve.
2.3 AIR SEPARATORS (AS-1)
A. Manufacturers:
1. Spirotherm - Spirovent VDN400
B. Air Separators, Dirt/Water type:
1. Steel construction for 150 psig maximum operating pressure. ASME Section VIII, Division 1. Integrated brass venting mechanism on top. Removable lower head with flanges to clean inside body. Threaded blowdown connection port at bottom. 2. Flanged. 3. Air and dirt eliminator: Copper bundle designed to suppress turbulence and provide high efficiency. Shall be capable of removing 100% of free and entrained air, and 99.6% of the dissolved air. Dirt separation shall be at least 80% of all particles 30 micron and larger within 100 passes. Ketchikan Gateway Borough HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232114-2 2.4 STRAINERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Hoffman. 2. Spiray/Sarco 3. Mueller.
B. Size 2 inch and Under:
1. Screwed brass or iron body for 175 psi working pressure, Y pattern with 1/32 inch stainless steel perforated screen.
C. Size 2-1/2 inch to 4 inch:
1. Flanged iron body for 175 psi working pressure, Y pattern with 3/64 inch stainless steel perforated screen.
2.5 FLOW SETTER VALVES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Armstrong International, Inc. 2. ITT Bell & Gossett. 3. Myson, Inc.
B. Angle or straight pattern, rising stem, inside screw globe valve for 125 psi working pressure, with bronze body and integral union for screwed connections, renewable composition disc, plastic wheel handle for shut-off service, and lockshield key cap and set screw memory bonnet for balancing service.
C. Spare: Provide minimum of two spare caps and one set of probes suitable to test the valve.
2.6 FLOOR MOUNTED PUMP CONNECTION SYSTEM
A. Manufacturers:
1. Metraflex 2. Inlet: Combination stationary curved vane and flexible connection. Curved stationary vanes designed to eliminate turbulence. Flanged connections. With integral 90 degree inlet elbow and reducer as necessary. For Pump systems P-1A and P-1B. Similar to Metraflex CRV Flex. 3. Discharge: Combination stationary vane and flexible connection. Hydrodynamic shaped stationary vanes designed to improve flow straightening on discharge. Flanged connections. With integral 90 degree discharge elbow and reducer as necessary. For Pump systems P-1A and P-1B. Similar to Metraflex Vane Flex.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232114-3 2.7 RELIEF VALVES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Armstrong International. 2. ITT Bell & Gossett. 3. Conbraco Industries. 4. Watts
B. Bronze body, teflon seat, stainless steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated, capacities ASME certified and labeled.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install specialties in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Where large air quantities can accumulate, provide enlarged air collection standpipes.
C. Provide manual air vents at system high points and as indicated.
D. For automatic air vents in ceiling spaces or other concealed locations, provide vent tubing to nearest drain.
E. Provide air separator on suction side of system circulation pump.
F. Provide valved drain and hose connection on strainer blow down connection.
G. Provide spring loaded check valve on discharge side of centrifugal pumps.
H. Provide relief valves on pressure tanks, low pressure side of reducing valves, heat exchangers, and expansion tanks.
I. Select equipment relief valve capacity to exceed rating of connected equipment.
J. Pipe relief valve outlet to nearest floor sink.
K. Where one line vents several relief valves, make cross sectional area equal to sum of individual vent areas.
L. Clean, treat, and flush heating water system.
M. Install floor mounted pump connection system consisting of combination vane and flexible connection on inlet and outlet of pumps P-1A/B. Install strainer upstream of pump inlet connection system.
N. Support pump fittings with floor mounted pipe and flange supports. Ketchikan Gateway Borough HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232114-4 3.2 MAINTENANCE
A. See Division 1 - Execution Requirements, for additional requirements relating to maintenance service.
B. Clean all strainers immediately after pump start-up. Provide written verification to ARCHITECT.
END OF SECTION 232114
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232114-5 SECTION 232116 – REFRIGERANT PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Piping.
B. Refrigerant.
C. Valves.
D. Flexible connections.
E. Moisture and liquid indicators.
F. Strainers.
G. Check valves.
H. Filter-driers.
I. Solenoid valves.
J. Expansion valves.
1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Where more than one piping system material is specified ensure system components are compatible and joined to ensure the integrity of the system is not jeopardized. Provide necessary joining fittings. Ensure flanges, union, and couplings for servicing are consistently provided.
B. Liquid Indicators:
1. Use line size liquid indicators in main liquid lines leaving condenser. 2. Use line size liquid indicators in liquid lines upstream of evaporator coils.
C. Valves:
1. Use service valves on suction and discharge of compressors. 2. Use gage taps at compressor inlet and outlet.
D. Strainers:
1. Use line size strainer upstream of each automatic valve.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough REFRIGERANT PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232116-1 E. Filter-Driers:
1. Use a filter-drier immediately ahead of liquid-line controls, such as thermostatic expansion valves, solenoid valves, and moisture indicators. 2. Use a filter drier on suction line where indicated by manufacturer.
F. Solenoid Valves:
1. Use in liquid line serving each evaporator coil.
G. Flexible Connectors: Provide at cooling coil and condenser unit connections.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Provide submittal procedures according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specifications Sections.
B. Product Data: Provide general assembly of specialties, including manufacturer’s catalogue information. Provide manufacturers catalog data including load capacity.
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate schematic layout of system, including equipment, critical dimensions, and sizes. Show pipe sizes of refrigerant piping, verified by condenser unit manufacturer/supplier.
D. Test Reports: Indicate results of leak test, acid test.
E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate support, connection requirements, and isolation for servicing.
F. Project Record Documents: Record exact locations of equipment and refrigeration accessories on record drawings.
G. Maintenance Data: Include instructions for changing cartridges, assembly views, spare parts lists.
H. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for use in maintenance of project.
1. Extra Filter-Dryer Cartridges: One of each type and size. 2. Refrigeration Oil Test Kits: One, each containing everything required to conduct one test.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section, with minimum 3 years of documented experience.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough REFRIGERANT PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232116-2 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to ASME B31.9 for installation of piping system.
B. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by UL, as suitable for the purpose indicated.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver and store piping and specialties in shipping containers with labeling in place.
B. Protect piping and specialties from entry of contaminating material by leaving end caps and plugs in place until installation.
C. Dehydrate and charge components such as piping and receivers, seal prior to shipment, until connected into system.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPING
A. Copper Tube: ASTM B 280, Type ACR hard drawn.
1. Fittings: ASME B16.22 wrought copper. 2. Joints: Braze, AWS A5.8 BCuP silver/phosphorus/copper alloy with melting range 1190 to 1480 degrees F.
2.2 REFRIGERANT
A. Refrigerant: R-410A as defined in ASHRAE Std 34.
2.3 VALVES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Hansen Technologies Corporation 2. Henry Technologies 3. Danfoss Flomatic
B. Diaphragm Packless Valves:
1. UL listed, globe or angle pattern, forged brass body and bonnet, phosphor bronze and stainless steel diaphragms, rising stem and handwheel, stainless steel spring, nylon seat disc, solder or flared ends, with positive backseating; for maximum working pressure of 500 psi and maximum temperature of 275 degrees F.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough REFRIGERANT PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232116-3 C. Ball Valves:
1. Two piece bolted forged brass body with teflon ball seals and copper tube extensions, brass bonnet and seal cap, chrome plated ball, stem with neoprene ring stem seals; for maximum working pressure of 500 psi and maximum temperature of 300 degrees F.
D. Service Valves:
1. Forged brass body with copper stubs, brass caps, removable valve core, integral ball check valve, flared or solder ends, for maximum pressure of 500 psi.
2.4 MOISTURE AND LIQUID INDICATORS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Henry Technologies 2. Parker Hannifin/Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 3. Sporlan Valve Company
B. Indicators: Single port type, UL listed, with copper or brass body, flared or solder ends, sight glass, color coded paper moisture indicator with removable element cartridge and plastic cap; for maximum temperature of 200 degrees F and maximum working pressure of 500 psi.
2.5 STRAINERS
A. Straight Line or Angle Line Type:
1. Brass or steel shell, steel cap and flange, and replaceable cartridge, with screen of stainless steel wire or monel reinforced with brass; for maximum working pressure of 430 psi.
2.6 CHECK VALVES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Hansen Technologies Corporation 2. Parker Hannifin/Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 3. Sporlan Valve Company
B. Straight Through Type:
1. Brass body and disc, phosphor-bronze or stainless steel spring, neoprene seat; for maximum working pressure of 500 psi and maximum temperature of 200 degrees F.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough REFRIGERANT PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232116-4 2.7 FILTER-DRIERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Flow Controls Division of Emerson Electric 2. Parker Hannifin/Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 3. Sporlan Valve Company
B. Performance:
1. Flow Capacity - Liquid Line: 25 ton, minimum, rated in accordance with ARI 710. 2. Flow Capacity - Suction Line: 25 ton, minimum, rated in accordance with ARI 730. Only where required by manufacturer. 3. Water Capacity: Rated in accordance with ARI 710. 4. Pressure Drop: 2 psi, maximum, when operating at full connected evaporator capacity. 5. Design Working Pressure: 350 psi, minimum.
C. Cores: Molded or loose-fill molecular sieve desiccant compatible with refrigerant, activated alumina, activated charcoal, and filtration to 40 microns, with secondary filtration to 20 microns; of construction that will not pass into refrigerant lines.
D. Construction: UL listed.
1. Replaceable Core Type: Steel shell with removable cap. 2. Connections: As specified for applicable pipe type.
2.8 SOLENOID VALVES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Flow Controls Division of Emerson Electric 2. Parker Hannifin/Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 3. Sporlan Valve Company
B. Valve: ARI 760, pilot operated, copper or brass body and internal parts, synthetic seat, stainless steel stem and plunger assembly (permitting manual operation in case of coil failure), integral strainer, with flared, solder, or threaded ends; for maximum working pressure of 500 psi.
C. Coil Assembly: UL 429, UL listed, replaceable with molded electromagnetic coil, moisture and fungus proof, with surge protector and color coded lead wires, integral junction box with pilot light.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough REFRIGERANT PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232116-5 2.9 EXPANSION VALVES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Flow Controls Division of Emerson Electric 2. Parker Hannifin/Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 3. Sporlan Valve Company
B. Selection: Evaluate refrigerant pressure drop through system to determine available pressure drop across valve. Select valve for maximum load at design operating pressure and minimum 10 degrees F superheat. Select to avoid being undersized at full load and excessively oversized at part load.
2.10 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Circuit Hydraulics, Ltd 2. Flexicraft Industries 3. Penflex
B. Corrugated stainless steel hose with single layer of stainless steel exterior braiding, minimum 9 inches long with copper tube ends; for maximum working pressure of 500 psi. Approved for refrigeration service.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe.
B. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly.
C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions.
D. Keep open ends of pipe free from scale and dirt. Protect open ends with temporary plugs or caps.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough REFRIGERANT PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232116-6 3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install refrigeration specialties in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Route piping in orderly manner, with plumbing parallel to building structure, and maintain gradient.
C. Install piping to conserve building space and avoid interference with use of space.
D. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations and locations.
E. Slope piping one percent in direction of oil return.
F. Piping shall be installed without any sags or low points. Use hard drawn ACR copper piping.
G. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment.
H. Provide clearance for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings.
I. Insulate all refrigerant piping. Refer to Section 230719. Insulation must be installed by Contractors specializing in mechanical insulation.
J. Flood piping system with nitrogen when brazing.
K. Install flexible connectors at condenser units and air coils.
L. Provide replaceable cartridge filter-driers, with isolation valves and valved bypass.
M. Locate expansion valve sensing bulb immediately downstream of evaporator on suction line.
N. Fully charge completed system with refrigerant after testing. Follow ASHRAE 15 procedures for charging and purging of systems and for disposal of refrigerant.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Test refrigeration system in accordance with ASME B31.5.
B. Dehydrate and evacuate system. Purge and test per IMC requirements. Pressure test system with dry nitrogen to test pressure required by condensing unit manufacturer using electronic leak detector. Test to no leakage. Test performance in presence of Project Manager.
END OF SECTION 232116
Ketchikan Gateway Borough REFRIGERANT PIPING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232116-7 SECTION 232123 – PUMPS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. In-line Circulators.
B. Cartridge Circulators
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide certified pump curves showing performance characteristics with pump and system operating point plotted. Include NPSH curve when applicable. Include electrical characteristics and connection requirements.
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate hanging and support requirements and recommendations.
D. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions, assembly views, lubrication instructions, and replacement parts list.
E. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for OWNER's use in maintenance of project.
1. See Division 1 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Provide one set of mechanical seals and coupling for each pump. 3. Provide one set of replaceable coupling and bearing assemblies or replaceable bearing cartridge for each pump. 4. Provide one complete spare pump for: HWRP-1 5. Provide one complete spare motor for: P-1
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in the manufacture, assembly, and field performance of pumps, with minimum three years of documented experience.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PUMPS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232123-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Grundfos (Design Manufacturer)
B. Bell & Gossett
C. Armstrong
2.2 HVAC PUMPS - GENERAL
A. Provide pumps that operate at specified system fluid temperatures without vapor binding and cavitation, are non-overloading in parallel or individual operation, and operate within 25 percent of midpoint of published maximum efficiency curve.
B. Minimum Quality Standard: UL 778.
C. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by UL or testing agency acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
2.3 IN-LINE CIRCULATORS (P-1A/B)
A. Type: Inline, direct coupled, maintenance free. Top pull out design. NEMA-C face motor. Capable of 288F and 145 psi.
B. Pump housing, motor stool: Cast-iron. Electro-coated (epoxy).
C. Impeller, seal ring, sealing plate, split cone, coupling guard: 304 Stainless steel.
D. Shaft: 431 Stainless steel.
E. Seal: Maintenance free. Tungsten carbide/carbon with EPDM elastomer.
F. Direct coupled.
G. Performance:
1. See Schedules 2. Minimum 76% pump efficiency.
H. Electrical Characteristics:
1. See Schedules. 2. Motor shall be TEFC. 1.15 service factor. Insulation Class F.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PUMPS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232123-2 I. Basis of Design:
1. P-1A and P-1B: Grundfos TP 80-240
2.4 SYSTEM LUBRICATED CIRCULATORS (HWRP-1, HWRP-2)
A. Type: Horizontal shaft, single stage, direct connected with wet rotor motor for in-line mounting, for 140 psi maximum working pressure, 230 degrees F maximum water temperature. All bronze or stainless steel for domestic hot water recirculation.
B. Casing: Bronze or stainless steel with flanged pump connections.
C. Stainless steel rotor can.
D. Bearings: Metal Impregnated carbon (graphite) and ceramic.
E. Motor: Impedance protected, non-overloading at any point on the pump curve.
F. Performance:
1. See Schedules
G. Electrical Characteristics:
1. See Schedules
H. HWRP-1 and HWRP-2: Basis of Design: Grundfos Alpha2 15-55. Stainless steel or bronze for domestic water service.
2.5 Motors:
A. Manufacturers:
1. Baldor 2. General Electric 3. Reliance
B. Constructed and rated in accordance with current NEMA standards. The frame size, enclosures, and all appurtenances shall be suited to the application. 1.15 Service factor. Class F insulation.
1. Single phase motors: NEMA Design N for fractional horsepower 2. Three phase motors: NEMA Design B. 208 volt/ 3 phase for P-1A, P-1B. 3. Motors suitable for use with variable frequency drives. Motor bearings insulated.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PUMPS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232123-3 C. Electrical Requirements:
1. At a minimum, motors must meet the following premium efficiency criteria as defined by (CEE) Consortium for Energy Efficiency.
HP EFFICIENCY (1200 RPM) EFFICIENCY (1800 RPM)
1 82.5 85.5 1.5 86.5 86.5 2 87.5 86.5 3 88.5 89.5
2. Motor shall be TEFC.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Provide access space around pumps for service. Provide no less than minimum space recommended by manufacturer.
C. Decrease from line size with long radius reducing elbows. Support piping adjacent to pump such that no weight is carried on pump casings. See pump inlet and outlet connection systems for Pumps P-1A/B in 232114 Piping Specialties.
D. Provide line sized shut-off valve and strainer on pump suction, and line sized soft seat spring type check valve, isolating valve, and balancing valve on pump discharge.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Lubricate pumps before start-up.
B. Motors: Ensure proper alignment and rotation.
C. Verify power requirements on-site with Control Contractor and Electrical Contractor.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PUMPS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232123-4 3.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate this Work with the Work of other trades, and make arrangements for the complete and proper accomplishment of all related Work. Coordinate required controls with Control Contractor.
B. Pumps P-1A, P-1B are controlled by Variable Frequency Drives provided by automatic controls contractor. Coordinate and assist control contractor as required.
3.5 TESTING AND ADJUSTING
A. Upon completion of the installation, start-up the system, perform necessary testing and adjust the system to ensure proper operation.
END OF SECTION 232123
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PUMPS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232123-5 SECTION 232500 – HVAC WATER TREATMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Cleaning of piping systems.
B. Chemical treatment for heating system.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. Company shall have local representatives with water analysis laboratories and full time service personnel.
B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section, with minimum three years of experience and approved by manufacturer.
1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to applicable code for addition of non-potable chemicals to building mechanical systems and to public sewage systems.
B. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by UL as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CHEMICAL TREATMENT
A. TriSodium Phosphate (TSP) based product specially formulated for system start-ups. Designed as a pre-cleaner. Removes greases, oil, rust, scale, flux, pipe joint compound and other residues of manufacture and assembly.
B. Provide volume required for cleaning interior hydronic heating piping system system prior to start-up of service.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HVAC WATER TREATMENT Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232500-1 PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Systems shall be operational, filled, started, and vented prior to cleaning.
B. Place terminal control valves in open position during cleaning.
3.2 CLEANING SEQUENCE
A. Hot Water Heating Systems:
1. Apply heat while circulating, slowly raising temperature to 160 degrees F and maintain for 12 hours minimum. 2. Remove heat and circulate to 100 degrees F or less; drain systems as quickly as possible and refill with clean water. 3. Circulate for 6 hours at design temperatures, then drain. 4. Refill with clean water and repeat until system cleaner is removed.
B. Use neutralizer agents on recommendation of TSP system cleaner supplier and approval of Owner.
C. Remove, clean, and replace strainer screens.
D. Inspect, remove sludge, and flush low points with clean water after cleaning process is completed. Include disassembly of components as required.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
END OF SECTION 232500
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HVAC WATER TREATMENT Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 232500-2 SECTION 233100 – HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Metal ductwork.
B. Casing and plenums.
C. Flexible ductwork.
D. Ductwork shop drawings.
E. Duct Cleaning.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide data for duct materials.
C. Ductwork Shop Drawings: Provide duct shop drawings for fan room duct layout. Submit for review:
1. Verify on-site conditions prior to ductwork shop drawing design. Coordinate closely with Sprinkler Contractor, Plumbing Contractor, Electrical Contractor, existing conditions, and structural conflicts during preparation of ductwork shop drawings. 2. Shop Drawings: a. Fully coordinated and dimensioned duct layout drawings and sections of the fan room, giving complete dimensions for location, elevation, and clearance. Layout drawing shall be prepared with architectural floor plan and ceiling background indicating ceiling heights and type, location and elevations of structural components, light fixtures, and other equipment. b. Dimensioned drawings showing existing floor penetration for ductwork to first floor. c. Duct materials, reinforcement and construction schedules. d. Duct support and attachment details. e. Bottom of duct elevations. f. Volume dampers and Automatic dampers. 3. Sheet metal shop drawings of the fan room shall be drawn in double line indicating actual dimensions of ductwork, fittings, and equipment. 4. HVAC design drawings shall not be submitted as sheet metal shop drawings. Contractor is required to evaluate the existing structure and space constraints on-site prior to shop drawing design. Minor duct modifications and offsets required due to coordination with other Trades and with the existing structure shall be included in Work with no additional cost to the Owner.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 233100-1 5. The Contractor is responsible for the seismic restraint design for suspended ductwork. Provide structural design and calculations signed by a structural engineer registered in the State of Alaska for review. Required for fan room ductwork.
D. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of ducts and duct fittings. Record changes in fitting location and type. Show additional fittings used.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience.
B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience.
C. All sheet metal workers shall have a minimum documented sheet metal fabrication and installation experience in commercial or industrial facilities of 3 years or be enrolled in an Alaska Department of Labor approved Sheet Metal Apprentice program. The ratio of on-site workers shall not exceed 3 apprentices or sheet metal workers for every one foreman. A foreman is defined as a sheet metal worker with minimum 3 years experience as detailed above or is an approved Journeyman.
D. Duct Cleaning Qualifications: Duct cleaning company shall have 3 or more years of duct cleaning experience in similar sized projects. References from minimum three similar sized projects required showing duct cleaning company had successfully completed the duct cleaning work
1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Construct ductwork to NFPA 90A standards.
1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not install duct sealants when temperatures are less than those recommended by sealant manufacturers.
B. Maintain temperatures within acceptable range during and after installation of duct sealants.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 233100-2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 DUCT ASSEMBLIES
A. All Ducts: Galvanized steel, unless otherwise indicated.
B. AHU Supply: 3 inch w.g. pressure class, galvanized steel.
C. Return and Relief: 2 inch w.g. pressure class, galvanized steel.
D. Exhaust: 2 inch w.g. pressure class, galvanized steel.
E. Outside Air Intake: 2 inch w.g. pressure class, galvanized steel.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Galvanized Steel for Ducts: Hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet, ASTM A653/A653M FS Type B, with G60/Z180 coating.
B. Joint Sealers and Sealants: Non-hardening, water resistant, mildew and mold resistant.
1. Type: Heavy mastic or liquid used, suitable for joint configuration and compatible with substrates, and recommended by manufacturer for pressure class of ducts. 2. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread of zero, smoke developed of zero, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 3. For Use With Flexible Ducts: UL labeled.
C. Hanger Rod: ASTM A36/A36M; steel, galvanized; threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuously threaded.
2.3 DUCTWORK FABRICATION
A. Fabricate and support in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated.
B. No variation of duct configuration or size permitted except by written permission. Size round duct installed in place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE Handbook - Fundamentals.
C. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated.
D. Construct T's, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1-1/2 times width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows must be used, provide air foil turning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation.
E. Provide turning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation when acoustical lining is indicated. Ketchikan Gateway Borough HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 233100-3 F. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible; maximum 30 degrees divergence upstream of equipment and 45 degrees convergence downstream.
G. Fabricate continuously welded round and oval duct fittings in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible.
H. Fittings shall be spot welded two gages heavier than indicated in SMACNA Standard. Prime coat welded joints. All round ductwork shall be spiral type. Utilize manufactured duct fittings for all branch take-offs unless indicated otherwise.
I. Where ducts are connected to exterior wall louvers and duct connection is smaller than louver frame, provide blank-out panels sealing louver area around duct. Use same material as duct, painted black on exterior side; seal to louver frame and duct.
J. Provide standard 45-degree lateral wye takeoffs unless otherwise indicated where 90-degree conical tee connections may be used.
K. Pleated 90 degree round elbows may be used only on duct 8-inch diameter and under. Use segmented 5 piece elbows on 90 degree elbows 10 inches and over. 90 degree adjustable elbows are not acceptable unless approved on a case by case basis by the ARCHITECT.
L. Flanged closures must be SMACNA “J” rated with minimum 1-3/8 inch flange. Flange shall be gasketed. Corners bolted. Metal cleat for application around perimeter of transverse joint.
M. Transverse joints: Ductmate proprietary duct connections will be accepted. Ductwork constructed using these systems will refer to manufacturers guidelines for sheet gage, intermediate reinforcement size and spacing, and joint reinforcement. TDF shall be constructed in accordance with SMACNA – HVAC Duct Construction Standards Manuals T-24 flange. Basis for evaluating a substitution shall be Ductmate Joining System, all steel construction. Ductmate system shall utilize minimum 20 gage steel companion angles, 12 gage steel corner pieces, and an integral polymer mastic seal. Acceptable joining systems: Ductmate 35, Nexus, Accuduct, or TDF. TDC is not acceptable.
N. Longitudinal seams and fitting: Pittsburgh lock or snap lock shall be used on all longitudinal seams. Use Pittsburgh only on fittings, snap lock is not acceptable.
2.4 PLENUMS
A. Fabricate plenums in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible and construct for operating pressures indicated. 2-inch high bottom pan of plenums welded watertight. Outdoor air plenum shall be fabricated to allow personnel inside the plenum for cleaning/maintenance. Bottom of plenum shall be minimum 16 gage and reinforced for required. Provide 60x24 access doors, each side. Slope bottom of plenum to drain.
B. Support plenums with channel framing and secure to structure.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 233100-4 C. Reinforce access door frames with steel angles tied to horizontal and vertical plenum supporting angles. Install hinged access doors where indicated or required for access to equipment for cleaning and inspection.
2.5 INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCTS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Thermaflex 2. Thermoid 3. Wiremold
B. Two ply vinyl film supported by helical wound spring steel wire; fiberglass insulation; polyethylene vapor barrier film.
1. Pressure Rating: 10 inches wg positive and 1.0 inches wg negative. 2. Maximum Velocity: 4000 fpm. 3. Temperature Range: -10 degrees F to 160 degrees F.
2.6 DUCT, CASING AND PLENUM SEALANTS
A. Sealant: UL listed vinylacrylic or copolymer based duct sealer. Similar to Durodyne DDS-181, Uni-mastic 181.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify sizes of equipment connections before fabricating transitions.
B. Verify on-site conditions prior to beginning work. Coordinate closely with Sprinkler Contractor, Plumbing Contractor, Electrical Contractor, existing systems, and structural conflicts.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install, support, and seal ducts in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible.
B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system. Check daily or more frequently that sealing of ducts is intact.
D. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with adhesive and draw bands.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 233100-5 E. Duct sizes indicated are inside clear dimensions. For lined ducts, maintain sizes inside lining.
F. Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers and controllers. Provide pilot tube openings where required for testing of systems, complete with metal can with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside a metal ring.
G. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities.
H. Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports.
I. Connect terminal units to supply ducts with five feet maximum length of flexible duct. Do not use flexible duct to change direction.
J. At exterior wall louvers, seal duct to louver frame and install blank-out panels.
K. Duct and Plenum Sealing:
1. Plenums: Seal plenum longitudinal and latitudinal joints with sealant. Apply sealant in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Inspect seams with ductwork pressurized and reapply as required for an airtight application. 2. Seal all longitudinal and latitudinal joints of metal ducts with two coats of sealant. Apply sealant in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Apply second coat of sealant after first coat has completely cured. Inspect seams with ductwork pressurized and reapply as required for an airtight application. 3. Exhaust Fan inlet and outlet ducts: Apply two coats of sealant to all seams.
L. Duct traverses at the supply fan outlets and at the exhaust fan inlets shall be compared to total grille and diffuser airflows for each fan unit to determine the percentage duct leakage. If the duct leakage is determined to be over 10% of the specified volume, the CONTRACTOR shall reseal all ductwork to the satisfaction of the ARCHITECT.
3.3 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS
A. Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers and controllers. Provide Pitot tube openings where required for testing of systems, complete with metal can with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside a metal ring.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 233100-6 3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean existing ductwork indicated to remain on 1st floor, 2nd floor, 3rd floor, and 4th floor. Clean diffusers and grilles indicated as existing. Clean existing duct systems with high power vacuum machines and agitators prior to new duct installation. Provide adequate access into ductwork for cleaning purposes. Use existing access doors or provide new access doors or access plates as required for cleaning. Protect equipment that may be harmed by excessive dirt with filters, or bypass during cleaning. Clean sound attenuated ductwork with equipment specifically designed for cleaning the sound attenuated ductwork. Coordinate with plans for extent of existing ductwork. See Section 1.3 D above for Duct Cleaner Qualifications.
B. Existing VU-2 fan unit: Steam clean existing fan interior casings, housings, wheels, blades, and coils. Clean all existing automatic dampers.
C. If supply, exhaust, or return air ductwork is found to be dirty during construction due to inadequately capped/sealed ductwork or operating fans without filters, the CONTRACTOR shall clean all affected duct systems with high power vacuum machines to the satisfaction of the ARCHITECT. Return air plenums not sealed off during construction shall be cleaned by the CONTRACTOR to the satisfaction of the OWNER. Protect equipment that may be harmed by excessive dirt with filters, or bypass during cleaning. Provide adequate access into ductwork for cleaning purposes. All construction debris is to be removed by CONTRACTOR prior to cleaning.
END OF SECTION 233100
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 233100-7 SECTION 233300 – AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Backdraft dampers - metal.
B. Duct access doors.
C. Duct test holes.
D. Flexible duct connections.
E. Volume control dampers.
F. Automatic Dampers
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide for shop fabricated assemblies including volume control dampers. Include electrical characteristics and connection requirements.
C. Project Record Drawings: Record actual locations of access doors and test holes.
D. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for OWNER's use in maintenance of project.
1. See Division 1 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience.
B. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect dampers from damage to operating linkages and blades.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 233300-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS - METAL
A. Manufacturers:
1. Louvers & Dampers, Inc 2. Nailor Industries Inc 3. Ruskin Company 4. Greenheck
B. Product Description: Gravity Back-draft Dampers.
C. Multi-Blade, Parallel Action Gravity Balanced: Galvanized steel. 16 gage thick steel with center pivoted blades of maximum 6 inch width, with felt or flexible vinyl sealed edges, linked together in rattle-free manner with 90 degree stop, steel ball bearings, and plated steel pivot pin; adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressure.
2.2 DUCT ACCESS DOORS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Air Balance 2. Durodyne 3. Ventlock 4. Ruskin Company
B. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. Submittal is required.
C. Fabrication: Rigid and close fitting of reinforced galvanized steel with closed cell neoprene sponge rubber sealing gaskets and quick fastening locking devices. For insulated ductwork, install minimum 1 inch thick insulation with sheet metal cover.
1. Less Than 12 inches square, secure with sash locks. 2. Up to 18 inches Square: Provide two small hinges or one continuous hinge and one compression latch. 3. Up to 24 x 48 inches: Three large hinges or one continuous hinge and two compression latches with outside and inside handles. 4. Sash Lock: Similar to Ventlock Model 90. 5. Compression Latch: Similar to Ventlock Model 140, 202, or 310. 6. Hinge: Small hinges to be zinc plated steel, minimum 2 x 1-1/2 inches wide or 1-1/2 inch wide piano hinge. Large hinges to be zinc plated steel, minimum 3 x 2 inches wide or 2 inch wide piano hinge. Similar to Ventlock Model 150, 157 or 167, 250. 7. Access panels with sheet metal screw fasteners are not acceptable.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 233300-2 2.3 AUTOMATIC DAMPERS – DUCT MOUNTED
A. Manufacturers:
1. Ruskin Model CD60 2. Air Balance. 3. Johnson Control.
B. Dampers: 14 gage galvanized steel air foil shaped dampers with vinyl bulb or neoprene edging and flexible metal compression edge seals in 16 gage galvanized steel hat channel frame. Bearings shall be corrosion resistant, permanently lubricated, stainless steel sleeve type. Axles shall be plated steel type positively locked in damper blade. Damper blades positioned across short air opening dimension. Parallel blades for positive acting & opposed blade for modulating dampers.
C. Low leakage type with maximum 2 percent leakage at 4 inch wg differential pressure when sized for 2000 fpm face velocity.
2.4 DUCT TEST HOLES
A. Temporary Test Holes: Cut or drill in ducts as required. Cap with neoprene plugs, threaded plugs, or threaded or twist-on metal caps.
B. Permanent Test Holes: Factory fabricated, air tight flanged fittings with screw cap. Provide extended neck fittings to clear insulation.
1. Carlisle HVAC; Dynair Test Port with Red Cap with O-Ring Seal.
2.5 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Carlisle HVAC 2. Elgen Manufacturing 3. DuroDyne.
B. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated.
C. Flexible Duct Connections: Fabric crimped into metal edging strip.
1. Fabric: UL listed fire-retardant neoprene coated woven glass fiber fabric to NFPA 90A, minimum density 30 oz per sq yd. Net Fabric Width: Approximately 2 inches wide.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 233300-3 2.6 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Ventlock 2. Nailor Industries Inc 3. Ruskin Company 4. Durodyne
B. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated.
C. Single Blade Dampers: Fabricate for duct sizes up to 6 x 30 inch.
1. Fabricate for duct sizes up to 6 x 30 inch. 2. Blade: 24 gage, minimum.
D. Multi-Blade Damper: 14 gage aluminum air foil shaped dampers with vinyl bulb or neoprene edging and flexible metal compression edge seals in 16 gage galvanized steel hat channel frame. Bearings shall be corrosion resistant, permanently lubricated, stainless steel sleeve type. Axles shall be plated steel type positively locked in damper blade. Damper blades positioned across short air opening dimension.
E. End Bearings: Except in round ductwork 12 inches and smaller, provide end bearings. On multiple blade dampers, provide oil-impregnated nylon or sintered bronze bearings. Provide closed end bearings on all ducts having a pressure classification over 2 inches wg; Ventlock Model 607 or 609. Similar Durodyne or Young
F. Regulators:
1. Provide self-locking, indicating regulators with heavy steel stamped handle on single and multi-blade dampers. 2. On insulated ducts mount regulators on standoff mounting brackets, bases, or adapters. 3. Where rod lengths exceed 30 inches provide regulator at both ends. 4. Ventlock Model 641. Similar Durodyne or Young. 5. For concealed damper locations use concealed damper regulator type for installation in ceilings. Ventlock Model 666. Similar Durodyne or Young. 6. Regulators with wing nuts are not acceptable.
2.7 SLEEVES
A. Sleeves for Ductwork: Galvanized steel.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 233300-4 PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics.
B. Verify ducts and equipment installations are ready for accessories.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, NFPA 90A, and follow SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Refer to Section 23 3100 for duct construction and pressure class.
B. Provide backdraft dampers on exhaust fans or exhaust ducts nearest to outside and where indicated unless exhaust fan is served by an automatic damper.
C. Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and after filters, coils, fans, automatic dampers, at fire dampers, combination fire and smoke dampers, and elsewhere as indicated. Provide minimum 8 x 8 inch size for hand access, size for shoulder access, and as indicated. Review locations prior to fabrication.
D. Provide duct test holes where indicated and/or where required for testing and balancing purposes.
E. Set sleeves in position in forms. Provide reinforcing around sleeves. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping.
F. Where ductwork penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between duct and adjacent WORK with stuffing or fire stopping insulation and caulk airtight. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration.
G. At fans and motorized equipment associated with ducts, provide flexible duct connections immediately adjacent to the equipment.
H. At all exhaust fans and at other equipment supported by vibration isolators, provide flexible duct connections immediately adjacent to the equipment.
I. Provide balancing dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches are taken from larger ducts as required for air balancing. Install minimum 2 duct widths from duct take-off.
J. Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers, grilles, and registers, regardless of whether dampers are shown.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 233300-5 K. Wherever possible, utilize 3’-0” of horizontal flexible duct prior to connection to diffuser. Do not use flexible duct where exposed.
END OF SECTION 233300
Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 233300-6 SECTION 233423 – FANS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Roof exhausters.
B. Cabinet inline fans (backward inclined).
C. Motors.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide data on fans and accessories including fan curves with specified operating point clearly plotted, power, RPM, sound power levels at rated capacity, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements.
C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation instructions.
D. Maintenance Data: Include instructions for lubrication, motor and drive replacement, spare parts list, and wiring diagrams.
E. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for OWNER's use in maintenance of project.
1. See Division 1 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Greenheck
B. Loren Cook Company
C. Twin City Fan
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HVAC POWER VENTILATORS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 233423-1 2.2 POWER VENTILATORS - GENERAL
A. Performance Ratings: Determined in accordance with AMCA 210 and bearing the AMCA Certified Rating Seal.
B. Sound Ratings: AMCA 301, tested to AMCA 300, and bearing AMCA Certified Sound Rating Seal.
C. Fabrication: Conform to AMCA 99.
D. UL Compliance: UL listed and labeled, designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with UL 705.
E. Electrical Components: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
2.3 ROOF EXHAUST FANS (EF-5 and EF-7)
A. Performance
1. Performance Ratings: Conform to AMCA 210 and bear the AMCA Certified Rating Seal. 2. Sound Ratings: AMCA 301, tested to AMCA 300, and bear AMCA Certified Sound Rating Seal. 3. Fabrication: Conform to AMCA 99. 4. Performance Base: Sea level conditions. Pressure Class I, Arrangement 10. 5. Temperature Limit: Maximum 180 degrees F. 6. Static and Dynamic Balance: Wheels shall be static and dynamically balanced to AMCA Standard 204-05. 7. Capacity: See Fan Schedules. 8. Performance: a. EF-5: Maximum 1300 fan rpm b. EF-7: Maximum 1725 fan rpm
B. Wheel and inlet
1. Backward inclined wheel, aluminum construction with smooth curved inlet cone, heavy back plate, backward curved blades welded or riveted to flange and back plate; cast aluminum hub riveted to back plate and keyed to shaft with set screws.
C. Housings
1. Aluminum housings, air-tight locking seams or fully welded, braced, designed to minimize turbulence with spun inlet bell and shaped cut-off. Rooftop downblast centrifugal exhaust ventilator. 2. Coatings: Factory finish with a thermosetting polyester urethane. Prepare steel with a phosphatized treatment. 1000 hour spray test (ASTM B117).
D. Bearings, drive, and shaft
1. Bearings: Sleeve bearing or heavy duty ball bearings, with L-50 life at 200,000 hours.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HVAC POWER VENTILATORS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 233423-2 2. Shaft: Hot rolled steel, precision ground and polished, with key way, protectively coated with lubricating oil, and shaft guard. 3. Direct Drive.
E. Motors
1. Electronically commutated (EC) motor. Motor mounted speed controller 2. Motor shall have potentiometer dial for speed adjustment. 3. 80% RPM turntown capability.
F. Accessories:
1. All fans with bird guards. 2. Fans mounted on roof on preinsulated curb, minimum 18 inches above roof top (low side). Preinsulated curbs to have exterior stainless steel or aluminum construction, with 1-inch insulation, 90 degree cant strip, and treated wood nailer strip. 3. Weather proof NEMA 3R disconnect switches installed at each fan. 4. High Wind Construction. Rated for 150 mph winds. 5. Tie Downs. Tie downs installed to roof deck structure.
G. Sound Level Requirements.
1. Maximum bare fan at design flow rate:
Fan Max Sones EF-5 14 EF-7 8
2.4 CENTRIFUGAL INLINE FAN (EF-6)
A. Performance
1. Performance Ratings: Conform to AMCA 210 and bear the AMCA Certified Rating Seal. 2. Sound Ratings: AMCA 301, tested to AMCA 300, and bear AMCA Certified Sound Rating Seal. 3. Fabrication: Conform to AMCA 99. 4. Performance Base: Sea level conditions. Pressure Class I, Arrangement 10. 5. Temperature Limit: Maximum 300 degrees F. 6. Static and Dynamic Balance: Wheels shall be static and dynamically balanced to balance grade G6.3 per ANSI S2.19. 7. Capacity: See Schedules.
B. Wheel and inlet
1. Backward inclined aluminum wheel.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HVAC POWER VENTILATORS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 233423-3 C. Housings
1. Steel housings, air-tight locking seams or fully welded, braced, designed to minimize turbulence with spun inlet bell and shaped cut-off. In-line type cabinet with inlet and discharge collars for duct connections. 2. Coating: Factory finish with a thermosetting polyester urethane. Prepare steel with a phosphatized treatment.
D. Bearings and sleeves
1. Bearings: Sleeve bearing or heavy duty ball bearings, with L-50 life at 200,000 hours. 2. Shaft: Hot rolled steel, precision ground and polished, with key way, protectively coated with lubricating oil, and shaft guard. 3. Direct Drive.
E. Accessories: Factory installed disconnect. Spring hanging isolators (restrained type). Restrained spring isolators shall have 1” static deflection and shall be similar to Mason Type 30.
F. Motors
1. Electronically commutated (EC) motor. Motor mounted speed controller 2. Motor shall have potentiometer dial for speed adjustment. 3. 80% RPM turntown capability.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Secure roof exhausters with cadmium plated steel lag screws to roof curb.
C. Extend ducts to roof exhausters into roof curb. Counterflash duct to roof opening.
D. Install flexible connections between connecting ductwork and exhaust fan inlet/outlets. Ensure metal bands of connectors are parallel with minimum 1 inch flex between casing and fan while running.
E. In-Line Fans: Support from structural ceiling joists with suspended seismically restrained spring type vibration isolation.
F. Provide sheaves required for final air balance.
G. Install motors in accordance with ARI 430. Ensure proper alignment and rotation.
H. Verify power requirements on-site.
END OF SECTION 233423 Ketchikan Gateway Borough HVAC POWER VENTILATORS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 233423-4 SECTION 233700 – AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Diffusers
B. Registers/grilles
C. Louvers
D. Relief Air Hoods
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide data for equipment required for this project. Review outlets and inlets as to size, finish, and type of mounting prior to submission. Submit schedule of outlets and inlets showing type, size, location, application, and noise level.
C. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of air outlets and inlets.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Test and rate air outlet and inlet performance in accordance with ASHRAE Std 70.
B. Test and rate louver performance in accordance with AMCA 500-L.
C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CEILING SUPPLY DIFFUSERS (SG-1)
A. Manufacturers:
1. Titus TDCA-AA 2. Krueger 3. Price
B. Type: Square 24x24 inch module size for lay-in type. Removable core. Louver size as shown on plans. Round neck with size as shown on drawings. Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 233700-1 C. Diffusers: Movable vanes, accessible from face to adjust discharge from horizontal to vertical. Core for discharge pattern of four-way corner blow. Diffusers are four-way blow unless otherwise shown on schedule.
D. Frame: 24x24 Lay-in type border for all T-bar ceilings. Coordinate with ceiling plans for border type.
E. Fabrication: Aluminum with white baked enamel finish unless noted otherwise.
2.2 LINEAR SLOT SUPPLY DIFFUSER (SG-2)
A. Manufacturers:
1. Titus ML-39-SP with MP-39-SP 2. Krueger 3. Price
B. Type: Slot type supply diffuser with plenum. 4-slot with 1”slot spacing width. Internal baffle for shortening throw. 2 foot length. 8-inch oval inlet.
C. Frame: Lay-in border. Mounted to inlet plenum.
D. Fabrication: Aluminum. Baked Enamel Finish. White.
2.3 CEILING RETURN GRILLES (RG-1)
A. Manufacturers:
1. Titus PAR-AA 2. Krueger 3. Carnes 4. Price
B. Type: Square 24x24 inch return/exhaust grille for use in lay-in ceilings. Perforated face of 3/16 inch holes. Neck size as shown on drawings.
C. Frame: Lay-in type border.
D. Fabrication: Aluminum with white baked enamel finish.
2.4 EXHAUST AND RETURN GRILLES (EG-1)
A. Manufacturers:
1. Titus 350FL 2. Krueger 3. Price
Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 233700-2 B. Type: Ceiling and wall return/exhaust grille. Face: Blades with 3/4 inch spacing, 35 degree deflection, blades parallel to long dimension.
C. Frame: 1-1/4 inch margin with countersunk screw mounting. With sponge rubber gaskets under flanges.
D. Fabrication: Aluminum. White baked enamel finish.
2.5 LOUVER (LV-1 and LV-2)
A. Manufacturers:
1. Ruskin ELF6375DXH 2. Greenheck
B. Type: Extruded aluminum, 0.125 inch nominal thickness. 6 inch deep with fixed blades on 37 degree slope, heavy channel frame, bird screen with 1/2 inch square mesh. Blades 5-inches on center. High performance louver with drainable blade.
C. Performance:
1. Free area intake Velocity at beginning point of water penetration: 1000 ft/min. 2. Maximum pressure drop at intake velocity: 0.04 inches w.g. at 500fpm 3. AMCA Seal: Mark units with AMCA Certified Ratings Seal.
D. Fabrication: Extruded 6063T5 aluminum welded construction
E. Finish: 70% Kynar Finish for 20 year warranty. Color and gloss to be selected by the ARCHITECT.
F. Sizes for air louvers are shown on plans. LV-2 louver sized to cover opening in exterior wall enlarged to allow for new fan unit installation. Coordinate size on-site.
G. Mounting: Provide extended sill.
2.6 RELIEF AIR ROOF HOOD (RC-1)
A. Manufacturers:
1. ACME 2. Cook 3. Metalform 4. Greenheck
B. Fabricate intake/exhaust hoods in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible.
C. Low contour, rectangular type. Fabricate of reinforced aluminum, minimum 16 gage base and 18 gage hood. 12-inch high base. Provide aluminum bird screen with 1/2 inch square mesh, and factory finish with a thermosetting polyester urethane. Prepare steel with a phosphatized Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 233700-3 treatment. Coating suitable for salt spray marine type applications. Coordinate color with Architect.
D. Mount unit on pre-insulated curb, with minimum 12 inch high roof curb on upper side of curb (short side) with 1-1/2 inch thick insulation between duct and curb. Coordinate closely with Roofing and General Contractors.
E. Make hood inlet or outlet free area minimum of twice throat area.
F. Throat and top insulated on inside to preclude condensation. Seal edges of insulation.
G. High wind rated certification (Miami Dade). Certify for high wind applications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify inlet/outlet locations.
B. Verify ceiling and wall systems are ready for installation.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform with architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement.
C. Install diffusers to ductwork with air tight connection.
D. Provide balancing dampers on branch duct to diffusers and grilles whether shown or not.
E. Paint ductwork visible behind air outlets and inlets matte black.
F. Modify ceiling and ceiling lay-in panels as required for diffuser/grille installation.
G. Install all flashing required for complete water type installation. Test louver installation for water tightness.
H. Install preinsulated curbs as required by manufacture and roof manufactures’ instructions. Field modify curb flashing with extended piece minimum of 12 inches horizontal. Coordinate closely with Roofing and General Contractors.
I. Adjust diffusers for proper air diffusion and to eliminate drafts as needed.
J. Install earthquake tabs.
END OF SECTION 233700 Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 233700-4 SECTION 236675 - AIR COOLED CONDENSER UNITS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Refrigerant condenser package.
B. Controls and control connections.
1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Outdoor-mounted, air-cooled condensing unit with refrigerant (R-410A) suitable for rooftop installation. Unit shall have air-cooled coils, propeller type condenser fans, scroll compressors, and a control box. Unit shall be used in refrigeration circuit with a central station air-handling unit’s direct-expansion coils.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 – Contractor Submittals, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: For each compressor and condenser unit. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. Include equipment dimensions, weights and structural loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. Include electrical requirements and wiring diagrams.
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate components, assembly, dimensions, weights and loading, required clearances, and location and size of field connections. Include schematic layouts showing condenser, refrigeration compressors, cooling coils, refrigerant piping and accessories required for complete system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Submit manufacturers complete installation instructions.
E. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include start-up instructions, maintenance instructions, parts lists, controls, and accessories.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience.
B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 3 years of experience.
C. ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Section 6, "Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning." Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 236675-1 D. Fabricate and label refrigeration system according to ASHRAE 15, "Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems."
E. Unit shall be manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9001:2000 Manufacturing Quality Standard.
F. Base unit shall be constructed in accordance with UL standards and CSA.
G. Unit cabinet shall be capable of withstanding 650-hour salt-spray exposure per ASTM B117.
H. Design pressure shall be 650 psig (4482 kPa).
I. Unit shall be functional checked at the factory.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. See Division 1 for specific requirements regarding: Product storage and handling requirements.
B. Accept equipment on site in factory packaging. Inspect for damage.
C. Comply with manufacturer's installation instruction for rigging, unloading and transporting units.
D. Protect units on site from physical damage. Protect coils.
E. Unit shall be shipped factory charged with R-410A refrigerant.
F. Unit shall be stored and handled in accordance with the unit manufacturer’s instructions.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. See Division 1 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
B. Provide a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor parts warranty and five year condenser coil warranty. Warranty shall not start until acceptance of system.
1.7 START-UP, TESTING, AND TRAINING
A. Manufacturer shall provide factory technician start-up, testing, and training. Training shall be provided to maintenance personnel, minimum 4 hours per unit. Training shall not occur until condenser unit is fully operational.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 236675-2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONDENSER UNITS (CU-2), AIR COOLED, 1 TO 5 TONS
A. Manufacturers
1. Carrier Corporation. 2. Daikin. 3. Trane Inc. 4. YORK.
B. Description: Factory assembled and tested; consisting of compressor, condenser coil, fan, motors, refrigerant reservoir, and operating controls.
C. Compressor: Scroll, hermetically sealed, with rubber vibration isolators.
1. Motor: Thermal- and current-sensitive overload devices, start capacitor, relay, and contactor. 2. Compressor: Include manual-reset, high-pressure switch and automatic-reset, low- pressure switch. 3. Accumulator: Suction tube.
D. Refrigerant: R-410A.
E. Condenser Coil: Seamless copper-tube, aluminum-fin coil; circuited for integral liquid subcooler, with removable drain pan and brass service valves with service ports. Protective coating to protect coil from salt damage.
F. Condenser Fan: Direct-drive, aluminum propeller fan; with permanently lubricated, totally enclosed fan motor with thermal-overload protection.
G. Accessories:
1. Seacoast kit to protect condenser coil from salt damage. 2. Crankcase heater. 3. Cycle Protector: Automatic-reset timer to prevent rapid compressor cycling. 4. Evaporator Freeze Thermostat: Temperature-actuated switch that stops unit when evaporator reaches freezing temperature. 5. Filter-dryer. 6. High-Pressure Switch: Automatic-reset switch cycles compressor off on high refrigerant pressure. 7. Liquid-line solenoid. 8. Low-Pressure Switch: Automatic-reset switch cycles compressor off on low refrigerant pressure. 9. PE mounting base. 10. Precharged and insulated suction and liquid tubing. 11. Thermostatic expansion valve. 12. Time-Delay Relay: Continues operation of evaporator fan after compressor shuts off.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 236675-3 13. Extreme wind condition kit. Heavy duty mounting brackets for use in high wind applications. 14. Extended height mounting kit. For raised installation to avoid snow accumulation. 6- inch height. 15. Rubber isolators
H. Unit Casing: Galvanized steel, finished with baked enamel; with removable panels for access to controls, weep holes for water drainage, and mounting holes in base. 1000 hour salt spray rating. Mount service valves, fittings, and gage ports on exterior of casing.
I. Capacities and Characteristics: SEER – 14. See Schedules for capacity and electrical requirements.
J Controls Sequence
1. Building Air Handling Unit (AHU-2) Cooling Supply Air Discharge Temperature Control: Provide control as follows. 2. AHU-2 CU-2 cooling system shall be enabled when outdoor air economizer is no longer able to provide cooling for building as needed AND outdoor air temperature is above 60F. BAS system shall enable outdoor condenser unit (CU) internal controls to provide necessary AHU discharge cooling air temperature. 3. When enabled for cooling by the BAS system, CCU unit controls shall open AHU evaporator coil refrigerant liquid line solenoid valve (located at rooftop AHU-2 unit vestibule) as needed for cooling per AHU-2 supply air control sequence. BAS shall deactivate CU when building cooling is no longer required or when outdoor air temperature drops below 56F. CU unit shall be enabled to operate for minimum of 5 minutes unless shut-off by internal safety controls. 4. Provide all work required for system control as specified above. Coordinate with BAS Contractor for CU enable and status connections. See 230926 control sequences for additional information.
2.2 CONDENSER UNITS (CU-1), AIR COOLED, 6 TO 120 TONS
A. Manufacturers
1. Carrier Corporation. 2. Daikin. 3. Trane Inc 4. YORK.
B. Description: Single-piece, packaged, factory assembled, air cooled condenser. Contained within the unit enclosure shall be all factory wiring, piping, controls, compressors, nitrogen holding charge, and special features required prior to field start-up. Dual circuit.
C. Unit Casings: Designed for outdoor installation with weather protection for components and controls and with removable panels for required access to compressors, controls, condenser fans, motors, and drives. Additional features include the following:
Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 236675-4 1. Cabinet shall be 14 gauge galvanized steel casing with a baked enamel powder. Cabinet shall be capable of withstanding minimum 650 hour salt spray test in accordance with ASTM (U.S.A.) B-117 standard. 2. Perimeter base rail with forklift slots and lifting holes to facilitate rigging. 3. Gasketed, hinged control panel door. 4. Nonfused disconnect switch, factory mounted and wired, for single external electrical power connection. Mount circuit breakers, starters, disconnects, and controls in weatherproof panel provided with full opening access doors. Provide mechanical interlock to disconnect power when door is opened.
D. Condenser Coils
1. Coils: Dual circuit. Coil shall be air-cooled aluminum microchannel heat exchanger (MCHX) and shall have a series of flat tubes containing a series of multiple, parallel flow microchannels layered between the refrigerant manifolds. Microchannel coils shall consist of a two-pass arrangement. Coil construction shall consist of aluminum alloys for the fins, tubes and manifolds in combination with a corrosion-resistant coating on the tubes. 2. Tubes shall be cleaned, dehydrated, and sealed. 3. Assembled condenser coils shall be leak tested and pressure tested at 650 psig (4482 kPa). 4. Corrosion resistant coated coils: Shall meet ASTM B117 salt spray test for 5000 hours.
E. Fans and Motors
1. Vertical discharge direct driven propeller type condenser fans with fan guard on discharge. All condenser fan motors shall be totally enclosed 3-phase type with permanently lubricated ball bearings, class F insulation and internal, automatic-reset thermal overload protection or manual reset calibrated circuit breakers. (4) Required. 2. Shafts shall have inherent corrosion resistance. 3. Fan blades shall be statically and dynamically balanced. 4. Condenser-fan openings shall be equipped with PVC-coated steel wire safety guards.
F. Compressors
1. Compressors shall be rotary scroll, direct drive, with hermetic motors. 2. Operating oil charge and a crankcase heater control oil dilution. 3. Compressors shall be mounted on two rails having rubber in shear vibration isolators. 4. Staging of compressors shall provide unloading capability. Digital compressor unloading control required. Operation from 10% to 100% capacity. 5. Compressor motors shall be cooled by refrigerant gas passing through motor windings and shall have either internal line break thermal and current overload protection or external current overload modules with compressor temperature sensors. 6. Refrigeration pump down cycle.
G Refrigerant and Refrigeration Components
1. Refrigerant: R410A. 2. Refrigeration circuit components shall include liquid line temperature relief device, pressure transducers, liquid line shutoff valve, suction shutoff valve, suction line accumulators, nitrogen holding charge, and compressor oil. Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 236675-5 3. Long line length check valves shall be included due to length of run. 4. Units shall include one factory-installed suction line accumulator for each refrigerant circuit 5. Liquid line solenoid valve.
H Controls and Safeties
1. Provide factory wired and mounted control panel, NEMA 250, containing fan motor starters, head pressure controls, compressor interlock, and control transformer. 2. Solid-state compressor lockout to provide optional reset capability at the space thermostat if any of the following safety devices trip and shut off compressor.
a. Compressor lockout protection for internal or external overload. b. Low pressure protection. c. High pressure protection (high pressure switch or internal). d. Compressor reverse rotation protection. e. Loss of charge protection. f. Low suction superheat protection. g. Short cycle protection. h. Suction and discharge pressure transducers.
3. Unit Controls shall include:
a. Scrolling marquee display. b. BACNET MSTP integration system. c. Unit control with standard pressure transducer, discharge pressure transducer and suction temperature thermistors. d. Current alarm list and alarm history list on display. e. Automatic compressor lead/lag control. f. Service run test capability. g. Compressor minimum run time (3 minutes) and minimum off time (5 minutes). h. Service diagnostic mode. i. Self-contained low voltage control circuit. j. Cycle condenser fans to maintain proper head pressure control. k. Control to stage compressors and digital scroll compressor to maintain desired cooling discharge air temperature set point. l. Alarm relay output to indicate when unit is in alarm condition. m. Circuit breakers or fuses for short circuit protection of compressors. n. Phase loss/reveral/low voltage monitor and protection. o. Low suction temperature sensor and shutdown control. p. 115 volt control circuit. Factory installed fusing and transformer.
4. See Specific project control sequence below. Provide controls as required to meet sequence of operations listed in 2.10 Controls Sequence.
I Additional Options and Accessories
1. Single point power connection. Non-Fused Disconnect with through-the-door handle. 2. Corrosion resistant coated coils: Shall meet ASTM B117 salt spray test for 5000 hours. 3. Manufacturer shall provide the following reduced capacity controls:
Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 236675-6 a. Digital Scroll Compressor: Modification shall include digital compressor to provide incremental steps for tighter temperature control.
4. Energy management Module: Remote setpoint input shall be included. 5. Neoprene in shear vibration isolators. 6. Long line length check valves. 7. Suction service valve. 8. Powered convenience outlet.
J Controls Sequence
1. Building Air Handling Unit (AHU-1) Cold Deck Supply Air Discharge Temperature Control: Provide control as follows. 2. Building cooling system shall be enabled when outdoor air economizer is no longer able to provide cooling for building as needed AND outdoor air temperature is above 60F. BAS system shall enable outdoor condenser unit (CU) internal controls to provide necessary AHU discharge cooling air temperature. 3. CU condenser unit controls shall maintain AHU cold deck supply air discharge temperature (when CU enabled by BAS) setpoint provided by the BAS system according to the following cooling supply air reset schedule:
a. 65°F supply air at 0% demand (zone with greatest cooling demand at setpoint) modulating to 55°F supply air at 100% demand (zone with greatest cooling demand at 2 degrees above setpoint).
4. When enabled for cooling by the BAS system, CCU unit controls shall open AHU evaporator coil refrigerant liquid line solenoid valves (located in Fan room) and shall operate compressors and modulate digital scroll compressor as required to provide AHU cold deck discharge cooling air temperature per above reset schedule. BAS shall deactivate CU when building cooling is no longer required or when outdoor air temperature drops below 56F. CU unit shall be enabled to operate for minimum of 5 minutes unless shut-off by internal safety controls. 5. Provide all work required for system control as specified above. Coordinate with BAS Contractor for CU enable/sepoint connections and BACnet MS/TP connection. See 230926 control sequences for additional information. Provide integration with BAS system as needed for proper operation of AHU-1 cooling system.
K. Performance Requirements
1. Performance:
a. Capacity: 407,000 Btu/hr, 35 Tons nominal for system. b. Saturated Suction Temperature: 45 degrees F. c. Air Entering Condenser: 85 degrees F. d. Dual Circuit. e. EER: Minimum 13.0 at 85F ambient, 45F suction temp
2. Electrical Characteristics:
a. MCA: 156 amps; MOCP: 175 amps. b. 208 volts, three phase, 60 Hz. Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 236675-7 c. Single point power connection. d. Non-Fused Disconnect. e. Factory mount disconnect switch (through-the-door type).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of compressor and condenser units.
B. Examine roughing-in for refrigerant piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before equipment installation.
C. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where compressor and condenser units will be installed.
D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Provide for connection to electrical service.
C. Install units on structural roof curb. Install units on vibration isolation.
D. Provide connection to refrigeration piping system. Comply with ASHRAE Std 15.
E. Provide cooling season start-up, winter season shut-down service, for first year of operation.
F. Install controls as required to provide sequence described above.
3.3 CONNECTIONS
A. Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance of equipment.
B. Connect refrigerant piping to air-cooled compressor and condenser units; maintain required access to unit. Install furnished field-mounted accessories.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform tests and inspections.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 236675-8 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service technician to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing.
B. Tests and Inspections:
1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Leak Test: After installation, charge system with refrigerant and oil and test for leaks. Repair leaks, replace lost refrigerant and oil, and retest until no leaks exist. 3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor operation and unit operation, product capability, and compliance with requirements. 4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 5. Verify proper airflow over coils.
C. Verify that vibration isolation and flexible connections properly dampen vibration transmission to structure.
D. Compressor and condenser units will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.
E. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.5 STARTUP SERVICE
A. Engage a factory-authorized service technician to perform startup service.
1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions and perform the following:
a. Inspect for physical damage to unit casing. b. Verify that access doors move freely and are weathertight. c. Clean units and inspect for construction debris. d. Verify that all bolts and screws are tight. e. Adjust vibration isolation and flexible connections. f. Verify that controls are connected and operational.
B. Lubricate bearings on fan motors.
C. Verify that fan is rotating in the correct direction and is not vibrating or binding.
D. Start unit according to manufacturer's written instructions and complete manufacturer's startup checklist.
E. Measure and record airflow and air temperature rise over coils.
F. Verify proper operation of condenser capacity control device.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 236675-9 G. Verify that vibration isolation and flexible connections properly dampen vibration transmission to structure.
H. After startup and performance test, lubricate bearings.
3.6 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service technician to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain compressor and condenser units. Provide complete start-up, testing, and training. Provide minimum 4 hours training to maintenance personnel for each unit. Provide minimum 2 weeks notice coordinated with Owner’s schedule. Coordinate training schedule with Project Manager for approval. Training shall not occur until condenser unit is fully operational.
END OF SECTION 236675
Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 236675-10 SECTION 237313 – AIR HANDLING UNITS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Packaged custom air handling units.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 Submittal Procedures.
B. Product Data:
1. Published Literature: Indicate dimensions, weights, capacities, ratings, gages and finishes of materials, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements. 2. Filters: Data for filter media, filter performance data, filter assembly, and filter frames. 3. Fans: Performance and fan curves with specified operating point clearly plotted, power, RPM. 4. Sound Power Level Data: Fan outlet and casing radiation at rated capacity. 5. Electrical Requirements: Power supply wiring including wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring, clearly indicating factory-installed and field-installed wiring.
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate assembly, unit dimensions, weight loading, required clearances, construction details, field connection details, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements.
D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include installation instructions.
E. Maintenance Data: Include instructions for lubrication, filter replacement, motor and drive replacement, spare parts lists, and wiring diagrams.
F. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for OWNER's use in maintenance of project.
1. See Division 1 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Extra Filters: Four sets for each unit.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Accept products on site in factory-fabricated protective containers, with factory-installed shipping skids and lifting lugs. Inspect for damage. Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR HANDLING UNITS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 237313-1 B. Store in clean dry place and protect from weather and construction traffic. Handle carefully to avoid damage to components, enclosures, and finish.
C. Do not operate units until ductwork is clean, filters are in place, bearings lubricated, and fan has been test run under observation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Haakon (Design Manufacturer):
B. Huntair
C. Mafna
D. Substitutions: See Division 1 - Substitutions Procedures requirements.
2.2 AIR HANDLING UNIT (AHU-1)
A. AHU-1 Configuration: See Drawings.
1. Return Section Configuration:
a. Return air inlet section with back return inlet from fan room return air plenum. Include aluminum safety grating on inlet. b. Return air filters. 2-inch flat filter. MERV 8. c. Inlet plenum and fan inlet silencer. Air measuring station on inlet of fan unit. d. Return/Exhaust Fans (RF-A and RF-B): (2) AFLO 686q fan with integral inlet silencer. Class II. Plenum/Plug type, SWSI, (2) outlets (one to supply side with RAD, other top outlet EAD).
2. Supply Section Configuration:
a. Mixing Box Section. Back return air inlet with return air damper sized for 17,200 CFM. Top inlet with outdoor air dampers (modulating and minimum) from OSA inlet section. Minimum OAD sized for 3600 CFM maximum. Modulating OAD sized for 17,200 CFM. b. OSA Filter Section: 4-inch flat filter. MERV 13. c. Pre-heat coil. d. Inlet plenum. Air measuring station on inlet of fan unit. e. Supply Fans (SF-A and SF-B): (2) AFLO 686q fan. Class II. Plenum/Plug type, SWSI. Outlet to hot deck/cold deck section. f. Heating Coil. g. DX Cooling Coil. h. 2 Deck Multi-zone damper section.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR HANDLING UNITS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 237313-2 B. Performance Base: Sea level pressure or altitude. Provide specific factory certification of leakage and deflection requirements.
C. Fabrication: Conform to AMCA 99 and ARI 430.
D. Performance: See Schedules
1. SF Maximum 1400 fan rpm. 2. RF Maximum 1100 fan rpm.
E. Size of cabinet/casing:
1. AHU-1 Maximum Dimensions: 101” height for supply fan/discharge section (including base), 339” overall length, 117” overall width. Split section with maximum 78-inch split length. 2. See Plans for complete requirements and required clearances.
F. Casing
1. Channel base of welded steel. Assemble sections with gaskets and bolts. 2. Outside Casing: Galvanized Steel: 16 gauge. 3. Inside Casing: Galvanized Steel: Solid, 20 gauge for all sections except supply fan section. Perforated, 20 gauge for supply fan section. 4. Floor Plate: Carbon Steel: 12 gauge. Continuously welded checker plate floor with integral water dam. Epoxy coating. Floor sloped to floor drain in cooling coil discharge section. At a minimum, floor drains shall be located in mixed air section and cooling coil discharge section. 5. Insulation: Foam insulation, applied to internal surfaces. Leading exposed edges secured with aluminum or steel nosing strips along entire edge to hold insulation in place.
a. Rigid fiber insulation b. Density: 2 inch thick, 3 lbs/cu ft.
6. Exterior Finish: Acrycote enamel finish (500 hour ASTM salt spray). 7. Access Doors: Minimum 24 x 48 inch installed on inlet section, mixing box, and fan sections. Galvanized steel (16 gage) insulated sandwich construction with galvanized steel interior, for flush mounting, with hinges, gasket, heavy machined handle latch and handle assemblies, and inspection window. 8. Drain Pans: Construct from single thickness stainless steel with insulation between layers with welded corners. Cross break and pitch to drain connection. Drain pans must be sized for possible condensate carryover. 9. Air Leakage: Completed casing constructed for maximum 1% air volume leakage at 10- inch wg pressurization. 10. Strength: Provide structure to brace casings for suction pressure of 2.5-inch wg, with maximum deflection of 1 in 200. 11. Inspection Windows: 12–inch diameter, 1/4 inch thick plexiglass inspection window. Double pane in outdoor air and cooling coil sections. Provide welded channel frame to set door out from casing to permit external insulation. 12. Marine Lights: Provide in accessible sections suitable for damp locations with wire guards, factory wired to light switch with pilot light mounted on casing exterior. Light switch located on casing adjacent to door. Interior lights located within air handling unit Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR HANDLING UNITS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 237313-3 cabinets with GFI wired to casing switch. Conduits between sections shall be sealed to prevent air movement.
G. Fans
1. Wheel and inlet
a. AHU-1 Supply Fans (SF-A, SF-B): (2) Class II fans. Plenum/Plug Fan, steel, SWSI. Aluminum inlet bell. Steel construction with smooth curved inlet flange, heavy back plate, blades welded or riveted to back plate, hub riveted to back plate and keyed to shaft with set screws. AFLO 686q fan. b. AHU-1 Return Fans (RF-A, SF-B): (2) Class II fans. Plenum/Plug Fan, steel, SWSI. Aluminum inlet bell. Steel construction with smooth curved inlet flange, heavy back plate, blades welded or riveted to back plate, hub riveted to back plate and keyed to shaft with set screws. AFLO 686q fan with integral inlet silencer. 2. Performance Ratings: Conform to AMCA 210 and label with AMCA Certified Rating Seal. 3. Sound Ratings: AMCA 301, tested to AMCA 300 and label with AMCA Certified Sound Rating Seal. 4. Bearings: Self-aligning, grease lubricated, ball or roller bearings with lubrication fittings. Lubrication fittings mounted inside unit but immediately accessible at fan access door. 5. Mounting: Locate fan and motor internally on welded steel base coated with corrosion resistant paint. Factory mount motor on slide rails. Provide access to motor, drive, and bearings through access doors. Mount base on vibration isolators. 6. Fan Performance: See Fan Schedule for additional information. Sea level pressure.
a. Filter Static Pressures: Use 0.70" w.g. in calculating internal static pressures for MERV 13, 4-inch filters. b. SF-A and SF-B: 10 hp motor minimum. 208 volt, three phase. TEFC motor. c. RF-A and RF-B: 5 hp motor minimum. 208 volt, three phase. TEFC motor.
7. Fan Coating: 3-Mil Epoxy Coating
H. Drive and Bearings
1. Drive: Direct Drive. TEFC Motor. VFD compatible. 2. Bearings: Heavy duty type pillow block type, self-aligning, grease-lubricated ball bearings, with ABMA 9 L-10 life at 200,000 hours or roller bearings with ABMA 11, L- 10 life at 200,000 hours. 3. Shafts: Solid, hot rolled steel, ground and polished, with key-way, and protectively coated with lubricating oil. Grounded shaft suitable for VFD operation.
I. Heating Coil Section
1. Casing with access to both sides of coils. Enclose coils with headers and return bends exposed outside casing. Slide coils into casing through removable end panel with blank off sheets and sealing collars at connection penetrations. Coated with a baked phenolic or Electrofin coating. Provide necessary clearances for replacement. 2. Tubes: 5/8-inch OD seamless copper expanded into fins, brazed joints. 3. Fins: Aluminum. Maximum 12 fins per inch. 4. Casing: Die formed channel frame of galvanized steel. Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR HANDLING UNITS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 237313-4 5. Water Heating Coils:
a. Headers: Copper tube with brazed joints. Supply and return connections on same side. b. Configuration: Drainable, with threaded plugs for drain and vent; serpentine type with return bends on smaller sizes and return headers on larger sizes.
6. Hot Water Heating Coil capacity: ARI Certified and rated in Accordance with ARI 410.
a. AHU-1 Pre-Heating Coil PHC: 20,800 cfm @ 45F to 60F air temperature rise @ 20F water temperature drop. 160F EWT. 500 fpm maximum face velocity. 0.10"wg maximum air pressure drop. 6ft head maximum water pressure drop. 1 row coil. Connection side: Left. Pull Side: Left.
b. AHU-1 Heating Coil HC: 20,800 cfm @ 60F to 90F air temperature rise @ 20F water temperature drop. 160F EWT. 600 fpm maximum face velocity. 0.20"wg maximum air pressure drop. 6ft head maximum water pressure drop. (2) 1 row coils. Connection side: Left. Pull Side: Inside.
J. DX Cooling Coil Section
1. Casing with access to both sides of coils. Enclose coils with headers and return bends exposed outside casing. Slide coils into casing through removable end panel with blank off sheets and sealing collars at connection penetrations. Coated with a baked phenolic or Electrofin coating. Provide necessary clearances for replacement. 2. Tubes: 1/2-inch OD seamless copper expanded into fins, brazed joints. 3. Fins: Aluminum. Maximum 12 fins per inch. 4. Casing: Die formed channel frame of galvanized steel. 5. DX Cooling Coils:
a. Headers: Seamless copper tube. Supply and return connections on same side. b. Interlaced row control
6. DX Cooling Coil capacity: ARI Certified and rated in Accordance with ARI 410.
a. AHU-1 Cooling Coil (CC-1): 20,800 cfm @ 71Fdb (60Fwb) entering air temperature and 55Fdb (53Fwb) leaving air temperature. R410 refrigerant. 45F suction temp, 110F liquid temp. 520 fpm maximum face velocity. 0.45"wg maximum air pressure drop. 6psi maximum refrigerant pressure drop. (2) 4 row coils. Connection side: Right. Pull Side: Left. Drain Side: Right.
K. Filter Box: Section with filter guides, access doors, for side loading with gaskets and blank-off plates. Provide blank-off plates to prevent air bypassing filters. 16 gage galvanized steel holding frame.
1. Filter Media:
a. Filter Section: UL 900 listed, Class II MERV 13. Maximum velocity of 400 fpm per square foot of filter. Filter section with 4-inch deep disposable slide in panel filters.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR HANDLING UNITS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 237313-5 2. Filter Gauges: 3-1/2 inch diameter diaphragm actuated dial in metal case, with static pressure tips.
L. Dampers
1. Mixing Dampers: Section with factory mounted outside and return air dampers of aluminum with EPDM bulb edging and silicone edge seals in aluminum frame, with aluminum axles in self-lubricating nylon or brass bearings, in opposed blade arrangement. See above for minimum and modulating outdoor air damper air volume requirements. 0.081” extruded aluminum frame. External linkage for OAD’s and EAD. Airfoil blades. 2. Damper Leakage: Maximum 2 percent at 4-inch wg differential pressure when sized for 2000 fpm face velocity. 3. Performance: Sized for maximum 1200 fpm velocity at maximum flow.
M. Sound Level Requirements.
1. Maximum bare fan at design flow rate: AMCA Standard No. 301 and 311 (Outlet only) Sound Power Levels dB. AMCA sealed.
Fan Octave Band 125 250 500 1000
SF-1 A/B Outlet 83 88 82 80 RF-1 A/B Inlet 74 84 68 66
N. Electrical Characteristics and Components
1. See Fan Schedules. 2. Motors must meet CEE Premium Efficiency Criteria. See MOTORS Below.
2.3 AIR HANDLING UNIT (AHU-2)
A. AHU-2 Configuration: See Drawings.
1. Mixed air inlet section with bottom return air inlet and back outdoor air inlet. Structural bars over return air inlet opening. Outdoor air and return air dampers. Outdoor air hood. 2. Filter Section: 4-inch filters. MERV 13. 3. Heating Coil. 4. DX Cooling Coil. 5. Supply Fan (SF): Class II. Plenum/Plug type, SWSI, bottom outlet; Outlet shall have bell mouth connection. Structural bars over supply air outlet opening.
B. Performance Base: Sea level pressure or altitude. Provide specific factory certification of leakage and deflection requirements.
C. Fabrication: Conform to AMCA 99 and ARI 430.
D. Performance: See Schedules
Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR HANDLING UNITS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 237313-6 1. SF Maximum 1850 fan rpm. Maximum 1000 fpm outlet velocity.
E. Size of cabinet/casing:
1. AHU-2 Dimensions: 88” height (including base), 126” length, 93” width. 2. Maintenance vestibule corridor: 48-inch width, 78-inch height. 3. See Plans for complete requirements and required clearances.
F. Casing
1. Weatherproof Construction with protective coating to protect fan unit from weather, sun, and salt spray exposure. 5000 hour salt spray rated coating. 2. 12-inch high factory preinsulated curb. 12 gage galvanized steel, 1-inch foil faced insulation, and cedar nailing strip. 12 gage restraint plate and angle anchor. 3. Channel base of welded steel. Assemble sections with gaskets and bolts. 4. Outside Casing: Galvanized Steel: 16 gauge. 5. Inside Casing: Galvanized Steel: Solid, 22 gauge. 6. Carbon Steel: 12 gauge. Continuously welded checker plate floor with integral water dam. Epoxy coating. Floor sloped to floor drain in cooling coil discharge section. At a minimum, floor drains shall be located in outdoor air section and cooling coil discharge section. 7. Insulation: Foam insulation, applied to internal surfaces. Leading exposed edges secured with aluminum or steel nosing strips along entire edge to hold insulation in place.
a. Rigid fiber insulation b. Density: 2 inch thick, 3 lbs/cu ft.
8. Access Doors: Minimum 24 x 48 inch installed on inlet section, mixing box, outlet section, and fan section. Mechanical Vestibule access door shall be minimum 30 x 60 inch. Galvanized steel (16 gage) insulated sandwich construction with galvanized steel interior, for flush mounting, with hinges, gasket, heavy machined handle latch and handle assemblies, and inspection window. 9. Drain Pans: Construct from single thickness stainless steel with insulation between layers with welded corners. Cross break and pitch to drain connection. Drain pans must be sized for possible condensate carryover. 10. Air Leakage: Completed casing constructed for maximum 1% air volume leakage at 10- inch wg pressurization. 11. Strength: Provide structure to brace casings for suction pressure of 2.5-inch wg, with maximum deflection of 1 in 200. 12. Inspection Windows: 10–inch diameter, 1/4 inch thick plexiglass inspection window. Double pane in outdoor air section and cooling coil section. Provide welded channel frame to set door out from casing to permit external insulation. Interior doors only. 13. Marine Lights: Provide in accessible sections of fan unit and in corridor. Suitable for damp locations with wire guards, factory wired to weatherproof switch with pilot light mounted on casing exterior. Interior lights located within air handling unit cabinets with GFI wired to casing switch. Conduits between sections shall be sealed to prevent air movement. 14. High wind rated. Air handler shall be capable of withstanding 100 mph winds. 15. Exterior Finish: 5000 hour salt spray rated coating required due to wet environment and salt water driven wind from adjacent ocean.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR HANDLING UNITS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 237313-7 G. Maintenance Vestibule: Air Handling Unit to include weatherproof maintenance vestibule as a part of overall casing. See drawings for size. All accessories provided and installed hereunder. Maintenance vestibule to include the following:
1. Casing as specified in Article 2.3 G. See above. 2. Weatherproof access door. 3. Weatherproof Light switch located outdoors adjacent to door. 4. Interior lights located within mechanical vestibule with GFI wired to exterior switch. 5. 78-inch high corridor, 48-inch width. 6. Electric Unit heater mounted from ceiling at location shown. Minimum 7 MBH, 2 KW output. Adjustable thermostat located on wall. 208/1. 7. (1) 120 volt power receptacle minimum.
H. Inlet and Outlet Duct Connections: Bellmouth fitting installed at SF outlet duct. See drawings for location and size of connections.
I. Fans
1. Wheel and inlet
a. AHU-2 Supply Fan: Class II fan. Plenum/Plug Fan, steel, SWSI. Aluminum inlet bell. Steel construction with smooth curved inlet flange, heavy back plate, blades welded or riveted to back plate, hub riveted to back plate and keyed to shaft with set screws. 2. Performance Ratings: Conform to AMCA 210 and label with AMCA Certified Rating Seal. 3. Sound Ratings: AMCA 301, tested to AMCA 300 and label with AMCA Certified Sound Rating Seal. 4. Bearings: Self-aligning, grease lubricated, ball or roller bearings with lubrication fittings. Lubrication fittings mounted inside unit but immediately accessible at fan access door. 5. Mounting: Locate fan and motor internally on welded steel base coated with corrosion resistant paint. Factory mount motor on slide rails. Provide access to motor, drive, and bearings through access doors. Mount base on vibration isolators. 6. Fan Performance: See Fan Schedule for additional information. Sea level pressure.
a. Filter Static Pressures: Use 0.50" w.g. in calculating internal static pressures for MERV 13, 4-inch filters. b. AHU-2 SF: 3 hp motor minimum. 208 volt, three phase. TEFC motor.
7. Fan Coating: 3-Mil Epoxy Coating
J. Drive and Bearings
1. Drive: Direct Drive. TEFC Motor. VFD compatible. 2. Bearings: Heavy duty type pillow block type, self-aligning, grease-lubricated ball bearings, with ABMA 9 L-10 life at 200,000 hours or roller bearings with ABMA 11, L- 10 life at 200,000 hours. 3. Shafts: Solid, hot rolled steel, ground and polished, with key-way, and protectively coated with lubricating oil. Grounded shaft for suitable for VFD operation.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR HANDLING UNITS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 237313-8 K. Heating Coil Section
1. Casing with access to both sides of coils. Enclose coils with headers and return bends exposed outside casing. Slide coils into casing through removable end panel with blank off sheets and sealing collars at connection penetrations. Provide necessary clearances for replacement. 2. Tubes: 5/8-inch OD seamless copper expanded into fins, brazed joints. 3. Fins: Aluminum. Maximum 8 fins per inch. 4. Casing: Die formed channel frame of galvanized steel. 5. Water Heating Coils:
a. Headers: Cast iron, seamless copper tube, or prime coated steel pipe with brazed joints. Supply and return connections on same side. b. Configuration: Drainable, with threaded plugs for drain and vent; serpentine type with return bends on smaller sizes and return headers on larger sizes.
6. Hot Water Heating Coil capacity: ARI Certified and rated in Accordance with ARI 410.
a. AHU-2 Heating Coil HC: 2500 cfm @ 35F to 90F air temperature rise @ 20F water temperature drop. 160F EWT. 500 fpm maximum face velocity. 0.15"wg maximum air pressure drop. 8ft head maximum water pressure drop. 2 row coil. Connection side: Right. Pull Side: Left. Drain Side: Right.
L. DX Cooling Coil Section
1. Casing with access to both sides of coils. Enclose coils with headers and return bends exposed outside casing. Slide coils into casing through removable end panel with blank off sheets and sealing collars at connection penetrations. Coated with a baked phenolic or Electrofin coating. Provide necessary clearances for replacement. 2. Tubes: 1/2-inch OD seamless copper expanded into fins, brazed joints. 3. Fins: Aluminum. Maximum 12 fins per inch. 4. Casing: Die formed channel frame of galvanized steel. 5. DX Cooling Coils:
a. Headers: Seamless copper tube. Supply and return connections on same side. b. Interlaced row control
6. DX Cooling Coil capacity: ARI Certified and rated in Accordance with ARI 410.
a. AHU-2 Cooling Coil (CC-2): 2500 cfm @ 75Fdb (62Fwb) entering air temperature and 55Fdb (53Fwb) leaving air temperature. R410 refrigerant. 45F suction temp, 110F liquid temp. 480 fpm maximum face velocity. 0.40"wg maximum air pressure drop. 2psi maximum refrigerant pressure drop. (1) 4 row coil. Connection side: Right. Pull Side: Left. Drain Side: Right.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR HANDLING UNITS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 237313-9 M. Filter Box: Section with filter guides, access doors, for side loading with gaskets and blank-off plates. Provide blank-off plates to prevent air bypassing filters. 16 gage galvanized steel holding frame.
1. Filter Media:
a. Filter Section: UL 900 listed, Class II MERV 13. Maximum velocity of 400 fpm per square foot of filter. Filter section with 4-inch deep disposable slide in panel filters.
2. Filter Gauges: 3-1/2 inch diameter diaphragm actuated dial in metal case, with static pressure tips.
N. Dampers
1. Mixing Boxes: Section with factory mounted outside and return air dampers of aluminum with EPDM bulb edging and silicone edge seals in aluminum frame, with aluminum axles in self-lubricating nylon or brass bearings, in opposed blade arrangement. See above for minimum and modulating outdoor air damper air volume requirements. 0.081” extruded aluminum frame. External linkage for OAD’s and EAD. Airfoil blades. 2. Damper Leakage: Maximum 2 percent at 4-inch wg differential pressure when sized for 2000 fpm face velocity. 3. Performance: Sized for maximum 1200 fpm velocity at maximum flow.
O. Sound Level Requirements.
1. Maximum bare fan at design flow rate: AMCA Standard No. 301 and 311 (Outlet only) Sound Power Levels dB. AMCA sealed.
Fan Octave Band 125 250 500 1000
AHU-2 SF Outlet 81 86 83 79 AHU-2 SF Inlet 81 86 83 79
P. Electrical Characteristics and Components
1. See Fan Schedules. 2. Motors must meet CEE Premium Efficiency Criteria. See MOTORS Below.
2.4 FLOW MEASUREMENT
A. Airflow measuring systems (AHU-1 SF and RF, AHU-2 SF):
1. SA and RA: Differential pressure controller. Provide digital flow readout in CFM (w/ contacts for remote monitoring). Factory mounted on fan cabinet.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR HANDLING UNITS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 237313-10 a. Description: Transverse probes mounted at inlet cone casing to sense and average separate total and static pressures of an airstream. LED display mounted on exterior of fan unit casing. Read in Cubic Feet per Minute (CFM). Include 4-20 mA signal for future remote CFM monitoring by the BAS direct digital control system. b. Transverse Probes: Extruded aluminum probes contained within casing. Flow sensors shall not protrude beyond surface of the probe and shall be the offset (Fechheimer) type for static pressure and the chamfered impact type for total pressure measurement.
1) Spacing of sensing points in accordance with AMCA 230 for accurate flow sensing with duct traverse. 2) Probes manifolded together to produce average total and static pressure. Manifold extended to casing for external connection to differential pressure transmitter. 3) Capable of producing steady, non-pulsating signals of without need for flow correction factors, with an accuracy of 2-3% of actual flow. c. Casing: Factory mounted on fan inlet cone. d. Provide complete information and assistance to Controls Contractor for connection and integration with DDC system.
2.5 MOTORS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Baldor 2. General Electric 3. Reliance
B. Constructed and rated in accordance with current NEMA standards. The frame size, enclosures, and all appurtenances shall be suited to the application. 1.15 Service factor. Class F insulation. TEFC.
1. Three phase motors: NEMA Design B. 2. TEFC motors
C. Electrical Requirements: At a minimum, motors must meet the following premium efficiency criteria as defined by (CEE) Consortium for Energy Efficiency for motors 1 hp and above.
HP EFFICIENCY (1200 RPM) EFFICIENCY (1800 RPM) 1 82.5 85.5 1.5 86.5 86.5 2 87.5 86.5 3 88.5 89.5 5 89.5 89.5 7.5 90.2 91.0 10 91.7 91.7
D. AHU-1 and AHU-2 motors shall be rated for use with VFD’s. Grounded Shafts. Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR HANDLING UNITS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 237313-11 PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Bolt sections together with gaskets.
C. Isolate fan section with flexible duct connections.
D. Install flexible duct connections between fan inlet and discharge ductwork and air handling unit sections. Ensure that metal bands of connectors are parallel with minimum one inch flex between ductwork and fan while running.
E. Install assembled unit on vibration isolators. Install isolated fans with resilient mountings and flexible electrical leads. Install restraining snubbers as indicated. Adjust snubbers to prevent tension in flexible connectors when fan is operating.
F. Make connections to coils with unions or flanges.
G. Install fan rails on vibration isolation padding.
H. Hydronic Coils:
1. Hydronic Coils: Connect water supply to leaving air side of coil (counterflow arrangement). 2. Provide shut-off valve on supply line and lockshield balancing valve with memory stop on return line. 3. Locate water supply at bottom of supply header and return water connection at top. 4. Provide manual air vents at high points complete with stop valve. 5. Ensure water coils are drainable and provide drain connection at low points.
END OF SECTION 237313
Ketchikan Gateway Borough AIR HANDLING UNITS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 237313-12 SECTION 238101 - TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Finned tube radiation.
B. Convectors.
C. Cabinet unit heaters.
D. Radiant ceiling panels.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 – Substitution Procedures, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide typical catalog of information including arrangements.
C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation instructions and recommendations.
D. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and locations of access doors in radiation cabinets required for access or valving.
E. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturers descriptive literature, operating instructions, installation instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts listings.
F. Warranty: Submit manufacturer's warranty and ensure forms have been completed in OWNER's name and registered with manufacturer.
G. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for OWNER's use in maintenance of project.
1. See Division 1 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.
B. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
1.4 WARRANTY
A. See Division 1 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. Ketchikan Gateway Borough TERMINAL HEAT Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation TRANSFER UNITS 238101-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FINNED TUBE RADIATION (FP-1)
A. Manufacturers:
1. Rittling FS-5 (Design Manufacturer) 2. Sterling 3. Vulcan
B. Heating Elements: 1-tier, 1 inch ID seamless copper tubing, mechanically expanded into evenly spaced aluminum fins sized 4-1/4 x 4-1/4 inches, suitable for soldered fittings.
C. Element Hangers: Quiet operating, ball bearing cradle type providing unrestricted longitudinal movement, on enclosure wall brackets. Supports maximum of 3 feet on center.
D. Cabinet: Full back plate. Wall hung sloping top 16 gage thick steel front and top, 20 gage steel back and ends; integral grille exposed corners rounded; easily secured removable front panels, adequately braced and reinforced for stiffness. Factory installed air seal. 14-inch high enclosure. Access doors at each end for access to all valves.
E. Finish: Factory applied baked enamel of color as selected by ARCHITECT.
F. Access Doors: For otherwise inaccessible valves, provide factory-made permanently hinged access doors, 6 x 7 inch minimum size, integral with cabinet.
G. Capacity: As scheduled.
2.2 FINNED TUBE RADIATION (FP-2)
A. Manufacturers:
1. Rittling STEL (Design Manufacturer) 2. Sterling 3. Vulcan
B. Heating Elements: 1-tier, 3/4 inch ID seamless copper tubing, mechanically expanded into evenly spaced aluminum fins sized 2-3/4 x 4 inches, suitable for soldered fittings.
C. Element Hangers: Quiet operating, ball bearing cradle type providing unrestricted longitudinal movement, on enclosure wall brackets. Supports maximum of 3 feet on center.
D. Cabinet: Full back plate. Wall hung sloping top 16 gage thick steel front and top, 20 gage steel back and ends; integral grille exposed corners rounded; easily secured removable front panels, adequately braced and reinforced for stiffness. Factory installed air seal. 10-inch max mounting height above floor. Access doors at each end for access to all valves.
E. Finish: Factory applied baked enamel of color as selected by ARCHITECT.
F. Capacity: As scheduled. Ketchikan Gateway Borough TERMINAL HEAT Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation TRANSFER UNITS 238101-2 2.3 CONVECTORS (CV)
A. Manufacturers:
1. Rittling (Design Manufacturer) 2. Sterling Hydronics/Mestek Technology 3. Trane Inc 4. Vulcan
B. Heating Elements: Seamless copper tubing mechanically expanded into evenly spaced aluminum fins and cast iron headers, steel side plates and supports, factory air pressure tested at 100 psi under water, with means of adjusting pitch of element.
C. Cabinet CV-1 and CV-3: Wall hung sloping top 14 gage thick steel front and top, 14 gage steel back and ends; integral grille; exposed corners rounded; easily secured removable front panels, adequately braced and reinforced for stiffness.
D. Cabinet CV-2: Partially recessed. 14 gage thick steel front, 16 gage steel back and ends; integral grilles; exposed corners rounded; easily secured removable front panel, adequately braced and reinforced for stiffness. Urethane gasket.
E. Finish: Factory applied baked enamel of color as selected by ARCHITECT.
F. Access Doors: For otherwise inaccessible valves, provide factory-made permanently hinged access doors, 6 x 7 inch minimum size, integral with cabinet.
G. Capacity: As scheduled.
2.4 CABINET UNIT HEATERS (CUH)
A. Manufacturers:
1. Rittling (Design Manufacturer) 2. Sterling Hydronics/Mestek Technology, Inc 3. Trane Inc 4. Vulcan.
B. Coils: Evenly spaced aluminum fins mechanically bonded to copper tubes, designed for 100 psi and 220 degrees F.
C. Cabinet:
1. Ceiling type (CUH-2, CUH-3): Steel with exposed corners and edges rounded, glass fiber insulation, and integral air outlet and inlet grilles, prime coated and painted. Fully recessed ceiling mounted. 14-Gauge front panel. Easily removable panels. Color selection by Architect. 2. Wall type (CUH-1): Steel with exposed corners and edges rounded, glass fiber insulation, and integral air outlet and inlet grilles, prime coated and painted. Surface wall mounted. Inverted Blow (Air directed out lower grille). 14-Gauge front panel. Easily removable panels. Wall seal. Color selection by Architect.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough TERMINAL HEAT Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation TRANSFER UNITS 238101-3 D. Finish: Factory applied baked enamel of color as selected by ARCHITECT on visible surfaces of enclosure or cabinet.
E. Fans: Centrifugal forward-curved double-width wheels, statically and dynamically balanced, direct driven.
F. Motor: Tap wound multiple speed permanent split capacitor with sleeve bearings, resiliently mounted.
G. Control: Multiple speed switch, factory wired, located in cabinet.
H. Filter: Easily removed 1 inch thick washable type, located to filter air before coil.
I. Capacity: As Scheduled.
2.5 RADIANT HEATERS (RH)
A. Manufacturers:
1. Rittling Carboline (Design Manufacturer) 2. See Division 1 for requirements.
B. General: Radian ceiling panel with graphite activation, 3/8-inch diameter copper tubing, steel cassette and supported steel cross channels.
C. Panel: Galvanized sheet steel cassette. Smooth. Powder coat. White.
D. Insulation: 1-inch thermal insulation over top of panel.
E. Mounting: T-Bar style with gripple at panel ends for securing to structure.
F. Piping Connections: Stainless steel flexible hoses.
G. Capacity: Capacity: As shown scheduled on drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install equipment exposed to finished areas after walls and ceiling are finished and painted. Do not damage equipment or finishes.
C. Protection: Provide finished cabinet units with protective covers during balance of construction.
D. Finned Pipe Heaters (FP): Locate on outside walls and centered below windows where shown. Run cover from window edge to window edge or wall to wall with end caps as indicated. Ketchikan Gateway Borough TERMINAL HEAT Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation TRANSFER UNITS 238101-4 Install wall angles where units butt against walls. Install access door cabinet covers at all valves, flowsetters, and automatic valves. Finned pipe length shown is minimum element length.
E. Radiant Heaters: Install radiant panel heaters in lay-in ceiling. Support from structure with heavy duty wire supports.
F. Convectors: Install where indicated. Install convectors 4-inches above floor. Coordinate to assure correct recess size for recessed convectors.
G. Cabinet Unit Heaters: Install as indicated. Coordinate to assure correct recess size for recessed units. Provide access door in wall for valving. Where located in ceiling, center in ceiling tile pattern.
H. Hydronic Units: Provide with shut-off valve on supply and return and lockshield balancing valve on return piping. If not easily accessible, extend vent to exterior surface of cabinet for easy servicing.
3.2 CLEANING
A. After construction is completed, including painting, clean exposed surfaces of units. Vacuum clean coils and inside of cabinets.
B. Touch-up marred or scratched surfaces of factory-finished cabinets, using finish materials furnished by manufacturer.
C. Clean filters.
END OF SECTION 238101
Ketchikan Gateway Borough TERMINAL HEAT Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation TRANSFER UNITS 238101-5 SECTION 260519 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Copper building wire rated 600 V or less. 2. Metal-clad cable, Type MC, rated 600 V or less. 3. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Field quality-control reports.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 COPPER BUILDING WIRE
A. Description: Flexible, insulated and uninsulated, drawn copper current-carrying conductor with an overall insulation layer or jacket, or both, rated 600 V or less
B. Standards:
1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. 2. RoHS compliant. 3. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's "Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide."
C. Conductors: Copper, complying with ASTM B 3 for bare annealed copper and with ASTM B 8 for stranded conductors.
D. Conductor Insulation:
Ketchikan Gateway Borough LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 260519 - 1 1. Type THHN and Type THWN-2: Comply with UL 83 2. Type XHHW-2: Comply with UL 44.
2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES
A. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors, splices, and lugs of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated; listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use
B. Lugs: One piece, seamless, designed to terminate conductors specified in this Section.
1. Material: Aluminum 2. Type: One hole with standard barrels. 3. Termination: Compression.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS
A. Feeders: Copper, stranded.
B. Branch Circuits: Copper, stranded.
C. VFC Output Circuits Cable: Extra-flexible stranded for all sizes.
3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS
A. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, Partitions, and Crawlspaces: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway.
B. Exposed Branch Circuits: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway.
C. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway.
D. VFC Output Circuits: Type XHHW-2 in metal conduit.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated.
B. Complete raceway installation between conductor and cable termination points according to Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" prior to pulling conductors and cables.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 260519 - 2 C. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values.
D. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway.
E. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible.
F. Support cables according to Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems."
3.4 CONNECTIONS
A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B.
B. Make splices, terminations, and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors.
C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 12 inches (300 mm) of slack.
3.5 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."
B. Identify each spare conductor at each end with identity number and location of other end of conductor, and identify as spare conductor.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform tests and inspections
1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test feeder conductors for compliance with requirements. 2. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test feeder conductors and conductors feeding the following critical equipment and services for compliance with requirements:
a. Motors b. Heaters
3. Perform each of the following visual and electrical tests:
a. Inspect exposed sections of conductor and cable for physical damage and correct connection according to the single-line diagram. b. Test bolted connections for high resistance using one of the following:
Ketchikan Gateway Borough LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 260519 - 3 1) Calibrated torque wrench.
c. Inspect compression-applied connectors for correct cable match and indentation. d. Inspect for correct identification. e. Inspect cable jacket and condition. f. Continuity test on each conductor and cable. g. Uniform resistance of parallel conductors.
4. Initial Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but before Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each splice in conductors No. 3 AWG and larger. Remove box and equipment covers so splices are accessible to portable scanner. Correct deficiencies determined during the scan.
a. Instrument: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. b. Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies switches checked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action.
5. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each switch 11 months after date of Substantial Completion.
B. Cables will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.
C. Prepare test and inspection reports to record the following:
1. Procedures used. 2. Results that comply with requirements. 3. Results that do not comply with requirements, and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements.
END OF SECTION 260519
Ketchikan Gateway Borough LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 260519 - 4 SECTION 260526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes grounding and bonding systems and equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment.
2.2 CONDUCTORS
A. Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Bare Copper Conductors:
1. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 2. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. 4. Bonding Cable: 28kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, ¼ inch (6mm) in diameter. 5. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG stranded conductor. 6. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches(41mm) wide and 1/16 inch(1.6mm) thick. 7. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches (41mm) wide and 1/16inch (1.6mm) thick.
2.3 CONNECTORS
A. Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 260526 - 1 B. Conduit Hubs: Mechanical type, terminal with threaded hub.
C. Cable-to Cable Connectors: Compression type, copper or copper alloy.
D. Straps: Solid copper, Rated for 600A.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATIONS
A. Conductors: Install stranded conductors unless otherwise indicated.
B. Conductor Terminations and Connections:
1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors.
3.2 GROUNDING AT THE SERVICE
A. Equipment grounding conductors and grounding electrode conductors shall be connected to the ground bus. Install a main bonding jumper between the neutral and ground buses.
3.3 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING
A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits.
B. Air-Duct Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor to duct-mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air cleaners, heaters, dampers, humidifiers, and other duct electrical equipment. Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct and connected metallic piping.
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage.
B. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance except where routed through short lengths of conduit.
1. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install bonding so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment.
C. Bonding Interior Metal Ducts: Bond metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of associated fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Install bonding jumper to bond across flexible duct connections to achieve continuity.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 260526 - 2 D. Connections: Make connections so possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis is minimized. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact are galvanically compatible.
1. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact. 2. Make aluminum-to-steel connections with stainless-steel separators and mechanical clamps. 3. Make aluminum-to-galvanized-steel connections with tin-plated copper jumpers and mechanical clamps. 4. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests and Inspections:
1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of accessible, bolted, electrical connections with a calibrated torque wrench according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Grounding system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
END OF SECTION 260526
Ketchikan Gateway Borough GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 260526 - 3
SECTION 260529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Steel slotted support systems. 2. Conduit and cable support devices. 3. Structural steel for fabricated supports and restraints. 4. Mounting, anchoring, and attachment components, including powder-actuated fasteners, mechanical expansion anchors, concrete inserts, clamps, through bolts, toggle bolts, and hanger rods. 5. Fabricated metal equipment support assemblies.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for the following:
a. Slotted support systems, hardware, and accessories. b. Clamps. c. Hangers. d. Sockets. e. Fasteners. f. Anchors. g. Saddles. h. Brackets.
2. Include rated capacities and furnished specialties and accessories.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovations ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529-1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS
A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Preformed steel channels and angles with minimum 13/32-inch- (10-mm-) diameter holes at a maximum of 8 inches (200 mm) o.c. in at least one surface.
1. Standard: Comply with MFMA-4 factory-fabricated components for field assembly. 2. Material for Channel, Fittings, and Accessories: Plain steel. 3. Channel Width: 1-5/8 inches (41.25 mm). 4. Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane, or polyester coating applied according to MFMA-4. 5. Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.
B. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported.
C. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A 36/A 36M steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized.
D. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following:
1. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 2. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, stainless steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 3. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58 units are suitable for attached structural element. 4. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325. 5. Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type. 6. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel.
2.2 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES
A. Description: Welded or bolted structural-steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions of supported equipment.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovations ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529-2
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATION
A. Comply with the following standards for application and installation requirements of hangers and supports, except where requirements on Drawings or in this Section are stricter:
1. NECA 1. 2. NECA 101
B. Comply with requirements for raceways and boxes specified in Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems."
C. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceways: Space supports for EMT, IMC, and RMC as required by NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch (6 mm) in diameter.
D. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze-type supports fabricated with steel slotted support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits.
1. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with single-bolt conduit clamps.
E. Spring-steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1- 1/2-inch (38-mm) and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings, and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports.
3.2 SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this article.
B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, EMT, IMC, and RMC may be supported by openings through structure members, according to NFPA 70.
C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb (90 kg).
D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface-Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code:
1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. To Masonry: Approved toggle-type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 3. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovations ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529-3
4. Instead of expansion anchors, powder-actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in existing standard-weight concrete 4 inches (100 mm) thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight-aggregate concrete or for slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick. 5. To Steel: Beam clamps (MSS SP-58, Type 19, 21, 23, 25, or 27), complying with MSS SP-69 or Spring-tension clamps. 6. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. 7. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted-channel racks attached to substrate.
E. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid the need for reinforcing bars.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS
A. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment.
B. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M.
3.4 PAINTING
A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces.
1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05 mm).
B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION 260529
Ketchikan Gateway Borough HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovations ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529-4
SECTION 260553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Color and legend requirements for conductors, and warning labels and signs. 2. Labels. 3. Tapes. 4. Tags. 5. Signs. 6. Cable ties. 7. Fasteners for labels and signs.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for electrical identification products.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with ASME A13.1
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
C. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.144 and 29 CFR 1910.145.
D. Adhesive-attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969.
E. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough IDENTIFICATION FOF ELECTRICASYSTEMS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 260553-1
2.2 COLOR AND LEGEND REQUIREMENTS
A. Color-Coding for Phase- and Voltage-Level Identification, 600 V or Less: Use colors listed below for ungrounded feeder and branch-circuit conductors.
1. Color shall be factory applied or field applied for sizes larger than No. 8 AWG if authorities having jurisdiction permit. 2. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits:
a. Phase A: Black. b. Phase B: Red. c. Phase C: Blue.
3. Color for Neutral: white 4. Color for Equipment Grounds: Green.
B. Warning Label Colors:
1. Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background.
C. Warning labels and signs shall include, but are not limited to, the following legends:
1. Workspace Clearance Warning: "WARNING - OSHA REGULATION - AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 36 INCHES (915 MM)." 2. Self-Adhesive Warning Labels: Factory-printed, multicolor, pressure-sensitive adhesive labels, configured for display on front cover, door, or other access to equipment unless otherwise indicated.
D. Equipment Identification Labels:
1. White letters on a black field.
2.3 LABELS
A. Vinyl Wraparound Labels: Preprinted, flexible labels laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound clear adhesive tape for securing label ends.
2.4 TAPES
A. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Colored, heavy duty, waterproof, fade resistant; not less than 3 mils (0.08 mm) thick by 1 to 2 inches (25 to 50 mm) wide.
B. Floor Marking Tape: 2-inch- (50-mm-) wide, 5-mil (0.125-mm) pressure-sensitive vinyl tape, with yellow and black stripes and clear vinyl overlay.
2.5 SIGNS
A. Baked-Enamel Signs:
Ketchikan Gateway Borough IDENTIFICATION FOF ELECTRICASYSTEMS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 260553-2
B. Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Plastic Signs:
1. Thickness:
a. For signs up to 20 sq. in. (129 sq. cm), minimum 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick. b. For signs larger than 20 sq. in. (129 sq. cm), 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick.
2.6 CABLE TIES
A. General-Purpose Cable Ties: Fungus inert, self-extinguishing, one piece, self-locking, and Type 6/6 nylon.
1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength at 73 Deg F (23 Deg C) according to ASTM D 638: 12,000 psi (82.7 MPa). 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 85 deg C). 4. Color: Black, except where used for color-coding.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Before applying electrical identification products, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification product.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Verify and coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in other Sections requiring identification applications, Drawings, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual. Use consistent designations throughout Project.
B. Verify identity of each item before installing identification products.
C. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual.
D. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work.
E. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels, signs, and letters to those appropriate for viewing from the floor.
F. Self-Adhesive Wraparound Labels: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility.
G. Marker Tapes: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough IDENTIFICATION FOF ELECTRICASYSTEMS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 260553-3
H. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility.
1. Field-Applied, Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half-lapped turns for a minimum distance of 6 inches (150 mm) where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding.
I. Cable Ties: General purpose, for attaching tags.
J. Floor Marking Tape: Apply stripes to finished surfaces following manufacturer's written instructions.
3.3 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE
A. Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. Install access doors or panels to provide view of identifying devices.
B. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, pull points, and locations of high visibility. Identify by system and circuit designation.
C. Power-Circuit Conductor Identification, 600 V or Less: For conductors in pull and junction boxes, use self-adhesive wraparound labels to identify the phase.
D. Control-Circuit Conductor Identification: For conductors and cables in pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use self-adhesive labels with the conductor or cable designation, origin, and destination.
E. Control-Circuit Conductor Termination Identification: For identification at terminations, provide self-adhesive labels with the conductor designation.
F. Workspace Indication: Apply floor marking tape to finished surfaces. Show working clearances in the direction of access to live parts. Workspace shall comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1926.403 unless otherwise indicated. Do not install at flush-mounted panelboards and similar equipment in finished spaces.
G. Instructional Signs: Self-adhesive labels, including the color code for grounded and ungrounded conductors.
H. Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Self- adhesive labels.
1. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access.
I. Operating Instruction Signs: Self-adhesive labels.
J. Equipment Identification Labels:
1. Indoor Equipment: Laminated acrylic or melamine plastic sign.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough IDENTIFICATION FOF ELECTRICASYSTEMS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 260553-4
2. Equipment to Be Labeled:
a. Panelboards: Typewritten directory of circuits in the location provided by panelboard manufacturer. Panelboard identification shall be in the form of an engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. b. Enclosures and electrical cabinets. c. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items. d. Enclosed switches. e. Enclosed circuit breakers. f. Enclosed controllers. g. Variable-speed controllers. h. Push-button stations. i. Remote-controlled switches, dimmer modules, and control devices. j. Monitoring and control equipment.
END OF SECTION 260553
Ketchikan Gateway Borough IDENTIFICATION FOF ELECTRICASYSTEMS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 260553-5
SECTION 260923 - LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Photoelectric switches. 2. Standalone daylight-harvesting switching and dimming controls. 3. Indoor occupancy and vacancy sensors.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 262726 "Wiring Devices" for non-networkable wall-switch occupancy sensors, and manual light switches.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Show installation details for the following:
a. Occupancy sensors. b. Vacancy sensors. c. Power packs. d. Dimming and switching controls.
2. Interconnection diagrams showing field-installed wiring. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Field quality-control reports.
B. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's warranties.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 260923 - 1
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each type of lighting control device to include in operation and maintenance manuals.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace lighting control devices that fail(s) in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Faulty operation of lighting control devices.
2. Warranty Period: Two year(s) from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 OUTDOOR PHOTOELECTRIC SWITCHES
A. Description: Solid state, with SPST 1800 VA inductive to operate connected relay, contactor coils, or microprocessor input; complying with UL 773A, and compatible with ballasts and LED lamps.
1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Light-Level Monitoring Range: 1.5 to 10 fc (16.14 to 108 lux), with an adjustment for turn-on and turn-off levels within that range, and a directional lens in front of the photocell to prevent fixed light sources from causing turn-off. 3. Time Delay: Fifteen-second minimum, to prevent false operation. 4. Surge Protection: Metal-oxide varistor. 5. Mounting: Twist lock complies with NEMA C136.10, with base-and-stem mounting or stem-and-swivel mounting accessories as required to direct sensor to the north sky exposure. 6. Failure Mode: Luminaire stays ON.
2.2 DIMMING CONTROLS
A. System Description: The system manually adjusts the indoor electrical lighting levels.
B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories:
1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Control Output: 0- to 10-V dc to operate luminaires.
C. Power Pack: Dry contacts rated for 20-A LED load at 120- and 277-V ac. Sensor has 24-V dc, 150-mA, Class 2 power source, as defined by NFPA 70.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 260923 - 2
1. LED status lights to indicate load status.
2.3 DAYLIGHT-HARVESTING DIMMING CONTROLS
A. System Description: Sensing daylight and electrical lighting levels, the system adjusts the indoor electrical lighting levels. As daylight increases, the lights are dimmed.
1. Lighting control set point is based on two lighting conditions:
a. When no daylight is present (target level). b. When significant daylight is present.
2. System programming is done with two hand-held, remote-control tools.
a. Initial setup tool. b. Tool for occupants to adjust the target levels by increasing the set point up to 25 percent, or by minimizing the electric lighting level.
B. Ceiling-Mounted Dimming Controls: Solid-state, light-level sensor unit, with integrated power pack, to detect changes in indoor lighting levels that are perceived by the eye.
C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories:
1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Sensor Output: 0- to 10-V dc to operate luminaires. Sensor is powered by controller unit. 3. Light-Level Sensor Set-Point Adjustment Range: 20 to 60 fc (120 to 640 lux).
D. Power Pack: Dry contacts rated for 20-A LED load at 120- and 277-V ac. Sensor has 24-V dc, 150-mA, Class 2 power source, as defined by NFPA 70.
1. LED status lights to indicate load status. 2. Plenum rated.
2.4 INDOOR OCCUPANCYAND VACANCY SENSORS
A. General Requirements for Sensors:
1. Ceiling-mounted, solid-state indoor occupancy and vacancy sensors. 2. Dual technology. 3. Separate power pack. 4. Hardwired connection to switch. 5. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 6. Operation:
a. Occupancy Sensor: Unless otherwise indicated, turn lights on when coverage area is occupied, and turn them off when unoccupied; with a time delay for turning lights off, adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 15 minutes.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 260923 - 3
b. Vacancy Sensor: Unless otherwise indicated, lights are manually turned on and sensor turns lights off when the room is unoccupied; with a time delay for turning lights off, adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 15 minutes. c. Combination Sensor: Unless otherwise indicated, sensor shall be programmed to turn lights on when coverage area is occupied and turn them off when unoccupied, or to turn off lights that have been manually turned on; with a time delay for turning lights off, adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 15 minutes.
7. Sensor Output: Contacts rated to operate the connected relay, complying with UL 773A. Sensor is powered from the power pack. 8. Power Pack: Dry contacts rated for 20-A LED load at 120- and 277-V ac, for 13-A tungsten at 120-V ac, and for 1 hp at 120-V ac. Sensor has 24-V dc, 150-mA, Class 2 power source, as defined by NFPA 70. 9. Indicator: Digital display, to show when motion is detected during testing and normal operation of sensor. 10. Automatic Light-Level Sensor: Adjustable from 2 to 200 fc (21.5 to 2152 lux); turn lights off when selected lighting level is present.
B. Dual-Technology Type: Ceiling mounted; detect occupants in coverage area using PIR and ultrasonic detection methods. The particular technology or combination of technologies that control on-off functions is selectable in the field by operating controls on unit.
1. Sensitivity Adjustment: Separate for each sensing technology. 2. Detector Sensitivity: Detect occurrences of 6-inch- (150-mm-) minimum movement of any portion of a human body that presents a target of not less than 36 sq. in. (232 sq. cm), and detect a person of average size and weight moving not less than 12 inches (305 mm) in either a horizontal or a vertical manner at an approximate speed of 12 inches/s (305 mm/s). 3. Detection Coverage (Standard Room): Detect occupancy anywhere within a circular area of 1000 sq. ft. (93 sq. m) when mounted on a 96-inch- (2440-mm-) high ceiling.
2.5 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A. Power Wiring to Supply Side of Remote-Control Power Sources: Not smaller than No. 12 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."
B. Classes 2 and 3 Control Cable: Multiconductor cable with stranded-copper conductors not smaller than No. 18 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."
C. Class 1 Control Cable: Multiconductor cable with stranded-copper conductors not smaller than No. 18 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."
Ketchikan Gateway Borough LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 260923 - 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine lighting control devices before installation. Reject lighting control devices that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged.
B. Examine walls and ceilings for suitable conditions where lighting control devices will be installed.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 SENSOR INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1.
B. Coordinate layout and installation of ceiling-mounted devices with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, smoke detectors, fire-suppression systems, and partition assemblies.
C. Install and aim sensors in locations to achieve not less than 90-percent coverage of areas indicated. Do not exceed coverage limits specified in manufacturer's written instructions.
3.3 CONTACTOR INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1.
B. Mount electrically held lighting contactors with elastomeric isolator pads to eliminate structure- borne vibration unless contactors are installed in an enclosure with factory-installed vibration isolators.
3.4 WIRING INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1.
B. Wiring Method: Comply with Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." Minimum conduit size is 1/2 inch (13 mm).
C. Wiring within Enclosures: Comply with NECA 1. Separate power-limited and nonpower- limited conductors according to conductor manufacturer's written instructions.
D. Size conductors according to lighting control device manufacturer's written instructions unless otherwise indicated.
E. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: Make connections only on numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 260923 - 5
3.5 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify components and power and control wiring according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."
1. Identify controlled circuits in lighting contactors. 2. Identify circuits or luminaires controlled by photoelectric and occupancy sensors at each sensor.
B. Label time switches and contactors with a unique designation.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to evaluate lighting control devices and perform tests and inspections.
B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections.
C. Perform the following tests and inspections.
1. Operational Test: After installing time switches and sensors, and after electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
D. Lighting control devices will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.
E. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.7 ADJUSTING
A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 6 months from date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting lighting control devices to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project during other-than-normal occupancy hours for this purpose.
1. For occupancy and motion sensors, verify operation at outer limits of detector range. Set time delay to suit Owner's operations. 2. For daylighting controls, adjust set points and deadband controls to suit Owner's operations.
3.8 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain lighting control devices.
END OF SECTION 260923
Ketchikan Gateway Borough LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 260923 - 6 SECTION 262416 - PANELBOARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Lighting and appliance branch-circuit panelboards.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. ATS: Acceptance testing specification.
B. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter.
C. GFEP: Ground-fault equipment protection.
D. MCCB: Molded-case circuit breaker.
E. SPD: Surge protective device.
F. VPR: Voltage protection rating.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of panelboard.
1. Include materials, switching and overcurrent protective devices, accessories, and components indicated. 2. Include dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes.
B. Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment.
1. Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. 2. Detail enclosure types including mounting and anchorage, environmental protection, knockouts, corner treatments, covers and doors, gaskets, hinges, and locks. 3. Detail bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings. 4. Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective devices.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PANELBOARDS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 262416 - 1 5. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Field Quality-Control Reports:
1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements.
B. Panelboard Schedules: For installation in panelboards
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For panelboards and components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Also include the following:
1. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective devices.
1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Keys: Two spares for each type of panelboard cabinet lock.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: ISO 9001 or 9002 certified.
B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
C. Comply with NEMA PB1
D. Comply with NFPA 70.
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Handle and prepare panelboards for installation according to NEMA PB 1.
B. Remove loose packing and flammable materials from inside panelboards; install temporary electric heating (250W per panelboard) to prevent condensation.
C. Handle and prepare panelboards for installation according to NECA 407.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PANELBOARDS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 262416 - 2 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations:
1. Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions unless otherwise indicated:
a. Ambient Temperature: Not exceeding minus 22 deg F (minus 30 deg C). b. Altitude: Not exceeding 6600 feet (2000 m).
B. Service Conditions: NEMA PB 1, usual service conditions, as follows:
1. Ambient temperatures within limits specified. 2. Altitude not exceeding 6600 feet (2000 m).
C. Interruption of Existing Electric Service: Do not interrupt electric service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electric service according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Owner no fewer than seven days in advance of proposed interruption of electric service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of electric service without Owner's written permission. 3. Comply with NFPA 70E.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PANELBOARDS
A. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for panelboards including clearances between panelboards and adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions.
B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
C. Comply with NEMA PB 1.
D. Comply with NFPA 70.
E. Enclosures: Surface-mounted, dead-front cabinets.
1. Rated for environmental conditions at installed location.
a. Indoor Dry and Clean Locations: NEMA 250, Type 1
2. Height: 84 inches (2.13 m) maximum. 3. Front: For surface-mounted fronts, match box dimensions. 4. Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within hinged trim cover. Trims shall cover all live parts and shall have no exposed hardware.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PANELBOARDS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 262416 - 3 5. Finishes:
a. Panels and Trim: Steel and galvanized steel, factory finished immediately after cleaning and pretreating with manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. b. Back Boxes: Galvanized steel.
F. Incoming Mains:
1. Location: Bottom
G. Phase, Neutral, and Ground Buses:
1. Material: Tin-plated aluminum.
a. Plating shall run entire length of bus. b. Bus shall be fully rated the entire length.
2. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for branch-circuit equipment grounding conductors; bonded to box. 3. Full-Sized Neutral: Equipped with full-capacity bonding strap for service entrance applications. Mount electrically isolated from enclosure. Do not mount neutral bus in gutter.
H. Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material and sizes.
1. Material: Hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. 2. Terminations shall allow use of 75 deg C rated conductors without derating. 3. Size: Lugs suitable for indicated conductor sizes, with additional gutter space, if required, for larger conductors. 4. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type, with a lug on the neutral bar for each pole in the panelboard. 5. Ground Lugs and Bus-Configured Terminators: Mechanical type, with a lug on the bar for each pole in the panelboard.
I. Future Devices: Panelboards or load centers shall have mounting brackets, bus connections, filler plates, and necessary appurtenances required for future installation of devices.
1. Percentage of Future Space Capacity: Ten percent.
J. Panelboard Short-Circuit Current Rating: Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit current available at terminals. Assembly listed by an NRTL for 100 percent interrupting capacity.
1. Panelboards and overcurrent protective devices rated 240 V or less shall have short-circuit ratings as shown on Drawings, but not less than 10,000 A rms symmetrical.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PANELBOARDS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 262416 - 4 2.2 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH-CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, lighting and appliance branch-circuit type.
B. Mains: Circuit breaker or main lugs.
C. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt-on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units.
D. Doors: Concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike.
2.3 DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
A. MCCB: Comply with UL 489, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents.
1. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: 2. GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single- and double-pole configurations with Class A ground-fault protection (6-mA trip). 3. GFEP Circuit Breakers: Class B ground-fault protection (30-mA trip). 4. MCCB Features and Accessories:
a. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. b. Breaker handle indicates tripped status. c. Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor materials. d. Ground-Fault Protection: Integrally mounted relay and trip unit with adjustable pickup and time-delay settings, push-to-test feature, and ground-fault indicator. e. Multipole units enclosed in a factory assembled to operate as a single unit.
2.4 IDENTIFICATION
A. Panelboard Label: Manufacturer's name and trademark, voltage, amperage, number of phases, and number of poles shall be located on the interior of the panelboard door.
B. Breaker Labels: Faceplate shall list current rating, UL and IEC certification standards, and AIC rating.
C. Circuit Directory: Computer-generated circuit directory mounted inside panelboard door with transparent plastic protective cover.
1. Circuit directory shall identify specific purpose with detail sufficient to distinguish it from all other circuits.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify actual conditions with field measurements prior to ordering panelboards to verify that equipment fits in allocated space in, and comply with, minimum required clearances specified in NFPA 70.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PANELBOARDS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 262416 - 5 B. Receive, inspect, handle, and store panelboards according to NEMA PB 1.1.
C. Examine panelboards before installation. Reject panelboards that are damaged, rusted, or have been subjected to water saturation.
D. Examine elements and surfaces to receive panelboards for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of panelboards and components with other construction that penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and other types of equipment, raceways, piping, encumbrances to workspace clearance requirements, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels.
B. Comply with NECA 1.
C. Install panelboards and accessories according to NECA 407.
D. Mount top of trim 80 inches (2286mm) above finished floor unless otherwise indicated.
E. Mount panelboard cabinet plumb and rigid without distortion of box.
F. Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers not already factory installed.
1. Set field-adjustable, circuit-breaker trip ranges. 2. Tighten bolted connections and circuit breaker connections using calibrated torque wrench or torque screwdriver per manufacturer's written instructions.
G. Install filler plates in unused spaces.
H. Arrange conductors in gutters into groups and bundle and wrap with wire ties.
3.3 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; install warning signs complying with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."
B. Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads after balancing panelboard loads; incorporate Owner's final room designations. Obtain approval before installing. Handwritten directories are not acceptable. Install directory inside panelboard door.
C. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PANELBOARDS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 262416 - 6 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests and Inspections:
1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test for low-voltage air circuit breakers stated in NETA ATS, Paragraph 7.6 Circuit Breakers. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. 3. Perform the following infrared scan tests and inspections and prepare reports:
a. Initial Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each panelboard. Remove front panels so joints and connections are accessible to portable scanner. b. Instruments and Equipment:
1) Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device.
B. Panelboards will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.
C. Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies panelboards included and that describes scanning results, with comparisons of the two scans. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action.
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust moving parts and operable components to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer.
B. Set field-adjustable circuit-breaker trip ranges.
END OF SECTION 262416
Ketchikan Gateway Borough PANELBOARDS Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 262416 - 7 SECTION 262726 - WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Standard-grade receptacles, 125 V, 20 A. 2. GFCI receptacles, 125 V, 20 A. 3. Toggle switches, 120/277 V, 20 A. 4. Occupancy sensors. 5. Wall plates.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. AFCI: Arc-fault circuit interrupter.
B. BAS: Building automation system.
C. EMI: Electromagnetic interference.
D. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter.
E. Pigtail: Short lead used to connect a device to a branch-circuit conductor.
F. RFI: Radio-frequency interference.
G. SPD: Surge protective device.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Field quality-control reports.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough WIRING DEVICES Ketchikan Int”l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 262726 - 1 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For wiring devices to include in all manufacturers' packing- label warnings and instruction manuals that include labeling conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL WIRING-DEVICE REQUIREMENTS
A. Wiring Devices, Components, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use.
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
C. RoHS compliant.
D. Comply with NEMA WD 1.
E. Devices that are manufactured for use with modular plug-in connectors may be substituted under the following conditions:
1. Connectors shall comply with UL 2459 and shall be made with stranding building wire. 2. Devices shall comply with requirements in this Section.
F. Devices for Owner-Furnished Equipment:
1. Receptacles: Match plug configurations. 2. Cord and Plug Sets: Match equipment requirements.
G. Device Color:
1. Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: White unless otherwise indicated or required by NFPA 70 or device listing.
H. Wall Plate Color: For plastic covers, match device color.
I. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device and associated wall plate from single source from single manufacturer.
2.2 STANDARD-GRADE RECEPTACLES, 125 V, 20 A
A. Duplex Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A
1. Description: Two pole, three wire, and self-grounding. 2. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R. 3. Standards: Comply with UL 498 and FS W-C-596.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough WIRING DEVICES Ketchikan Int”l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 262726 - 2 2.3 GFCI RECEPTACLES, 125 V, 20 A
A. Duplex GFCI Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A:
1. Description: Integral GFCI with "Test" and "Reset" buttons and LED indicator light. Two pole, three wire, and self-grounding. 2. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R. 3. Type: Non-feed through. 4. Standards: Comply with UL 498, UL 943 Class A, and FS W-C-596.
2.4 TOGGLE SWITCHES, 120/277 V, 20 A
A. Single-Pole Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A:
1. Standards: Comply with UL 20 and FS W-S-896.
2.5 OCCUPANCY SENSORS
A. Wall Switch Sensor Light Switch, Dual Technology
1. Description: Switchbox-mounted, combination lighting-control sensor and conventional switch lighting-control unit using dual (ultrasonic and passive infrared) technology. 2. Standards: Comply with UL 20. 3. Rated 10 A at 120 V ac for LED lighting. 4. Adjustable time delay. 5. Able to be locked to Automatic or Manual-On mode. 6. Photocell included, disabled by default
B. Ceiling-mounted Sensor, Dual Technology
1. Description: Ceiling-mounted, lighting-control sensor unit using dual (ultrasonic and passive infrared) technology. 2. Standards: Comply with UL 20. 3. Photocell Included, disabled by default 4. Connections: RJ-45 communications outlet.
2.6 WALL PLATES
A. Single Source: Obtain wall plates from same manufacturer of wiring devices.
B. Single and combination types shall match corresponding wiring devices.
1. Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish. 2. Material for Finished Spaces: 0.035-inch- (1-mm-) thick, satin-finished, Type 302 stainless steel 3. Material for Unfinished Spaces: Galvanized steel
Ketchikan Gateway Borough WIRING DEVICES Ketchikan Int”l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 262726 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1, including mounting heights listed in that standard, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Coordination with Other Trades:
1. Protect installed devices and their boxes. Do not place wall finish materials over device boxes, and do not cut holes for boxes with routers that are guided by riding against outside of boxes. 2. Keep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust, paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors, and cables. 3. Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross a joint unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall. 4. Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete.
C. Conductors:
1. Do not strip insulation from conductors until right before they are spliced or terminated on devices. 2. Strip insulation evenly around the conductor using tools designed for the purpose. Avoid scoring or nicking of solid wire or cutting strands from stranded wire. 3. The length of free conductors at outlets for devices shall comply with NFPA 70, Article 300, without pigtails. 4. Existing Conductors:
a. Cut back and pigtail, or replace all damaged conductors. b. Straighten conductors that remain and remove corrosion and foreign matter. c. Pigtailing existing conductors is permitted, provided the outlet box is large enough.
D. Device Installation:
1. Replace devices that have been in temporary use during construction and that were installed before building finishing operations were complete. 2. Keep each wiring device in its package or otherwise protected until it is time to connect conductors. 3. Do not remove surface protection, such as plastic film and smudge covers, until the last possible moment. 4. Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches (152 mm) in length. 5. When there is a choice, use side wiring with binding-head screw terminals. Wrap solid conductor tightly clockwise, two-thirds to three-fourths of the way around terminal screw. 6. Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by manufacturer. 7. When conductors larger than No. 12 AWG are installed on 15- or 20-A circuits, splice No. 12 AWG pigtails for device connections. 8. Tighten unused terminal screws on the device.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough WIRING DEVICES Ketchikan Int”l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 262726 - 4 9. When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold device-mounting screws in yokes, allowing metal-to-metal contact.
E. Receptacle Orientation:
1. Install ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles down, and on horizontally mounted receptacles to the left.
F. Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra-deep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening.
G. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical and with grounding terminal of receptacles on bottom. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates.
H. Adjust locations of floor service outlets and service poles to suit arrangement of partitions and furnishings.
3.2 GFCI RECEPTACLES
A. Install non-feed-through GFCI receptacles where protection of downstream receptacles is not required.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Test Instruments: Use instruments that comply with UL 1436.
B. Test Instrument for Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital readout or illuminated digital-display indicators of measurement.
C. Perform the following tests and inspections:
1. Test Instruments: Use instruments that comply with UL 1436. 2. Test Instrument for Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital readout or illuminated digital-display indicators of measurement.
D. Tests for Receptacles:
1. Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 105 to 132 V. 2. Percent Voltage Drop under 15-A Load: A value of 6 percent or higher is unacceptable. 3. Ground Impedance: Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable. 4. GFCI Trip: Test for tripping values specified in UL 1436 and UL 943. 5. Using the test plug, verify that the device and its outlet box are securely mounted. 6. Tests shall be diagnostic, indicating damaged conductors, high resistance at the circuit breaker, poor connections, inadequate fault-current path, defective devices, or similar problems. Correct circuit conditions, remove malfunctioning units and replace with new ones, and retest as specified above.
E. Wiring device will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough WIRING DEVICES Ketchikan Int”l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 262726 - 5 F. Prepare test and inspection reports.
END OF SECTION 262726
Ketchikan Gateway Borough WIRING DEVICES Ketchikan Int”l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 262726 - 6 SECTION 265119 - LED INTERIOR LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes the following types of LED luminaires:
1. Downlight. 2. Recessed, linear. 3. Recessed, troffer. 4. Strip light. 5. Surface mount, linear.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 260923 "Lighting Control Devices" for control of lighting, including photoelectric relays, occupancy sensors, daylight sensors, and power pack relays.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. CCT: Correlated color temperature.
B. CRI: Color Rendering Index.
C. Fixture: See "Luminaire."
D. IP: International Protection or Ingress Protection Rating.
E. LED: Light-emitting diode.
F. Lumen: Measured output of lamp and luminaire, or both.
G. Luminaire: Complete lighting unit, including lamp, reflector, and housing.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Arrange in order of luminaire designation. 2. Include data on features, accessories, and finishes.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough LED INTERIOR LIGHTING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 265119 - 1 3. Include physical description and dimensions of luminaires. 4. Include emergency lighting units, including batteries and chargers. 5. Include life, output (lumens, CCT, and CRI), and energy-efficiency data. 6. Photometric data and adjustment factors based on laboratory tests, complying with IES "Lighting Measurements Testing and Calculation Guides" for each luminaire type. The adjustment factors shall be for lamps and accessories identical to those indicated for the luminaire as applied in this Project.
a. Manufacturers' Certified Data: Photometric data certified by manufacturer's laboratory with a current accreditation under the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program for Energy Efficient Lighting Products.
B. Shop Drawings: For nonstandard or custom luminaires.
1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting and attachment details. 2. Include details of luminaire assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.
C. Product Schedule: For luminaires.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements.
B. Product Certificates: For each type of luminaire.
C. Sample warranty.
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For luminaires and lighting systems to include in operation and maintenance manuals.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Luminaire Photometric Data Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Provided by an independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is an NRTL as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, accredited under the NVLAP for Energy Efficient Lighting Products, and complying with the applicable IES testing standards.
B. Provide luminaires from a single manufacturer for each luminaire type.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough LED INTERIOR LIGHTING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 265119 - 2 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect finishes of exposed surfaces by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace components of luminaires that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
B. Warranty Period: Five year(s) from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 LUMINAIRE REQUIREMENTS
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
B. Standards:
1. ENERGY STAR certified. 2. RoHS compliant. 3. UL Listing: Listed for damp location.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Metal Parts:
1. Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges. 2. Sheet metal components shall be steel unless otherwise indicated. 3. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging.
B. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under operating conditions, and designed to permit maintenance without use of tools. Designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during maintenance and when secured in operating position.
C. Factory-Applied Labels: Comply with UL1598. Locate labels where they will be readily visible to service personnel, but not seen from normal viewing angles when lamps are in place.
2.3 METAL FINISHES
A. Variations in finishes are unacceptable in the same piece. Variations in finishes of adjoining components are acceptable if they can be and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough LED INTERIOR LIGHTING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 265119 - 3 2.4 LUMINAIRE SUPPORT
A. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for channel and angle iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports.
B. Single-Stem Hangers: 1/2-inch (13-mm) steel tubing with swivel ball fittings and ceiling canopy. Finish same as luminaire.
C. Wires: ASTM A 641/A 641 M, Class 3, soft temper, zinc-coated steel, 12 gage (2.68 mm).
D. Rod Hangers: 3/16-inch (5-mm) minimum diameter, cadmium-plated, threaded steel rod.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Examine roughing-in for luminaire to verify actual locations of luminaire and electrical connections before luminaire installation.
3.2 TEMPORARY LIGHTING
A. If approved by the Architect, use selected permanent luminaires for temporary lighting. When construction is sufficiently complete, clean luminaires used for temporary lighting and install new lamps.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1.
B. Install luminaires level, plumb, and square with ceilings and walls unless otherwise indicated.
C. Supports:
1. Sized and rated for luminaire weight. 2. Able to maintain luminaire position after cleaning and relamping. 3. Provide support for luminaire without causing deflection of ceiling or wall. 4. Luminaire-mounting devices shall be capable of supporting a horizontal force of 100 percent of luminaire weight and a vertical force of 400 percent of luminaire weight.
D. Flush-Mounted Luminaires:
1. Secured to outlet box. 2. Attached to ceiling structural members at four points equally spaced around circumference of luminaire. 3. Trim ring flush with finished surface.
Ketchikan Gateway Borough LED INTERIOR LIGHTING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 265119 - 4 E. Wall-Mounted Luminaires:
1. Attached to structural members in walls. 2. Do not attach luminaires directly to gypsum board.
F. Ceiling-Grid-Mounted Luminaires:
1. Secure to any required outlet box. 2. Secure luminaire to the luminaire opening using approved fasteners in a minimum of four locations, spaced near corners of luminaire. 3. Use approved devices and support components to connect luminaire to ceiling grid and building structure in a minimum of four locations, spaced near corners of luminaire.
G. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables" for wiring connections.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform the following tests and inspections:
1. Operational Test: After installing luminaires, switches, and accessories, and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test units to confirm proper operation. 2. Test for Emergency Lighting: Interrupt power supply to demonstrate proper operation. Verify transfer from normal power to battery power and retransfer to normal.
B. Luminaire will be considered defective if it does not pass operation tests and inspections.
C. Prepare test and inspection reports.
END OF SECTION 265119
Ketchikan Gateway Borough LED INTERIOR LIGHTING Ketchikan Int’l Airport Remodel & Roof Renovation 265119 - 5